Latin America - Atlantic Council https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/region/latin-america/ Shaping the global future together Thu, 15 Aug 2024 21:40:27 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.5.5 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/favicon-150x150.png Latin America - Atlantic Council https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/region/latin-america/ 32 32 Will Maduro negotiate a transfer of power? And four other questions about Venezuela’s political crisis. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/will-maduro-negotiate-a-transfer-of-power-and-four-other-questions-about-venezuelas-political-crisis/ Thu, 15 Aug 2024 15:51:43 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=785677 Venezuela remains riven by its July 28 election, with Nicolás Maduro falsely claiming victory and the opposition presenting vote tally sheets that show Edmundo González received more than twice as many votes as Maduro.

The post Will Maduro negotiate a transfer of power? And four other questions about Venezuela’s political crisis. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
After Venezuela’s July 28 presidential election, incumbent Nicolás Maduro quickly and falsely claimed victory, even though the government-controlled National Electoral Council (CNE) still has not released precinct-level results. According to vote tally sheets collected by the opposition and verified by an independent analysis, presidential candidate Edmundo González received more than twice as many votes as Maduro. In response to Maduro’s power grab, the opposition has called for protests around the country, insisting that the government recognize its victory and move toward a peaceful transfer of power. The Maduro regime has replied by launching a sweeping crackdown and putting thousands of Venezuelans in jail. 

Below, experts from the Atlantic Council and its Venezuela Solutions Group answer five pressing questions about the country’s ongoing political crisis.

Venezuela is experiencing a deepening of its crisis. The lack of transparency in the electoral process and the failure of the CNE to present the electoral bulletins have led the country into a chaotic situation. Repression is increasing by the day, reaching levels that exceed anything previously seen in Venezuela. Respect for the right to demonstrate and for the popular will of the people are fundamental pillars of any government that calls itself democratic. The world cannot remain silent in the face of the systematic and violent repression of opponents and dissidents in Venezuela.

—María Ángela Holguín is a former foreign minister of Colombia and a senior advisor to the Atlantic Council’s Venezuela Solutions Group. 

The situation in Venezuela is deeply alarming, especially given the fact that the government has not presented detailed results for each polling station to back up its figures. Transparency in the process of counting votes is essential. A thorough verification of the election results must be carried out to ensure that they faithfully reflect the will of the Venezuelan people. This verification must include a complete count of all tally sheets, which the CNE must provide without further delay.

—Miguel Vargas is a former foreign minister of the Dominican Republic and a senior advisor to the Venezuela Solutions Group.

The voting, counting, and tallying system used in Venezuela includes a mechanism for verifying its operation and auditing its results through what is known as the “paper trail.” This paper trail consists of physical records and voting receipts that verify whether the results announced by the CNE reflect the valid will of the voters. The paper trail includes several components, such as the receipt given to each voter after casting their ballot. This receipt allows voters to confirm that it contains the candidate’s name and the organization they supported. This is the first step in the verification process. Voters then place this receipt into a secure box.

At the end of the voting process, the machine immediately prints out the voting record. For the presidential election on July 28, 30,026 voting machines were deployed for the CNE, each corresponding to a separate voting table. Consequently, 30,026 original voting records were printed and kept in the custody of the Plan República military personnel. Once the machine transmits the results, copies of the voting records are printed for all witnesses. These witnesses must verify that these copies are accurate reproductions of the original records printed by the system.

Additionally, each voting record features a QR code summarizing the data printed on the record. Following the transmission, up to 54 percent of the machines are audited by manually opening the boxes containing the printed voting receipts to ensure that the data on the records is accurate.

Starting on Monday, July 29, the opposition began publishing digitized images of the voting records collected by its witnesses. It is important to note that in many cases, Plan República agents prevented opposition witnesses from accessing this material. As of the time of this report, the opposition has managed to collect, validate, and digitize 83 percent of the election records.

However, the CNE has reported hacking of the 30,026 private transmission lines for the machines (one encrypted line per machine) and has refused to disclose the results broken down by center and table. This has made it impossible to compare the opposition’s copies with the results released by the CNE. Additionally, the telecommunications audit and phase II verification, scheduled for July 29 and August 2, respectively, were suspended. These reviews are crucial for assessing the consistency of the announced results.

Trust in an automated voting system is not a matter of faith. Trust is built through auditability, and to date, the Venezuelan government has obstructed the auditability of the results. After more than two weeks, there are also reasonable concerns about the custody of physical electoral materials and databases. The initial international request to present the voting records is proving to be inadequate.

—Eugenio Martínez is the director of Votoscopio, a Venezuela elections specialist, and a member of the Venezuela Solutions Group. 

Latin American countries have a crucial responsibility at this moment. It is necessary to support efforts to promote credible negotiations that will lead to a peaceful and democratic solution in Venezuela. However, it is imperative that any negotiations incorporate the desire of both the Venezuelan people and all of Latin America to respect the rule of law and democratic order in Venezuela. Only through a firm commitment to these principles can we move toward a solution that reflects the will of the Venezuelan people.

—Miguel Vargas

Faced with this reality, it is imperative that Latin American countries continue to demand electoral transparency and condemn repression and the violation of human rights. It is essential to increase diplomatic coordination and demand transparency, independent auditing, and respect for the popular vote. Only with a firm and coordinated position in the region will we be able to engender a way out of the deep crisis in Venezuela, which must occur through a credible and realistic negotiation process with the accompaniment of guarantor countries. 

—María Ángela Holguín

We must start from the premise that Maduro’s government made a political decision in ignoring the results of the presidential election. This implies a radical break with popular sovereignty, which Chavismo proclaimed as the foundation of its legitimacy. The cost of this rupture is as high as the associated costs of international isolation and of reversing steps taken toward economic stabilization, because it enshrines the divorce between the ruling coalition and its popular bases. However, the dominant coalition perceives that it can stay in power if it manages to deflate the strong feeling of change and, above all, unity, through the weakening of the leadership of María Corina Machado and González, in a kind of repetition of the resistance-attrition strategy it used to address the 2019 crisis with the interim government of Juan Guaidó.  

The ruling coalition tries to do so through repression and self-isolation. It is attempting to prevent an internationally supported negotiation from forcing it to recognize the opposition’s victory. And it is doing so with a degree of open, articulate, and express support from the military that had not been necessary to exhibit in the past. The efforts of Colombian President Gustavo Petro and Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva are geared toward opening a crack to move Maduro from his position, which at this time is completely insensitive to the usual list of incentives. Thus, it is not foreseeable that in the short term an effective negotiating body can be built to ensure the verification of results. Perhaps it is necessary to start, as in serious armed conflicts, with more basic areas of agreement, such as advancing mutual guarantees and respect for human rights.

—Colette Capriles is an associate professor and researcher in philosophy, politics, and social sciences at Simón Bolívar University and a member of the Venezuela Solutions Group.

On August 11, the Wall Street Journal reported that Washington is engaged in secret talks with Maduro, and may be offering him and those around him an amnesty from US narcoterrorism charges in exchange for a democratic transition. This news may be a sign that the Biden administration is trying to preserve space for negotiations behind the scenes. However, Maduro is a serial abuser of dialogue and, should these efforts fail, it is likely that the White House’s patience will run out. The good news is that the United States still holds considerable leverage, which can be used to shape elite interests and maximize opportunities for a democratic solution. 

For the Biden administration, the challenge lies in finding a balance between applying targeted, effective pressure on elites and preventing Venezuela from drifting further into Russia’s and China’s spheres of influence. Some in Washington fear that a return to “maximum pressure” could drive Maduro closer to the United States’ geopolitical rivals. Individual sanctions may be a more appealing strategy, but it will be crucial to focus this pressure on fostering a democratic opening while avoiding actions that strengthen regime unity. More than 160 regime members have already been sanctioned—many of whom have been celebrated in public ceremonies and awarded replica swords of Venezuela’s liberator, Simón Bolívar. Bringing pressure to bear while avoiding anything that helps unify Maduro’s coalition at his weakest moment in years will be absolutely crucial.

Geoff Ramsey is a senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post Will Maduro negotiate a transfer of power? And four other questions about Venezuela’s political crisis. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The future of digital transformation and workforce development in Latin America and the Caribbean https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/the-future-of-digital-transformation-and-workforce-development-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ Thu, 08 Aug 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=775109 During an off-the-record private roundtable, thought leaders and practitioners from across the Americas evaluated progress made in the implementation of the Regional Agenda for Digital Transformation.

The post The future of digital transformation and workforce development in Latin America and the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The sixth of a six-part series following up on the Ninth Summit of the Americas commitments.

An initiative led by the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center in partnership with the US Department of State continues to focus on facilitating greater constructive exchange among multisectoral thought leaders and government leaders as they work to implement commitments made at the ninth Summit of the Americas. This readout was informed by a private, information-gathering roundtable and several one-on-one conversations with leading experts in the digital space.

Executive summary

At the ninth Summit of the Americas, regional leaders agreed on the adoption of a Regional Agenda for Digital Transformation that reaffirmed the need for a dynamic and resilient digital ecosystem that promotes digital inclusion for all peoples. The COVID-19 pandemic exacerbated the digital divide globally, but these gaps were shown to be deeper in developing countries, disproportionately affecting women, children, persons with disabilities, and other vulnerable and/or marginalized individuals. Through this agenda, inclusive workforce development remains a key theme as an avenue to help bridge the digital divide and skills gap across the Americas.

As part of the Atlantic Council’s consultative process, thought leaders and practitioners evaluated progress made in the implementation of the Regional Agenda for Digital Transformation agreed on at the Summit of Americas, resulting in three concrete recommendations: (1) leverage regional alliances and intraregional cooperation mechanisms to accelerate implementation of the agenda; (2) strengthen public-private partnerships and multisectoral coordination to ensure adequate financing for tailored capacity-building programs, the expansion of digital infrastructure, and internet access; and (3) prioritize the involvement of local youth groups and civil society organizations, given their on-the-ground knowledge and role as critical indicators of implementation.

Recommendations for advancing digitalization and workforce development in the Americas:

  1. Leverage regional alliances and intraregional cooperation mechanisms to accelerate implementation of the agenda.
  • Establish formal partnerships between governments and local and international universities to broaden affordable student access to exchange programs, internships, and capacity-building sessions in emerging fields such as artificial intelligence and cybersecurity. Programs should be tailored to country-specific economic interests and sectors such as agriculture, manufacturing, and tourism. Tailoring these programs can also help enhance students’ access to the labor market upon graduation.
  • Ensure existing and new digital capacity-building programs leverage diaspora professionals. Implement virtual workshops, webinars, and collaborative projects that transfer knowledge and skills from technologically advanced regions to local communities. Leveraging these connections will help ensure programs are contextually relevant and effective.
  • Build on existing intraregional cooperation mechanisms and alliances to incorporate commitments of the Regional Agenda for Digital Transformation. Incorporating summit commitments to mechanisms such as the Alliance for Development in Democracy, the Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity, the Caribbean Community and Common Market, and other subregional partnerships can result in greater sustainability of commitments as these alliances tend to transcend finite political agendas.
  • Propose regional policies to standardize the recognition of digital nomads and remote workers, including visa programs, tax incentives, and employment regulations. This harmonization will facilitate job creation for young professionals and enhance regional connectivity.
  1. Prioritize workforce development for traditionally marginalized groups by strengthening public-private partnerships and multisectoral collaboration.
  • Establish periodic and open dialogues between the public and private sectors to facilitate the implementation of targeted digital transformation for key sectors of a country’s economy that can enhance and modernize productivity. For instance, provide farmers with digital tools for precision agriculture, train health care workers in telemedicine technologies, and support tourism operators in developing online marketing strategies.
  • Foster direct lines of communication with multilateral organizations such as the Inter-American Development Bank and the World Bank. Engaging in periodic dialogues with these actors will minimize duplication of efforts and maximize the impact of existing strategies and lines of work devoted to creating digital societies that are more resilient and inclusive. Existing and new programs should be paired with employment opportunities and competitive salaries for marginalized groups based on the acquired skills, thereby creating strong incentives to pursue education in digital skills.
  • Collaborate with telecommunications companies to offer subsidized internet packages for low-income households and small businesses and simplify regulatory frameworks to attract investment in rural and underserved areas, expanding internet coverage and accessibility.
  • Enhance coordination with private sector and multilateral partners to create a joint road map for sustained financing of digital infrastructure and workforce development to improve investment conditions in marginalized and traditionally excluded regions and cities.
  1. Increase engagement with local youth groups and civil society organizations to help ensure digital transformation agendas are viable and in line with local contexts.
  • Facilitate periodic dialogues with civil society organizations, the private sector , and government officials and ensure that consultative meetings are taking place at remote locations to ensure participation from disadvantaged populations in the digital space. Include women, children, and persons with disabilities to ensure capacity programs are generating desired impact and being realigned to address challenges faced by key, targeted communities.
  • Work with local actors such as youth groups and civil society organizations to conduct widespread awareness campaigns to help communities visualize the benefits of digital skills and technology use. Utilize success stories and case studies to show how individuals and businesses can thrive in a digital economy, fostering a culture of innovation and adaptation.
  • Invest in local innovation ecosystems by providing grants and incentives for start-ups and small businesses working on digital solutions. Create business incubators and accelerators to support the growth of digital enterprises, particularly those addressing local challenges.
  • Offer partnership opportunities with governments to provide seed capital, contests, digital boot camps, and mentorship sessions specifically designed for girls and women in school or college to help bridge the gender digital divide.

Related content

Solar panels on a field of grass

Report

May 31, 2024

PACC 2030 objectives: The road to implementation

By Wazim Mowla, Charlene Aguilera

The Atlantic Council organized a PACC 2030 Working Group and worked closely with governments, the business community, and civil society organizations to support the implementation of PACC 2030’s objectives.

Caribbean Climate Change & Climate Action
Medical personnel handling COVID swab test.

Report

Apr 16, 2024

Advancing health and resilience policies in Latin America and the Caribbean

By Isabel Chiriboga, Martin Cassinelli, Diego Area

During an off-the-record private roundtable, thought leaders and practitioners from across the Americas discussed how to further enhance access to and finance for health services and products in the region.

Coronavirus Latin America

Summit of the Americas

Amid global uncertainties and new challenges, the ninth Summit of the Americas is a renewed opportunity to bring about hemispheric cooperation and consensus to reach regional prosperity and security.

Related experts



Subscribe to LAC Source Newsletter
Get monthly updates on Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) to receive the latest developments of the region, upcoming public events and recaps, new reports, and more.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The post The future of digital transformation and workforce development in Latin America and the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Pragmatism can improve Mexico’s energy outlook https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/energysource/pragmatism-can-improve-mexicos-energy-outlook/ Wed, 31 Jul 2024 21:17:59 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=783233 Claudia Sheinbaum's victory in Mexico's presidential election marks a crucial juncture for the country’s energy future. Sheinbaum's initial moves are a promising beginning to maximizing Mexico's economic potential, which requires significant clean energy investment.

The post Pragmatism can improve Mexico’s energy outlook appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Claudia Sheinbaum’s seismic victory in Mexico’s presidential election is certain to have material impacts on energy and investment in Mexico. Much will depend on her predecessor, President Andrés Manuel López Obrador (AMLO), and his government’s final actions before Sheinbaum takes office, as well as the composition of her cabinet.

It is a crucial time in Mexican energy politics. While there are important challenges to address, Sheinbaum’s initial moves are a promising beginning to maximizing Mexico’s economic potential, which requires significant investment in clean energy.

STAY CONNECTED

Sign up for PowerPlay, the Atlantic Council’s bimonthly newsletter keeping you up to date on all facets of the energy transition.

Uncertainties complicate investment in clean energy

Under Mexican law, the new Congress takes office on September 1, but the new president takes office on October 1. The current government intends to present constitutional reforms to the new Morena-dominated legislature—the ruling party that will now likely have a supermajority—in a manner that could challenge certain policy adjustments by the new government. To that end, AMLO has stated that electoral and judicial constitutional reforms are his legislative priorities—repealing the 2013 energy reforms, which enabled an influx of foreign and private investment in Mexico’s energy sector during the mid-2010s, is not.

The outgoing government introduced complexities to private investment, especially in clean energy. These include suspending auctions in oil, gas, and clean energy, giving priority to the state electricity system operator CFE’s established fossil-based generation over cleaner and cheaper alternatives, and suspending implementation of the clean energy certificate program, which incentivized conversion to less carbon intensive electricity. Several of these actions are now the subject of disputes under the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA), and have disincentivized foreign investment in manufacturing, due to companies’ strict carbon-emission reduction targets—for them to set up shop or expand in Mexico, they require access to clean energy.

The government has also taken steps to prioritize Mexico’s long-established fossil-based power sector, but production by national oil champion Pemex is at historic lows despite a consistent influx of federal spending to revive the flagging company, which faces a looming debt crisis. Meanwhile, CFE is struggling to power Mexico’s growing economy amid the burdens of extreme heat and other climate-exacerbated energy challenges.

The federal government is in a challenging fiscal position, as its budget deficit is forecast to grow this year.  In addition, there appear to be adverse market reactions to controversial, proposed judicial reforms, which include appointing judges by popular vote. Some foreign investors remain cautious, particularly in the energy sector.

Mexico’s golden economic opportunity requires clean energy to sustain it

Despite these investment challenges, Mexico holds vast potential as a nearshoring destination. For Mexico to capitalize on the USMCA and its proximity to the lucrative US export market, it will need to expand its energy supply not only for manufacturing, but also to power artificial intelligence use by data centers, which will increase demand for clean energy exponentially.

It will be in the interest of both US government and energy industry stakeholders to help Sheinbaum find a way to navigate among Morena’s different groups to develop a pragmatic policy approach that moves forward Mexico’s energy security and transition while maintaining a leading role for Pemex and CFE, which remains a central element of Morena’s policy platform. Public-private partnerships of many forms can be part of the solution.

It will be challenging but possible for Sheinbaum to retain the primacy of Pemex and CFE while also giving foreign and domestic investors full confidence that they will receive permits to build and obtain reasonable returns without fear that a popularly elected judiciary and weaker national regulators will undermine their projects.

Serious policymakers will be in charge

Sheinbaum wants to make her own mark on history as the first female president of Mexico, but faces a tough road ahead. The most important benchmarks will be her cabinet appointments, her commitment to a predictable and transparent policymaking process, and her engagement on the USMCA, which comes up for review in 2026.

The composition of Sheinbaum’s cabinet will be an indication of her intent to meaningfully address Mexico’s energy and fiscal challenges. So far, the news is positive, with serious policy professionals being tapped for high-level appointments. Current Finance Minister Rogelio Ramírez de la O, who is familiar with the overall fiscal challenge, including that posed by Pemex and CFE, is slated to remain in his post. Former Foreign Minister Marcelo Ebrard, a highly experienced and capable politician, was named economy minister and will play a steadying hand. Luz Elena González, an economist who until recently was finance secretary of Mexico City, will be the secretary of energy, demonstrating that the government understands the relevance of public finances for energy policy. Finally, current Foreign Minister Alicia Bárcena, who is experienced in environmental issues, will become environment minister and could be a relevant actor on energy transition.

The path forward

Sheinbaum’s commitment to clear, predictable policies will be an important marker of her style of governance. This can send positive signals to investors in areas such as energy import permits and infrastructure investment. Her approach to the 2026 USMCA review—which will be deeply impacted by whoever wins the US presidential election in November—will be another test of the Sheinbaum administration’s ability to navigate a delicate bilateral relationship. That review will be a top-line issue for both the US and Mexican governments, and early consultations are already underway. Energy will loom large in this review; both the US government and private stakeholders have a powerful motivation to ensure that energy disputes do not undermine the USMCA—they need it to remain strong enough to provide certainty for the wider cross-border relationship.

Sheinbaum has much to gain from reassuring investors, capitalizing on Mexico’s advantages in nearshoring, and addressing the country’s slow energy transition. She can creatively design a framework that respects Morena’s political stance on energy while increasing investor confidence. Sheinbaum will be looking for able and willing partners to craft solutions that maximize the potential of foreign investment and job creation in Mexico. Undoubtedly, the energy industry and civil society on both sides of the border all have a major interest in helping her succeed.

David L. Goldwyn served as special envoy for international energy under President Barack Obama and assistant secretary of energy for international relations under President Bill Clinton. He is chair of the Atlantic Council’s Energy Advisory Group.

Antonio Ortiz-Mena is a professor at the Center for Latin American Studies, Walsh School of Foreign Service, Georgetown University, and a partner at DGA Group.

The views expressed are the sole responsibility of the authors and not necessarily those of any institution with which they are affiliated.

MEET THE AUTHOR

RELATED CONTENT

OUR WORK

The Global Energy Center develops and promotes pragmatic and nonpartisan policy solutions designed to advance global energy security, enhance economic opportunity, and accelerate pathways to net-zero emissions.

The post Pragmatism can improve Mexico’s energy outlook appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The case for chief gender officers in Caribbean states https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/the-case-for-chief-gender-officers-in-caribbean-states/ Wed, 31 Jul 2024 13:51:46 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=782841 Caribbean countries should consider appointing chief gender officers to help address issues such as gender-based violence.

The post The case for chief gender officers in Caribbean states appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
In the Caribbean, small but significant progress has been made toward greater female representation in politics. But women and girls in the region still face significant gender inequities, ranging from unequal pay to gender-based violence. As the Caribbean prepares for elections in the next year in Belize, Jamaica, Suriname, Guyana, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, and Trinidad and Tobago, gender mainstreaming—bringing a gender perspective into every aspect of the decision making and policy implementation processes—should be at the forefront of policymaking and proposals from both men and women leaders. Gender mainstreaming will take time and an array of measures. As an initial step, however, Caribbean countries should consider establishing the role of chief gender officer within their institutions. This leadership role can, for example, play a decisive role in coordinating approaches to gender-based violence.

Female political representation is important. According to 2023 data, only fifty-nine of the 193 member states of the United Nations had a woman head of state or government in their history. Against this backdrop, four countries in the Caribbean have had or currently have women leaders: Jamaica, Trinidad and Tobago, Guyana, and Barbados. But representation still lags behind, with an average of 22 percent of ministerial portfolios and cabinet positions in the English-speaking Caribbean held by women. And according to World Bank data, only four Caribbean countries—Dominica, Guyana, St. Kitts and Nevis, and Grenada—have 30 percent or more seats in national parliaments held by women.

At the same time, greater and more effective female political representation must go hand in hand with bringing gender equity perspectives into all aspects policymaking in ways that improve the lives of citizens. In the Caribbean, women and girls face significant vulnerabilities, and gender mainstreaming is needed to address them, in particular gender-based violence.

Chief gender officers can help ensure appropriate support, accountability, and sustainability of policies for victims of gender-based violence.

The Caribbean has one of the highest rates of gender-based violence in the world. According to UN Women data, 46 percent of women in the Caribbean have experienced at least one form of violence in their lifetime. Jamaica, for example, has the second-highest femicide rate in the world, while 55 percent of Guyanese women have experienced at least one form of violence, including intimate partner violence or nonpartner sexual abuse. And data on gender-based violence is often underreported.

To tackle gender-based violence through gender mainstreaming in policymaking, governments in the Caribbean should work closely with civil society organizations that focus on gender and gender-based violence. They should also work with victims of gender-based violence to understand the bottlenecks of the system and its inadequate responses. With this deeper understanding, governments can map out specific areas to improve support for women victims of gender-based violence.

Governments should also include chief gender officers in key government institutions, particularly within the judicial system and the police. Chief gender officers can help ensure appropriate support, accountability, and sustainability of policies for victims of gender-based violence. These officers should be appropriately trained to bring a gender-sensitive perspective to decision-making processes, and their authority and dedicated office to these issues can help to overcome institutional inertia.

In the legal sphere, these officers should revise and help update legislation through a gender lens, as a mechanism to avoid the perpetuation of laws and norms that might have pervasive negative consequences for women and girls. Within the police, chief gender officers can be trained to welcome and support victims of gender-based violence, helping them as victims instead of discriminating against them. Focus groups commissioned by the Atlantic Council in Jamaica and Guyana, for example, found a lack of trust that institutions, such as the police, can support women victims of gender-based violence. One Jamaican woman explained, “But sometimes you go to the police and the police take your statement and look at you and be like if you wear that then you don’t think the man is going to see you.”

Ensuring that women victims of gender-based violence feel heard and supported could lead to more accurate data on this issue, as underreporting is a significant challenge. This, in turn, could help governments gain a better understanding of gender-based violence and the policies and programs that can help solve it.  


Valentina Sader is a deputy director at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, where she leads the Center’s work on Brazil, gender equality and diversity, and manages the Center’s Advisory Council.

The post The case for chief gender officers in Caribbean states appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Justice Fair Play Initiative: The key to improving justice delivery in Colombia https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/justice-fair-play-initiative-the-key-to-improving-justice-delivery-in-colombia/ Wed, 31 Jul 2024 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=779288 An accessible judicial system is crucial in countering global threats to democracy by enabling swift and fair dispute resolutions. This study demonstrates that such system can reduce uncertainty and create an environment conducive to investment and sustainable economic development.

The post Justice Fair Play Initiative: The key to improving justice delivery in Colombia appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Access to justice is a crucial component of the rule of law and the defense of democracy. A robust judicial system ensures that laws are applied fairly and equitably, strengthens confidence in institutions, protects rights, and promotes transparency and accountability, which are essential for democratic stability and economic development.1 In a global context where threats to democracy are increasing, strengthening access to justice and the rule of law becomes even more critical. An accessible judicial system acts as a safeguard against those threats.2 Access to justice for businesses and the general Colombian population is vital to ensure both fairness and economic efficiency. When businesses can resolve disputes quickly and fairly, uncertainty is reduced, fostering a favorable investment climate and sustainable economic development.

This research, based on a holistic and integrated approach, involves two key elements: a thorough understanding of access to justice and a comprehensive view of the justice system. The first element implies that effective access to justice extends beyond the initial approach to legal systems; it encompasses both the entry point and the ongoing journey within the system. The right to access justice is fully realized when it results in a prompt, comprehensive, and enforceable solution. This understanding of access to justice is essential for addressing the multifaceted challenges faced by individuals and corporations in Colombia.

Building on this thorough understanding of access to justice, this research sheds light on the problems faced by actors within the system, which affect companies of all sizes and citizens alike, regardless of their socioeconomic status. It explores the procedural journey, revealing systemic issues and managerial barriers embedded in the justice system. Forty-four percent of respondents expressed medium to high concerns about judicial corruption and threats to judicial independence and impartiality.

The second element is the comprehensive view of the Colombian justice system. Such a view requires data collection regarding the three routes of access to justice in Colombia, all different in nature: the judicial branch; administrative officials with jurisdictional functions; and individual entities that have the right to administer justice, such as conciliators and arbitrators.

The Colombian constitutional system allows the congress to delegate certain judicial powers to specific administrative authorities including superintendencies (regulatory agencies) of industry and commerce, finance, corporations, and health; police inspectors; and family commissariats, among others. However, it is worth noting that administrative authorities’ judicial power excludes criminal prosecutions and proceedings.3 When administrative authorities exercise jurisdictional functions through resolutions, they act as judges rather than as administrative entities. Individuals can choose, preventively, whether to approach judicial-branch judges or superintendencies judges with jurisdictional functions to resolve their disputes.

This report seeks to identify public policy recommendations that can enhance the efficiency and equity of the justice system through a holistic and integrated approach. Tackling access to justice during the process is crucial not only for the private sector, which relies on the justice system to protect its interests, but also for the broader Colombian society. This will ensure that justice is accessible and equitable for all.

By the numbers

Expert Insights

Key data

For all jurisdictions and types of disputes included in this study (both judicial and administrative proceedings), fewer than half of the companies surveyed fully or partially agreed that the duration of proceedings is reasonable. This finding is consistent with the study’s qualitative research component and existing cross-country data on unreasonable civil-justice delays from the World Justice Project (WJP). Colombian scores on timeliness of civil-justice delivery in the WJP Rule of Law Index are lower than those of both best-in-class nations (e.g., Germany or the Netherlands) and regional and income peers in Latin America (See Graph 1).

Delays permeate the system, affecting small, medium, and large companies. When companies were asked about the obstacles limiting effective access to justice when dealing with judicial authorities, the number of legal processes that never concluded scored as the highest obstacle, with 51 percent of companies ranking it as their top obstacle and 15 percent ranking it as a medium level obstacle (See Figure 1).

Similarly, when asked about the obstacles limiting effective access to justice when resorting to administrative authorities, interviewees ranked unjustified delays as the biggest obstacle. Forty-one percent of companies ranked it as the top obstacle and 20 percent ranked it as a medium-level obstacle (See Figure 2).

In terms of judicial independence from hierarchical superiors and other sources, superintendencies perform worse than all other paths to justice, and considerably below all judges (44 percent of companies either totally or mostly disagree that this path is free from this pressure). Critically, in terms of access to justice, it is the second-worst mechanism (34 percent of companies find it difficult to access this mechanism), (See Figure 4).

In partnership with

Related content

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

1    Brian Z. Tamanaha, On the Rule of Law: History, Politics, Theory (Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2004), https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=p4CReF67hzQC&oi=fnd&pg=PA1&dq=On+the+Rule+of+Law:+History,+Politics,+Theory&ots.
2    “2020 Corruption Perceptions Index—Explore the Results,” Transparency.org, 2020, https://www.transparency.org/en/cpi/2020.
3    Pursuant to Article 116 of the Colombian Constitution and Article 24 of the General Code of Procedure, some administrative authorities exercise jurisdictional functions, which are exceptional, must deal with precise matters, and must be duly attributed to them by law.

The post Justice Fair Play Initiative: The key to improving justice delivery in Colombia appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Dispatch from Rio: Can Brazil set the G20 leaders’ summit up for success? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/dispatch-from-rio-can-brazil-set-the-g20-leaders-summit-up-for-success/ Tue, 30 Jul 2024 20:14:51 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=782996 Brasília has sought to acknowledge fundamental disagreements on geopolitics between some members, and then to sidestep them entirely at the ministerial level. How long can this approach last?

The post Dispatch from Rio: Can Brazil set the G20 leaders’ summit up for success? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
RIO DE JANEIRO—As the Group of Twenty (G20) finance ministers and central bank governors gathered here last week, they were met with a dense haze rolling off the mountains that morphed into bright winter sunshine by day’s end. It was a fitting metaphor for the struggle, and for some of the success, of the Brazilian G20 presidency in trying to work through the complex geopolitical morass—especially the one caused by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine—that has hung over these ministers’ meetings for the past three years.

While previous G20 meetings have been noteworthy for their disagreements, Brazil has emphasized substance and consensus over geopolitics during its G20 presidency. Felipe Hees, the Brazilian diplomat and sous-sherpa of this year’s G20 presidency, explained this strategy on July 25 at an Atlantic Council conference on the sidelines of the meeting. Brasília, he said, has sought to acknowledge fundamental disagreements on geopolitics between some members, and then to sidestep them entirely at the ministerial level. The big question now is: How long can this approach last?

So far, Brazilian officials have chosen to focus on economic development issues that already enjoy widespread support. Last week, this approach resulted in one of the few joint G20 ministerial-level communiqués in the past two years. Released on July 26, this communiqué displays G20 members’ alignment on launching the Global Alliance against Hunger and Poverty under the Brazilian presidency. It’s an important topic for the host country, since Brazil is the world’s leading producer of soybeans, corn, and meat, and Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva has emphasized his country’s role in alleviating global food insecurity. At the same time, the issue has a wider resonance. At the Atlantic Council conference, Cindy McCain, executive director of the World Food Program, emphasized that “food security is a national security issue, and it should be labeled as one.”

Climate finance and the energy transition were at the forefront in Rio last week as well. Discussions focused on how to mobilize the public and private sector in achieving climate goals. At the Atlantic Council’s conference, Renata Amaral, the Brazilian secretary for international affairs and development in the Ministry of Planning and Budget, formally called for technical assistance from multilateral development banks for catastrophic weather events, such as the floods in southern Brazil this May. Immediately following the summit, US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen headed to Belém, the capital city of the northern Brazilian province Pará. Located near the mouth of the Amazon River, Belém was a symbolic choice for the unveiling of the US Treasury’s Amazon Region Initiative Against Illicit Finance, which is intended to help combat nature crimes.

Another issue that garnered attention last week was wealth inequality, which the Brazilian president spotlighted in his speech on June 24. “The poor have been ignored by governments and by wealthy sectors of society,” he said. Despite disagreements on whether the G20 is the right forum for the issue, it issued the first ever ministerial declaration on taxation. While Brazil’s ambition was to move the needle on a 2 percent global wealth tax, the declaration simply said that ultra-high-net-worth individuals must pay their fair share in taxes. While this fell short of Brazil’s hopes on this issue, the meetings in Rio have done more on building consensus than the past two presidencies, which have been rife with outbursts over geopolitical issues between member states.

In 2022, the then G20 president, Indonesia, saw its plan to build international cooperation for the post-pandemic recovery paralyzed by Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February. When finance ministers and foreign ministers met in April and July of the year, officials from Russia and from the United States and Europe walked out of the room when their counterparts spoke. Ministers failed to agree on a communiqué, and negotiations on climate and education also broke down over criticisms of the war. Ahead of the leaders’ summit in November 2022, Western leaders balked at the thought of sharing a table with Russian President Vladimir Putin, who ultimately did not attend the summit. In the end, the leaders could only agree to a declaration that was a broad, noncommittal summary of approaches to addressing global challenges.

Last year, India focused its G20 presidency on depoliticizing the issue of the global supply of food, fertilizers, and fuels, as well as on addressing climate change and restoring the foundations of negotiations at the forum. Its strategy was to move geopolitics off center stage by highlighting perspectives from the “Global South,” including formally adding the African Union as a full member, and thus shaping the platform as an action and communication channel between advanced economies and emerging markets.

This was difficult. Shortly into India’s presidency, Russia and China withdrew their support for the text in the Bali statement on Ukraine. At the technical level, none of the ministerial meetings produced a joint communiqué, and New Delhi was forced to issue chairs’ statements instead. Since the leaders’ summit in New Delhi, the outbreak of war between Israel and Hamas in October 2023 has made the job of navigating geopolitical tensions all the more difficult for Brazil.

While the Russian and Chinese leaders did not attend last year’s leaders’ summit, the New Delhi Declaration was nevertheless bolder and more specific than its Bali predecessor. It set the agenda for the G20 for the years ahead but offered few specifics on how to achieve these goals.

Will Brazil’s strategy of sidestepping geopolitics work at the leaders’ summit scheduled for November 18-19 in Rio? Finance ministers and central bank governors can ignore geopolitics; presidents and prime ministers often cannot. If Brasília concludes technical negotiations on the various proposals ahead of the leaders’ summit, then consensus-building at the gathering will be easier, as geopolitics will remain just an elephant in the room.

If Brazil is successful, it can end the stalemate that the G20 has found itself in and remake it into a relevant economic coordination body—one that can adequately address the goals of its emerging market and advanced economy members. If Brazilian officials are not successful, however, the forum’s relevance may begin to wane.

It has been in the interest of the last few G20 presidencies to keep up the balancing act between the United States, China, and Russia. Moreover, it is likely that South Africa will follow this approach as it takes on its presidency in 2025. As many of the discussions in Rio noted, however, what happens in the US presidential elections this November could determine both the relevance and the tone of the G20 meetings going forward.


Ananya Kumar is the deputy director, future of money at the Atlantic Council’s GeoEconomics Center.

Mrugank Bhusari is assistant director at the Atlantic Council’s GeoEconomics Center.

The post Dispatch from Rio: Can Brazil set the G20 leaders’ summit up for success? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak interviewed by BBC Newshour on Venezuela’s election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-interviewed-by-bbc-newshour-on-venezuelas-election/ Tue, 30 Jul 2024 19:54:44 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784014 On July 30, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on BBC Newshour about the results of Venezuela’s presidential election. More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed by BBC Newshour on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 30, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on BBC Newshour about the results of Venezuela’s presidential election.

More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed by BBC Newshour on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey quoted in The New York Times about Venezuela’s presidential election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-quoted-in-the-new-york-times-about-venezuelas-presidential-election/ Tue, 30 Jul 2024 15:04:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784422 On July 30, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted in The New York Times about the Venezuelan election. More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted in The New York Times about Venezuela’s presidential election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 30, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted in The New York Times about the Venezuelan election.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted in The New York Times about Venezuela’s presidential election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey interviewed by BBC World Business Report https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-interviewed-by-bbc-world-business-report/ Tue, 30 Jul 2024 14:43:49 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784415 On July 30, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was interviewed on BBC’s World Business Report about the Atlantic Council’s Memo to the President outlining scenarios and paths forward for Venezuela. More about our expert

The post Ramsey interviewed by BBC World Business Report appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 30, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was interviewed on BBC’s World Business Report about the Atlantic Council’s Memo to the President outlining scenarios and paths forward for Venezuela.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey interviewed by BBC World Business Report appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey quoted on NPR’s All Things Considered https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-quoted-on-nprs-all-things-considered/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 23:41:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784970 On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted on NPR’s All Things Considered about Venezuela’s contested election. More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted on NPR’s All Things Considered appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted on NPR’s All Things Considered about Venezuela’s contested election.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted on NPR’s All Things Considered appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak quoted by The Hill on Venezuela https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-quoted-by-the-hill-on-venezuela/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 22:46:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784976 On July 29, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director Jason Marczak of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by The Hill about Venezuela’s contested election. More about our expert

The post Marczak quoted by The Hill on Venezuela appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 29, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director Jason Marczak of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by The Hill about Venezuela’s contested election.

More about our expert

The post Marczak quoted by The Hill on Venezuela appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey interviewed on DW’s The Day https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-interviewed-on-dws-the-day/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 22:08:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784427 On July 29, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was interviewed on DW’s The Day (broadcast on PBS in the United States) about the evolving situation following Venezuela’s presidential election. More about our expert

The post Ramsey interviewed on DW’s The Day appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 29, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was interviewed on DW’s The Day (broadcast on PBS in the United States) about the evolving situation following Venezuela’s presidential election.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey interviewed on DW’s The Day appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak quoted by AP on Venezuela’s election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-quoted-by-ap-on-venezuelas-election/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 20:21:43 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784959 On July 29, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director Jason Marczak of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by AP about Venezuela’s contested election. More about our expert

The post Marczak quoted by AP on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 29, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director Jason Marczak of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by AP about Venezuela’s contested election.

More about our expert

The post Marczak quoted by AP on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Can Maduro hold onto power? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/can-maduro-hold-onto-power/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 20:17:07 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=782639 Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro has claimed victory despite evidence of fraud and intimidation. What will the opposition and the international community do next?

The post Can Maduro hold onto power? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

JUST IN

He’s not giving up without a fight. Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro’s election commission declared him the winner in Sunday’s vote, despite ample evidence of fraud and intimidation. Opposition candidate Edmundo González declared victory as the United States and other countries expressed concerns about the results. What will be the opposition’s next move? How will Maduro respond? And what role will regional and global powers play? We polled our experts for the answers.

TODAY’S EXPERT REACTION COURTESY OF

  • Jason Marczak (@jmarczak): Vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center
  • Iria Puyosa (@NSC): Senior research fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab
  • Geoff Ramsey (@GRamsey_LatAm): Senior fellow at the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center

How to steal an election

  • The stage was set for this moment in the months leading up to the vote, when the regime banned opposition leader María Corina Machado, with González ending up on the ballot. Then, as Jason points out, only small delegations from the United Nations and the Carter Center were allowed to monitor the vote, meaning “the González campaign could only count on its own observers to verify results.” 
  • The González camp said he won about 70 percent of the votes that his team was able to verify—while Venezuela’s National Electoral Council claimed that González won 44 percent of the vote, with Maduro earning 51 percent. Jason notes that “it would be a mathematical miracle for Maduro to prevail” based on how the opposition has described the votes that it has seen.
  • The public isn’t fooled, Iria tells us, noting the “outpouring of messages and videos on social media” from witnesses on the ground indicating their certainty that González won. “This is strengthening the opposition’s unity and determination to continue its fight for the restoration of democracy,” she adds.
  • As of this afternoon, those voters are mobilizing in the streets, creating a new test for the regime. “Maduro has to convince the ruling elite that he can keep things under control, but both he and the military know that he can’t govern a country in flames,” Geoff says. “He’s effectively inviting the biggest loyalty test he’s faced in years.”

Subscribe to Fast Thinking email alerts

Sign up to receive rapid insight in your inbox from Atlantic Council experts on global events as they unfold.

  • This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Pressure from abroad

  • In addition to the “serious concerns” expressed by US Secretary of State Antony Blinken, several countries throughout the region called for more transparency around the vote count—including neighboring Colombia, where, as Jason notes, “President Gustavo Petro has maintained a close relationship with Maduro.”
  • Without full results and an independent audit, “the international community has no choice but to respond with swift condemnation and diplomatic pressure,” Geoff says, with the United States and its allies in Latin America and Europe playing a crucial role.
  • That international pressure will be important to uphold the will of Venezuelans, but there are self-interested reasons for regional and international powers to push for change. Jason says another six years of Maduro will lead to “new outward migration flows and new transnational criminal activity that will extend far beyond Venezuela’s borders.”

Crackdown at home?

  • The major point of contention will be sanctions, which the United States reimposed in April after the Maduro government didn’t uphold its end of last year’s deal to hold free and fair elections. “I doubt Venezuelan elites are eager for six more years of repression, sanctions, and economic catastrophe,” Geoff says.
  • The opposition, therefore, should “exploit divisions within the ruling coalition,” Iria says. At the same time, opposition leaders should “find ways to address public discontent without exposing the population to the violent repression experienced in 2017.”
  • And if Maduro were to return to the bargaining table, it would look very different from the negotiations between the government and the opposition, Iria tells us. Now, she says, negotiations would no longer be about electoral conditions “but rather on Chavismo’s exit from power after its defeat in the voting booths. The next six months will be a crucial period of intense conflict in Venezuela.”

The post Can Maduro hold onto power? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Experts react: Maduro is clinging to power after a disputed election. What’s next for Venezuela? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/experts-react/experts-react-maduro-is-clinging-to-power-after-a-disputed-election-whats-next-for-venezuela/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 15:37:57 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=782590 Venezuela’s National Electoral Council has declared incumbent Nicolás Maduro as the winner of Sunday’s presidential election, in the face of widespread accounts of voter intimidation and other irregularities.

The post Experts react: Maduro is clinging to power after a disputed election. What’s next for Venezuela? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Voting doesn’t make a democracy—legitimate and transparent counting of the votes does. On Sunday, Venezuelans went to the polls to select their next president. Early on Monday, the Nicolás Maduro-controlled election committee declared Maduro, who took over the presidency from Hugo Chávez in 2013, the winner of another six-year term. The announcement came in the face of widespread accounts of voter intimidation and other irregularities meant to deny victory to opposition candidate Edmundo González, who led in pre-election polling. “The Venezuelans and the entire world know what happened,” González said of the electoral committee’s dodgy results. Below, Atlantic Council experts sum up what to expect next in Venezuela and how the United States might respond.

Click to jump to an expert analysis:

Jason Marczak: The international community must apply pressure for a full, transparent vote count

Geoff Ramsey: Maduro is inviting the biggest loyalty test he’s faced in years

Iria Puyosa: A new cycle of heightened political turmoil looms over Venezuela

Diego Area: The world must stand with Venezuelans in their fight for free elections


The international community must apply pressure for a full, transparent vote count

The day after Venezuelans voted in massive numbers, it’s crystal clear that Maduro, a deeply unpopular authoritarian leader, was always going to claim electoral victory whether by hook or by crook. With most international observers banned from coming to the country to monitor the vote (except small United Nations and Carter Center delegations), the González campaign could only count on its own observers to verify results. The voting tabulations that opposition observers could verify (about 40 percent of the tabulations) showed González receiving 70 percent of the vote—a far cry from the 44 percent of votes that the country’s National Electoral Council claimed that González won.

It is important that the votes of the Venezuelan people are not an exercise in futility. Votes must be credibly counted. Here, it is imperative that the international community of democracies continue to resoundingly denounce fraud and take appropriate action. US Secretary of State Antony Blinken noted “serious concerns that the result announced does not reflect the will or the votes of the Venezuelan people.” Similar concerns have been raised in nearby Argentina, Chile, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Ecuador, and the Dominican Republic. European partners have also raised concerns. Even in Colombia, where President Gustavo Petro has maintained a close relationship with Maduro, Foreign Minister Luis Gilberto Murillo made a “call for the total vote count, its verification, and independent audit to be carried out as soon as possible.”

The international community must continue to exact pressure so that the will of the Venezuelan people can ultimately prevail. Not doing so would mean being complicit in the disenfranchisement of the Venezuelan people. But another six years of Maduro will also have reverberations, including new outward migration flows and new transnational criminal activity that will extend far beyond Venezuela’s borders.

Jason Marczak is the vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.


Maduro is inviting the biggest loyalty test he’s faced in years

More than twelve hours after polls closed, the fact that authorities still haven’t released the full vote count tells you everything you need to know about yesterday’s election. It seems that Maduro has decided to condemn Venezuela to six more years of conflict and isolation. Unless the government backs up its claim of victory with the full results and opens the count up to audits from observers, the international community has no choice but to respond with swift condemnation and diplomatic pressure.

This isn’t over yet. Maduro has to convince the ruling elite that he can keep things under control, but both he and the military know that he can’t govern a country in flames. He’s effectively inviting the biggest loyalty test he’s faced in years. I doubt Venezuelan elites are eager for six more years of repression, sanctions, and economic catastrophe. The opposition, under María Corina Machado’s leadership, has maintained unity and message discipline, and has the evidence in hand to document fraud and mobilize the public against Maduro’s blatant power grab. The role of the United States and its allies in Latin America and Europe will be crucial. It’s time for greater multilateral coordination in order to push the government to respect the will of the people and restore Venezuelans’ fundamental right to elect their leaders.

Geoff Ramsey is a senior fellow at the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.


A new cycle of heightened political turmoil looms over Venezuela

The presidential elections in Venezuela turned out as forecasted: a high voter turnout, what appeared to be a decisive electoral win for the democratic opposition, and a blatant fraud that disregarded the will of the voters. 

Due to the relatively small voting centers and the presence of witnesses from local communities, the population is convinced—as we’ve seen in an outpouring of messages and videos on social media—that González won in all electoral districts. This is strengthening the opposition’s unity and determination to continue its fight for the restoration of democracy. 

Maduro’s loss of political legitimacy has left the ruling coalition vulnerable to increased instability. It will likely resort to further repression against the political opposition and organized civil society. The increase in information censorship in the week leading up to the elections is a clear sign of the severe restriction of civic space. 

The democratic opposition, led by Machado, must aim to exploit divisions within the ruling coalition to weaken its power base. The Unitary Platform must also find ways to address public discontent without exposing the population to the violent repression experienced in 2017. 

On the international front, Maduro is facing isolation from Latin American democracies, the United States, and Europe. Former allies, such as Brazil under President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva and Colombia under Petro, were among the first to demand transparency in the election results. It now falls upon the United States to reevaluate the Qatar agreements. The negotiations would no longer be centered on electoral coexistence but rather on Chavismo’s exit from power after its defeat in the voting booths. The next six months will be a crucial period of intense conflict in Venezuela. 

Iria Puyosa is a senior research fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab.


The world must stand with Venezuelans in their fight for free elections

No one thought it would be easy to remove an autocrat from power, but yesterday marked a new height in the Venezuelan government’s abuses to impede the will of the people. The people of Venezuela and their leadership have endured an epic journey to overcome obstacles and unite around the ideal of change. The disqualification of candidates like Machado and Corina Yoris, who represented genuine alternatives, and the subsequent voter suppression efforts and significant irregularities in the process, illustrate the regime’s determination to retain power at any cost.

Maduro’s actions to undermine the democratic process and steal this election pose grave consequences for the future of the country and have a direct impact on Latin America, the Caribbean, and the United States. By stifling free choice, the regime is not only eroding democratic institutions but also exacerbating the country’s humanitarian crisis. As a result, Venezuelans will continue to flee in search of opportunities and freedoms denied at home, contributing to an already critical migration crisis.

The world must stand with Venezuelans in their fight for a future where elections are not merely symbolic but are actual pathways to change. The integrity of the democratic process is crucial not only for Venezuela’s stability but also for the prosperity of the entire region.

Diego Area is a deputy director at the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post Experts react: Maduro is clinging to power after a disputed election. What’s next for Venezuela? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey quoted in the Washington Post on Venezuelan election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-quoted-in-the-washington-post-on-venezuelan-election/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 08:57:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784610 On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by the Washington Post about Venezuela’s contested election. More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted in the Washington Post on Venezuelan election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by the Washington Post about Venezuela’s contested election.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted in the Washington Post on Venezuelan election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Geoff Ramsey interviewed by BBC News on Venezuela’s election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/geoff-ramsey-interviewed-by-bbc-news-on-venezuelas-election/ Mon, 29 Jul 2024 02:11:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784407 On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was interviewed by BBC News about the Venezuelan presidential election taking place that day. Venezuela is STILL waiting for results in its presidential election. An exit poll predicts an opposition victory but both sides sound confident. "If the ruling socialist […]

The post Geoff Ramsey interviewed by BBC News on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was interviewed by BBC News about the Venezuelan presidential election taking place that day.

More about our expert

The post Geoff Ramsey interviewed by BBC News on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey quoted by Bloomberg about Venezuela https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-quoted-by-bloomberg-about-venezuela/ Sun, 28 Jul 2024 20:26:32 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784962 On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by Bloomberg about Venezuela’s contested election. More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted by Bloomberg about Venezuela appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by Bloomberg about Venezuela’s contested election.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted by Bloomberg about Venezuela appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey quoted on NPR’s Weekend Edition Sunday https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-quoted-on-nprs-weekend-edition-sunday/ Sun, 28 Jul 2024 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784967 On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted on NPR’s Weekend Edition Sunday about Venezuela’s election. More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted on NPR’s Weekend Edition Sunday appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 28, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted on NPR’s Weekend Edition Sunday about Venezuela’s election.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted on NPR’s Weekend Edition Sunday appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ramsey quoted in Los Angeles Times on Venezuela’s election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/ramsey-quoted-in-los-angeles-times-on-venezuelas-election/ Fri, 26 Jul 2024 20:17:34 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=784957 On July 26, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by the Los Angeles Times about Venezuela’s election. More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted in Los Angeles Times on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 26, 2024, Senior Fellow Geoff Ramsey of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center was quoted by the Los Angeles Times about Venezuela’s election.

More about our expert

The post Ramsey quoted in Los Angeles Times on Venezuela’s election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
‘We’re back to square one’ in fighting the hunger crisis, warns Cindy McCain https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/were-back-to-square-one-in-fighting-the-hunger-crisis-warns-cindy-mccain/ Fri, 26 Jul 2024 16:52:03 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=782377 At an Atlantic Council event on Thursday, the World Food Programme executive director warned that the world has lost the progress it has made over the past fifteen years on lowering global hunger levels.

The post ‘We’re back to square one’ in fighting the hunger crisis, warns Cindy McCain appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Watch the full event

“We’ve lost all the progress that we’ve made in the past fifteen years” on lowering global hunger levels, World Food Programme (WFP) Executive Director Cindy McCain warned on Thursday.

McCain spoke at an Atlantic Council event hosted on the sidelines of the Group of Twenty (G20) meeting of finance ministers and central bank governors in Rio de Janeiro. She pointed out that one in eleven people globally faced hunger last year.

On Wednesday, Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva announced that Brazil—which holds the G20 presidency—will later this year launch the Global Alliance Against Hunger and Poverty to bring countries together in sharing knowledge and resources.

“We have the capability as a planet to feed everybody on the planet—we grow enough food,” McCain said, “but we don’t” due to funding and other coordination issues.

With those challenges, the Global Alliance is “a great opportunity for all of us . . . to get together, exchange ideas, brainstorm” and to “develop science and technology” tools to help, McCain said.

Below are more highlights from the conversation, moderated by Valentina Sader, deputy director at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

Food security

  • Food security is a “national security issue,” and “it should be labeled as one,” McCain argued, pointing out how access to food has shaped broader security crises in Somalia, Sudan, and Yemen.
  • Yet, food security “gets kicked down” the list of priorities every time “something else happens in the world,” McCain warned.
  • She said that the WFP and United Nations agencies, because they provide critical aid, are “on the front lines” of crises and the “first in and last out.”
  • The WFP previously got most of its grain from Ukraine. But it has had to diversify its sources in the wake of the agricultural disruptions caused by Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine. WFP is also working with other countries to help them mitigate the effects of the conflict on global food supplies.
  • In the global hunger crisis, “women and children are taking the brunt,” McCain said. “You’ve never seen more of an example of it than in Gaza.”
  • She added that equity and gender inclusion are important to factor into food security efforts because “a woman will feed her family,” and while doing so, “she will make sure everybody else eats” before she does.
  • Moreover, with women making up around half of smallholder farmers, McCain argued that it is important to make sure that these women have the tools, expertise, seeds, and access to water that they need to farm effectively. “If a woman farms and can feed her family, she will wind up feeding the community,” McCain said.

Farm to negotiating table

  • McCain noted that G20 countries include not only the world’s leading economies but also some of the planet’s largest agricultural producers. That, she said, empowers these countries to work together to address the full spectrum of food-security challenges, from poverty to improvements in agriculture.
  • She added that the G20 is an optimal forum for raising the urgency around hunger because of how it brings together both governments and civil society organizations from countries that represent 85 percent of the world’s gross domestic product and over 60 percent of its population. “So the voice is huge,” she said, adding that “governments simply cannot do it all. We need everybody in on this.”
  • She urged global stakeholders to “continue to elevate the conversation” about the urgency of food security—and advised countries “most affected” by food insecurity to keep conveying the plight they face. “The problem is [that] around the world, people don’t understand what’s going on” or believe that hunger and malnutrition are only problems in Africa rather than globally, she said. “It’s all about. . . making sure that people understand.”

Katherine Walla is the associate director of editorial at the Atlantic Council. 

Watch the full event

The post ‘We’re back to square one’ in fighting the hunger crisis, warns Cindy McCain appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Leland Lazarus on the Chinese-built port in Chancay, Peru in China US Focus https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/lazarus-in-china-us-focus/ Thu, 25 Jul 2024 19:09:35 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=781987 On July 17th, Global China Hub Nonresident Fellow Leland Lazarus published an article on the potential national security concerns of the Chinese-build port in Chancay, Peru in China US Focus.

The post Leland Lazarus on the Chinese-built port in Chancay, Peru in China US Focus appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On July 17th, Global China Hub Nonresident Fellow Leland Lazarus published an article on the potential national security concerns of the Chinese-build port in Chancay, Peru in China US Focus.

The post Leland Lazarus on the Chinese-built port in Chancay, Peru in China US Focus appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
What Kamala Harris’s record in Central America and the Caribbean reveals about her foreign policy approach https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/what-kamala-harriss-record-in-central-america-and-the-caribbean-reveals-about-her-foreign-policy-approach/ Wed, 24 Jul 2024 20:02:09 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=781938 There are ample clues to what US foreign policy would look like with Harris as president in her work in the Americas over the past three-and-a-half years.

The post What Kamala Harris’s record in Central America and the Caribbean reveals about her foreign policy approach appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
In April 2021, three weeks after US Vice President Kamala Harris took on the assignment of leading the Biden administration’s efforts to address the root causes of migration from northern Central America, I joined her as one of seven experts offering external perspectives on the issues confronting the region. At the meeting, Harris sought out new ideas to inform the administration’s strategy on topics ranging from transparency and economic development to security and good governance. One takeaway immediately emerged: With migration from Guatemala, Honduras, and El Salvador stemming from decades of insecurity, economic challenges, and weak governance, among other factors, there would be no fast fix for these root causes.

Since US President Joe Biden dropped out of the presidential race and endorsed Harris on Sunday, she has emerged as the likely Democratic nominee. So what might US foreign policy look like if she wins the presidency? For Harris, the daughter of Jamaican and Indian immigrants, there are ample clues in her work in the Americas over the past three-and-a-half years. Her approach: Listen to a broad array of stakeholders, act, follow up, and then adjust tactics as needed. This approach can take time to implement, but it also proves adaptive to unexpected challenges.

Although the United States’ southern border was not specifically part of the portfolio handed to her, Harris’s indirect involvement—through her role in seeking to reduce migratory push factors in northern Central America—has received considerable scrutiny, especially among those who criticize the Biden administration’s approach to migration. The data at this point indicate that the Biden administration has made progress in reducing the number of migrants arriving at the US border from Guatemala, Honduras, and El Salvador to levels last seen toward the end of the Trump administration, even as increased migration from other countries has contributed to a high level of overall encounters at the border.

At the same time, more work is clearly needed to ensure that migration levels from northern Central America do not jump back up. It is imperative that the efforts undertaken as part of the ongoing “root causes” strategy carry forward no matter who wins the US election in November. This means ensuring that local organizations have the technical and financial resources to improve opportunities for job creation and human-capital development and also to combat often-endemic corruption. These and other conditions are needed not just to dampen the drive to migrate but also to create longer-term economic security that ultimately benefits the national security of the United States and partner countries.

In the course of her work as vice president with Central America and the Caribbean . . . she has taken on tough issues that don’t lend themselves to easy, quick solutions.

In one example of her “listen, act, then follow up” approach, Harris traveled to Guatemala and Mexico in June 2021. A month later, she rolled out a five-pillar strategy that revolved around working with in-country partners to address the root causes of Central American migration, noting that “migration to our border is also a symptom of much larger issues” and admitting from the start that “progress will not be instantaneous.” She subsequently visited Honduras in January 2022. In March 2024, she welcomed Guatemala’s new president, Bernardo Arévalo, to the White House for more discussions. This approach suggests that Harris could govern in a manner where decisions are carefully thought out and where a multitude of factors are taken into account before acting.

In its three years, the five-pillar strategy has produced more than $5.2 billion in commitments from companies and organizations to invest in the region while supporting local development in areas of high emigration. And there are signs that migration from the region is now slowing. The number of Guatemalans encountered at the southwestern border last month (11,485) was the second-lowest since November 2020. The number of Hondurans (8,896) was the lowest over the same period. Overall, the proportion of migrants encountered at the US border who are citizens of Guatemala, Honduras, and El Salvador has dropped from 49 percent (March 2021) to 18 percent (June 2024).

Still, reflecting the shift in migrant patterns, including new or growing countries of origin, the overall number of migrant encounters by border authorities remains high (130,419 in June) as compared to the last full month of the previous administration (73,994 encounters in December 2020).

Though it has been less high-profile than her Central America work, Harris has also given substantial attention to addressing the many significant challenges facing the United States’ Caribbean neighbors. As she has explained it, doing so is a US national security priority that cannot be overlooked.

In June 2023, just over a year after virtually hosting leaders of fifteen Caribbean nations, Harris became the highest-ranking US official to visit The Bahamas, where she co-hosted the US-Caribbean Leaders Meeting. That meeting—and her overall engagement—has been focused on establishing a greater US presence in the Caribbean at a time in which it’s becoming increasingly apparent that Caribbean prosperity yields benefits for the United States too. The region’s geographic proximity also means that there is a national security imperative for the United States to be more fully engaged in a partnership with the Caribbean.

In keeping with her typical approach, Harris met with Caribbean leaders first to hear their priorities before crafting a strategy. Her priorities started with climate change and the energy transition, expanded to food security, and then extended to security and arms trafficking. At that June 2023 meeting, she announced $100 million of US assistance to address these issues, including Haiti’s ongoing humanitarian crisis. (In parallel with these efforts, the Atlantic Council organized the PACC 2030 Climate Resilient Clean Energy Summit on the sidelines of her Bahamas trip.) Still, as with her Central America portfolio, substantial progress will not happen overnight.  

Over the coming days and weeks, Harris will set about defining what her foreign policy might look like. In the course of her work as vice president with Central America and the Caribbean, at least, she has taken on tough issues that don’t lend themselves to easy, quick solutions. And she has followed through on implementation, adjusting tactics along the way as the situation on the ground evolves. As she seeks to become commander-in-chief at a time of deep global instability, she will have no shortage of complicated challenges to confront.


Jason Marczak is the vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post What Kamala Harris’s record in Central America and the Caribbean reveals about her foreign policy approach appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Memo to the president: Seizing the opportunity for a democratic solution in Venezuela https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/content-series/memo-to/memo-to-the-president-seizing-the-opportunity-for-a-democratic-solution-in-venezuela/ Wed, 24 Jul 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=781436 Venezuelans head to the polls for a presidential election July 28. Whether incumbent Nicolás Maduro or opposition candidate Edmundo Gonzalez Urrutia is declared the victor, the United States and its partners have a major opportunity to bring all parties together to negotiate a power-sharing agreement and restore the economically devastated country's democratic institutions.

The post Memo to the president: Seizing the opportunity for a democratic solution in Venezuela appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

TO: POTUS
FROM: Geoff Ramsey, Jason Marczak, Brian Fonseca, and Eduardo Gamarra
SUBJECT: Seizing the opportunity for a democratic solution in Venezuela

What does the US president need to know? Our “memo to the president” series has the answer with briefings on the world’s most pressing issues from our experts, drawing on their experience advising the highest levels of government.

Bottom line up front: Although Venezuela’s July 28 presidential election will take place amid high volatility, a significant likelihood of protests, and possible repression, it represents the best opportunity for a peaceful, democratic solution to the country’s long-running political crisis. The election will most likely be followed by a political negotiation process. Venezuelan economic, political, and military elites want the last three years of economic growth and greater international integration to continue, and incumbent Nicolás Maduro has a strong incentive to connect to the global economy and avoid the resumption of international pressure. The United States and its partners should take advantage of this, offering incentives and support for a Venezuelan-led negotiation process to encourage the restoration of Venezuela’s democratic institutions.

Background: Regardless of the election results, both the ruling party and the opposition will face incentives to negotiate.

A July 12 scenario-planning exercise, held by the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and Florida International University’s Jack D. Gordon Institute, identified several possible outcomes for the election and the weeks that follow.1

Scenario 1: Venezuelan electoral authorities declare Maduro the winner, with no documented evidence of irregularities or vote tampering.

If Venezuelan electoral authorities in the National Electoral Council declare Maduro the winner, he will face the enormous challenge of “landing the plane” and continuing down the current path of sanctions relief, global reintegration, and the restoration of diplomatic relations. He cannot credibly do so without entering into a sustainable negotiation process with the opposition, in which both parties are willing to make the significant concessions required.

  • The specific aftermath of a Maduro victory will depend on whether there is clear evidence of irregularities or tampering with the vote count on election day. Maduro’s best hope of winning by the numbers is if participation is low and the opposition base is unmotivated to turn out at the polls.
  • Some in Maduro’s ruling United Socialist Party (PSUV) believe they can successfully mobilize the party base to outperform polls and demotivate opposition voters, as has occurred on several instances over the last twenty-five years—most recently in the 2021 state and municipal elections. They believe they can count on the minimum of five or six million votes that Maduro received in the 2018 election, which the opposition boycotted.

Scenario 2: Venezuelan electoral authorities declare Maduro the winner, despite evidence of irregularities and vote tampering.

  • Even if the ruling party were to commit documented acts of electoral fraud, Maduro’s first challenge would be to reassure elements in the ruling PSUV and armed forces leadership that he would be able to continue the last three years of economic growth. He will be unable to do that in the face of opposition protests and the risk of an escalation in the international pressure campaign—which would be almost inevitable in the case of blatant vote rigging.
  • The irregularities could begin before July 28. Credible polling suggests that opposition candidate Edmundo González Urrutia has a fifteen- to twenty-percentage point lead over Maduro, although that number is lower among the most likely Venezuelan voters. If it becomes clear that Maduro’s party has no chance of winning the vote count, even through abstention, there is a chance that the Supreme Tribunal of Justice will ban González’s Democratic Unity Table Roundtable coalition—this would likely guarantee an advantage to Maduro and dissuade opposition participation. A TSJ ruling could ensure that votes for the Democratic Unity Table Roundtable would be invalidated, and would force the base to either call for abstention, cast votes for González under less popular tickets from the Un Nuevo Tiempo or Movimiento Por Venezuela parties, or align behind an alternate candidate such as Enrique Marquez.
  • The ruling party could also engage in vote tampering on election day. However, this would be very difficult to conceal given the opposition’s election monitoring efforts and the presence of independent international observers affiliated with the Carter Center and the United Nations. Previous instances of fraud, such as when observers documented tampering with voter tally sheets in Bolivar state in the 2017 regional elections, have been clearly documented by comparing results with poll witness records.
  • A clearly fraudulent result would likely trigger street protests organized by opposition leader María Corina Machado and others. As in previous protest waves in 2014, 2017, and 2019, this may lead to clashes with security forces, but the prospect of these mobilizations forcing a change in government is highly unlikely. All eyes will be on Machado to gauge how she would react to low turnout or electoral fraud, and what each would mean for the prospect of unrest.
  • The security forces will likely be reluctant to engage in massive repression on the scale seen in the 2014 and 2017 protests, given how this fueled international condemnation and the investigation of International Criminal Court Prosecutor Karim Khan. Elites in the military and ruling party would likely apply quiet pressure on Maduro, even as he declares victory, to demonstrate an openness to reforms and a willingness to signal an element of power-sharing with the opposition in his next term.
  • Such overtures could split an opposition that has become more unified today than in the past. For ruling elites, there is no interest in reversing the last three years of economic growth and returning the country to the worst period of the country’s crisis, including greater international isolation.
  • The private sector in Venezuela would likely seek to ensure the continuation of government policies that have helped jumpstart growth and slow inflation to its lowest level in twelve years. Business leaders know that a fraudulent win by Maduro would jeopardize this, with all eyes on whether the US government would return to a pressure campaign that would place investment at risk.
  • An escalation of the border challenges with neighboring Guyana to deflect pressure at home cannot be ruled out, though it is unlikely. This would be a double-edged sword for the government, as the military is uninterested in assuming the risk of outright conflict with Guyana and would prefer to maintain tensions at current levels.

Scenario 3: Venezuelan electoral authorities declare González the winner.

A recognized opposition victory would face a myriad of immediate challenges. To have any hope of assuming office in January 2025, González would need to reach a comprehensive agreement with Maduro and the PSUV. Any negotiations must address complicated issues such as institutional reforms, transitional justice, the release of political prisoners, and electoral conditions for the upcoming legislative and regional elections. It is difficult to imagine Maduro ceding power without ironclad guarantees from the opposition and the international community regarding his safety, immunity, and influence, and that of his inner circle.

  • The opposition’s best hope of translating polling support for González into votes on July 28 is massive voter participation. Given the opposition’s own election monitoring efforts and the presence of international electoral observers, an overwhelming margin of victory would be difficult to paper over by vote tampering.
  • Voter participation at around the same level as the 2013 presidential election (roughly 80 percent) could cement an opposition win and could even force actors in the ruling party to recognize the result.
  • The PSUV coalition is likely to face internal fragmentation in the event of a clear, recognized González win. While moderates in the ruling coalition may be willing to bet on their political future in a post-transition landscape, more hardline elements in the PSUV and security forces could derail a transition in pursuit of self-preservation. Here, the armed forces will almost certainly have outsized influence over a transition and would likely seek to dictate the terms of a transfer of power.
  • The unity of the opposition would come under strain after a González win. While Machado has been the face of the electoral campaign over the last nine months, González is on the ballot as she is currently banned from holding office as part of a longstanding campaign against her. The opposition coalition would have to define where Machado stands in the decision-making apparatus, with the added complication that the Maduro government has explicitly refused to negotiate directly with her—and will likely continue to do so if the opposition wins. This would pose an early test of González’s leadership.
  • The role of the international community will be crucial. To be credible, any opposition guarantees would have to be backed up by the United States, which could offer full sanctions relief and diplomatic recognition to Caracas, and lift bounties placed on the heads of PSUV leaders. European and Latin American heads of state also have a role to play. Still, due to its sanctions policy, the US role—and Maduro’s trust that guarantees will hold under any US administration—is vital.
  • The international community should pay close attention to the prospect of fragmentation in the ruling coalition, particularly among the mid-level officer ranks in the armed forces, who will also seek guarantees and to preserve their influence.
  • Having been out of power for twenty-five years, the opposition’s return to government could come with a high degree of administrative turbulence. The opposition would face significant incentives to seek technical assistance and advisory support in governance, economic reform, and public administration from the private sector, international organizations, foreign governments, and nongovernmental organizations—all while negotiating its policy approach with the outgoing PSUV, which would likely seek to retain political influence.

How the United States and international allies should respond:

  1. Keep the focus on election data from credible international observers and independent monitoring efforts.
    • Prioritize data and reports from local and international independent observers, including the Carter Center and the United Nations, to assess the legitimacy of the election results. Communication with the public and international partners should be clear, consistent, and fact-based.
    • Rather than making a snap decision regarding developments on July 28, wait until the detailed vote count at the polling station level has been released, as has occurred in almost all previous elections. Delay any policy shift until there is a clear picture of the results.
    • Any actions should be grounded in verified data and credible sources to avoid hasty or misinformed decisions.
  2. Explore opportunities for coordinated US and EU sanctions relief to accelerate incentives and advance negotiations.
    • Regardless of the election result, both González and Maduro understand they cannot govern a country in flames, and any effort to keep sanctions relief and normalization on the table will require them to negotiate the terms of governability.
    • There will be a deep need for greater multilateral coordination by sanctioning countries. The United States, as the only country to impose oil and financial sanctions against Venezuela, has outsized leverage, but the European Union and others that have sanctioned government officials can also place sanctions on the table to support negotiations.
    • Any solution will also require complex discussions regarding the restoration of the country’s democratic institutions while ensuring a place for Chavismo in the country’s political landscape.
  3. No need to start from scratch.
    • The basis of any dialogue should be the 2021 Mexico City memorandum of understanding, which has served as the framework for international negotiations facilitated by the Norwegian Foreign Ministry with US, EU, and other international support.
    • This agreement outlined a seven-part agenda for dialogue efforts that have not been fully addressed, including guarantees of political rights for all, the restoration of constitutional order, coexistence and reparation for victims, economic reforms, and the verification and implementation of future agreements.
    • From there, talks can expand to focus on power sharing, the release of political prisoners, a judiciary overhaul, reforms of the security forces, the separation of powers, and improvements to electoral conditions ahead of 2025 legislative and regional elections.
    • The United States and international allies should focus on achievable, incremental progress rather than aiming for comprehensive solutions immediately. Small victories can build momentum and trust.
  4. Promote a regional response led by Colombia and Brazil.
    • The United States and allies should emphasize solidarity among these neighboring countries, encouraging them to take lead roles in support of negotiation efforts while ensuring that Norwegian facilitators retain their influence on ongoing talks. Brazil, which has ceded space to Colombia so far, in particular could play a more active role.
    • Joint statements and actions can amplify impact, and the international community should formalize the ‘’Group of Friends’’ mechanism outlined in the 2021 memorandum of understanding. The creation of such a group, while still giving primacy to existing negotiations, would provide clarity for regional leaders seeking to coordinate Venezuela policy and allow more formal negotiating channels with Venezuela to incentivize more robust compliance with existing accords.
  5. Regardless of outcome, consider the long-term benefits of an expanded Western footprint in Venezuela.
    • Specific licenses issued by the Treasury Department have allowed Western energy companies to maintain operations in Venezuela. The current foreign investment framework permits new modes of governance and payment and new rules of reporting, and provides opportunities for greater transparency.
    • Though sanctions are an important part of the United States’ leverage in Venezuela, there is space and good reason for this investment framework to be expanded. It is not in the US interest to sit back and watch as its rivals deepen their footprints in the country with the largest proven oil reserves on the planet—nor is it in the US interest to see Venezuela grow closer to these authoritarian powers and drift further into authoritarian rule.
    • Allied governments should continue to consider the broader geopolitical context, including relationships with China, Russia, and other influential countries with interests in Venezuela. The goal should be balanced policies that address these dynamics, acknowledge Venezuela’s role in global energy markets, and prioritize the humanitarian needs and human rights of the Venezuelan people.

Geoff Ramsey is a senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, and a leading expert on US policy towards Venezuela.

Jason Marczak is vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, and launched the center’s work on Venezuela in 2017. He is an adjunct professor at The George Washington University’s Elliott School of International Affairs.

Brian Fonseca is director of the Jack D. Gordon Institute for Public Policy and an adjunct professor in the department of politics and international relations at Florida International University’s Steven J. Green School of International and Public Affairs.

Eduardo A. Gamarra is a tenured full professor of political science in the department of politics and international relations at Florida International University.


1 Aspects of the discussion during our scenario-planning exercise informed this memo, but the memo is not meant to reflect the views of any participants other than the authors. There was, however, broad agreement that, independent of the results of the election, the winner will face incentives to negotiate the terms of governability, avoid a deepening of the crisis, and prevent another cycle of unrest and repression.

The post Memo to the president: Seizing the opportunity for a democratic solution in Venezuela appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Lipsky cited in Bloomberg on US efforts to persuade emerging market countries to publicly criticize China’s export practices during the G20 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/lipsky-cited-in-bloomberg-on-us-efforts-to-persuade-emerging-market-countries-to-publicly-criticize-chinas-export-practices-during-the-g20/ Tue, 23 Jul 2024 19:37:56 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=781675 Read the full article here

The post Lipsky cited in Bloomberg on US efforts to persuade emerging market countries to publicly criticize China’s export practices during the G20 appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Read the full article here

The post Lipsky cited in Bloomberg on US efforts to persuade emerging market countries to publicly criticize China’s export practices during the G20 appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
How Venezuela became a model for digital authoritarianism https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/how-venezuela-became-a-model-for-digital-authoritarianism/ Mon, 22 Jul 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=781182 As Venezuelans head to the polls on July 28, the massive online surveillance apparatus developed under incumbent Nicolás Maduro watches street video, monitors social media and phone communications, and gathers data from online movements. What's behind this digital repression—and will it spread?

The post How Venezuela became a model for digital authoritarianism appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Once the most vigorous democracy in Latin America, Venezuela started down a slow path toward autocracy twenty-five years ago. It also became a model for digital authoritarianism and an exporter of democratic backsliding to the rest of the Americas. Control of the information space, widespread surveillance, and digital repression are significant pillars of the current regime’s survival. Incumbent Nicolás Maduro is counting on this, along with electoral manipulation and judicial control, to remain in power as Venezuela holds a presidential election on July 28. Nonetheless, a cohesive democratic coalition mobilizing the population across the country has a serious chance of making this election the starting point for a transition toward re-democratization.

The media landscape in Venezuela is fragmented and marked by censorship. The rise of government-run media and state control through ownership changes or censorship mechanisms led independent journalists to migrate to small internet outlets. Venezuela’s media ecosystem shrank further when the country’s economy collapsed after 2015. The aftermath of the 2017 cycle of protests saw another significant shift in the media landscape, with surviving newscasts characterized by censorship and heavily biased coverage in favor of the ruling party. In addition, censorship has caused the closure of many radio stations, leaving many areas without access to local or regional news. The National Telecommunications Commission in Venezuela routinely censors the use of certain topics and words during programming, and also bans interviews with democratic opposition leaders. It prohibits public coverage of corruption allegations or human rights violations attributed to state officials or their family members, coverage of citizen protests or demonstrations against the regime, and discussion of international courts and other human rights entities.

In their new report, “Venezuela: A playbook for digital repression,” Iria Puyosa, Andrés Azpúrua, and Daniel Suárez Pérez dive deep into the state of media in Venezuela, the role it played in the country’s slide toward authoritarianism, and whether other Latin American countries will adopt Venezuela’s model of digital repression.

Additional contributions by Marco Ruíz and Valentina Aguana

Edited by Iain Robertson and Andy Carvin

Related content

The Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab (DFRLab) has operationalized the study of disinformation by exposing falsehoods and fake news, documenting human rights abuses, and building digital resilience worldwide.


This report was made possible with support from the government of Canada.

The post How Venezuela became a model for digital authoritarianism appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Infographic: Could Brazil be the future of global food security? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/commentary/infographic/infographic-could-brazil-be-the-future-of-global-food-security/ Mon, 08 Jul 2024 21:49:49 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=778936 With an expected global population of 10 billion by 2050, the world must adjust to meet growing food demands. Learn more.

The post Infographic: Could Brazil be the future of global food security? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

With an expected global population of 10 billion by 2050, the world must adjust to meet growing food demands. Changes to climate and geopolitical disruptions—from war and conflict to trade—have significant implications to food security. Only a few places in the world have the potential to rise to this occasion. Brazil is top of the list.

The post Infographic: Could Brazil be the future of global food security? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Hurricane Beryl spotlights the importance of climate adaptation in the Caribbean https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/hurricane-beryl-spotlights-the-importance-of-climate-adaptation-in-the-caribbean/ Wed, 03 Jul 2024 17:08:54 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=777928 The earliest category five Atlantic hurricane on record is a reminder that governments and the private sector must prioritize adapting to climate change. COP29 is a good place to start.

The post Hurricane Beryl spotlights the importance of climate adaptation in the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Caribbean countries are grappling with the first hurricane of the 2024 season. Hurricane Beryl, which has made history as the earliest category five Atlantic hurricane on record, has damaged infrastructure and caused widespread power outages.

Unfortunately, this is a familiar scene for the region, which routinely battles the effects of extreme weather events and climate change. Hurricane Beryl once again spotlights why focusing on the mitigation of climate change, through such methods as cutting carbon emissions, alone is insufficient. Caribbean countries must prioritize climate adaptation as the primary mechanism to withstand hurricanes and other baked-in effects of climate change.

Climate adaptation is the answer to these extreme weather events, but it requires significant investment that governments in the Caribbean cannot afford. International support, including private finance, is needed. In five months, the United Nations Climate Change Conference of the Parties, also known as COP29, will take place in Baku, Azerbaijan. It has been dubbed the “finance COP,” and there governments and the private sector should come together and show the commercial utility of prioritizing climate adaptation. Doing so can unlock new financing and create project pipelines that are commercially attractive to global investors.

COP29 might well be the ideal forum to strengthen these initiatives and encourage commitments from governments and the business community.

The Caribbean is often categorized as the world’s most vulnerable region to climate change. Seventy percent of the region’s population lives or works on the coast, meaning that storm surges from hurricanes affect businesses, lifestyles, and government operations. Hurricanes and strong storms also bring the tourism industry to a halt, disproportionately affecting the region’s tourism-dependent economies and severely slowing economic growth. Hurricane Maria in 2017 cost Dominica an estimated 225 percent of its gross domestic product, while Hurricane Irma in the same year cost Antigua and Barbuda more than $136 million in damages, of which the tourism industry represented 44 percent.

Strong storms damage critical infrastructure. Downed power lines cause widespread power outages, while flooded roads and bridges can prevent rescue operations. Already, Hurricane Beryl has caused power outages in Saint Lucia, and homes in Saint Vincent and the Grenadines have lost their roofs. And stronger storms lead to longer recovery periods, which can increase governments’ public debt as they borrow at high interest rates from multilateral institutions to rebuild after the storm has passed. Six years after Hurricane Maria, for example, citizens in Dominica are still rebuilding.

Withstanding strong storms and other effects of climate change requires new climate adaptation projects. For hurricanes with high wind speeds (such as Beryl, which sustained wind speeds of 150 mph at its peak), it is necessary to retrofit infrastructure to be resilient. To achieve this, governments need to require building codes for new homes and infrastructure that ensure sufficient resilience across structures. To brace for storm surges, governments need to move water and energy infrastructure underground where possible to avoid damage. New sea walls and flood protection systems also need to be built.

In all, the region needs more than $100 billion dollars in investment to meet its climate adaptation goals, but it has only been approved for less than one billion dollars from various climate funds. Governments are often left to fend for themselves, taking high-interest loans (due to the classification of many Caribbean nations as middle- and high-income economies by the World Bank) since they often do not qualify for concessional financing. At the same time, governments have borne the brunt of the responsibility because these types of climate adaptation projects are not always attractive to the private sector. Retrofitting infrastructure and other climate adaptation projects, for example, have high upfront costs with little return on investment.

COP29 is an opportunity to bring the public and private sector together to unlock new financing and advance climate adaptation projects. The private sector—both in the region and around the world—has access to needed technologies and has the capacity to undertake climate adaptation projects, from providing drainage on roads and bridges to help ease flash flooding to building decentralized energy grid infrastructure to limit widespread blackouts. Climate adaptation is, after all, in the private sector’s interest. If the effects of hurricanes and climate change worsen and the region’s economies slow, then businesses’ profits will be affected.

What will it take to get the private sector more involved? Attracting private sector participation requires regulatory reforms and carve outs by governments to ensure that companies yield a return on projects. Governments can provide incentives, such as giving exclusive benefits to companies participating in projects and providing subsidies or tax exemptions on materials used. Equally important is access to low-cost finance and capital. Governments can work with institutions such as IDB Invest and global donors that provide grant finance to funnel capital to companies undertaking long-term developments while engaging with insurance agencies that can underwrite riskier projects. 

Caribbean leaders have begun to explore private sector participation in climate adaptation projects, notably through the Bridgetown Initiative and the Blue Green Investment Corporation, but there is still work to be done. COP29 might well be the ideal forum to strengthen these initiatives and encourage commitments from governments and the business community. Doing so requires flexibility from both sectors and a focus on projects that are investment-friendly and can attract global donors. 

In the lead-up to COP29, governments will need to begin laying the regulatory groundwork and soliciting the required technical assistance from development institutions to encourage private sector participation. Moreover, Caribbean governments should consider adding or increasing the size of the private sector groups to their delegations for COP29 to ensure they have a seat at the table and are bought into any signed agreements. Building these public-private relationships can go a long way toward showing global donors and companies the viability of investing in climate adaptation projects in the Caribbean and unlock needed capital that can save lives in the long run.


Wazim Mowla is the associate director and fellow of the Caribbean Initiative at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post Hurricane Beryl spotlights the importance of climate adaptation in the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
What the Peruvian president’s state visit to China means for US economic diplomacy https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/what-the-peruvian-presidents-state-visit-to-china-means-for-us-economic-diplomacy/ Tue, 02 Jul 2024 18:36:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=777532 Peruvian President Dina Boluarte recently traveled to Beijing to meet with Chinese leader Xi Jinping. Washington should take note of the growing Peru-China relationship.

The post What the Peruvian president’s state visit to China means for US economic diplomacy appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
On Friday, Peruvian President Dina Boluarte concluded her state visit to China by meeting with Chinese leader Xi Jinping. Accompanied by five ministers, she also met with other top Chinese officials, including Premier Li Qiang and top legislator Zhao Leji. In addition to political discussions, Boluarte met with business leaders from Huawei, BYD, China Southern Power Grid, and COSCO Shipping. This visit, highlighting China’s deepening economic ties with Latin America, contrasts with the United States’ limited economic engagement with Peru. This contrast is underscored by the White House’s decision not to invite Boluarte for a bilateral meeting during her last visit to Washington in November 2023. Given the limited recent US engagement with Peru and deepening ties between Lima and Beijing, Boluarte’s state visit to China should serve as an alarm bell for US policymakers.

The success of Chinese economic diplomacy in Peru

In 2024, Peru’s relevance to China will be transformed, as Lima becomes a crucial partner in China’s economic engagement with Latin America. In November, Xi plans to inaugurate the Chancay port, a $3.6 billion deep-water mega-port forty-four miles north of Lima under exclusive operating rights by China’s state-owned COSCO. The port is set to reshape global trade between Asia and Latin America, reducing the travel time for shipping vessels between both countries by ten days. COSCO’s exclusivity over the port would make Chancay China’s first logistics hub in South America. Similarly, China Southern Power Grid’s ongoing acquisition of Italian Enel’s equity stakes in Lima’s electricity distribution will put 100 percent of Lima’s electricity in the hands of Chinese companies.

Beyond these two projects, Boluarte’s state visit to China follows a decade of increased Chinese economic influence in the Andean country. Between 2018 and 2023, Peru became the second highest recipient of Chinese foreign direct investment (FDI) in Latin America and the Caribbean, and the largest recipient of Chinese FDI in South America, standardized by gross domestic product.

Chinese investment has grown in Peru despite its political instability. From 2016 onward, the country has been entangled in an institutional and political crisis. With six presidents governing the country since 2016, Peru has been hardly able to offer any political stability to investors. As Chinese companies’ interests increase in an institutionally weaker Peru, it becomes essential for the Chinese government to secure support at the highest political level to shield its strategic investments from this instability. The state visit provides an example: In the months preceding the visit, both the Chancay port and China Southern Power Grid’s acquisition were scrutinized by Peru’s port and antitrust authorities, respectively. The National Port Authority even revoked COSCO’s exclusivity deal, which threatened to stymie China’s control over the port.

But after months of legal disputes, and upon the announcement of Boluarte’s state visit to China, the Peruvian government withdrew its request to revoke COSCO’s rights for Chancay, and China Southern Power Grid was able to finalize its acquisition, just days before the visit. Boluarte and her delegation even met with the presidents of COSCO and China Southern Power Grid during her trip to Beijing, demonstrating that the state visit was a successful tool of economic diplomacy for China.

What does the state visit mean for US economic diplomacy?

The United States should be concerned. Boluarte’s state visit represents the pinnacle of a successful economic engagement strategy between China and Peru that has resulted in deeper political ties between both countries. The projects that are the fruits of these deeper ties could directly counter US interests in the region.

The United States has already raised concerns over the Chancay port and the possibility that it could be used as a dual-use facility by the Chinese navy. US officials have also encouraged the Peruvian government to create a committee to vet foreign investment in strategic sectors, such as electricity, on national security grounds. But expressions of these US concerns haven’t yielded significant results. The limits of US diplomacy in Peru have much to do with its limited economic engagement with the country relative to China.

While the US-Peru free trade agreement doubled the trade volume between both countries in the fifteen years since its signing, US FDI represents about one-third of Chinese FDI in Peru, and Peruvians export five billion dollars more in goods to China than to the United States. And while the Peruvian government prides itself on its membership in the Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity—the Biden administration’s pillar of economic diplomacy toward Latin America—the framework will take time to deliver tangible trade and investment benefits that can rival China’s. As Peru is still looking to recover economically from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the United States can open doors for closer diplomacy with the country by working with it to foster economic growth.   

Why deeper collaboration between the US and Peru matters

As the US government seeks to expand and diversify supply chains away from China and advance its energy transition, it can benefit from increased collaboration with Peru, not least because of its mineral abundance. Peru is the second largest world producer of copper, and stands among the top producers for silver, lead, and zinc.

To compete with Chinese investment, US companies will have to participate in the bidding for large infrastructure projects and should present an alternative partner for building out Peru’s critical infrastructure, such as energy, port, or telecommunications infrastructure. For this to happen, Washington needs to better align the risk appetite of US investors and firms with Peru’s project and country risks. While the United States won’t model China’s state-led investment, agencies such as the International Development and Finance Corporation should collaborate more closely with the private sector to de-risk and incentivize US bids on infrastructure projects in Peru.

Deeper US economic engagement with Peru is also in Peruvians’ interests. The United States is the only global superpower interested in and capable of assisting the Peruvian political class to exit nearly a decade of institutional corrosion. US diplomacy toward Peru has rightfully focused on addressing the country’s democratic instability and political crisis, recognizing these issues as the country’s biggest challenges. The US government has encouraged Peruvian officials to respect the constitutional order and has expressed concern when they have deviated from it, such as when then President Pedro Castillo attempted a self-coup in December 2022.

When the Peruvian government abused its power in the demonstrations of January 2023, US representatives called out the government for its human rights violations. In March of this year, as Peru’s Congress sought to weaken the judiciary watchdog, the Junta Nacional de Justicia, US senators Ben Cardin and Tim Kaine publicly expressed their concern. It is no overstatement to say that Peruvian democracy is at risk, and the United States has been right to recognize its fragility. But the United States’ capacity to assist Peru in building out its institutions will yield very little unless its statements of concern are accompanied by economic tools that incentivize cooperation with the United States.


Martin Cassinelli is a program assistant in the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center at the Atlantic Council.

The post What the Peruvian president’s state visit to China means for US economic diplomacy appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Accelerating the energy transition in the Eastern Caribbean https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/issue-brief/accelerating-the-energy-transition-in-the-eastern-caribbean/ Fri, 28 Jun 2024 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=771816 Countries in the Eastern Caribbean are among the world’s most energy insecure nations. These countries grapple with high electricity costs that undercut economic competitiveness and growth, are heavily dependent on petroleum products, and are uniquely vulnerable to the effects of climate change.

The post Accelerating the energy transition in the Eastern Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Table of contents

Introduction

Countries in the Eastern Caribbean1 are among the world’s most energy insecure nations. These countries grapple with high electricity costs that undercut economic competitiveness and growth, are heavily dependent on petroleum products, and are uniquely vulnerable to the effects of climate change. At the same time, a World Bank designation as middle- or high-income economies significantly limits access to concessional financing. The result is a slow transition to renewable energy power generation, including attracting commercial interest for the relevant infrastructure and unbundling utility systems that often stymie regulatory changes and curtail needed investments in the energy sector.

The time may be ripe for accelerating the pace of the transition in the Eastern Caribbean. A broad consensus exists among regional governments, the business community, and multilateral partners to further usher in a transition to renewable energy, given the unique vulnerabilities facing Eastern Caribbean countries. Meanwhile, countries in the Southern Caribbean (Guyana, Trinidad and Tobago, and Suriname) are leaning into their hydrocarbon reserves as they balance their own energy transition, while other countries are either attracting commercial interest or are far along in their renewable energy development relative to the Eastern Caribbean. Though there is an abundance of solar and wind power potential in the Eastern Caribbean—along with significant geothermal reserves in Dominica, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, and Saint Kitts and Nevis—countries in this region are faced with defining how a realistic, affordable, and just energy transition can take place and unlocking new private sector and multilateral resources.

The Atlantic Council’s Caribbean Initiative engaged in a series of consultations with the Caribbean Energy Working Group (CEWG), whose members identified two main constraints to the region’s transition: the top-down vertically integrated nature of state-owned utility systems; and limited access to low-cost financing and credit to governments and clean energy developers. While recognizing that an energy transition requires a holistic approach, CEWG members propose that the starting points must be addressing utility constraints and access to finance to ensure a reliable and resilient energy system transformation that is sustainable and affordable for consumers, governments, and the private sector in the Eastern Caribbean. An energy transition in the Eastern Caribbean must ensure reliable power to combat price volatility for consumers while energy infrastructure should be resilient to the effects of climate change, hurricanes and strong tropical storms, and rising temperatures.

The CEWG brings together up to fifteen policy and technical experts from across the Caribbean, and was first convened in 2023 by the Atlantic Council. This publication builds off the CEWG’s first report, “A roadmap for the Caribbean’s energy transition,” which was published last year and outlined a five-step process that governments, developers, and regional partners can undertake to facilitate an energy transition in the Caribbean. The five-step process includes: conducting energy modeling and analysis; modernizing energy grids; diversifying utility structures; creating bankable projects; and scaling project investment to national and subregional levels. This publication focuses on applying steps three and four of the roadmap.

The CEWG met as part of two roundtable discussions, followed by five one-on-one consultation sessions across the group to identify barriers and solutions to accelerating a reliable and resilient energy transition in the Eastern Caribbean. This publication serves as a complement to existing initiatives and projects dedicated to facilitating an energy transition, with the aim of raising additional awareness of the reality and the urgency of the moment for the world’s most vulnerable countries.

Severe consequences for energy insecurity

Countries in the Eastern Caribbean are open facing, small market economies, vulnerable to ebbs and flows of the global financial system. The region’s import dependence means that supply chain constraints and rising global interest rates have a disproportionate effect on these economies. For example, when Russia’s war in Ukraine stemmed the flow of fertilizer to agriculture commodity exporters, food inflation in the Eastern Caribbean skyrocketed and remained high even as prices eventually declined in industrialized nations.2 And although the price of renewable energy, such as solar photovoltaic (PV) power, has declined dramatically over the past decade, capital and investment in this sector naturally gravitated to the bigger economies in the Global North.

Climate change wreaks havoc across Caribbean islands that do not have the available climate-resilient infrastructure to withstand strong wind speeds and heavy rainfall. September 19, 2022. REUTERS/Ricardo Rojas

Stronger storms, more outages
Climate change is a significant driver of the energy transition in the Eastern Caribbean. Hurricanes and strong tropical storms cause flash flooding and high wind speeds that damage energy infrastructure. Global warming, as a result of increasing greenhouse gas emissions (GHG), is fueling stronger and more frequent tropical storms. The result is lost power for days and weeks, as was the case in 2017 when Hurricane Irma hit Antigua and Bermuda, damaging transmission lines and generators. Similarity, in 2019, Hurricane Dorian caused widespread power outages in Dominica.3

The makeup of these economies has resulted in Eastern Caribbean countries paying some of the highest electricity prices in the Americas, including double and sometimes triple of what the average consumer pays in the United States ($0.109 per 1 kilowatt-hour (KW/h).4 On average, consumer costs in Antigua and Barbuda ($0.367 per 1 KW/h) and Saint Kitts and Nevis ($0.333 per 1 KW/h) rank on the higher end of the spectrum, with Saint Vincent and the Grenadines ($0.185 per 1 KW/h) on the lower end, and the rest of the countries falling in between. These high costs coincide with an import dependence on petroleum products, with Antigua and Barbuda (100 percent), Dominica (92 percent), Grenada (93 percent), Saint Lucia (98 percent), Saint Kitts and Nevis (87 percent), and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines (95 percent) all relying on fossil fuels to satisfy almost all of their energy demand.5 The cost of these imports account for almost 7 percent of the subregion’s gross domestic product, cutting into public expenditure needed to invest in climate adaptation projects and social sectors such as education and health services.6

High electricity prices and energy imports undercut the competitiveness of key economic sectors in the Eastern Caribbean—notably the hospitality sector—and limit the purchasing power of consumers. According to the Inter-American Development Bank, six of the countries prioritized in this publication rank in the global top ten of tourism-dependent economies.7 The tourism industry accounts for a significant share of energy demand in these countries, increasing the prices for hotel rooms due to high usage of air conditioning and lighting.8 Given that the tourism industry is an economic driver, high energy costs can make industries uncompetitive vis-à-vis other tourist hubs in the region such as Jamaica and the Dominican Republic. Beyond the tourism sector, more than a quarter of energy demand in the Eastern Caribbean is for residential use.9 High power bills can take up a large share of household income and decrease the purchasing power of individuals, leaving them unable to spend money on local products and services, like food and transportation, which help to stimulate economic growth.

Despite the challenges facing the Eastern Caribbean, bright spots exist. Renewable energy, such as solar, wind, and geothermal reserves, are abundant. Across the region, the sun shines more than 200 days annually,10 has an estimated potential of almost 70 gigawatts of available offshore wind (excluding Dominica), and (excluding Antigua and Barbuda) houses an estimated 6,290 megawatts (MW) of available geothermal reserves.11 But this potential has not been tapped. Current installed capacity of renewable energy (as a percentage) stands at: Antigua (4 percent), Dominica (25 percent including hydroelectric power), Grenada (4 percent), Saint Lucia (3 percent), Saint Kitts and Nevis (5 percent), and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines (17 percent including hydroelectric).

Geothermal development is a high priority in the Eastern Caribbean
Dominica has an estimated 1,390 MW of geothermal potential. The country’s small population and energy grid had not provided adequate incentive to develop that capacity, due to the high capital costs of exploring its geothermal reserves at scale- until recently. Commitment by the government in 2023 to develop its reserves and support this year from the World Bank have helped the country begin developing its geothermal potential. The World Bank is financing a new project at $38.5 million to support drilling of new geothermal wells and helping construct new transmission lines and substations to connect the future geothermal plants to consumers. Meanwhile, St. Kitts and Nevis is consistently looking for new partners to support its own geothermal ambitions for close to a decade, with a total project cost estimated at US $505 million. A mixture of bilateral and multilateral financing will be needed to bring this project closed to Dominica’s stage.12

Energy-transition barriers

The utility systems in the Eastern Caribbean are state-owned entities—excluding Saint Lucia, which has a public-private model—tasked with providing power to citizens. Tax revenues are used by governments to invest in critical and social services. These are top-down systems in vertically integrated structures, meaning that they single-handedly operate the generation, transmission, and distribution of power. This model can stifle innovation and competition, leaving customers without alternative choices and increasing the cost of electricity. Further, it means that introducing new clean energy technologies, when possible, must be financed and implemented by the utility, which is often devoid of the needed capital and technical assistance to act. Therefore, incorporating renewable energies into this model can be expensive—particularly since these technologies have high upfront costs. It is both a political and economic challenge that clean energy is not necessarily cheap energy.

However, unbundling utility systems is not a straightforward solution and not all state-owned entities are necessarily bad. Breaking these systems apart might divide consumer bases and may not lower the cost of electricity given the small size of Eastern Caribbean countries’ populations. Instead, as discussed below, the best-case scenario is to introduce innovation into the utility system, such as diversifying the utility structure across generation, distribution, and transmission by using public-private models. Maintaining an intact customer base is critical for utilities to keep the costs low for consumers while ensuring that utilities and the private-sector entities are still turning a profit. This does not mean that breaking up systems is the sole way to ensure low prices for renewable energy generation. Some markets, particularly in micro economies like in the Eastern Caribbean, might be too small to introduce competition and keep prices affordable. There is no one-size-fits-all solution, as changes in utility structures need to adapt to and be contextualized for each individual country.

Changing the business model of the utilities can help to create more incentives to incorporating renewable energy generation by factoring in the social cost externalities (the associated costs of fossil fuels on the broader public and society) of depending on fossil fuels as a realistic price comparison. Current models determine the price of electricity based on the cost of petroleum imports. But the emissions of fossil fuels—not just carbon dioxide but also other toxins that cause respiratory illnesses—increase cancer risks and, generally, overall poor health. The future healthcare costs for the consumer and the burden on governments to invest in adequate healthcare infrastructure are typically not added to the total cost of importing fossil fuels. If a full cost analysis and reformed business model are developed, then the price of importing fossil fuels might be higher than renewable power generation.

Utility-scale solar PV is a low-cost renewable energy option in the Eastern Caribbean, but it requires significant planning and project design work due to the unique landscapes of each country—all of which are costly. October 26, 2017. REUTERS/Alvin Baez

Commercial developers fund projects initially on their own before seeking to make projects bankable by obtaining loans that are backed by cash flow. Projects in the Eastern Caribbean take a long time to develop, given financing challenges due to unclear regulations and permitting, and a lack of investment-grade utility systems to guarantee payments under negotiated power purchasing agreements. Due to the long period of development, investors and governments look to derisk their projects by seeking full grants or convertible loan grants to help them clear these hurdles.

Commercial renewable energy projects also suffer from limited access to low cost and concessionary finance and capital. As discussed, state-owned utilities and governments are responsible for financing new renewable energy projects. These countries do not have the fiscal space or national budgets to self-finance these projects, leaving them to seek loans and grants from multilateral development banks (MDBs) and bilateral lenders. However, the World Bank classifies Eastern Caribbean countries as middle- and high-income economies, disqualifying them from accessing low-cost loans from the World Bank and those that also use this classification, such as the US Development Finance Corporation. This also applies to the business community and energy developers who need access to financing during the pre-project phase (prefeasibility studies, production of design drawings, and environmental social and impact assessments, among others).

Applying the CEWG roadmap

Addressing utility constraints and unlocking new access to finance and capital both are needed, but a well thought-out process that takes the context and nuances of each country into account is needed. To the international community, these countries are bound by their similarities (e.g., population and market size, and geographic location). Realistically, there are enough differences between them that suggest that no solution to the region’s energy transition challenges can be a one-size-fits-all approach. Each country’s context will determine how the below solutions are applied, from unbundling utility structures to attracting finance and capital based on renewable energy. While each country needs a transition that is contextualized to its own reality, technical assistance and transmission upgrades are at the core of the energy transition. Policy action and financial resources are both required, and Caribbean governments and regional institutions will need the assistance of partners like the US Trade and Development Agency and the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) to deploy the assistance throughout the transition process.

Based on the small consumer bases and state-owned nature of utility systems in the Eastern Caribbean, unbundling utilities might not actually lower electricity costs. Instead, the structure of the utility might be reformed to a public-private partnership (PPP) model that also accounts for price comparisons between fossil fuel imports with social cost externalities attached to a transition to renewable energies. In essence, PPPs are a collaborative model that leverages the strengths of both the public and private sectors, which can help accelerate the deployment of renewable energy infrastructure while ensuring cost-effectiveness and financing sustainability. For example, needed transmission upgrades can be undertaken by governments to help absorb costs and prevent them from being passed to consumers. And the private sector can take responsibility for generation projects, driving down costs and improving competitiveness. Governments and utilities are still able to benefit from the revenue to use for public-sector investments while private-sector entities can streamline innovation in the energy sector, helping to attract more commercial interest.

Renewable energy projects, like offshore wind, have high upfront costs and require significant technical assistance to design, build, and implement. September 4, 2023. REUTERS/Tom Little

Designing PPP models will be complex. Each country and its utility or utilities are unique. The challenge will be designing the appropriate model. Here, entities such as the IDB should work with the Caribbean Development Bank (CDB), and use input from private-sector companies in the region, to design a PPP model for utility structures. The IDB houses the experience and expertise in designing PPP models, and through its new One Caribbean program is already building a project preparation facility that can incorporate PPP designs into its model.13 The challenge is that Eastern Caribbean countries are not members of the IDB, though they are borrowing member countries of the CDB. In the past, the CDB and the IDB have worked together to streamline assistance to and analysis for the Eastern Caribbean. The same can be done here, with the added benefit of the CDB already understanding the nuances of each of the countries in the subregion.

However, designing and implementing a PPP model requires political will and government support. Governments might not be anxious to adopt renewables if the cost of the electricity does not lower prices—affecting key political constituents—and if accelerating an energy transition comes with increased public debt through high-interest loans. Simply put, a transition is only possible if governments are given assurances and feel comfortable that incorporating renewables will not affect their standing with their constituents, meaning that entities like the IDB, CDB, and partners, such as the United States, will have to secure government support before an energy transition can take place.

As utility systems are able to reform their models to ensure that renewable energy projects are affordable for governments and consumers, support to countries and investors is needed to finance projects through the project pipeline. As discussed in the CEWG’s first report, the projects in the Caribbean tend to fall in the “valley of death,” due to project delays ranging from limited site access to an inability to secure additional financing. Key to moving projects through the pipeline is to derisk them and ensure their bankability. Two steps are needed. First, Caribbean countries need access to the expertise and capacity to conduct feasibility studies, environmental social and impact assessments, and design power purchase agreements, among other things. Second, Eastern Caribbean countries need access to investment vehicles that prioritize grants or low-cost loans for the upfront costs of renewable energy projects. Entities like IDB Invest have pockets of financing that allows the institution to inject equity into projects, but the pool of funds is small relative to what is available for other countries or subregions in Latin America.

This is where regional partners like the United States and existing regional programs like the CARICOM Development Fund (CDF) and the Bridgetown Initiative14 should be utilized. The United States government, through the International Development Finance Corporation (DFC), should take advantage of the current DFC reauthorization process to create a carve out for clean energy projects in the region. The scale of investment is minimal compared to other DFC-financed projects and would have outsized effects in the small markets and grids in the Eastern Caribbean. This would take an act of the US Congress—particularly for a middle-income country exception—but there is precedent and increasing appetite to prioritize energy security in the Caribbean. Further, the United States should encourage the IDB and the CDB to work with the CDF and the Bridgetown Initiative to create a project pipeline (with attached equity investments available) to attract large-scale financing and grants from global donors. Capital and finance around the world are available if regional partners and entities are able to build mechanisms that streamline funding to energy projects in the Eastern Caribbean and build a project pipeline to attract commercial investors.

A global call to action

An energy transition in the Eastern Caribbean requires political will, regional coordination, and consistent technical assistance. Relative to the cost of the global energy transition, the needed capital in the Eastern Caribbean is minimal. But the tides are changing in the region, as more political actors and financial institutions are thinking creatively of how to accelerate an energy transition. Still, human capital and capacity limitations stifle the region’s ability to undertake this process alone. Partner governments like the United States and Canada have committed to the region’s energy security in the past few years, but these two countries do not have the funding or domestic political will to direct their attention consistently to the Eastern Caribbean. Addressing the climate crisis and facilitating a global energy transition is increasing in urgency each day, meaning that more actors across governments, international bodies, the business community, and foundations are unlocking new forms of support. Tapping into these resources will be critical. Regional governments and their partners need to continue raising the profile of the Eastern Caribbean and using regional and global platforms, from the Group of Twenty to the UN General Assembly to the COP29 climate talks in November to ensure that these countries are not left behind.

Acknowledgments

The Atlantic Council thanks board member Melanie Chen for her financial support of this publication and the corresponding working group. A thank you also goes to the CEWG members who joined the numerous one-on-one consultations and roundtables that informed this publication, including co-chairs David Goldwyn and Eugene Tiah. A special thank you goes to Jason Marczak, vice president and senior director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, which houses the Caribbean Initiative, for his guidance and comments throughout the working group and during the drafting of this publication. Maite Gonzalez Latorre managed the production flow of this publication.

About the author

Wazim Mowla is the associate director and fellow of the Caribbean Initiative at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center. He leads the development and execution of the initiative’s programming, including the Financial Inclusion Task Force, the US-Caribbean Partnership to Address the Climate Crisis (PACC) 2030 Working Group, and the Caribbean Energy Working Group. Since joining the Council, Mowla has co-authored major publications on the strategic importance of sending US COVID-19 vaccines to the Caribbean, strategies to address financial derisking, and how the United States can advance new policies to support climate and energy resilience.

About the Caribbean Energy Working Group Co-chairs

David Goldwyn is president of Goldwyn Global Strategies, LLC (GGS), an international energy advisory consultancy, and chairman of the Atlantic Council Global Energy Center’s Energy Advisory Group. He is a globally recognized thought leader, educator, and policy innovator in energy security and extractive-industry transparency.

Eugene Tiah is a senior business executive with in-depth knowledge and more than forty years of experience in the oil and gas business within the United States and the Caribbean region. He is also the president and CEO of the Caribbean Energy Chamber.

Related content

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

1    Eastern Caribbean refers to Antigua and Barbuda, Dominica, Grenada, Saint Lucia, Saint Kitts and Nevis, and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines.
2    Diego Arias, Melissa Brown, and Eva Hasiner, “The Worrying Phenomenon of Food Insecurity in the Caribbean,” World Bank, January 3, 2024, https://blogs.worldbank.org/en/latinamerica/food-insecurity-caribbean.
3    Source: “Several Communities without Electricity Due to Passage of TS Dorian,” Dominica News Online, August 27, 2019, https://dominicanewsonline.com/news/homepage/news/several-communities-without-electricity-due-to-passage-of-ts-dorian/.
4    “The Price of Electricity per KWh in 230 Countries,” Cable.co.uk, accessed May 1, 2024, https://www.cable.co.uk/energy/worldwide-pricing/.
6    Anastasia Moloney, “Pandemic Derails Caribbean Islands’ Bid for Greener, Cheaper Energy,” Reuters, May 11, 2021, https://www.reuters.com/article/caribbean-energy-coronavirus/pandemic-derails-caribbean-islands-bid-for-greener-cheaper-energy-idUSL8N2MY64F/.
7    David Rosenblatt and Henry Mooney, “Caribbean Region Quarterly Bulletin: The Pandemic Saga Continues,” Inter-American Development Bank, accessed May 1, 2024, https://flagships.iadb.org/en/caribbean-region-quarterly-bulletin-2020-q2/the-pandemic-saga-continues.
8    Pepukaye Bardouille, “A Roadmap for Scaling Up Renewable Energy in Island Nations: Three Success Factors for the Eastern Caribbean’s Transition from Fossil Fuels,” NextBillion, June 22, 2022,  https://nextbillion.net/roadmap-scaling-up-renewable-energy-island-nations-eastern-caribbean-transition-from-fossil-fuels/.
9    Goldwyn, Tiah, and Mowla, “A Roadmap.”
10    Martin Vogt, “The Caribbean’s Untapped Renewable Energy Potential,” Renewable Energy World, February 6, 2019, https://www.renewableenergyworld.com/storage/the-caribbeans-untapped-renewable-energy-potential/#gref.
11    Goldwyn, Tiah, and Mowla, “A Roadmap.”
12    Source: “Dominica Commits to Transformative Geothermal Project Funding,”Carib Daily News, September 8, 2023, https://caribdaily.news/article/968edae7-da4d-4864-b2a6-e4d114b1766d; “The World Bank Supports Clean Energy Generation in Dominica,” Press Release, World Bank, January 26, 2024, https://www.worldbank.org/en/news/press-release/2024/01/26/world-bank-supports-clean-energy-generation-dominica; and Eulana Weekes, “SKN Holds Further Geothermal Discussions with Saudi Fund for Development,” Caribbean Electric Utility Services Corporation, February 20, 2024, https://carilec.org/skn-holds-further-geothermal-discussions-with-saudi-fund-for-development/.
13    “IDB Group Launches One Caribbean Regional Program,” Loop News, March 11, 2024, https://caribbean.loopnews.com/content/idb-group-launches-one-caribbean-regional-program-4.
14    N.K Ezeobele, “Bridgetown Initiative: Rethinking Sustainable Economic Growth for the Developing World,” Business Council for Sustainable Energy, July 14, 2023, https://bcse.org/bridgetown-initiative-rethinking-sustainable-economic-growth-developing-world/#:~:text=The%20Bridgetown%20Initiative%20signifies%20a,climate%20action%20and%20infrastructure%20gaps.

The post Accelerating the energy transition in the Eastern Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
How to stop governments from trafficking people https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/how-to-stop-governments-from-trafficking-people/ Wed, 26 Jun 2024 14:26:25 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=775835 The US State Department’s latest Trafficking in Persons Report identifies more than a dozen governments that exploit people in forced labor and sex trafficking.

The post How to stop governments from trafficking people appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Common images of human trafficking often focus on pimps compelling their victims into commercial sexual exploitation or criminal networks targeting migrants seeking a better future. But what about when the trafficker is not an individual criminal, corporation, or cartel, but instead is a government? The United Nations (UN) estimated in 2022 that governments are trafficking at least 3.9 million people on any given day. These victims of state-sanctioned human trafficking constitute 14 percent of today’s estimated modern slavery victims.

On Monday, the US State Department released a new report that shines perhaps the strongest light yet on foreign governments’ human trafficking offenses.

Which governments are traffickers?

In 2019, the US Congress mandated that the State Department identify which governments have a policy or pattern of human trafficking. The new 2024 Trafficking in Persons Report (TIP Report) marks the fifth year the State Department has declared that governments exploit people in forced labor and sex trafficking. 

Over the last five years, the State Department has identified thirteen countries engaged in this human rights violation, and nine governments have been on the list for all five years. In the 2024 TIP Report, thirteen countries are listed as traffickers, including China, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Russia. Sudan earned a spot on the list for the first time.

It should surprise no one that governments are trafficking people. For most of recorded history, monarchs, czars, emperors, sultans, pharaohs, chiefs, and other tyrants advancing their empires, governments, and central committees have driven the slave trade. Today, these trafficking patterns vary by country. 

  • China: In China, the government forces Uyghurs to work in commercial facilities in Xinjiang and compels laborers in its Belt and Road Initiative around the world. China’s unapologetic embrace of slavery caused a unanimous US Senate to pass the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act, known as UFLPA, which bars the importation of slave-made goods into the United States. 
  • Cuba: The fact that Cuba rakes in eight billion dollars annually from its Pan American Health Organization (PAHO) is stunning. What is worse is that Cuba forces medical workers into the program, and the government siphons off the workers’ earnings. Cuban victims have sued PAHO in US federal courts, and Cuba has drawn condemnation from the international community. At the State Department rollout event for the 2024 TIP Report, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken conferred a “Trafficking in Persons Hero Award” to Maria Werlau, an activist fighting back against Cuba’s record of trafficking.
  • Eritrea: In Eritrea, the government forces the poor and vulnerable into extended terms of compelled government service. Those with resources and connections can avoid government-forced labor.
  • Turkmenistan: The government of Turkmenistan continues the old Soviet practice of forcing individuals to harvest cotton. The reforms by its neighbor Uzbekistan, which drastically reduced state-sanctioned forced labor in the cotton harvest—from 2.5 million victims in 2007 to eradicating forced labor in 2022—provide a helpful comparison. While Uzbekistan’s reforms have caused the Cotton Campaign and major fashion brands to lift their self-imposed ban on Uzbek cotton, the government of Turkmenistan has refused to use free, market-based laborers in its cotton harvest.

Typical interventions do not apply

The UN provides an estimate of 3.9 million state-sanctioned trafficking victims, and the TIP Report lists the offending countries. Yet, the world needs a plan to address this aspect of the human trafficking crisis. When dealing with individual traffickers or organized crime, the typical interventions include encouraging countries to increase victim identification, investigations, prosecutions, and convictions. To care for survivors, governments and civil society organizations must provide tailored services that appreciate the trauma traffickers inflicted. None of these interventions make sense when the government is the bad guy. It is absurd to ask Afghanistan or Burma to investigate itself or to hold itself accountable. 

The path forward

Those focused on foreign policy and the plight of those whom governments abuse must find a new path forward. Interventions that may work to incentivize governments to cease enslaving people include:

  • Transparency and reporting: Exposing these abuses globally could motivate some countries to abandon forced labor. The TIP Report itself, along with other government and civil society reports, is an effort to shed light on these abuses.
  • Banning tainted products: Several countries are attempting to block slave-made goods from entering their markets. The United States, for example, relies on the Tariff Act and the new UFLPA. The European Union is poised to enact a new law banning all products made with forced labor from its markets this year.  
  • Sanctions: Countries can target individuals, companies, or other governments by imposing financial penalties, freezing assets, or refusing visas for engaging in forced labor. Global Magnitsky Act sanctions focus on human rights violators; the Countering America’s Adversaries Through Sanctions Act restricts Iran, North Korea, and Russia’s movement of money; and the TIP Report’s Tier 3 sanctions focus on countries that are not making significant efforts to meet antitrafficking minimum standards. While the effectiveness is debatable, many agree that the more narrowly targeted the sanctions, the more likely these efforts are to produce change.
  • Private sector incentives and disincentives: The private sector is often more agile than bureaucrats striving for change. The large fashion brands that pledged not to use Uzbek cotton made a significant impact when a reform-minded leader took to the helm of Uzbekistan’s government. Likewise, companies operating or sourcing from a country can engage in commercial diplomacy by building coalitions and using their investment to demand reforms. While public justice systems are central to stopping criminal traffickers, addressing state-sanctioned human trafficking requires foreign policy and advocacy solutions. The millions of people oppressed by their governments need people of goodwill to create new initiatives that shift exploitative government policies into processes that bring freedom. 

John Cotton Richmond is a nonresident senior fellow at the Scowcroft Strategy Initiative of the Atlantic Council’s Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security. He served as the US ambassador to monitor and combat trafficking in persons from 2018 to 2021. Follow him on X, formerly Twitter, @JohnRichmond1.

The post How to stop governments from trafficking people appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Dollar Dominance Monitor featured by Reuters on BRICS de-dollarization efforts https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/dollar-dominance-monitor-featured-by-reuters-on-brics-de-dollarization-efforts/ Tue, 25 Jun 2024 16:39:26 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=776869 Read the full article here.

The post Dollar Dominance Monitor featured by Reuters on BRICS de-dollarization efforts appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Read the full article here.

The post Dollar Dominance Monitor featured by Reuters on BRICS de-dollarization efforts appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Milei’s biggest challenge is to foster the societal consensus that Argentina needs to thrive https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/mileis-biggest-challenge-societal-consensus/ Fri, 21 Jun 2024 15:56:20 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=774788 Despite President Javier Milei’s popularity with a large part of the Argentinian public, failure to array Congress behind his movement could again leave the country with a half-completed reform agenda.

The post Milei’s biggest challenge is to foster the societal consensus that Argentina needs to thrive appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Argentina’s Milei government last week received its second blessing from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) for its hard-hitting economic reforms. The lender’s executive board agreed to pay out the next of several small disbursements that remain under Argentina’s 2023 program, which was on hold after the previous Peronist government reneged on its policy commitments. Although the Milei administration had to make significant concessions to pass its reforms through Argentina’s Senate, the resumption of the program has been entirely justified. In fact, the IMF had disbursed much larger amounts to the Fernández administration to avoid a default on its earlier loan, without getting meaningful reforms from the government in return.

Compared to last year’s economic free-fall, Argentina’s situation is indeed looking up. President Javier Milei and his team have embarked on a serious fiscal adjustment initiative and are making a determined effort to bring inflation down from record levels. These policies have met with considerable early success, but the austerity measures needed to reduce the fiscal deficit have led to massive social disruption and serious street protests against the government.

Despite these early achievements, the real issues facing Argentina remain low productivity, a weak growth outlook, and large external financing needs in the foreseeable future. Together, they call into question whether Argentina will be able to crawl out from under its large debt burden and access markets to obtain fresh financing beginning in 2025, as projected by the latest IMF staff report. This forecast corresponds to an exceedingly optimistic scenario, in which continued reforms lead to an improvement in Argentina’s twin deficits, culminating in a strong pickup in capital flows in the medium term.

In reality, it is more likely that the reform momentum will be slowed by hardening opposition in the National Congress of Argentina, in particular in the Senate, where Peronist provincial governments still hold sway. Further exchange rate depreciation, the lack of a strong rebound in labor markets, and accumulating pain from continued austerity will also impair Milei’s hopes of gaining a parliamentary majority of his own during next year’s midterm elections.

A drubbing at the polls could throw Argentina back to square one. Both of the last two governments were hobbled by weak election outcomes halfway through their presidents’ terms. Despite Milei’s popularity with a large part of the Argentinian public, failure to array Congress behind his movement could again leave Argentina with a lame duck government and a half-completed reform agenda.

In such a situation, the envisaged liberalization, if not outright dollarization, of Argentina’s exchange rate regime—which still seems to be one of the president’s key objectives—is bound to fail. The country would need a strong and growing economy to sustain the kind of fiscal discipline that is required for a stable exchange rate regime, and this will not be possible without deep changes to Argentina’s economic laws and structure, starting with the government’s own footprint.

Such changes require a societal consensus toward market-friendly reforms, but also toward the appropriate distribution of incomes in case growth takes off. In Argentina, such middle ground between radical reform and government largesse has been elusive for decades, and it is unlikely to be found unless the main political camps are prepared to compromise.

Without dismissing this possibility outright, it is much more likely that the economic hardship currently experienced by ordinary Argentineans will drive voters back toward the main opposition party. The Peronist party will, without doubt, promise large handouts to core constituencies that abandoned them during the last elections, frustrated by high inflation and rising unemployment. And as the economic environment is stabilizing, many voters will have forgotten who was responsible for Argentina’s precarious situation in the first place.

The IMF should therefore remain cautious in its discussions with the current government. The institution was wrong to lower its standards for the current program, which granted Argentina a fairly easy restructuring of its repayment terms, an operation that is in principle ruled out by the IMF’s own statutes. Going forward, the fund should be leery of granting Argentina fresh money, digging itself even deeper into a hole that is already threatening to upend its own balance sheet (and possibly imposing losses on shareholders whose per-capita income is still below Argentina’s).

Instead, any new relationship with Argentina should be based on conditionality that ensures sustained growth and the eventual repayment of Argentina’s debt. As it failed to do in 2022, the IMF should insist that both political camps sign on to a meaningful reform program. Otherwise, it risks a reprise of the Macri experience, when IMF funds provided the incumbent government with a financial war chest to support its reelection which the next opposition-led government did not feel obliged to repay when it came to power.


Martin Mühleisen is a nonresident senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s GeoEconomics Center and a former IMF official with decades-long experience in economic crisis management and financial diplomacy.

The post Milei’s biggest challenge is to foster the societal consensus that Argentina needs to thrive appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Global China Newsletter – Sharp words, sharper tools: Beijing hones its approach to the Global South https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/global-china/global-china-newsletter-sharp-words-sharper-tools-beijing-hones-its-approach-to-the-global-south/ Thu, 20 Jun 2024 14:07:30 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=774494 The fifth 2024 edition of the Global China Newsletter

The post Global China Newsletter – Sharp words, sharper tools: Beijing hones its approach to the Global South appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Subscribe to the Global China Hub

The statement released by G7 leaders after their summit last week garnered ample attention for its strong language on China’s unfair economic practices and ongoing support for Russia’s war on Ukraine, and triggered a predictably sharp Chinese response. The back-and-forth is another reminder of China’s worsened relations with developed democracies over the past few years.

Beijing is by no means abandoning those relationships – Premier Li Qiang’s visit to Australia and New Zealand this week, not to mention President Xi’s trip to Europe last month, underscore a drive to mend damaged ties. But the incident is another piece of evidence confirming that Beijing’s positions on global and economic issues receive a more welcoming reception in the developing world, where China’s economic and political ties are growing by the day.

China’s strategic shift toward greater focus on the so-called Global South is unmistakable. One need only look at where China is spending diplomatic attention and propaganda dollars.

As colleagues at the Digital Forensics Research Lab explore in a new report on China’s messaging in Africa, China is increasingly promoting pro-Russian narratives about Ukraine in sub-Saharan Africa using its media platforms, commentators, social media, and broadcasting infrastructure. The effort aims to portray China as a force for peace while the United States prolongs the war, in line with Beijing’s drive to enhance its reputation relative to Washington across the developing world.

Source: (Murtala Zhang; CGTN Hausa) Screenshot of a cartoon shared by a China Radio International (CRI) illustrator, depicting the US arms industry as profiting from the war in Ukraine. Also, a screenshot of the Facebook post of the article that written for CRI defending China’s amplification of the biolabs in Ukraine disinformation translated from Hausa.

This effort to shape perceptions of China’s responsible global role in contrast to the United States is now routinely reflected in the content of high-level diplomatic engagements with developing countries.

In his speech just last week at the BRICS Dialogue with Developing Countries in Russia, Foreign Minister Wang Yi not only underscored China’s leadership of the Global South as the “largest developing country” but also called for the convening of “a true international peace conference” on the Ukraine war that involves Russia – after Beijing pulled out all the stops to try to scuttle the Swiss-organized conference earlier this month – and threw in some choice words on US efforts to “maintain its unipolar hegemony” for good measure.

As I and the Global China Hub team discovered on a trip to Brazil, Colombia, and Honduras earlier this month, China is also ramping up diplomatic, economic, and technological engagement across Latin America, and pairing those efforts with a push to shape understanding of China across the region. Our editor-in-chief Tiff Roberts dives into that and much more in this issue of Global China – take it away, Tiff!

-David O. Shullman, Senior Director, Atlantic Council Global China Hub

China Spotlight

Latin American officials flood Beijing revealing China’s global priorities

Want to know one key region of the Global South China is now focusing on? Take a look at who visited Beijing in early June. Before the first week of the month was even over, Brazil’s Vice President Geraldo Alckmin, Venezuela’s Foreign Minister Yván Gil, and special envoy of Cuban President Miguel Díaz-Canel and Minister of Foreign Affairs Bruno Rodríguez Parrilla had all passed through China’s capital (the Brazilian vice president met with Xi Jinping and secured $4.49 billion in credit concessions. Brazil has been a key market for China too, as evidenced by an eighteen-fold surge in Chinese EV sales by value).

Latin America, with its rich resources, is a key target as China expands its global economic and political reach, and that’s a concern for the US. Testifying before the US-China Economic and Security Review Commission hearing “Key Economic Strategies for Leveling the U.S.-China Playing Field: Trade, Investment, and Technology,” Pepe Zhang of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center called for a development-focused economic partnership with LAC that would make the Western Hemisphere more competitive, resilient, and better integrated with the US.

Economics used to bolster authoritarian power in Global South training

China’s commerce ministry isn’t just fretting about EU tariffs (see below). It has also spearheaded an effort to train officials in countries across the Global South. And perhaps not surprisingly, the instruction is about more than trade and economics: “This effort is integral to the PRC’s drive to transform a global order currently predicated on the centrality of democracy and individual rights to one more “values-agnostic” and thus suited to China’s rise under authoritarian CCP rule,” writes the Global China Hub’s Niva Yau in a June 12 report called “A Global South with Chinese Characteristics” (watch the launch event here). The 795 training descriptions reviewed by Yau show “how the PRC marries economics and politics in its trainings, revealing that Chinese economic achievements are used to support authoritarian ideals.”

The report certainly got the PRC’s attention. The Chinese Embassy responded, saying the report is “full of Cold War mentality and ideological prejudice,” with the Foreign Ministry adding that “China has always respected the peoples of all countries in independently choosing their development paths and social systems,” which is very reassuring.

A new, coordinated transatlantic response to China emerges on trade?

In a widely expected move, the European Union announced new tariffs on Chinese electric vehicles on June 12, up as much 38.1% on top of existing taxes of 10% before, affecting companies including BYD, SAIC, and NIO. Also to no surprise was the heated response from Beijing: the move by the EU “undermines the legitimate rights and interests of China’s EV industry,” and is “blatant protectionism,” Ministry of Commerce spokesperson He Yadong said in a press briefing. On June 17, Beijing officially launched an anti-dumping probe on imported pork and its by-products from the EU in response.

With the EU action coming just over a month after US President Joe Biden imposed tariffs on EVs of 100%, is a new, more coordinated transatlantic response to the Chinese trade juggernaut emerging? On June 3rd, in an ACFrontPage conversation with United States Trade Representative Katherine Tai, she did not mince words on how the US and the EU should adapt the transatlantic trade relationship to reflect the realities of China’s economic system, saying “Capitalism with Chinese characteristics… I haven’t heard that term used in many, many years. At this point, I think it’s less diplomatic than just sort of ahistorical. The China that we’re dealing with now, the PRC, is not a democracy. It’s not a capitalist, market-based economy.

In an Econographics article exploring a similar theme entitled “Biden’s electric vehicle tariff strategy needs a united front,” the GeoEconomics Center’s Sophia Busch and Josh Lipsky write, “tariffs, working in isolation, can’t fully achieve all the objectives—no matter how high they go. It’s only when tariffs are relatively aligned across countries… that the trajectory could change.”

And it’s not just EVs that pose a threat to global industries. Without tariffs, the EU faces a flood of Chinese imports of the “new three” clean tech exports—lithium-ion batteries, solar panels, and, of course, electric cars (along with the action against EVs, the White House also raised tariffs simultaneously on lithium-ion batteries and solar cells to 25%.) “Imports of the new-three cleantech export categories have skyrocketed in recent years. Over the course of 2023, China’s exports to the EU totaled $23.3 billion for lithium-ion batteries, $19.1 billion in solar panels, and $14.5 billion for electric vehicles,” the Global Energy Center’s Joseph Webster wrote in a piece for EnergySource.

ICYMI

  • Beginning on June 17, Atlantic Council President and CEO Fred Kempe and former President of Latvia Egils Levits have co-led the Atlantic Council’s annual delegation trip to Taiwan, hosted by the Taiwanese government. Joined by former Czech Minister of Foreign Affairs Tomáš Petříček, they will meet with Taiwan government leaders, including President Lai, think tanks, and business representatives to discuss security and economic issues facing Taiwan and the Indo-Pacific.
  • The Global China Hub hosted a public conversation on allied solutions to de-risking tech supply chains from Chinese investment to spur collective action between the United States and government and private sector partners in Europe and the Indo-Pacific. The event was a continuation of the Hub’s work on tech competition and China’s drive to dominate emerging technologies and relevant supply chains.
  • China’s trade with Russia has risen substantially since the Kremlin’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine, significantly bolstering Moscow’s war aims, according to new research by the Global Energy Center’s Joseph Webster.
  • Xi Jinping’s recent visit to Europe was in part intended to divide it as the EU increasingly hardens its stance on China. The Global China Hub’s Zoltán Fehér explores the degree to which Xi was successful in these efforts in a New Atlanticist piece.

Global China Hub

The Global China Hub researches and devises allied solutions to the global challenges posed by China’s rise, leveraging and amplifying the Atlantic Council’s work on China across its 16 programs and centers.

The post Global China Newsletter – Sharp words, sharper tools: Beijing hones its approach to the Global South appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
US-Mexico energy cooperation is vital to enable nearshoring https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/energysource/us-mexico-energy-cooperation-is-vital-to-enable-nearshoring/ Tue, 18 Jun 2024 18:57:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=773792 As the United States seeks to nearshore supply chains, Mexico's energy sector presents a valuable opportunity for collaboration. By easing regulations on the private sector, Mexico can facilitate US energy investment without impeding its own vision for growth.

The post US-Mexico energy cooperation is vital to enable nearshoring appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Claudia Sheinbaum’s historic election matters for Mexico’s relationship with the United States, particularly in trade and energy. While Sheinbaum has pledged continuity with the top-line agenda of outgoing president Andrés Manuel López Obrador (AMLO), subtle differences are emerging, opening new areas for cooperation. To make the most of those opportunities, the United States and Mexico must work together to enhance Mexico’s grid for a new industrial era.

STAY CONNECTED

Sign up for PowerPlay, the Atlantic Council’s bimonthly newsletter keeping you up to date on all facets of the energy transition.

Mexico’s nearshoring opportunity

Mexico features prominently in US ambitions to “nearshore,” whereby companies move their production facilities closer to home and away from far-flung industrial hubs—mainly China. This shift is influenced by the United States’ drive to build more resilient supply chains in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic and heightened geopolitical competition with China.

Cross-border economic ties under the United States-Mexico-Canada (USMCA) free trade zone are growing. The United States and Mexico are now each other’s largest trading partner. This can be attributed to many factors, including a deteriorating trade relationship between the United States and China, which reinforces the argument for nearshoring.

Mexico presents a supply chain opportunity for the United States. But from the Mexican perspective, support for nearshoring is relatively subdued. The “national project” of AMLO and Sheinbaum’s Morena party emphasizes combatting inequality including by developing the country’s south and strengthening state-owned companies. By contrast, the bulk of nearshoring investments would be made by private companies and go toward Mexico’s industrialized north, along the US border. Perhaps as a result, nearshoring has not progressed as rapidly as many predicted. US investors will need to align with Sheinbaum’s agenda to build a Mexican energy system capable of turning nearshoring into a reality.

Is nearshoring even happening?

A closer look at investment data paints a mixed picture of nearshoring. On one hand, foreign direct investment (FDI) in Mexico—the only measure of whether investment in the country is rising—reached a record $20.3 billion in the first quarter (Q1) of 2024, a 9 percent increase over Q1 2023. Fifty-two percent of total FDI in Mexico originated from the United States. On the other hand, only 3 percent of this increase can be attributed to new investments, contradicting the narrative that large-scale nearshoring is occurring. Furthermore, manufacturing as a share of Mexico’s economy grew to only 21 percent in the first half of 2023, from a pre-pandemic level of 20 percent. Tesla, which in March 2023 announced one of the largest nearshoring projects, has yet to break ground on its facility in Nuevo León. Like other investors, Tesla has encountered rising costs and logistical challenges.

Grid constrains are stifling nearshoring

Nearshoring is being limited by structural issues faced by Mexico’s electricity sector. Mexico’s grid has struggled to keep up with rising demand. The country suffers an “energy deficit,” facing difficulty connecting new manufacturing plants to the grid and—by extension—to renewable energy sources. The latter is a potential sticking point for electric vehicle producers looking to relocate to Mexico such as Tesla, GM, and Ford. The Mexican Association of Private Industrial Parks notes that this issue has postponed some projects and has throttled nearshoring in the years since the pandemic.

Is Mexico’s electricity sector a constraint?

The fragility of Mexico’s grid presents another major nearshoring obstacle. This was made clear in early May 2024 when the electricity demand on the grid nearly exceeded the total available generating capacity, leading the national electric system operator, CENACE, to declare a state of emergency. It has been reported that much of this demand can be attributed to the rising use of air conditioning and electric cooling during a record-breaking, weeks-long heatwave. As Mexico gets hotter courtesy of climate change, demand for cooling technologies—particularly for industrial processes—is set to rise.

Mexico’s electricity sector needs to shape up to meet increased demand from nearshoring.

More competition is needed—US investors can help

Mexico’s electricity sector offers a promising path for the United States to align its nearshoring objectives with Sheinbaum’s agenda. But to do so, it must benefit state-owned companies and free up state funds for social programs aimed at reducing inequality.

Increased private sector participation in the electricity sector is a necessity for achieving greater capacity and connectivity to unlock nearshoring. One analysis from the National Autonomous University of Mexico argues that increasing private sector participation in the electricity sector would not displace the state-owned electricity company CFE, which controls 40 percent of Mexico’s electric generation capacity, produces 70 percent of its power with private partners, and controls the full transmission and distribution network of the national grid.

In fact, CFE could benefit from increased industrial demand driven by nearshoring. Increasing private sector involvement in power generation can even help CFE by freeing it to investment in other areas, such as upgrading its transmission and distribution network and strengthening its balance sheet in the long term.

New president, new opportunities

AMLO has tried to strengthen CFE by passing a measure in 2021 to discriminate against private sector electricity generation and negate the 2013 Electricity Industry Law, which was designed to promote competition in the sector. Although the measure has since been overturned by the Supreme Court, the administration has effectively halted new public auctions for independent power contracts, preventing growth in private sector investment. Despite this, the private sector drove the increase in solar and wind power from 2014-2020.

Reversing course on private investment will be critical to restoring and expanding the capacity of the electric system and lowering costs. In 2019, independent power producers generated electricity 35 percent cheaper than CFE.

Sheinbaum’s election may present an opportunity for greater private sector collaboration with the United States. Facilitating investment can both strengthen Mexico’s grid and bolster the Mexican state, outcomes that are in line with Morena’s socioeconomic justice goals. While Sheinbaum will likely continue to favor state-owned companies, the Wall Street Journal reports that she also aims to “attract billions of dollars in private investment for solar and wind farms, with the government keeping control and a majority share in the electricity market,” citing a close advisor to Sheinbaum.

How the US-Mexico partnership can boost nearshoring and the electricity sector

The United States should seize the opportunity to work with the incoming Sheinbaum administration to strengthen the Mexican energy sector, thereby enabling supply chain security gains through nearshoring. The relationship should uphold the mutually beneficial tenets of the USMCA, including its level playing field for private sector investment.

In addition, the United States should redouble its technical and regulatory cooperation efforts with Mexican electricity regulators as has been conducted through the U.S. National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL). The aim of this partnership should be to work toward goals which benefit the Mexican administration’s agenda while strengthening economic ties and boosting Mexico’s manufacturing potential.

US-Mexico cooperation on electricity sector regulation can facilitate private sector investment in generation that could decrease the burden on CFE as the sole entity responsible for expanding the grid. Ceding greater financing responsibility to the private sector—with CENACE retaining control of the national electric system—could enable CFE to expand its business alongside the private sector and permit the Mexican state to focus on investments that promote increased prosperity for all its citizens.

With higher private sector participation conducted in a manner that respects the central role state-owned companies play in Mexican society, the electricity sector in Mexico can be transformed into an enabler of the nearshoring trend.

William Tobin is an assistant director with the Atlantic Council Global Energy Center.

MEET THE AUTHOR

RELATED CONTENT

OUR WORK

The Global Energy Center develops and promotes pragmatic and nonpartisan policy solutions designed to advance global energy security, enhance economic opportunity, and accelerate pathways to net-zero emissions.

The post US-Mexico energy cooperation is vital to enable nearshoring appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
A Global South with Chinese characteristics https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/a-global-south-with-chinese-characteristics/ Thu, 13 Jun 2024 14:54:13 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=771570 The Chinese Ministry of Commerce has sponsored training programs overseas on trade, information security technologies, and more. Beijing uses these training programs to make a case for its authoritarian capitalism. Is it working?

The post A Global South with Chinese characteristics appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Table of contents

Introduction

At the peak of China’s economic growth toward the end of the 2010s, Beijing began to advocate for an alternative model of governance that prioritizes economic development and rejects the centrality of the protection of individual rights and “Western” democratic processes. At the heart of this new push to legitimize authoritarian governance was the example of China’s own remarkably rapid economic development under Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leadership and an implicit assertion that such successful growth legitimizes not only China’s own autocratic system, but also other non-democratic political systems. The global implications of this development have grown clearer as Beijing has embarked on a steadily expanding mission to promote its political system alongside its economic success in countries across the Global South.

As early as 1985, Chinese leader Deng Xiaoping explained, in plain language, that the Chinese political system would resist changes despite economic integration with the world. He told the Tanzanian president at the time, “Our reform is an experiment not only in China but also internationally, and we believe it will be successful. If we are successful, it can provide some experience for developing countries.”1 In 2017, a new Chinese leader, Xi Jinping, repeated this sentiment using similar language.

The path, the theory, the system, and the culture of socialism with Chinese characteristics have kept developing, blazing a new trail for other developing countries to achieve modernization. It offers a new option for other countries and nations who want to speed up their development while preserving their independence; and it offers Chinese wisdom and a Chinese approach to solving the problems facing mankind.”

Source: “Full Text of Xi Jinping’s Report at 19th CPC National Congress,” Xinhua, November 4, 2017, https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/china/19thcpcnationalcongress/2017-11/04/content_34115212.htm.

The People’s Republic of China (PRC) has long pursued foreign acceptance of Chinese political narratives and encouraged their adoption to further China’s interests.2 However, China typically does not need to cajole countries into accepting its messaging about successful development. Many developing country leaders, having witnessed the Chinese “economic miracle” in which it developed at a remarkable pace after first opening its economy to the world in the late 1970s, take seriously China’s narrative about the benefits of a more authoritarian system and are willing to consider the calculated risk of experimenting with what Beijing is offering. Even as China’s economic growth has slowed significantly and its political system has grown more repressive under Xi, the number of countries welcoming Chinese governance lessons continues to grow, enhancing Beijing’s global influence. This has significant implications for the future of democracy, the protection of individual rights, and the nature of the global order.

Training future authoritarians

One of the most direct ways that Beijing promotes authoritarian governance is through training programs for foreign government officials on Chinese governance practices. This report investigates a new dataset of Chinese government files on such trainings, uncovering how Beijing uses these sessions to directly promote ideas and practices that marry economics and politics to make a case for its authoritarian capitalism model. Beyond encouraging sympathy for Chinese narratives among officials across the Global South, the programs also provide practical assistance for host countries to fast-track adaptation of Chinese practices. The sessions also appear to serve intelligence-collection purposes by requiring each participant to submit reports detailing their prior exchanges and engagements with other foreign countries on specific training subjects. This report outlines the content Beijing teaches officials in various developing countries and the anticipated benefits to Beijing from these programs. It also explains how these initiatives fit into China’s broader ambitions to undermine the liberal democratic norms that currently underpin the global order.

The author obtained 1,691 files from the Chinese Ministry of Commerce (MOFCOM) containing descriptions of 795 governmental training programs delivered (presumably online) in 2021 and 2022 during the pandemic. Each program description contains a title indicating the subject of training; the name of the Chinese entity subcontracted to deliver the training; the timing and language of instruction; invited countries and regions; group size; the professional background and demographic requirements for trainees; and training program objectives. Additionally, each description included an outline of the training content, including names of instructors and contact information for subcontracted entities.

In 1981, Beijing began delivering training programs, first branded as foreign assistance, in coordination with the United Nations Development Program (UNDP) as part of an effort to provide aid and basic skills to developing countries.3 In 1998, the Chinese government broke away from that cooperation arrangement and began offering its own centrally planned training programs directly to governmental officials from countries across the Global South. Beijing reportedly hosted 120,000 trainees from the Global South between 1981 and 2009, with 4,000 programs across twenty fixed areas. With initial success, the programs expanded from their original objective and the number of trainees increased in the next decade, with 49,148 trainees in 1,951 programs between 2010 and 2012, and more than 200,000 trainees in around 7,000 programs between 2013 and 2018.4

Evidence in the newly obtained 2021 and 2022 files indicates that the objectives of Chinese governmental training programs for foreign officials have changed significantly. Trainings are no longer foreign assistance programs with primarily humanitarian assistance aims, but clearly serve to directly inject narratives that marry authoritarian governance with economic development—in other words, to promote an autocratic approach to governance.

According to a cross reference of public releases, the current protocol of governmental training programs involves receiving foreign officials sent to mainland China in accordance with bilateral agreements.5 These training programs focus on specific areas, and are centrally planned by the Chinese government with designated regional quotas.6 A review of these ”specific areas“ also shows that these programs differ from trainings on humanitarian aid, foreign assistance, and basic skills that Beijing delivered in cooperation with UNDP in the 1980s and 1990s. Rather, the trainings offer authoritarian principles in areas such as law enforcement, journalism, legal issues, space technologies, and many other topics. Given that in China, law enforcement is designed to protect the state and the Party rather than the people, journalism is prescribed to create national unity rather than act as a check against the system, and the law is intended to protect the regime rather than its citizenry, these training programs naturally offer foreign officials different lessons than they would receive from democratic countries.

According to the files obtained, the Chinese embassy in a country identified for training typically is notified roughly three months before a training program is expected to be hosted, and the relevant desk at the Chinese embassy is tasked with selecting and inviting targeted individuals in the host country. For example, the Chinese Ministry of Public Security attaché at the embassy would be responsible for inviting local law-enforcement representatives to join programs organized by the Chinese Ministry of Public Security. At least eleven Chinese government ministries and Party departments have delivered training programs to foreign government officials in the past three years, including the Ministry of Commerce, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Ministry of Science and Technology, Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, Ministry of Justice, Ministry of Ecology and Environment, Ministry of Culture and Tourism, National Health Commission, Ministry of Emergency Management, International Liaison Department, and Ministry of Public Security.7 According to the files, within each of these Chinese ministries and departments, an “international cooperation and exchange” office then coordinates to subcontract the delivery of the training program to a hosting entity, often with a quasi-civilian Chinese entity with extensive ties to the government. The MOFCOM files show that the 795 training programs were subcontracted to 111 hosting entities in 2021 and 2022.

Given the vast number of Chinese ministries and departments found to have provided trainings to foreign government officials in the past few years, it is reasonable to conclude that these programs were not paused during the pandemic but simply moved to an online format. A review of the 795 descriptions shows that 21,123 individuals participated in online training programs that were provided by MOFCOM in 2021 and 2022. These programs were centered on lectures and included relevant virtual site visits. They ranged from one to 60 days in length: 42 percent of all programs were between twelve and fourteen days, and 34 percent were between 19 and 21 days. Program size was between 15 and 60 participants, and 68 percent of the programs were designed for 25 participants. Based on the training description, nearly all the programs targeted developing countries.

Because this research dataset was limited to program-description files from the MOFCOM, there remain obvious blind spots to understanding the full scope and depth of Chinese governance-export training programs for foreign governmental officials. However, precisely because the dataset here concerns those trainings delivered by the MOFCOM, examination of the files permits unique insights into how the PRC marries economics and politics in its trainings, revealing that Chinese economic achievements are used to support authoritarian ideals.

This report maps the governance practices Beijing is promoting in countries across the Global South. It does not attempt to examine the effectiveness of these efforts, which is outside the scope of this project. Follow-on research endeavors involving local experts will be necessary for exploration of individual governments’ receptivity to PRC narratives and practices, which is likely determined by a mix of local interests and political contexts.

Party governance as the root of all success

Chinese training programs focused specifically on governance practices have traditionally been implemented by the International Liaison Department (ILD), an agency under the Central Committee of the CCP whose core function is party-to-party diplomacy. In its political engagement with other countries’ political parties, the ILD has long conducted training sessions on Chinese governance to promote CCP ideology, with the stated intent to conduct “state governance experience exchange [治国理政经验交流].” Initially such trainings were held exclusively between the CCP and countries with one-party rule or corresponding Leninist party structures, such as Vietnam.8 This is no longer the case. The ILD training sessions have expanded to include sessions in non-communist and non-authoritarian countries. At the same time, other entities in the Chinese government have begun conducting their own “state governance experience exchanges.” In the late 2000s, similar language on “state governance experience exchange” began to surface in foreign policy documents describing engagements with developing regions and countries, including Latin America in 2008, Kazakhstan in 2009, Laos and Myanmar in 2010, and Mongolia in 2011,9 demonstrating the expanded reach of Chinese governance training sessions.

Since then, each training, no matter the subject, has contained language on CCP ideology and organization and related contributions to the PRC’s achievements in that subject area. In this way, authoritarian governance choices are being promoted even in the most niche of subject areas.

Even programs on seemingly innocuous topics like beekeeping, bamboo forestry, meteorology, or low-carbon development all begin by briefing participants about the Chinese reform and guiding management principles raised at the latest plenary sessions of the Party committee. The programs highlight where successful tactics for poverty alleviation or pandemic management originated, and then relate these principles to the technical subject areas being covered. This approach is employed to maintain consistency of narrative delivery to a variety of audiences. In the program descriptions obtained, targeted foreign government officials range from the highest political level to the technocratic level, and from senior-level directorships to junior staff members of departments working on political affairs, the economy, education, agriculture, science, and more.

According to a review of the 795 training descriptions obtained in the course of this research project, MOFCOM trainings cover a vast variety of topics, including trade-related areas such as port management, international application of BeiDou (the Chinese global navigation satellite system), and blockchain and information security technologies. However, despite MOFCOM’s remit, it also provides training on topics that do not seem immediately related to trade, such as the role of think tanks for implementing the Belt and Road Initiative, national policy on ethnic minorities, new-media affairs, population management and development, university management, governance practices for presidential advisers, urban governance, social security and welfare, and smart cities.10

For the purpose of this research, the 795 training programs were reviewed and categorized into six groups based on their reported activities as outlined in the files. The following group labels were created by the author.

1. Clearly authoritarian: The first group describes training programs which include explicit lessons on PRC practices that are widely regarded in liberal democracies as direct infringements on personal freedom. This includes PRC endorsement of non-democratic regime practices in political, government, and legal affairs, including administrative control over the media, information, and population.

2. Potentially authoritarian: These training programs contain lessons on PRC practices which have, in some cases, infringed on personal freedom or indirectly aided infringement of personal freedoms and individual rights. This includes, for example, training on dual-purpose technologies that could be exploited to access individuals’ data in ways that expand state surveillance and control over citizens’ personal lives.

3. Infrastructure and resource access: These training programs are centered on setting standards and imparting industrial technical skills for various aspects of infrastructure and resource extraction, which may further PRC access to critical resources. This includes, for example, renewable energy application, mechanization of the agricultural sector, and technologies in mining, copper processing, and biotechnology.

Intelligence value of the trainings

As detailed in the files, the majority of these training programs, no matter the category, require participants to submit a report prior to the training. The trainings, therefore, provide a reliable intelligence benefit to the Chinese government. Even if an audience does not engage with the program content or demonstrate receptivity to party ideologies and narratives, the reports submitted by participants contain potentially valuable information that Beijing routinely receives en masse. Foreign officials are asked to write about current developments in their country related to the training subject, their country’s current cooperation and partnership with other countries on that subject, and potential ideas for collaboration with the PRC on that subject.

Beyond obtaining immediate, updated, and accurate intelligence from foreign government officials, this approach enables Beijing to assess their future willingness to cooperate on that subject. Specifically, the process directly identifies the scope of potential areas of cooperation from leading experts and officials in charge, prepares the way for potential informal discussion about future cooperation, and, most importantly, identifies individuals who are willing to facilitate and build long-lasting relations with China. With this in mind, this research effort focused on trainings aimed at expanding China’s footprint in the Global South’s infrastructure, resources, information operations, and security domains.

4. Information operation access: These training programs are centered on activities that might further PRC access for its information operations, such as programs on Chinese culture and Mandarin-language promotion for foreign officials.

5. Security access: The fifth group involves and describes training programs centered on activities that may further PRC access to the sensitive security infrastructure of a foreign country, such as programs on aviation emergency, satellite imagery, and geochemical mapping.

File: Seminar on port management for Central and Eastern European countries

6. Others: The sixth group includes all other training programs that do not fit into the above categories, such as pest control, climate change, soybean production, tourism development, and preschool-education sector capacity building.

Among the 795 training courses offered by MOFCOM between 2021 and 2022, about 25 percent of the programs were categorized as clearly authoritarian, 10 percent as potentially authoritarian, 22 percent as related to infrastructure and resource access, five percent as related to security access, two percent as information-operation access, and 35 percent as “others.”

Based on this categorization, the research then focused on examining files of training programs that were not categorized as clearly authoritarian or potentially authoritarian. This revealed the extent to which Beijing used potentially authoritarian means to influence governance choices by injecting narratives that marry authoritarianism with various successes related to the economy. It further demonstrates that PRC training programs that appear to be focused on trade, infrastructure, and other nominally non-political topics are also efforts to promote China’s governance model.

The following are just two examples out of the hundreds of files in which the same pattern can be observed. In one file entitled “Seminar on international application of BeiDou and remote sensing,” and in another, “Seminar on port management for Central and Eastern European countries,” the training content specifies ten and fifteen sub-categories, respectively. At least two or three sub-categories are completely unrelated to the training subject, instead focusing on China’s reform and opening-up process, poverty-alleviation programs, and management of the COVID-19 pandemic, highlighting the success of China’s particular governance model in handling these challenges. The training programs consistently and repeatedly remind trainees across the Global South that all of China’s achievements are attributed to its political choices and authoritarian governance practices.

Despite the lack of access to the exact lecture materials used in these programs, a review of the list of instructors yields insights into the kind of narratives the lecturers delivered to foreign governments. For example, Dr. Ding Yifan (丁一凡) was one of six instructors for the 13-day training on port management. A researcher at the state-backed Development Research Center of the State Council, Ding has written in support of internationalizing China’s currency to bypass “Western control” over financial mechanisms and setting up overseas Chinese economic zones to relocate parts of Chinese production to developing countries before commodities are finalized for export to Europe and North America, ensuring China’s stake in the global supply chain and embedding Chinese assets abroad.11 These are positions commonly held by many Chinese academics and experts.

Ding, however, also has a more distinctive track record as an advocate for China’s authoritarian system. For example, in a lengthy 2017 online lecture titled “Advantages of the Chinese system of governance” (“中国的制度优势”)12, Ding explicitly explained that the Chinese economic miracle is a result of “a good democratic system of socialist governance with Chinese characteristics, our democracy is the real democracy” (“是因为中国特色社会主义民主制度好,我们的民主是真正的民主”) and that “sometimes people don’t know how their own society should develop, and they need to be guided by strong leaders to show the way.”( “有时候民众并不知道他们希望社会朝哪个方向发展,需要强有力的领导人去指明方向.”) Ding’s online lecture details flaws in voting-based democratic systems, pointing to the constant change of governments and party politics as inefficient and a waste of resources. Ding makes the case that one-party authoritarian politics is the only feasible system for China: “We are a multi-ethnic, multi-cultural country. If we have multi-party politics, then our country will break apart and fall into civil war, destroying all we have built.” (中国是一个多民族、多文化国家,如果实行多党政治,那么,一定会四分五裂,陷入严重的内战,毁掉我们建国以来所做的一切努力.) Ding has also fueled disinformation against Japan and the United States, claiming Japan dared “to release nuclear-contaminated water because it has the backing of the United States” (日本胆敢排核污水底气在于背后老板是美国人) when Tokyo released wastewater from the Fukushima nuclear plant that was hit by a tsunami in 2011 after receiving approval to do so from the International Atomic Energy Agency.“13

Global implications and recommendations

The findings catalogued in this report underscore that the PRC is engaged in a concerted effort to promote authoritarian governance across the developing world, using its own economic success as the primary argument for why countries need not adopt “Western” democratic practices to achieve their development goals. This is occurring across Chinese training programs in Global South countries, regardless of the often-unrelated subjects purportedly addressed. While Beijing often suggests that countries should pursue approaches specific to their own local contexts, rather than adopting the Chinese model completely, PRC trainings clearly highlight aspects of its authoritarian model as central to the blueprint of successful development that others can emulate.

China is likely to continue expanding training efforts to promote autocratic governance. Numerous training programs currently conducted in China for foreign government officials are already being moved to countries across the Global South, with new Chinese institutions set up to deliver programs that are both longer term and more sophisticated. In 2022, a Chinese political leadership school was opened in Tanzania, delivering the same type of governance training program outlined above that marries authoritarianism with economic success.14 If successful, this kind of setup is likely to be recreated elsewhere. For example, Luban Workshops were introduced in 2016 as a vocational equivalent of the Confucius Institutes and there are now 27 workshops worldwide, an increase from 18 in 2021.15 Where Confucius Institutes are state-sponsored centers teaching Chinese language and culture, Luban Workshops are state-sponsored classrooms teaching Chinese industrial skills and standards. Given the findings in this report, it is reasonable to assume these workshops will weave lessons on the benefits of China’s authoritarian model into vocational classes.

Beijing’s growing drive to promote its model appears unaffected by the marked slowdown in China’s economic growth and the well documented structural challenges facing China’s economy, many of which are a result of an authoritarian system under the CCP that increasingly prioritizes political control and absolute security over unleashing the power of market innovation and consumer demand.16 In other words, the very example at the heart of China’s promotion of authoritarian governance—its own remarkable development since the late 1970s into the world’s second largest economy—may be falling apart.

Many developing countries, however, are not attuned to the mounting challenges China is facing and still value the lessons of the country’s success under authoritarian rule, presenting ample opportunities for the PRC to expand and deepen its training programs across the Global South. The potential implications of these continued efforts are significant and wide ranging.

First, more countries may entertain and potentially adopt authoritarian governance practices shared by Beijing as they seek the potential benefits of economic engagement with China. More research is needed to determine the ultimate impact of China’s governance trainings abroad on recipient countries’ political practices. However, foreign leaders already routinely accept and endorse Beijing’s perspective on Chinese domestic issues and international positions in the hopes of maintaining or increasing Chinese investment and contributions to their nation’s domestic development.17 As China’s combined economic and political influence mounts, more countries dependent on China will likely welcome its lessons and may even sacrifice their own immediate interests in return for the long-term promises that Beijing offers. In some cases, China’s success in “elite capture”—the extensive corruption of a country’s key political and business leaders, resulting in their serving China’s interests above those of their own citizens—will likely contribute to local officials’ willingness to welcome Chinese trainings. The elite capture dynamic may also increase the likelihood that lessons learned in these trainings will be incorporated into their country’s governance practices.

Second, China’s clear propaganda effort through these trainings will combine with the CCP’s broader effort to shape narratives in countries around the world regarding China’s successes and the benefits of engagement with the PRC to advance Beijing’s preferred messaging. Beijing is engaged in a global propaganda effort to “tell China’s story well,”18 as Xi has put it, and counter decades of perceived dominance of the global information space by the United States and other developed democracies, including regarding the legitimacy of non-democratic governance systems such as its own. Included in this endeavor are efforts to train and cultivate local journalists to write positive stories about China, insert official Chinese propaganda in local media outlets, deliver tailored disinformation regarding the United States and the failings of democratic governance19, and deploy United Front groups20 to co-opt local elites.21 Across these efforts, Beijing’s messaging consistently underscores its development successes while ignoring inconvenient statistics about China’s more recent economic downturn, reinforcing the notion that countries in the Global South might benefit from following China’s developmental path.

Third, China’s expanding promotion of authoritarian practices may foster greater ideological and political polarization globally as democracy’s presumed status as the ideal form of government is thrown into greater doubt. Even if most countries exposed to CCP trainings do not adopt a wholesale authoritarian approach to governance, the selective adoption of aspects of China’s system will mean that more countries choose not to align with the United States and other democracies on a range of policy choices that will shape global governance and connectivity. For example, a number of countries have been inspired to adopt aspects of China’s top-down regulatory policies on the internet.22 This dynamic is complicating efforts to maintain a more united approach to internet management, potentially fragmenting the internet into competing technospheres. More fundamentally, potential PRC success in encouraging more sympathetic views of autocratic methods—and critical views of democracy—across the Global South would gradually undermine the ability of the United States and other democracies to credibly speak of a common future and interests among countries bonded by democratic values and aspirations.

The first step in addressing these dynamics is to recognize the extent of the problem, conducting further studies such as this one on the nature of various PRC efforts to promote its model and then, most critically, determining the actual impact of these efforts in increasing developing countries’ acceptance, adaptation, and implementation of authoritarian governance practices.

Local interests, political context, and feasibility of adaptation are all reasonable major factors that determine whether a government will ultimately import authoritarian practices and narratives. Only once the effectiveness of various PRC activities has been determined should significant effort be directed at developing tailored measures to counter them, thereby avoiding unnecessary expenditure of very limited resources on addressing the large and expanding number of CCP efforts across countries.

Even as such studies are undertaken, the United States and other democracies should increase efforts to address the relative paucity of knowledge and objective information about China and its approach to governance at home in the majority of developing countries. This lack of reliable, home-grown information on China is perhaps the PRC’s greatest asset in its efforts to promote its authoritarian model because it allows Beijing to set the dominant narrative in many countries regarding China’s rapid economic development and the role of its governance system in that achievement.

As noted, in PRC training programs, foreign government officials are fed disproportionally positive economic stories about China in an environment where Beijing is able to censor as it pleases, creating an illusion of near perfect implementation. This bolsters the strong impressions still held by many across the Global South about the Chinese economic miracle from decades ago and the discourse around authoritarian performance legitimacy.23 It is essential that more developing countries have access to objective information on current realities in China, including the country’s economic downturn, particularly given concurrent PRC efforts to shape media ecosystems and narratives on China and leverage coopted elites.24

Relatedly, it is necessary to assist countries across the Global South in cultivating and promoting authoritative expertise on China, to ensure that local voices are offering objective analysis of China’s domestic affairs, governance practices, and engagement abroad. This local expertise is also critical for broadening public and elite understanding of PRC policies and affairs that is not accessible through simply translating Chinese government documents that may be unintelligible to the uninformed. For decades, the Chinese government has tried to influence the development of authoritative foreign voices on PRC affairs, relying on PRC-educated China experts as elite proxies to distribute its narratives, set agendas, and influence foreign policymakers and the public alike. In the Global South, Beijing often controls who can study and develop an authoritative voice on PRC affairs by monopolizing the means to visit and research China, study Chinese language, and access research materials through PRC institutions.

One crucial step toward addressing this problem in the medium to long term is fostering more opportunities for independent research on PRC issues, providing alternatives to PRC-sponsored education. Countries with vast non-PRC-sponsored expertise on China should expand their global outreach, including programs for students from countries across the Global South who may wish to undertake professional Chinese studies outside of the PRC. Such independent expertise is essential to fostering objective discussions on China and competing perspectives that allow the public and their leaders to make informed judgments about the kind of Chinese success they want to replicate.

Lastly, at the basic level, countries across the Global South must be encouraged to create a debriefing process for all returning officials who take part in a PRC training program to determine and catalog the level of effort to shape perceptions and decision-making in different policy areas, including regarding authoritarian governance practices, as well as the extent to which related reporting serves China’s intelligence collection efforts.

China’s promotion of authoritarian governance and undermining of support for democratic practices and principles is likely to increase across the Global South, with Beijing further scaling up the type of trainings documented in this report. This effort is integral to the PRC’s drive to transform a global order currently predicated on the centrality of democracy and individual rights to one more “values-agnostic” and thus suited to China’s rise under authoritarian CCP rule. To counter this effort, countries across the Global South should be encouraged to make independent, informed decisions about their own development path, with access to objective information about China’s political system, domestic affairs, and economic trajectory. Despite democracy’s evident flaws, it remains the system of governance overwhelmingly preferred by publics around the world.25 Beijing’s revisionist efforts to popularize autocracy will fail if citizens in the Global South have the freedom and information to determine the sort of government under which they want to live.

About the author

Acknowledgement

The author thanks Rana Siu Inboden and other participants at a May 2024 workshop Understanding China’s Authoritarian Projection: Training and Normative Propaganda with Other States, organized by the Robert Strauss Center for International Security and Law at the University of Texas at Austin, for feedback and review of an earlier draft.

Dataset of Chinese government files

These are 14 training program description files from the full dataset of 795, with personal identifying information removed, but remaining available upon requests for research purposes. The English-language text following the Chinese text is entirely written by the program description planner, not the author, and may consist of broken translation. We are currently planning to release all 795 of the remaining training program descriptions and the other administrative files related to their logistics.

Explore the program

The Global China Hub researches and devises allied solutions to the global challenges posed by China’s rise, leveraging and amplifying the Atlantic Council’s work on China across its fifteen other programs and centers.

1    Deng Xiaoping, “Two Evaluations of China’s Reforms, Originally Published on August 21, 1985,” Qiushi Magazine, July 31, 2019, http://www.qstheory.cn/books/2019-07/31/c_1119485398_45.htm.
2    For example, see China’s promotion of the notion of the “Asian way” or the Belt and Road Initiative, China’s signature global infrastructure initiative. The “Asian way” is a narrative Beijing has used since the early 2010s in its communication with Southeast Asian countries over territorial disputes. Beijing created this approach, one supposedly resting on “Asian values” of “consultation,” “consensus,” “inclusive,” “peace,” “harmony,” and “equality,” to rival discourses that call for strict accordance with international law. For more, see: Hoang Thi Ha, “Building peace in Asia: It’s not the “Asian Way,”” FULCRUM, July 29, 2022, https://fulcrum.sg/building-peace-in-asia-its-not-the-asian-way/.
3    “China’s External Assistance,” State Council Information Office of the People’s Republic of China, April 21, 2011, http://www.scio.gov.cn/ztk/xwfb/31/8/Document/899558/899558_3.htm.
4    “China’s External Assistance (2014),” State Council Information Office of the People’s Republic of China, July 10, 2014, https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2014-07/10/content_2715467.htm; “New Era of China’s International Development Cooperation,” State Council Information Office of the People’s Republic of China, January 10, 2021, https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2021-01/10/content_5578617.htm.
5    Bilateral agreements include one in 2011 with Indonesia on disaster risk management, one in 2012 with the United Arab Emirates on law enforcement, and one in 2014 with Brazil on space technologies. “Joint Communique between the Government of the People’s Republic of China and the Government of the Republic of Indonesia on Further Strengthening Strategic Partnership,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, April 29, 2011, https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/zyxw/201104/t20110430_313055.shtml; “Joint Statement between the People’s Republic of China and the United Arab Emirates on the Establishment of Strategic Partnership,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, January 18, 2012, https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/gjhdq_676201/gj_676203/yz_676205/1206_676234/1207_676246/201201/t20120118_7968517.shtml; “Joint Statement between China and Brazil on Further Deepening the China-Brazil Comprehensive Strategic Partnership,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, July 18, 2014, https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/ziliao_674904/1179_674909/201407/t20140718_9868425.shtml.
6    For example, 1,000 spaces were granted to officials from Latin America between 2014–2019; two thousand were granted to foreign government officials within the Shanghai Cooperation Organization between 2015–2017. “Xi Jinping Attended the China-Latin American and Caribbean Leaders’ Meeting and Delivered a Keynote Speech,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, July 18, 2014, https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/wjb_673085/zzjg_673183/ldmzs_673663/dqzz_673667/zglgtlt_685863/xgxw_685869/201407/t20140718_10411920.shtml; “Xi Jinping’s Speech at the 14th Meeting of the Council of Heads of State of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, September 12, 2014, https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/gjhdq_676201/gjhdqzz_681964/sgwyh_682446/zyjh_682456/201409/t20140912_9384686.shtml.
7    “Ministry of Foreign Affairs Lancang-Mekong Cooperation Foreign Assistance Aviation Training Program Inauguration Ceremony,” Civil Aviation Flight University of China, October 13, 2021, https://icd.cafuc.edu.cn/info/1021/1116.htm; “The First International Science and Technology Project Management Talent Training Class Was Successfully Held in Hainan,” Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China, October 12, 2023, https://www.most.gov.cn/kjbgz/202310/t20231012_188449.html;
“‘Lancang-Mekong Countries Digital Economy International Cooperation Training Course’ Was Held in Beijing,” Huaxin Institute, November 22, 2022, https://huaxin.phei.com.cn/news/321.html; “Insert the Concept of Integrity throughout the Entire Process of Jointly Building the ‘Belt and Road,’” Ministry of Justice of the People’s Republic of China, October 24, 2023, https://www.moj.gov.cn/pub/sfbgw/jgsz/gjjwzsfbjjz/zyzsfbjjzyw/202310/t20231024_488285.html; “Addressing Climate Change Risks and Protecting the Marine Environment! This International Training Course Was Held in Qingdao,” People’s Daily, November 29, 2023, https://dzrb.dzng.com/articleContent/31_1222850.html; “The Opening Ceremony of the 2021 Cambodian Chinese Tour Guide Training Course Will Be Held Online,” Ministry of Culture and Tourism of the People’s Republic of China, November 4, 2021, https://www.mct.gov.cn/whzx/whyw/202111/t20211104_928774.html; “The ‘Belt and Road’ National Training Course on Key Technologies and Policy Formulation for Chronic Disease Prevention and Control Was Successfully Held,” International Health Exchange and Cooperation Center of the National Health Commission of the People’s Republic of China, September 19, 2023, http://www.ihecc.org.cn/news.html?_=1694574683221; “The Ministry of Emergency Management and the International Civil Defense Organization Hosted a Comprehensive Training Course on Emergency Management in Beijing,” Ministry of Emergency Management of the People’s Republic of China, July 25, 2023, https://www.mem.gov.cn/xw/yjglbgzdt/202307/t20230725_457236.shtml; “Training Course for Local Friendly People in Mongolia Successfully Concluded,” Lanzhou University of Technology, December 28, 2023, https://gjy.lut.edu.cn/info/1180/4178.html; “The 2023 Tajikistan Seminar on Combating Cybercrime Was Successfully Held in Our Institute,” Shanghai Institute of Science and Technology Management, December 28, 2023, https://www.sistm.edu.cn/info/10000.html.
8    “Jiang Zemin and Le Kha Phieu Held Talks,” Guangming Daily, February 26, 1999, https://www.gmw.cn/01gmrb/1999-02/26/GB/17979%5EGM1-2609.HTM.
9    “China’s Policy Paper on Latin America and the Caribbean,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, November 5, 2008,
https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/wjb_673085/zfxxgk_674865/gknrlb/tywj/zcwj/200811/t20081105_7949867.shtml;
“Hu Jintao Held Talks with Kazakhstan President Nazarbayev,”, Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, April 16, 2009. https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/gjhdq_676201/gj_676203/yz_676205/1206_676500/xgxw_676506/200904/t20090416_7978778.shtml; “Xi Jinping Held Talks with Lao Vice President Bounnhang,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, June 16, 2010, https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/zyxw/201006/t20100616_308470.shtml;
“Chairman Wu Bangguo Meets with Chairman of the National Peace and Development Council of Myanmar Than Shwe,” Embassy of the People’s Republic of China in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, September 22, 2010, http://mm.china-embassy.gov.cn/sgxw/2010news/201009/t20100922_1779679.htm; “Wu Bangguo Meets with Mongolian Prime Minister Batbold,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, June 15, 2011, https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/gjhdq_676201/gj_676203/yz_676205/1206_676740/xgxw_676746/201106/t20110615_9299059.shtml.
10    Smart cities use digital technology to collect data to facilitate the management of public goods delivery. In China, smart cities are developed and guided by authoritarian principles and has the potential to enhance control and monitoring of the Chinese population.
11    “Ding Yifan: Promoting RMB Internationalization Will Help Ensure Financial Security,” Xinhua, Janurary 20, 2023,
http://www.news.cn/world/2023-01/20/c_1211720561.htm; “Ding Yifan: ‘One Belt, One Road’ Adds Momentum to Developing Countries,” Economic Daily, October 26, 2020,
http://www.china.com.cn/opinion/think/2020-10/26/content_76844794.htm.
12    “丁一凡:中国的制度优势” 71cn, January 16, 2017, http://www.71.cn/2017/0116/930687_9.shtml.
13    The science behind the Fukushima waste water release,” BBC, August 26, 2023, https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-66610977#:~:text=Japan%20is%20releasing%20the%20waste,take%20at%20least%2030%20years; “China nuclear plants released tritium above Fukushima level in 2022, document shows,” Japan Today, March 10, 2024, https://japantoday.com/category/politics/china%27s-nuclear-plants-released-tritium-above-fukushima-level-in-2022.
“Translation Result Ding Yifan: Japan Dares to Discharge Nuclear Sewage Because the Boss behind It Is an American,” Global Times, August 31, 2023, https://news.hebei.com.cn/system/2023/08/31/101202041.shtml.
14    “Enter the Nyerere Leadership Academy,” People’s Daily, December 20, 2023, http://www.people.com.cn/n1/2023/1220/c32306-40142820.html.
15    “Director Luo Zhaohui Accepted China Daily’s ‘Committee Says,’” China International Development Cooperation Agency, March 7, 2024, http://www.cidca.gov.cn/2024-03/07/c_1130086359.htm; Niva Yau and Dirk van der Kley, “China’s Global Network of Vocational Colleges to Train the World,” Diplomat, November 11, 2021, https://thediplomat.com/2021/11/chinas-global-network-of-vocational-colleges-to-train-the-world/.
16    Daniel H. Rosen and Logan Wright, “China’s Economic Collision Course,” Foreign Affairs, March 27, 2024,
https://www.foreignaffairs.com/china/chinas-economic-collision-course.
17    When US Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi visited Taipei in August 2022, following condemnation by Chinese officials, Chinese embassies around the world released public statements and Chinese ambassadors wrote opinion pieces about the visit wherever they could. This prompted many countries to release public statements reassuring Beijing and reaffirming their positions on Taiwan. Beijing orchestrated similar reactions ahead of the boycott of the Beijing Winter Olympics. See: Anouk Wear, “China’s Universal Periodic Review Tracks Its Influence at the UN,” Jamestown Foundation, January 19, 2024, https://jamestown.org/program/chinas-universal-periodic-review-tracks-its-influence-at-the-un/; “The Costs of International Advocacy China’s Interference in United Nations Human Rights Mechanisms,” Human Rights Watch, September 5, 2017, https://www.hrw.org/report/2017/09/05/costs-international-advocacy/chinas-interference-united-nations-human-rights.
18    James T. Areddy, “New ways to Tell China’s Story,” The Wall Street Journal, October 23, 2022, https://www.wsj.com/livecoverage/china-xi-jinping-communist-party-congress/card/new-ways-to-tell-china-s-story-JXt9XFnnegpB7yzmhFNT.
19    Donie O’Sullivan, Curt Devine, and Allison Gordon, “China is using the world’s largest known online disinformation operation to harass Americans, a CNN review finds,” CNN, November 13, 2023, https://www.cnn.com/2023/11/13/us/china-online-disinformation-invs/index.html.
20    Those affiliated with the United Front Work Department of the Central Committee of the CCP are tasked with engaging foreign individuals and organizations to achieve and maintain Beijing’s objectives.
21    For examples of overseas activities of the United Front Work Department, see: “How the People’s Republic of China Seeks to Reshape the Global Information Environment,” US Department of State, September, 2023, https://www.state.gov/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/HOW-THE-PEOPLES-REPUBLIC-OF-CHINA-SEEKS-TO-RESHAPE-THE-GLOBAL-INFORMATION-ENVIRONMENT_Final.pdf; Alexander Bowe, “China’s Overseas United Front Work Background and Implications for the United States,” U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, August 24, 2018. For Ministry of State Security overseas conduct, see: “Nepali Security Authorities Identify a Chinese Intelligence Agency Official Involved in Anti-MCC Propaganda,” Khabarhub, November 12, 2021, https://english.khabarhub.com/2021/12/219645/.
22    “Thailand Tilts Towards Chinese-Style Internet Controls,” Bangkok Post, April 15, 2019, https://www.bangkokpost.com/thailand/general/1661912/thailand-tilts-towards-chinese-style-internet-controls; “New Year, New Repression: Vietnam Imposes Draconian ‘China-like’ Cybersecurity Law,” South China Morning Post, January 1, 2019, https://www.scmp.com/news/asia/southeast-asia/article/2180263/new-year-new-repression-vietnam-imposes-draconian-china.
23    The author lived and worked in Central Asia on issues related to the PRC between 2018 and 2023. Additionally, the author has previously taken research trips to Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, India, Sri Lanka, Georgia, and Columbia to learn about local and regional PRC-related issues from local experts.
24    “Countering China’s Information Manipulation in the Indo-Pacific and Kazakhstan,” International Republican Institute, June 27, 2023, https://www.iri.org/resources/countering-chinas-information-manipulation-in-the-indo-pacific-and-kazakhstan/.
25    “Democracy Remains Popular but People Worldwide are Questioning its Performance,” Gallup International Association, April 6, 2024, https://www.gallup-international.com/survey-results-and-news/survey-result/democracy-remains-popular-but-people-worldwide-are-questioning-its-performance.

The post A Global South with Chinese characteristics appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Bozmoski interviewed on Bloomberg Balance of Power https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/bozmoski-interviewed-on-bloomberg-balance-of-power/ Tue, 04 Jun 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770507 On June 4, 2024, Deputy Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center María Fernanda Bozmoski was interviewed on Bloomberg’s Balance of Power radio show and podcast about President Joe Biden’s executive order slashing asylum claims in the US. More about our expert

The post Bozmoski interviewed on Bloomberg Balance of Power appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 4, 2024, Deputy Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center María Fernanda Bozmoski was interviewed on Bloomberg’s Balance of Power radio show and podcast about President Joe Biden’s executive order slashing asylum claims in the US.

More about our expert

The post Bozmoski interviewed on Bloomberg Balance of Power appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Brazil is buying lots of Chinese EVs. Will that continue? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/energysource/brazil-is-buying-lots-of-chinese-evs-will-that-continue/ Tue, 04 Jun 2024 18:32:48 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770330 Brazilian imports of Chinese battery electric vehicles (BEVs) surged in 2023 as Chinese automakers sought—and continue to seek— global markets for their BEV surpluses. However, increasing protectionism in Brazil may force China to find new welcoming markets in other Latin American and Asian countries.

The post Brazil is buying lots of Chinese EVs. Will that continue? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
In anticipation of growing demand for zero-emission transportation, China has become the world’s largest exporter of electric vehicles (EVs). China’s battery electric vehicle (BEV) industry is at overcapacity, producing an excess of 5 to 10 million vehicles annually beyond domestic demand, forcing China to find new markets to fuel continued growth.

Brazil offers a useful case study of China’s strategy—and whether it’s sustainable.

STAY CONNECTED

Sign up for PowerPlay, the Atlantic Council’s bimonthly newsletter keeping you up to date on all facets of the energy transition.

Over the course of 2023, the value of Chinese BEV exports to Brazil surged eighteen-fold as automakers like BYD expanded their presence in the country. Chinese BEVs accounted for 92 percent of Brazil’s total BEV imports in this period.

This trend has continued durably thus far. As of April 2024, Brazil has surpassed Belgium as the top export market for China’s EVs.

Those aren’t the only numbers pointing to Brazil’s growing prominence as a market for Chinese BEVs, which constitute 88 percent of China’s total exports of electric vehicles, a category which includes both battery and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs).

In fact, Brazil imported $735 million worth of Chinese BEVs in 2023, nearly three times the value of Mexico’s imports of these Chinese vehicles. Despite increasing attention on Mexico as a destination for exports of Chinese BEVs, 2023 marked the second straight year that Brazil has ranked as Latin America’s largest importer of Chinese BEVs.

Furthermore, growth in Chinese exports of BEVs to Brazil far exceeded the overall rate of increase in exports across China’s “new three” industries—electric vehicles, lithium-ion batteries, and solar photovoltaic cells—that are critical pillars of China’s export-driven manufacturing plans. In 2023, China’s worldwide exports of these three industries increased by 30 percent—a significant jump amid sluggish global GDP growth overall, suggesting limited ability for markets to absorb this export growth.  

Whether Brazil can continue to absorb China’s overproduction of BEVs, similarly, is increasingly in doubt.

Strong domestic sales, slacking foreign competition

In recent years, EV sales in China have been robust, with BEVs—which are almost entirely produced domestically—accounting for 25 percent of total car sales in 2023. It is worth noting that this includes foreign firms, however, such as Tesla and Volkswagen.

China’s manufacturing of BEVs has outpaced domestic demand. While this might have resulted in millions of cars sitting unsold in Chinese lots, the overproduction has coincided with Western automakers such as General Motors, Ford, and Volkswagen tempering their EV ambitions amid weakening demand growth in their core markets.

This confluence of trends created an opportunity for Chinese BEV makers to boost sales abroad, as demonstrated by the 70 percent jump in BEV exports during 2023. Chinese BEV firms, and BYD in particular,  are making a concerted effort to expand outside of mainland China, offering products that outcompete peers on price, and sometimes compete strongly with internal combustion engine vehicles.

China’s growth ambitions cause concern

Rather than incentivize consumption, China is doubling down on its investment-driven growth model with an upcoming manufacturing stimulus program. Investment, expressed in World Bank data as gross capital formation, already represents 40 percent of China’s GDP, far above the global average of 25 percent and exceeding the emerging market average of 30 to 34 percent, illustrating China’s reliance on sectors like manufacturing to fuel growth.

China’s decision to expand its export-driven manufacturing sector is causing handwringing in target markets. The Brazilian government has opened a number of probes into China’s alleged “dumping” of goods. The European Union has also opened investigations into potential “non-market practices and policies” adopted by China.

China’s exports of its record surplus of manufactured goods beyond current levels will depend on other countries’ willingness to let China take market share from domestic industry. In an increasingly protectionist era, that seems far-fetched.

Will Brazil absorb China’s manufacturing surplus?

The surge in imports of BEVs from China has been rapid, offering little time to react. However, for Brazil, the stakes for its industrial competitiveness are high, and its tolerance for China’s encroachment on its automotive industry may be limited.

For one, automobiles are a critical cog in Brazilian industry. As of 2020, 89 percent of vehicles sold in the country were domestically produced, although this may have decreased slightly amid a surge of Chinese BEV imports. The car sector accounts for about 20 percent of industrial GDP, an area of critical importance to Brazil, where value-added manufacturing’s share of GDP has declined from 26 percent in 1993 to 11 percent in 2022.

Second, Brazil does not want to deepen its reliance on imports of high-tech and value-added products. In 2021, Brazil’s imports of capital, consumer, and intermediate goods accounted for 93 percent of total goods imports, a symptom of the country’s increasing trade specialization in the export of raw materials, which represented 55.7 percent of Brazil’s exports of goods. The government has expressed its discontent with this status quo, seeking to avoid trade arrangements that “condemn our county to be an eternal exporter of raw materials,” in the words of President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva.

Furthermore, Brazil has made supporting the domestic auto sector a priority. In May 2023, the Lula administration unveiled a series of measures to promote domestic auto manufacturing via credit lines, tax breaks, and incentives for the use of domestic content.

A continued rise in cheap Chinese EV imports would not align with Lula’s top-down push for re-industrialization, designed to foster formal high-wage employment, innovation, and economic diversification. In fact, his administration has announced new tariffs on electric vehicles, which will ramp up to a 35 percent import tax by 2026.

As such, China will likely need to find more willing buyers of its surplus EVs. Although it is difficult to forecast where the next surge in imports will take place, South and Southeast Asian markets such as India, Indonesia, and Thailand could begin to exhibit stronger uptake, as could markets in Latin America such as Colombia and Mexico.

William Tobin is an assistant director at the Atlantic Council Global Energy Center.

MEET THE AUTHOR

RELATED CONTENT

OUR WORK

The Global Energy Center develops and promotes pragmatic and nonpartisan policy solutions designed to advance global energy security, enhance economic opportunity, and accelerate pathways to net-zero emissions.

The post Brazil is buying lots of Chinese EVs. Will that continue? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Bozmoski interviewed on Bloomberg Markets https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/bozmoski-interviewed-on-bloomberg-markets/ Tue, 04 Jun 2024 15:23:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770424 On June 4, 2024, Deputy Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center María Fernanda Bozmoski was interviewed on Bloomberg Markets about expectations around the Claudia Sheinbaum presidency in Mexico. The segment starts approximately 34 minutes into the video. More about our expert

The post Bozmoski interviewed on Bloomberg Markets appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 4, 2024, Deputy Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center María Fernanda Bozmoski was interviewed on Bloomberg Markets about expectations around the Claudia Sheinbaum presidency in Mexico.

The segment starts approximately 34 minutes into the video.

More about our expert

The post Bozmoski interviewed on Bloomberg Markets appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Three ways Mexico’s new president could transform Central America https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/three-ways-mexicos-new-president-could-transform-central-america/ Tue, 04 Jun 2024 14:56:13 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770212 The first female president of Mexico has the opportunity to redefine her country’s role in Central America, address the root causes of migration, and promote a more stable and prosperous region.

The post Three ways Mexico’s new president could transform Central America appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Mexico’s northern border with the United States has received a lot of attention, but its southern border—and, more broadly, its relations with Central American countries—deserves attention, too. For many years, the thinking went that Mexico was, in a way, Central America’s big brother. Dare we ask if the ascent of Claudia Sheinbaum, who on Sunday was elected as Mexico’s next president, will make her country Central America’s big sister? While she will likely focus mostly on domestic issues—including tackling the rising levels of violence and insecurity in the country—she also has an opportunity to positively reset ties with Mexico’s southern neighbors. Three areas to watch in this respect are climate change, nearshoring, and migration.

A former mayor of Mexico City, Sheinbaum has a strong foundation in addressing urban challenges, governance, and social policies. Like her predecessor, outgoing President Andrés Manuel López Obrador, Sheinbaum will likely coordinate her policies under a narrative of addressing social injustice and advocating for Mexico’s most vulnerable. But unlike her predecessor, Sheinbaum is an environmental engineer and climate scientist by training. She appears poised to place environmental issues, including climate-change mitigation and adaptation, high among her social justice concerns. This would likely include seeking to advance issues ranging from sustainable agriculture to renewable energy.

At first glance, this may sound odd. Mexico is a major oil producer—the second largest exporter in Latin America after Brazil—and Sheinbaum has all but guaranteed that she will continue funding the state-owned oil company PEMEX, which suffers from a range of inefficiencies and carries debt of more than one hundred billion dollars. However, her scientific background and previous initiatives indicate a potential for balancing economic development with environmental sustainability. For example, during her time as mayor of Mexico City, Sheinbaum spearheaded the installment of solar power panels on top of a major market. Furthermore, she campaigned for president on a promise to address, early on in her administration, the water issues affecting Mexico City. Already during her first speech since the election, and probably in an effort to differentiate herself from López Obrador, Sheinbaum spoke about an upcoming renewable energy program for Mexico. Calibrating this balance will be crucial, as will working with regional partners. After all, Mexico and its neighbor Guatemala, for instance, face similar challenges of environmental degradation and the impacts of climate change, from flooding to droughts and a lack of access to water.

Another way in which Sheinbaum could partner with her Central American neighbors is by working together to seize nearshoring opportunities. Specifically, she and her regional counterparts could promote a mechanism whereby Central American economies would be able to join the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA). Nearshoring, or bringing international supply chains and production closer to the US market, can provide significant economic benefits, creating jobs and fostering economic stability in Mexico and throughout Central America. Promoting economic integration through the USMCA could provide a structured framework for this cooperation. The idea has been floated for a couple of years now, first by Costa Rica in 2022. This move would enhance the competitive edge of Central American economies, which in many ways are too small to make a difference on their own but together could create economies of scale. Bringing other Central American countries into the USMCA would allow these nations to benefit from the same trade advantages enjoyed by Mexico. It could also reduce many of the economic pressures that drive migration, namely a lack of jobs and insufficient wages.

Furthermore, Sheinbaum’s administration could adopt a more humanitarian approach to migration, focusing on protecting migrant rights and providing humanitarian assistance. While López Obrador touted his tree-planting “Sembrando Vida” program, Sheinbaum could take the programs a step further. This approach aligns with her broader progressive values—she is a self-described humanistand can enhance Mexico’s role as a regional leader in addressing the migration crisis. During the campaign, Sheinbaum repeatedly mentioned increased investments in social and youth programs in Central America, which, if designed holistically and sustainably, could effectively curb migration from Mexico’s neighbors. This is particularly important now, as US President Joe Biden prepares to roll out an executive order that would allow the United States to temporarily close its southern border if a threshold of encounters with migrants at the border is reached—reportedly, an average of five thousand crossings in a week or 2,500 in a day.

Regional security is another area in which Sheinbaum could make a big difference. Almost three dozen candidates were assassinated during the current electoral campaign, and record-breaking violence in the country is resulting in more than thirty thousand homicides each year. Improved and increased intelligence-sharing between Mexico and Central American countries can help combat organized crime and violence, which are significant push factors for migration. This is also an area in which the United States and Mexico may look to double down on their cooperation. Sheinbaum has pledged to address the rampant impunity in Mexico—less than five percent of criminal investigations are solved and many crimes go unreported. While Sheinbaum is unlikely to approach the security issue in the severe manner of President Nayib Bukele in El Salvador, she has recognized the urgency of this issue for the livelihood of millions of Mexicans.

Sheinbaum’s presidency could bring about significant positive change in Mexico and its relations with Central America. Her administration’s policies on energy and environmental sustainability, economic integration, and migration will have an important impact on the future of the region. The first female president of Mexico has the opportunity to redefine her country’s role in Central America, address the root causes of migration, and promote a more stable and prosperous region. In this new chapter for Mexico and the region, the Aztec nation could very well be a strong and stable partner for Central American nations.


María Fernanda Bozmoski is deputy director, operations and finance at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, where she leads the center’s work on Mexico and Central America.

The post Three ways Mexico’s new president could transform Central America appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak interviewed on El Heraldo Radio about Mexican election results https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-interviewed-on-el-heraldo-radio-about-mexican-election-results/ Tue, 04 Jun 2024 14:25:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770415 On June 4, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on El Heraldo Radio about the priorities for Claudia Sheinbaum’s administration. More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed on El Heraldo Radio about Mexican election results appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 4, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on El Heraldo Radio about the priorities for Claudia Sheinbaum’s administration.

More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed on El Heraldo Radio about Mexican election results appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Bozmoski interviewed on BBC News about Mexico election results https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/bozmoski-interviewed-on-bbc-news-about-mexico-election-results/ Tue, 04 Jun 2024 02:24:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770285 On June 3, 2024, Deputy Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center María Fernanda Bozmoski was interviewed by Caitriona Perry on BBC News about Mexico’s new president-elect, Claudia Sheinbaum. More about our expert

The post Bozmoski interviewed on BBC News about Mexico election results appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 3, 2024, Deputy Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center María Fernanda Bozmoski was interviewed by Caitriona Perry on BBC News about Mexico’s new president-elect, Claudia Sheinbaum.

More about our expert

The post Bozmoski interviewed on BBC News about Mexico election results appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Sheinbaum just won a massive mandate in Mexico. Here’s how she might use it. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/sheinbaum-just-won-a-massive-mandate-in-mexico/ Mon, 03 Jun 2024 21:43:38 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770129 The president-elect will certainly continue with her predecessor’s policies, but she will also be her own president.

The post Sheinbaum just won a massive mandate in Mexico. Here’s how she might use it. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The election of Claudia Sheinbaum as Mexico’s next president was no surprise. In poll after poll, she consistently held the lead throughout the campaign season, and her victory was assumed going into Sunday’s vote. What was not expected, however, was her wide margin of victory and the overall percentage of the vote she received. What does this mean for Mexico going forward?

The numbers show an incoming administration with a strong mandate. With 58.3 to 60.7 percent of the vote, according to the National Electoral Institute’s Quick Count, Sheinbaum will enter office on October 1 even surpassing the share obtained by the current president, Andrés Manuel López Obrador, who won in 2018 with 53.2 percent of the votes. Her margin of victory over the second-place finisher could range from 29.7 to 34.1 percentage points—on track to likely surpass López Obrador’s margin (30.9 percentage points) as well. 

Beyond the surprise in outperforming even some of the most generous polls, her party, MORENA, and its allies received a mandate in Congress that also surpassed expectations. In the Chamber of Deputies, the new Congress will convene in September with the MORENA coalition holding a supermajority (at least two-thirds of the seats), and it is within striking range to do the same in the Senate. Early signs indicate that the MORENA coalition will hold a minimum of 346 seats in the 500-person lower House and could hold anywhere from 76 to 88 seats in the 128-person Senate, with 85 seats required for a supermajority.

The significance here cannot be overstated. A supermajority allows for constitutional changes—from the direct election of judges to the independence of regulatory agencies—which could not be obtained thus far by the López Obrador administration. Explicit campaign pledges can now be advanced. This means a potential acceleration of the Fourth Transformation of the Mexican state as ushered in by López Obrador, especially if the outgoing president prioritizes constitutional changes once the new Congress convenes on September 1.

As López Obrador’s hand-picked successor, Sheinbaum will certainly continue with her predecessor’s policies, but she will also be her own president. A scientist by training and a former secretary of the environment, she will bring new technical expertise and pragmatism to the presidency. That was evident in her time as head of government of Mexico City, where she developed and then continuously followed up on the implementation status of her 220-page government plan.

Expect to see several of her priorities during her term running Mexico City to carry over to her presidential administration. For example, speaking with the Atlantic Council on the sidelines of the Cities Summit of the Americas last year, Sheinbaum showed an in-depth, technical perspective on sustainability—not simply as stewardship of natural resources, but also as an issue interconnected with education, social justice, healthcare, housing, and infrastructure. 

Sheinbaum mentioned throughout her campaign the need to move forward with the energy transition, comments that reflect her background in energy engineering. There will inevitably be a role for the private sector to play in this transition, but as with her broader perspectives, the view of the Sheinbaum camp is that the government should lead the charge. The public-private partnerships that Sheinbaum moved forward during her leadership in Mexico City could be a model she brings to her new administration to advance, for example, more renewable energy projects in Mexico.

Infrastructure will also likely be a priority for the incoming administration. In her acceptance speech early Monday morning, Sheinbaum spoke about the need for new highways, trains, airports, and ports. All of these strategic projects are critical for Mexico to take advantage of the investment opportunities related to nearshoring with the United States. But given the tight government budget conditions that the new government will face, completing these projects will not be easy. Here, too, watch to see if the new administration turns to public-private partnerships to move these projects forward.

Finally, Sheinbaum will assume office in October with not only a sizable domestic mandate, but also with an opportunity to deepen Mexico’s engagement beyond its borders. López Obrador rarely traveled abroad, and Sheinbaum followed suit as head of government in Mexico City. Even though she took office in 2018, her trip to Denver for the Cities Summit of the Americas last year was rarity. But if and when she goes abroad, she will generate much interest given the potentially transformative moment she will oversee in Mexico and her place in history as Mexico’s first female president.


Jason Marczak is vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center. He leads work on the economic and security impacts of greater efficiencies and reduced wait times at the US-Mexico border including presenting findings before the Mexican Congress.

Bosco Martí is a nonresident senior fellow with the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and is the global director of institutional affairs and communications for Aleatica. He previously served as executive director for Mexico and the Dominican Republic at the Inter-American Development Bank.

The post Sheinbaum just won a massive mandate in Mexico. Here’s how she might use it. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak interviewed by DW News about Sheinbaum’s mandate https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-interviewed-by-dw-news-about-sheinbaums-mandate/ Mon, 03 Jun 2024 20:47:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770298 On June 3, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on DW News about the mandate for Mexico’s next president, Claudia Sheinbaum. More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed by DW News about Sheinbaum’s mandate appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 3, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on DW News about the mandate for Mexico’s next president, Claudia Sheinbaum.

More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed by DW News about Sheinbaum’s mandate appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak interviewed on CNN’s Isa Soares Tonight about Mexican president-elect https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-interviewed-on-cnns-isa-soares-tonight-about-mexican-president-elect/ Mon, 03 Jun 2024 20:09:28 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770102 On June 3, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on CNN’s Isa Soares Tonight about the mandate for Mexico President-elect Claudia Sheinbaum. More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed on CNN’s Isa Soares Tonight about Mexican president-elect appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 3, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on CNN’s Isa Soares Tonight about the mandate for Mexico President-elect Claudia Sheinbaum.

More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed on CNN’s Isa Soares Tonight about Mexican president-elect appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak quoted by Reuters about Mexico’s president-elect https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-quoted-by-reuters-about-mexicos-president-elect/ Mon, 03 Jun 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770052 On June 3, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was quoted by Reuters about Mexico President-elect Claudia Sheinbaum. More about our expert

The post Marczak quoted by Reuters about Mexico’s president-elect appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 3, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was quoted by Reuters about Mexico President-elect Claudia Sheinbaum.

More about our expert

The post Marczak quoted by Reuters about Mexico’s president-elect appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak interviewed on BBC News about Mexico’s presidential election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-interviewed-on-bbc-news-about-mexicos-presidential-election/ Mon, 03 Jun 2024 01:48:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770019 On June 2, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed by Helena Humphreys of BBC News about the elections in Mexico. More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed on BBC News about Mexico’s presidential election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 2, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed by Helena Humphreys of BBC News about the elections in Mexico.

More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed on BBC News about Mexico’s presidential election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Marczak interviewed by CNN about 2024 Mexico election https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/marczak-interviewed-by-cnn-about-2024-mexico-election/ Sat, 01 Jun 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=770032 On June 1, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on CNN Newsroom about the June 2 elections in Mexico. More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed by CNN about 2024 Mexico election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On June 1, 2024, Vice President and Senior Director of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center Jason Marczak was interviewed on CNN Newsroom about the June 2 elections in Mexico.

More about our expert

The post Marczak interviewed by CNN about 2024 Mexico election appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
PACC 2030 objectives: The road to implementation https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/pacc-2030-objectives-the-road-to-implementation/ Fri, 31 May 2024 19:01:12 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=768813 The Atlantic Council organized a PACC 2030 Working Group and worked closely with governments, the business community, and civil society organizations to support the implementation of PACC 2030’s objectives.

The post PACC 2030 objectives: The road to implementation appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The fifth of a six-part series following up on the Ninth Summit of the Americas commitments.

This is a report from the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center in partnership with the US Department of State. This readout was informed by multi-stakeholder dialogues focused on facilitating greater, constructive exchange among multi-sectoral thought leaders and government leaders as they work to implement commitments made at the Ninth Summit of the Americas.

Executive summary

On March 14, the Atlantic Council’s Caribbean Initiative partnered with the US Department of State to organize the PACC 2030 Road to Implementation Summit on the sidelines of the Energy and Climate Partnership of the Americas Ministerial Meetings in the Dominican Republic. The summit built on the PACC 2030 Climate Resilient Clean Energy Summit, which took place on the sidelines of US Vice President Kamala Harris’s inaugural trip to the Caribbean in June 2023, and previous partnerships with the Department of State to advance commitments adopted at the Ninth Summit of the Americas in Los Angeles in 2022. Since then, the Atlantic Council has organized a PACC 2030 Working Group and has worked closely with governments, the business community, and civil society organizations to support the implementation of PACC 2030’s objectives.

5 recommendations for implementing PACC 2030’s commitments:

  1. Enhance partner coordination to streamline access to resources and technical assistance
  • Improve coordination among partners to create a standardized project application and approval process that alleviates administrative burdens on small governments with limited technical capacity. This can include creating templates and guidelines for project proposals, permitting procedures, and regulatory compliance.
  • Create regular networking forums and knowledge-sharing platforms where stakeholders from various sectors can exchange ideas and explore potential collaborations through workshops, conferences, and online platforms that promote dialogue and partnership building.
  1. Support capacity building to strengthen the regulatory environment to help scale up projects and welcome new investors
  • Enhance access to technical expertise and resources through partnerships with US national laboratories, academic institutions, and industry experts to create knowledge transfer programs or country mentorship initiatives to build local capacity and expertise in key areas, including renewable energy integration, grid stability, and project management.
  • Develop programs tailored to government officials, project developers, and community leaders to improve their understanding of financing options, investment structures, and risk management strategies.
  1. Build innovative financing mechanisms to mobilize new capital at affordable rates
  • Introduce risk mitigation instruments such as insurance protections and guarantees to address uncertainty and attract further private sector investment. These instruments would protect investors against market fluctuations, policy changes, and natural disasters, thus increasing confidence in climate resilience projects.
  • Align partnerships with multilateral institutions like the World Bank and Inter-American Development Bank (IDB)—for example, through the latter’s new “One Caribbean” program—to build a project pipeline to attract capital to the region and facilitate technical assistance to de-risk clean energy projects.
  1. Continue and expand engagement with new actors and partners
  • Encourage greater private sector involvement in financing, implementing, and scaling up climate resilience and clean energy projects through public-private partnerships.
  • Prioritize community engagement and empowerment strategies to ensure climate resilience and clean energy projects are inclusive, participatory, and responsive to local needs and priorities, particularly as the agenda takes shape for the next Summit of the Americas.
  • Expand connections between subnational and small-state leaders across the Summit of the Americas process, including before a second Cities Summit of the Americas.
  1. Continue progress at the Tenth Summit of the Americas
  • Utilize the Tenth Summit of the Americas’ CEO Summit—to be organized by the IDB—to engage business leaders to work with stakeholders in the Caribbean to ensure that the summit responds to the needs of the region and the wider Americas.
  • Reinforce regional cooperation on clean energy and climate-related challenges by building on commitments like “Our Sustainable Green Future” and “Accelerating the Clean Energy Transition” adopted at the Ninth Summit of the Americas in the next iteration.
  • Engage with the Joint Summit Working Group’s organizations and the Americas Business Dialogue to streamline financing and technical assistance to support implementation of the commitments made at the Ninth Summit of the Americas.

Related content

Medical personnel handling COVID swab test.

Report

Apr 16, 2024

Advancing health and resilience policies in Latin America and the Caribbean

By Isabel Chiriboga, Martin Cassinelli, Diego Area

During an off-the-record private roundtable, thought leaders and practitioners from across the Americas discussed how to further enhance access to and finance for health services and products in the region.

Coronavirus Latin America

Summit of the Americas

Amid global uncertainties and new challenges, the ninth Summit of the Americas is a renewed opportunity to bring about hemispheric cooperation and consensus to reach regional prosperity and security.

Public events

Related experts



Subscribe to LAC Source Newsletter
Get monthly updates on Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) to receive the latest developments of the region, upcoming public events and recaps, new reports, and more.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The post PACC 2030 objectives: The road to implementation appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
What to watch in Mexico’s elections: A supermajority and a superpower https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/what-to-watch-in-mexicos-elections-a-supermajority-and-a-superpower/ Thu, 30 May 2024 18:50:43 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=769209 Mexicans will choose a new president on June 2, but they're also determining who controls their Congress, and they will be keeping an eye on the US election.

The post What to watch in Mexico’s elections: A supermajority and a superpower appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Sunday marks the biggest election day in Mexico’s history. One hundred million Mexicans are registered to cast ballots for more than twenty thousand positions across all levels of government. The task ahead for the most closely watched of those posts—the next president—will be a daunting one, with much riding on two other electoral outcomes: the composition of Mexico’s Congress and the US election five months later.

Following the official three-month presidential campaign, polling indicates that one candidate has a firm lead. Assuming former Mexico City Head of Government Claudia Sheinbaum performs on par with expectations—the latest Reforma poll gives her a 20 percentage point lead over former Senator Xóchitl Gálvez—the candidate of the governing MORENA party will become Mexico’s first female president on October 1. The lack of movement in this poll since the campaign season began on March 1 is noteworthy. Sheinbaum has only dropped 3 percentage points (to 55 percent support) in the last three months. Other polls give Sheinbaum a lead of anywhere from 11 to 22 percentage points, with voter turnout one of the major factors to watch on Sunday.

More uncertain is what will happen in Mexico’s Congress. What has scuttled attempts by the current Mexican president, Andrés Manuel López Obrador, to fully carry out some elements of his government’s plan has been the checks provided by Congress. With a simple majority of seats—rather than the supermajority of two-thirds of the seats—the MORENA coalition rallied to pass some important pieces of legislation, but it has been impeded from making major constitutional changes, including controversial proposals for the popular election of Supreme Court judges and eliminating independent regulators.

Thus, this Sunday’s vote will determine whether López Obrador’s hand-picked successor, Sheinbaum, could advance the outgoing president’s stymied constitutional proposals. Polls—although less numerous and harder to calculate given the sheer number of candidates up for election (628 combined senators and deputies)—indicate continuity in Congress. Polls by the newspaper El Financiero, for example, predict that the MORENA coalition will secure 49 percent of the seats in the Chamber of Deputies with opposition parties taking 40 percent. The check on power provided by Congress in this scenario, in which MORENA would lack a supermajority, would likely give assurance to international markets, since uncertainty around such reforms and their repercussions can generate anxiety for investors.

Counting the ways to count

How does Mexico’s unique vote-counting work? While the final congressional breakdown will take some time to determine, expect declarations on the presidential winner on Sunday night. Hours after polls close, results will begin to be shared from two different systems that count votes: the quick count and the preliminary electoral results program (PREP).

The quick count takes a predetermined, statistically representative sample of polling stations, and then it gives a minimum and maximum possible vote percentage for each candidate. Results are expected to be announced around 11:00 p.m. (CST), with all eyes on whether the margin of possible votes indicates a clear winner. The PREP, which is operational beginning at 8:00 p.m. (CST), reports results in real time from all polling stations as transmitted, which means that urban votes are likely to be accounted for earlier in the process. And to make things even more complicated, the official counting does not begin until June 5, thus the importance of the earlier vote-counting methods to give more timely results.

The other election

The next Mexican president will also have a keen interest in the vote-counting on November 5. The US election, and in particular how Mexico figures into the campaign leading up to election day, will set the stage for the coming years of bilateral ties. A newly inaugurated Mexican president may be forced to immediately respond to US campaign rhetoric.

Security and migration are top issues both north and south of the Rio Grande. While Sheinbaum has pledged to continue the current government’s focus on social and educational programs to reduce violence, Gálvez favors a strategy that puts greater emphasis on the security apparatus to combat crime. On migration policy, both candidates would continue to take a human-centered approach that recognizes and seeks to find solutions to the high demand for labor. A third important bilateral issue will be the review period of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, also known as USMCA, as the 2026 sunset clause approaches. This is all the more important now that Mexico is the United States’ number one trade partner. Here, a new Atlantic Council report suggests several ways that the next Mexican administration can unlock even greater border commercial efficiencies and new trade and investment.

Amid a fast-changing global order, a prosperous Mexico and strong US-Mexico ties will be increasingly important for the United States. US and Mexican security and economic concerns are deeply intertwined, as are their people. Sunday’s vote will set a crucial marker for how the relationship develops for the rest of the 2020s.


Jason Marczak is vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post What to watch in Mexico’s elections: A supermajority and a superpower appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
What makes Colombian mercenaries so interesting? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/commentary/podcast/what-makes-colombian-mercenaries-so-interesting/ Wed, 29 May 2024 13:17:10 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=768214 Coming up this Thursday, in Season 2, Episode 2 of the Guns for Hire podcast, host Alia Brahimi is joined by Dr. Andrés Macías, a Bogota-based expert on Colombian mercenaries. They begin by looking at the explosive case of 26 Colombians arrested for their part in the 2021 assassination of the Haitian president, as well […]

The post What makes Colombian mercenaries so interesting? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Coming up this Thursday, in Season 2, Episode 2 of the Guns for Hire podcast, host Alia Brahimi is joined by Dr. Andrés Macías, a Bogota-based expert on Colombian mercenaries. They begin by looking at the explosive case of 26 Colombians arrested for their part in the 2021 assassination of the Haitian president, as well as the public debate within Colombia. Andrés goes on to explain what makes former Colombian soldiers so interesting to the international private security market, the link back to the protracted armed conflict in Colombia and the recognized value of US training, as well as the need for the Colombian government to strengthen its veterans’ policy. They also discuss the thousands of Colombians who enlist under the banner of the United Arab Emirates and what’s driving hundreds of Colombians to sign up to fight Russia in Ukraine.

“What is the Colombian government doing with the huge number of veterans that we have had throughout the years? Because we actually don’t know much about what they are doing, what activities they are performing, and what their status is.”

Dr. Andrés Macías, Bogota-based expert on Colombian mercenaries

Find the Guns For Hire podcast on the app of your choice

About the podcast

Guns for Hire podcast is a production of the Atlantic Council’s North Africa Initiative. Taking Libya as its starting point, it explores the causes and implications of the growing use of mercenaries in armed conflict.

The podcast features guests from many walks of life, from ethicists and historians to former mercenary fighters. It seeks to understand what the normalization of contract warfare tells us about the world we currently live in, the future of the international system, and what war could look like in the coming decades.

Further reading

Through our Rafik Hariri Center for the Middle East and Scowcroft Middle East Security Initiative, the Atlantic Council works with allies and partners in Europe and the wider Middle East to protect US interests, build peace and security, and unlock the human potential of the region.

The post What makes Colombian mercenaries so interesting? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Pepe Zhang provides testimony to the US-China Economic and Security Review Commission https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/commentary/testimony/pepe-zhang-provides-testimony-to-the-us-china-economic-and-security-review-commission/ Thu, 23 May 2024 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=773162 Senior Fellow Pepe Zhang gave testimony in a hearing on key economic strategies for leveling the US-China playing field in trade, investment, and technology.

The post Pepe Zhang provides testimony to the US-China Economic and Security Review Commission appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On Thursday, May 23, 2024, Senior Fellow Pepe Zhang of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center gave testimony before the US-China Economic and Security Review Commission in a hearing on key economic strategies for leveling the US-China playing field in trade, investment, and technology. Below is a written version of his testimony.

Summary

At the Commission’s request, this testimony evaluates US economic engagement with Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC)—taking into account competition and comparison with Chinese efforts, where applicable—and provides recommendations for improvement. Specifically:

  • Section I: The testimony provides an overview of China’s rise in LAC’s economic context
  • Section II: It then describes recent US economic engagement—with an emphasis on the Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity (APEP)—as well as regional reception and needs across three areas:
    • Greater US policy attention
    • More US resources
    • Enhanced policy continuity
  • Section III: Based on the above, the testimony prescribes three policy tools and pathways to enhance US economic engagement with the region, related in particular to supply chains:
    • Trade policy: tariff, nontariff, and complementary measures
    • Industrial policy that induces self-sustaining and whole-of-ecosystem supply chain enhancements
    • Development policy: financial and nonfinancial development assistance and cooperation
  • Section IV: In conclusion, it distills the preceding analysis into nine recommendations to the Commission and congressional and other stakeholders across three levels:
    • Policy level: Recommendations regarding trade policy, industrial policy, and development policy tools
    • Resource level: Recommendations to unlock more resources for specific US government agencies and efforts and multilateral development organizations
    • Strategic level: Strategic recommendations to ensure US policy attention, resources, and continuity towards LAC

I. The rise of China in regional economic context

The Latin American and Caribbean region (LAC) has registered on average a modest 2-2.5 percent annual growth rate over the past thirty years, among the slowest in the world. To varying degrees, most countries in the region saw considerable improvements in monetary and fiscal policymaking. But, they continue to face structural challenges such as limited productivity gains, socioeconomic inequality, and low levels of foreign investment. In the same period, the lack of significant new domestic growth drivers—coupled with waves of trade liberalization efforts around the world and several regional economies’ growing export success—prompted LAC efforts to enhance and diversify economic engagement with international partners.

Against this backdrop, China swiftly emerged as a key economic player in LAC, especially in South America, across four main areas: trade, foreign direct investment (FDI), official lending, and infrastructure development.1

1. Trade

Trade represents the most significant area of Chinese economic engagement with LAC. The dramatic expansion in bilateral trade underscores the growing economic interdependence between these two regions. Over the past twenty-five years, trade between China and LAC has multiplied over twenty times to nearly $500 billion in 2023. China has become by far the largest trading partner for countries like Chile, Peru, and Brazil, accounting for over 30-40 percent of their total exports. By comparison, this is three to four times higher than China’s share of total US, German, or European Union (EU) exports (less than 10 percent).

Trade flows remain robust in the other direction as well. LAC consumers increasingly favor Chinese goods and services, including high value-add technology products such as cell phones and automobiles or services like TikTok. One important caveat on China-LAC trade is that sizable differences exist across LAC subregions: South America (mostly commodity exporters) is much more dependent on trade with China than Central America, Mexico, and the Caribbean (Figure 1).

Figure 1: China’s participation in LAC subregions’ trade in 2005, 2020, and 2035 (projected, in percent) 2

A grid of Imports, Exports, and Trade in Caribbean, C. America, S. America, and Mexico in the years 2005, 2020, and 2035

2. Investment

While Chinese investment cratered globally starting 2016, particularly in major markets like the EU and the United States, it has shown smaller decline and relative resilience in LAC. This is attributable to at least two regional factors: still-attractive assets and valuations and a friendlier regulatory environment for Chinese investors (compared to heightened scrutiny in advanced economies).

Brazil is the largest recipient of Chinese investment in LAC, and China is Brazil’s top investor. In 2021, Brazil received a record $5.9 billion in Chinese FDI, surpassing the $4.7 billion China invested in the United States in the same year—remarkable considering that the Brazilian economy is one tenth the size of the United States’. In terms of sectors, Chinese FDI and mergers and acquisitions in the region traditionally concentrated in energy, mineral, and utilities, but have been diversifying into new areas such as ICT and manufacturing.

3. Lending

Chinese official lending to LAC peaked between 2007 and 2016, averaging more than ten billion dollars annually. But it has since declined significantly as part of a global retrenchment in Chinese government lending overseas. As Beijing’s cautiousness continues, new activities in this space will likely involve renegotiations and restructurings of existing loans rather than new disbursements. Venezuela, which represents less than 5 percent of regional GDP, has been the top recipient (approximately 40 percent of stock) of Chinese official lending to LAC.

4. Infrastructure development

Chinese construction firms have actively participated in LAC’s infrastructure development through public tenders, winning numerous high-profile projects and at times outcompeting US and European firms. The visible, tangible nature of infrastructure projects (roads, ports, stadiums, hospitals, etc.) contributes to China’s growing economic presence in the region. As well, they help to alleviate excess capacity in China’s domestic industrial and construction sectors.

China’s economic engagement is generally seen as a growth driver and therefore well-received by regional stakeholders. For some South American nations, trade flows and business cycles have already become more aligned and synchronized with China’s than with traditional partners’ including the Group of Seven (G7) economies (Figures 2 & 3). Such strong economic linkages have potential implications for the effectiveness of US policy. For instance, the United States may find it increasingly challenging to leverage certain geoeconomic tools (e.g., US-led coordination of multilateral sanctions) against China in the region. In general, most LAC countries already avoid being caught up or publicly choosing sides in the US-China competition.

Figure 2: Major trading partners’ participation in LAC Trade from 2000 to 2035 (projected) 3

A line graph titled LAC trade that charts China, EU+UK, LAC, and USA between 2000 and 2035

Figure 3: G7 vs. Chinese growth impact on and correlation with LAC economies 4

A plot of data points comparing Partial Elasticity w.r.t. China YoY Growth and Partial Elasticity w.r.t. G-7 YoY Growth

Note: Placement above the forty-five-degree line indicates a country’s growth is more responsive to China than to the G7.
SA stands for South America. MCC stands for Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean.

II. Recent US economic engagement and regional reception

1. Recent US economic engagement including APEP

Despite China’s growing economic footprint in South America, the United States remains LAC’s most important economic partner in aggregate terms. LAC trades more with the United States than it does with any other country on the back of stronger-than-ever commercial ties between the United States and Mexico. In 2023, the size of US-Mexico trade alone (approximately $800 billion) far exceeded the size of China’s trade with the entire LAC region (approximately $500 billion). The United States also maintains an expansive, outsize network of existing trade agreements in the hemisphere, boasting twelve free trade agreement (FTA) partners in it (and only eight outside). Additionally, the United States is consistently the largest foreign investor in the region, followed by Spain. The potential for investment and collaboration in strategic and emerging sectors is significant: three out of the seven countries eligible for US government support through the International Technology Security and Innovation (ITSI) fund—created under the 2022 CHIPS Act to strengthen semiconductor and telecommunications supply chains—are located in LAC.

With a handful of ideological exceptions, countries in the region largely welcome pragmatic international economic engagement including with the United States. The latest flagship US regional economic policy initiative is APEP, announced by the Biden administration in June 2022 during the Ninth Summit of the Americas in Los Angeles. APEP’s four main priorities are to foster regional competitiveness, resilience, shared prosperity, and inclusive and sustainable investment in LAC. It currently has twelve members: Barbados, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Mexico, Panama, Peru, the United States, and Uruguay.

APEP is structured around three tracks (foreign affairs, finance, and trade), with respective working groups led by individual countries. The working groups cover a wide range of topics, with the initially established ones addressing eight: entrepreneurship, digital workforce development, clean hydrogen, rule of law, sustainable health infrastructure, sustainable food production, water and basic sanitation, and space. Notable announcements so far include a USAID Entrepreneurship Accelerator with initial support from Canada and Uruguay, digital technology workforce development including the first APEP Semiconductor Workforce Symposium held in Costa Rica, and innovative development finance cooperation with the Inter-American Development Bank on climate and migration issues. 5

A significant component of APEP is its focus on hemispheric trade and supply chain resilience. In particular, the first APEP trade ministers’ meeting in March 2024 emphasized three key priorities: trade facilitation and digitalization of customs procedures; conducting a gap analysis of critical value and supply chains; and trade for the benefit of small and medium-sized enterprises and underserved communities. Sector-wise, APEP has initially targeted energy, semiconductors, and medical supplies as priority sectors, largely consistent with the four product categories identified by the Biden administration’s Executive Order 14017, as well as broader US interagency efforts on friendshoring/nearshoring.

2. Regional reception

APEP and other efforts of US economic engagement are generally well received in LAC. But they can be improved in three ways from a regional perspective:

a. Policy attention

A main criticism of US foreign policy towards LAC over the past two decades is that Washington has overlooked the region to accommodate priorities elsewhere. More recently, the symbolism of hosting two highest-level hemispheric political events in the United States (the 2022 Summit of the Americas and the 2023 APEP Leaders’ Summit) helped to mitigate such perception to some extent. But systematically shoring up US commitment to the region will demand a strategic rethink of what is at stake.

The US economy has much to gain, buoyed by a more prosperous and stable neighboring region. And it has even more to lose in an economically unstable Western Hemisphere, with secondary effects such as migration challenges already impacting US domestic politics.

In terms of nearshoring/friendshoring, LAC offers several valuable advantages that the United States would do well to leverage and reinforce, in an era of global supply chain reshuffling and heightened geopolitical uncertainty:

  • geographic proximity;
  • competitive wages;
  • an overwhelming majority of democratic, peaceful, and friendly states (albeit imperfect);
  • a diverse group of governments and companies interested in working with the United States, from the manufacturing powerhouse in Mexico, to dynamic small open economies with proven macroeconomic and sectoral successes such as the Dominican Republic, and South American commodity exporters that are increasingly influencing global food security, energy, and climate transition agendas. 6
b. Resources

Another key regional observation regarding US economic engagement concerns the need for more concrete follow-up actions and adequate resource allocation. This is often considered a byproduct of insufficient US policy attention described above. For instance, APEP experienced a perceived hiatus between being announced during the 2022 Summit of the Americas and regaining momentum around the 2023 APEP Leaders’ Summit. Since the Leaders’ Summit, however, countries have quickly ramped up technical work and senior officials’ meetings, with a view to achieve tangible progress ahead of the second APEP Leaders’ Summit, to be held in Costa Rica in 2025.

With respect to resources, members have understandably expressed interest in accessing economic opportunities, US investment, and financial support through APEP. For the time being, a substantial part of such support will likely be mobilized through innovative partnerships, including with different US government agencies, extra-regional allies, APEP members themselves, the Inter-American Development Bank especially its private sector arm IDB Invest, and potential resources from the recently introduced Americas Trade and Investment Act (Americas Act). Going forward, a clearer definition of APEP’s governance structure, membership criteria, and pathways to resources can more effectively unleash opportunities for the benefit of APEP members.

c. Policy continuity

Economic and political relations between the United States and LAC risk becoming more unpredictable amidst electoral cycles across the Americas, including the upcoming 2024 US presidential election. Potential elections-induced policy shifts, if more drastic than normal, could undermine US interests. For instance, as regional partners grapple to navigate and reconcile different US administrations’ flagship LAC policy initiatives, they do not face similar struggles with China and its Belt & Road Initiative.

In this context, the Americas Act recently introduced by Senators Bill Cassidy (R-LA) and Michael Bennet (D-CO) alongside Representatives Maria Elvira Salazar (R-FL), Adriano Espaillat (D-NY), and Mike Gallagher (R-WI) brings about a remarkable opportunity to ensure long-term US policy continuity and coherence in LAC. This bipartisan and bicameral legislative effort proposes a comprehensive vision for US economic partnership with the region, underpinned by trade, investment, and supply chain integration, as well as significant new resources. Moreover, in a rare and much-needed display of legislative-executive coordination, the Americas Act built a bridge to the Biden administration’s efforts by fast-tracking APEP members’ eligibility for Americas Act resources. 7

III. Tools and pathways for future enhancements

To bolster economic integration between the United States and LAC with a focus on supply chain integration, it is vital to better utilize, innovate, and explain specific US policy tools to regional partners. At a high level, such tools should play to the unique strengths—and take into account the limits—of the US economy, US government, and their hemispheric ties. Where possible, they should be complemented by targeted capacity building that fosters stronger, self-sustaining local economies in LAC, as well as a more symbiotic economic relationship with the United States. Specifically, such tools may span across three interconnected areas: (a) trade policy; (b) industrial policy; and (c) development policy.

1. Trade policy

Trade policy instruments include both tariff and nontariff measures.

  • Tariff: The scope for using traditional trade agreement/tariff instruments is limited, due to ongoing domestic backlash against expanding foreign access to the US market. In the absence of new FTA negotiations, the United States and hemispheric partners are focusing recent efforts on making the most out of the existing US trade toolbox and network. Some examples are legislative measures that aim to surgically insert smaller economies (such as Uruguay, Ecuador, and Costa Rica) through existing preferential trade arrangements, while creating pathways towards eventual bilateral FTAs in some cases.
  • Nontariff: More can and should be done in the realm of nontariff measures, such as harmonizing hemispheric regulatory and phytosanitary standards, streamlining customs procedures, and improving connectivity infrastructure. These measures help to reduce the cost and time of intraregional trade flows, thus boosting the efficiency and competitiveness of hemispheric production and exports. Here, the United States can play a leadership role, facilitated by its existing FTAs with twelve countries in the region.

Greater interoperability—tariff and nontariff—among US trade ties with hemispheric partners is a practical way to advance the regional economic integration agenda in LAC, which has stalled in recent decades due to political polarization within and across countries. With intra-regional trade representing only 20 percent of LAC’s total trade (the lowest and slowest-growing of all world regions), nearshoring—or regionalized supply chains—in the Americas cannot meet its full potential. 8

  • Complementary coordination measures and special considerations may include modernizing policies and regulations to better address digital trade, intellectual property, and labor standards concerns; accumulation of rules of origin for strategic sectors and products; an ambitious plan towards eventual interoperability with FTAs in the region currently not involving the United States; an inclusive focus on integrating smaller, dynamic economies (many of which are strong US allies) that may otherwise face hurdles to enter regional/global supply chains, due not only to price but scale competition vis-à-vis Asia, etc.

2. Industrial policy

Beyond conventional trade tools, enhanced industrial policy is needed to strengthen productive capabilities and integration within the Western Hemisphere. Well-designed tools (US policies, incentives, investments, and signaling) in this area should focus not on creating one-off success stories but inducing self-sustaining and whole-of-ecosystem supply chain enhancements.

  • Whole-of-ecosystem: One of the main advantages of China/Asia-based manufacturing today is its complete, sophisticated supply ecosystems, where a wide range of specializations and suppliers are available along entire value chains upstream and downstream. If the ultimate US policy objective is to replicate these ecosystems in the Western Hemisphere, policymakers can extract helpful lessons from Asia’s flying-geese-paradigm industrialization. In this paradigm, Japan as a “leading goose” invested in, shared knowledge about, and induced industrial upgrading in the rest of Asia. By doing so, it made Japanese/Asian exports more cost-competitive, while creating positive spillover effects that led to self-sustaining regional supply chains and additional comparative advantages. The United States—and by extension, the North American free trade area—should serve as a similar leading goose in the Western Hemisphere.

However, the whole-of-ecosystem approach may prove challenging or take considerable time and investment to materialize in certain sectors/products, e.g., when regional partners or the United States itself does not possess the specializations or technologies needed. In these cases, collaboration with trusted extra-regional allies and surgical interventions to tackle skills gaps or supply chain chokeholds can help to accelerate the process.

  • Self-sustaining: Public sector investment and assistance through the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) and the CHIPS Act are a first step in the right direction to push supply chains into the region (“push factors”). Efficient coordination with regional partners is important for financial, capacity, and competitiveness reasons. Many regional governments, while interested, may have limited fiscal space to develop these supply chains independently or have limited technical/industrial capabilities to qualify for US support (or learn how to qualify).

Creating US interagency roadmaps for hemispheric supply chain development, with private sector input, will be vital to building such capabilities in LAC to pull/attract investments (a key “pull factor”) and ensuring long-lasting success. Importantly, the roadmaps must also introduce a healthy degree of domestic competition, possibly through a sunset provision. Some of LAC’s unsuccessful industrialization attempts in the last century—characterized by import-substitution industrialization as opposed to East Asia’s export-oriented industrialization—generated uncompetitive firms and resource misallocation, offering a cautionary tale.

A US strategy designed to advance supply chain push and pull factors should also include local workforce development (a key element of APEP) and infrastructure development (from logistical to energy conditions necessary to ensure export competitiveness); synergy with US-led sector-specific initiatives (such as the Minerals Security Partnership); bilateral high-level dialogue mechanisms (similar to the US-Mexico High-level Dialogue, the US-Guatemala High-Level Dialogue, etc.); US support of regional initiatives such as the Alliance for Development in Democracy (ADD) Business Council’s Supply Chain Working Group, etc.

3. Development policy

Development policy tools increase supply chain competitiveness and broader economic resilience in LAC by nurturing additional pull factors conducive to nearshoring, such as project bankability, macroeconomic stability, physical infrastructure, skills and productivity, and disaster preparedness and response. 9 The United States has several unique tools at its disposal, both financial and nonfinancial, to support regional economic development.

  • Financial: The most direct financial instruments of the US development toolbox are provided by US agencies such as USAID, DFC, USTDA, and EXIM. With varied priorities and operations, they can offer financing to advance US commercial and foreign policy interests while supporting local development needs. A growing focus and challenge for some of these agencies is to mobilize the private sector. For instance, on the investment side, although US companies have successfully led the United States to overtake the EU as LAC’s number one foreign investor, opportunities exist to unlock additional private sector investment if the agencies are authorized to more easily and substantially mitigate certain country and project risks.

The Washington-based international financial institutions (IFIs) are another distinctive asset for US development and foreign policy in LAC. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic demonstrated once again that these organizations are more willing and capable—than their Chinese policy bank counterparts—to provide counter-cyclical support to LAC countries in need. Such support took place through the IMF’s liquidity or macro stabilization programs, as well as development operations from the IDB or the World Bank that directly boosted governments’ recovery and growth efforts, improved public infrastructure, health services, or skills training, or indirectly freed up additional fiscal resources for development. Though often underappreciated, the IFIs’ close coordination with the US Department of Treasury (their largest shareholder) contributes to hemispheric economic stability and development.

  • Nonfinancial: Numerous US agencies drive development in LAC through a wide array of nonfinancial assistance and cooperation, including training programs organized or contracted by the Departments of Commerce, Treasury, State, Energy, and others. These programs build capacity among LAC public sector, private sector, and civil society beneficiaries, covering specific technical issues such as commercial laws, government procurement, independent journalism, illicit finance, etc.

Additional examples include the Department of Defense and US Southern Command (SOUTHCOM)’s security cooperation with countries affected by rising crime and violence, or their operational support for natural disaster preparedness and response in small, disaster-prone Caribbean Island states. While these efforts may not be economically focused by design, they generate immense economic value, by protecting lives, jobs, supply chains, the investment climate, and government balance sheets. They also foster goodwill. The fact that the US remains the region’s partner of choice in these noneconomic areas reflects the multi-dimensional, symbiotic nature of the US-LAC relationship. Hemispheric policymakers would do well to further explore these areas as complementary pathways toward greater economic integration.

IV. Recommendations

In summary, and with the Commission’s mandate in mind, I propose the following nine recommendations to advance US interest and leverage US strengths in topics covered by this testimony on three levels: The policy level, resource level, and strategy level.

Policy level
In coordination with the executive branch, Congress can help innovate and utilize US policy tools across three interconnected areas:

  1. Trade Policy: Use tariff, nontariff, and complementary measures to strengthen hemispheric trade and integration under US leadership, without resorting to politically thorny market access issues. A key element here is to leverage the United States’ existing preferential trade agreements with twelve regional partners, as well as their resulting economic linkages and technical interoperability.
  2. Industrial Policy: Nurture nearshoring push factors (US policies and incentives) and pull factors (regional competitiveness conditions) to build self-sustaining, whole-of-ecosystem productive capacity in LAC for certain sectors/products/supply chain segments. This includes formulating time-bound, US interagency roadmaps for hemispheric supply chain development, in coordination with regional partners and the private sector.
  3. Development Policy: Enhance financial and nonfinancial (technical/operational) assistance from various US government agencies and Washington-based international financial institutions to strengthen economic development, resilience, and nearshoring pull factors in LAC. The goal is to create more competitive regional economies as well as more symbiotic economic partnerships with the United States.

    Resource level
    Congress can unlock resources pivotal to implementing and supporting the policy-level recommendations above, for example:
  4. Increase resources to deploy more foreign service, development, commercial officers in ways that (a) advance US foreign policy and commercial interests in LAC across the trade, industrial, and development policy areas outlined above, including through APEP-related initiatives; (b) supporting regional development needs and capacity building; (c) deepen regionalized China expertise and capability, particularly through the Department of State’s Regional China Officers program.
  5. Increase resources for public diplomacy efforts that better specify and highlight the value of positive US economic engagement in LAC. This includes measurable impact of US policy actions recommended above, as well as nongovernmental US accomplishments and facts, e.g., the United States consistently remains by far the region’s largest investor and trading partner in aggregate terms.
  6. Optimize budgetary or financing rules for organizations like DFC and EXIM so they can meet the growing and evolving needs of the beneficiaries, expanding progress made in the Better Utilization of Investments Leading to Development Act of 2018 (“BUILD Act”).
  7. Approve/Allocate resources to DC-headquartered international financial organizations—including the Inter-American Development Bank Group and the World Bank Group—for future capital increases and replenishments. These organizations are well-positioned to provide high-quality, impact-driven development assistance to LAC. Additionally, they can complement bilateral US efforts, as evidenced by the recently announced IDB Invest-DFC co-financing framework.

    Strategic level
    Through its legislative, policy, financial, and oversight authority, Congress can play a key role in guiding the strategic direction of US foreign policy towards LAC, in particular:
  8. Draw more attention and resources to LAC. The US government including Congress must work to recalibrate regional perceptions of US neglect and advocate for a more active role for the United States in leading hemispheric economic integration. LAC has much to offer as a reliable partner in an evolving global context, and it is in US national interest that this neighboring region realizes its full potential. The recently introduced Americas Trade and Investment Act (“Americas Act”) is a promising endeavor in this regard.
  9. Ensure coherence of US economic engagement with LAC. At a time when domestic political polarization across the region and in the United States is making hemispheric relations less stable and effective, Congress can play a key role in informing a high-level, bipartisan, and coherent US strategy towards LAC that better transcends electoral cycles. Recent executive-legislative efforts to connect APEP and the Americas Act are an encouraging signal in this regard.

1    Much of the data in this section comes from: Pepe Zhang and Felipe Larraín’s America’s Quarterly article, “China Is Here to Stay in Latin America,” published in January 2023.
2    Tatiana Prazeres, David Bohl, and Pepe Zhang, “China-LAC Trade: Four Scenarios in 2035.” Atlantic Council, May 2021. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/china-lac-trade-four-scenarios-in-2035/.
3    Prazeres, Bohl, and Zhang, “China-LAC Trade: Four Scenarios in 2035.”
4    World Bank. “Leaning Against the Wind: Fiscal Policy in Latin America and the Caribbean in a Historical Perspective.” LAC Semiannual Report (April). Washington, DC: World Bank, 2017. https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/841401495661847413/pdf/P162832-05-24-2017-1495661844209.pdf
5    White House. “Fact Sheet: President Biden Hosts Inaugural Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity Leaders’ Summit.” The White House, November 3, 2023. https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/statements-releases/2023/11/03/fact-sheet-president-biden-hosts-inaugural-americas-partnership-for-economic-prosperity-leaders-summit/.
6    Pepe Zhang and Otaviano Canuto. “Global Leadership for Latin America and the Caribbean.” Project Syndicate, September 2023. https://www.project-syndicate.org/commentary/latin-america-caribbean-global-leadership-food-climate-finance-by-pepe-zhang-and-otaviano-canuto-2023-09.
7    “S.3878 – Americas Act.” 118th Congress (2023-2024). Accessed November 16, 2023. https://www.congress.gov/bill/118th-congress/senate-bill/3878/text/is#toc-idbd7b93971b294b1fa02e3ad10158a324.
8    International Monetary Fund. “How Latin America Can Use Trade to Boost Growth.” IMF Blog, November 16, 2023. https://www.imf.org/en/Blogs/Articles/2023/11/16/how-latin-america-can-use-trade-to-boost-growth.
9    Other nearshoring pull factors include regulatory and legal certainty and simplicity, physical infrastructure, export promotion and facilitation, effective public institutions, innovation capacity, etc.

The post Pepe Zhang provides testimony to the US-China Economic and Security Review Commission appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
With the 2024 Mexican election looming, here are two major recommendations for the next president https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/2024-mexican-election-recommendations-for-the-next-president/ Thu, 23 May 2024 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=766946 Mexico is in a privileged position to leverage its border with the United States and deep commercial integration with the rest of North America, facilitated by the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA). The incoming administration has the opportunity to improve border efficiencies and unlock meaningful new investment throughout 2024-2030 and beyond. 

The post With the 2024 Mexican election looming, here are two major recommendations for the next president appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Table of contents

Foreword

Countries representing half the world’s population are voting in 2024. On June 2, just over five months before Election Day in the United States, Mexican voters will set a historic milestone with the election of the country’s first female president. Over the course of her six-year term, Mexico’s new president will face enormous challenges—internally and in the country’s relationship with the United States. But, like never before, there is also a unique opportunity to strengthen the commercial and economic ties that bind the two countries and reimagine how our shared border could better serve our shared interests.

Although the United States and Mexico have long been economically intertwined, in 2023, Mexico became the United States’ most important trading partner. Now more than ever,  with great geopolitical headwinds, the commercial ties that bind our two countries will be increasingly critical to advancing US economic interests globally. Here, greater border efficiency will yield economic gains alongside improvements in our shared security.

The Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, in partnership with internal and external colleagues and partners, sought to envision the future of two key aspects of the US-Mexico relationship: commercial flows and investment. With extensive feedback and numerous consultations with border stakeholders, including business owners, truck drivers, port operators, civilians, and local and federal elected officials, we sought out fresh perspectives and actionable recommendations. Our goal with this report is to spark dialogue among policymakers, business leaders, and civil society in both countries on the urgent need to address the immediate challenges of border efficiency and investment attraction over the next Mexican president’s term while paving the way for a more prosperous and secure future in our countries.

The Rio Grande and its surrounding towns are more than a physical barrier separating the United States and Mexico. Rather, they are a vibrant artery of commerce, migration, and cultural exchange. Livelihoods depend on our border, but inefficiencies prevent us from maximizing the possible economic opportunities and achieving the necessary security gains. The pages that follow build on previous center findings and emphasize the need for a nuanced approach to foreign investment, infrastructure development, and security measures that prioritize efficiency and our national interests.

This publication also seeks to bring the human dimension to the forefront. Public policy, after all, should reflect how to improve everyday lives. We consolidate the stories of real people affected by the US-Mexico border daily. The combined stories we have gathered over the last two years remind us of the impact of policy decisions. That reminder is particularly poignant with the 2024 elections on both sides of the border. Indeed, we stand on the cusp of a new chapter in our shared history.

This report is a call to action for visionary leadership and bold, pragmatic solutions to the complex issues facing the United States and Mexico. We urge policymakers to embrace policies and strategies that address immediate challenges while laying the groundwork for both an even more inclusive and prosperous future. Let’s seize this unique moment in time.

Jason Marczak
Vice President and Senior Director
Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center

Explainer video

Related events


The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The post With the 2024 Mexican election looming, here are two major recommendations for the next president appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Brazil’s tragic floods should put climate adaptation at the top of the G20 and COP agendas https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/brazils-tragic-floods-should-put-climate-adaptation-at-the-top-of-the-g20-and-cop-agendas/ Tue, 14 May 2024 21:34:21 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=764879 The ongoing flooding in Rio Grande do Sul is an example of the urgent need for countries to focus on adapting to climate change.

The post Brazil’s tragic floods should put climate adaptation at the top of the G20 and COP agendas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
For the last two weeks, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil’s southernmost state, has been the victim of the worst climate disaster in its recent history. Hit by torrential rain, five months’ worth of typical precipitation fell in a mere fifteen days in some areas. Cities and towns remain under water, and the rainfall continues. At least 147 people have died, another hundred are missing, and more than half a million are displaced, impacting more than two million people in the state. The ongoing flooding in Rio Grande do Sul is an unfortunate example of the urgent need for countries to focus on adaptation measures to climate change. Brazil has a unique opportunity to drive these commitments forward as it hosts the Group of Twenty (G20) Leaders’ Summit in November and the United Nations Climate Change Conference, also known as COP30, in 2025.

Severe weather is not a new phenomenon for the state, which has seen record-breaking rainfall in recent years. A foretold tragedy, the flooding in Rio Grande do Sul is the fourth weather-related crisis to hit the state in less than a year. At the end of 2023, Rio Grande do Sul saw a similar situation, when a heat wave exacerbated intense storms and major flooding.

The region is prone to weather-related disasters, and the current flooding has been linked to the periodic El Niño weather phenomenon. In the past few decades, the state’s capital city, Porto Alegre, has adapted to control the extent of the impact of torrential rains on the city. However, the infrastructure in place must be updated to the new reality of extreme weather events, which are more intense due to climate change. Designing suitable financial instruments for resilient infrastructure with support from international and domestic financial institutions will be crucial.

The extent of this disaster is immense. To put it into perspective, about 90 percent of the 497 municipalities in Rio Grande do Sul were impacted by the rain and flooding. Brazilians are bearing the immediate brunt of these floods, including on their economy. There will also be implications for global trade and food security in the weeks and months ahead.

Rio Grande do Sul is an important state for Brazil. It represents 6 percent of the country’s gross domestic product (GDP), the fifth largest state GDP in the country. A major agribusiness state, it accounts for 70 percent of Brazil’s rice production. It is a significant producer of soybeans—of which Brazil is a leading producer and exporter—and an important meat-producing state. And while in Rio Grande do Sul rain continues to fall, not too far from there, in other regions of Brazil, farmers are suffering through a winter drought.

The governor of Rio Grande do Sul, Eduardo Leite, estimates that a yearslong reconstruction plan costing some nineteen billion reais (around $3.7 billion) will be needed in his state. Private sector investments and insurance could play a crucial role in supporting the recovery of the region, implementing adaptation measures and building the resilience of the affected communities. This level of support now will be critical to reduce future losses and tap into the immense economic, social, and environmental benefits of investing in adaptation and resilience. According to one recent estimate, each dollar invested in resilience and adaptation could generate up to twelve dollars in economic benefits.

Local and federal governments must take on the responsibility to put climate adaptation at the core of their strategic plans and development efforts. Countries must prioritize adaptation and resilience investment plans that strategically crowd in private sector investments and ensure that subnational governments and local communities can access insurance and financing to adapt and build resilience. Brazil is in a unique position to do so. With Brazilian municipal elections in October, this is a crucial moment for Brazilians to institutionalize climate mitigation and adaption efforts as part of local governments’ agendas.

At the geopolitical level, the G20 Leaders’ Summit in Rio de Janeiro in November will be an opportunity for Brazil to drive the climate adaptation agenda forward and to obtain buy-in and financing from the largest economies in the world. COP30 in Belém, Brazil, in 2025 is another such opportunity. The site for COP30, located in the Amazon rainforest in Brazil’s north, was chosen in part to showcase the roles of biodiversity, sustainability, and conservation in climate action. The flooding in the country’s south will be a tragic reminder of the importance of adaptation being central to the climate agenda, as well.


Valentina Sader is a deputy director at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, where she leads the Center’s work on Brazil, gender equality and diversity, and manages the Center’s Advisory Council.

The post Brazil’s tragic floods should put climate adaptation at the top of the G20 and COP agendas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Panama has a new president. José Raúl Mulino should focus on these three priorities. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/panama-has-a-new-president-jose-raul-mulino/ Tue, 07 May 2024 15:51:47 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=762952 By implementing these changes, the Mulino administration will be able to place Panama on a path of inclusive and sustainable development.

The post Panama has a new president. José Raúl Mulino should focus on these three priorities. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
On May 5, Panamanians elected José Raúl Mulino to be their next president. Mulino, who was nominated by Partido Realizando Metas and Partido Alianza, is a lawyer and previously served as minister of security and minister of foreign affairs. On the campaign trail, he vowed to put more money in Panamanians’ pockets and build large infrastructure projects, including a train between Panama City and David, the capital of the country’s agricultural powerhouse province of Chiriquí. He also promised to close the Panama-Colombia land border and “help” former Panamanian President Ricardo Martinelli, Mulino’s political mentor who was sentenced to ten years in prison for money laundering and is currently living in the Nicaraguan embassy in Panama as a political asylee. Panama’s border with Colombia and the fate of Martinelli, whom the Panamanian government denied permission to leave the country, both received a lot of scrutiny in the run-up to the election, but the incoming administration will now need to focus on a broader range of issues.

Mulino was elected with 34 percent of the vote in a single-round election featuring eight presidential candidates. Emerging with a narrow victory and having secured only fifteen out of seventy-one seats in the National Assembly between Realizando Metas and Partido Alianza combined, Mulino’s first order of business must be to unite a country that seems unlikely to give its new president a honeymoon period. However, to reach a working majority in this highly fragmented National Assembly, the new administration will need to broaden its outreach without falling prey to the vices of the past, namely coalition-building through patronage and corrupt dealings. The new government’s success hinges upon the president-elect’s ability to build national consensus quickly.

To do so, Mulino should start with the economy.

Building inclusive economic opportunity

Panama’s economic story is defined by an unusually fast but lopsided rise to become the wealthiest country in Latin America in gross domestic product (GDP) per capita terms, propelled by economic growth at an unparalleled rate in the region. Panama’s GDP per capita is comparable to those of Greece and Croatia, but that average hides a great deal of imbalance within the country. The GDP per capita of the two provinces adjacent to the Panama Canal is roughly ten times higher than that of the Darién province that borders Colombia. Darién’s GDP per capita is similar to that of Haiti, the poorest country in the Western Hemisphere. In the two most populous indigenous communities, more than 90 percent of the population lives in multidimensional poverty—that is, a lack of sufficient income, education, healthcare, and access to infrastructure.

Panamanians held mass protests as recently as July-August 2022 and October-November 2023—the largest that the country had seen in decades—and the incoming administration will face continued pressure to transform the country’s economy to ensure lasting and inclusive growth. Mulino’s administration will need to address disparities and structural impediments, including territorial inequalities, gaps in access to and quality of public goods and services (water, electricity, sanitation, education, healthcare, transportation, and technology), and pension system reform. However, the delicate state of Panama’s finances will require remarkable policy ingenuity to invest smartly. The incoming administration must deploy carefully calibrated policies, such as special economic zones, to develop strategic industries beyond the Panama Canal region. It must also leverage Panama’s carbon-negative status to create room in the government budget through climate finance tools.

To fully address these inequalities, however, the incoming administration will also need to reform Panama’s institutions.

Strengthening and modernizing institutions

In the past decade, discussions about strengthening Panamanian institutions have typically focused on optimizing for transparency and efficiency, and with good reason. Each year for over a decade, corruption is estimated to have cost Panama the equivalent of 1 percent of its GDP. In addition, Panama’s large bureaucracy—accounting for 17 percent of its overall workforce, the second-largest share of public sector employees in Latin America—has not translated into robust state capacity to deliver public goods and services and collect tax revenues commensurate with Panama’s level of income. This inefficiency is connected to the practice of clientelism, whereby the Panamanian bureaucracy has been co-opted by the distribution of privileges (including jobs, discretionary budgets, scholarships, and goods) in exchange for political support. In addition to longstanding concerns about efficiency and transparency, the uncertainties, institutional frailties, and gaps in existing legislation exposed in the 2024 election cycle call for an additional focus on democratic stability.

The next administration and the National Assembly will have multiple tools at their disposal to address these challenges. To mitigate clientelism, Panama should adopt a two-pronged approach. First, the Panamanian government will need to improve access to and the quality of public services and infrastructure, thus meeting citizens’ needs and addressing the root causes of problems. Too often, politicians have sought self-interested “quick fixes” to problems that do not address underlying causes. Second, Panama should implement legislation to build a professional civil service where hiring and firing are based on merit rather than party loyalty. Talented civil servants should encounter job security and strong incentives to work in the bureaucracy long term, and their performance should be measured and reviewed periodically.

During the campaign, various candidates including Mulino promised to carry out constitutional reforms, which could be leveraged to strengthen checks and balances and improve representation in Panama’s electoral system. The National Assembly can also contribute to bolstering government accountability by appointing a comptroller general who is independent from the governing party.

Reaffirming Panama’s position in global supply chains

Panama’s location is one of its most valuable assets, shaping the country’s role as a global trade and logistics hub and enabling the development of its international services platform. Each year, 5 percent of global maritime trade and 14 percent of maritime trade into and out of the United States crosses the Panama Canal. In a typical year, thirty-seven ships go through the Panama Canal every day, requiring roughly two billion gallons of fresh water, mostly drawn from nearby lakes. To put that in perspective, that is twice as much as New York City’s daily water demand. In 2023, Panama faced one of the three driest years in over a century, primarily as a result of El Niño, prompting the Panama Canal Authority to implement temporary transit restrictions.

To understand how the canal might approach climate-proofing its operations to ensure normal transit levels even in extraordinarily dry years, it is crucial to understand how it works. The Panama Canal is a state-owned enterprise (SOE) with a robust institutional framework—including a section of the Panamanian constitution—that has protected the canal from the mismanagement concerns typically associated with SOEs. The fact that this has remained the case in an otherwise weak institutional context is both surprising and essential to the way that the Panama Canal has become efficient, profitable, and pivotal to unlocking development around it.

However, it also means that there are things that the Panama Canal Authority cannot do without government approval, including modifying the limits of its watershed and building a new reservoir. In 2023, the Panama Canal’s Board of Directors presented a proposal encompassing those two requests to the government as part of its strategy to safeguard the canal’s operations as droughts are expected to become more frequent and intense. Now, the ball is the Panamanian government’s court to determine which of the options presented by the Canal Authority it is willing to authorize.

Besides evaluating the best pathways to climate-proof the canal, the Mulino administration should seek to strengthen Panama’s logistics platform beyond the canal. Improvements in port management and road connectivity present remarkable opportunities that Panama has yet to capitalize on.

By implementing these changes, the Mulino administration will be able to place Panama on a path of inclusive and sustainable development that is enabled rather than hindered by the quality of its institutions.


Felipe Félix Méndez is an assistant director at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and is originally from Panama.

The post Panama has a new president. José Raúl Mulino should focus on these three priorities. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Colombia’s president must focus on economic stewardship in the second half of his term https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/colombias-president-must-focus-on-economic-stewardship-in-the-second-half-of-his-term/ Tue, 07 May 2024 15:22:14 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=762417 President Gustavo Petro should adopt a steadier hand on domestic issues and a more cooperative stance toward international private sector investment.

The post Colombia’s president must focus on economic stewardship in the second half of his term appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Colombian President Gustavo Petro is nearing the midpoint of his four-year term facing stalled progress on his reform agenda and increasing political volatility. Amid these challenges, Petro must adopt a steadier hand on domestic issues and a more cooperative stance toward international private sector investment. This would be a prudent reboot for a politician who is shedding support and sending signals that could sour relations with investors capable of lifting Colombia’s still-recovering economy.

Colombia, a key US security and trading partner in South America, needs to soothe markets and solidify its economic recovery through a mix of political pragmatism, compromise, and a commitment to deepening investment. Economic stewardship is key both to securing reform and long-term development.

Economic challenges

Many Latin American economies have been buffeted in recent years, as the COVID-19 pandemic and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine each took a toll. For Colombia, it was a nearly 9 percent hit to its gross domestic product (GDP) in 2020 and a 13.1 percent rise in consumer prices in 2022. Combined, these factors prompted the previous administration of Iván Duque as well as the Petro administration in its early days (the last quarter of 2022) to adopt a series of countercyclical recovery programs to get the economy back on track.

Colombia’s economy has seen mixed indicators in recent years. On the one hand, unemployment remained at around 11 percent and inflation decreased to 9 percent in 2023, while on the other hand the economy grew only by 1.2 percent, below the Finance Ministry’s forecast of 1.8 percent growth and lagging behind other countries in the region. During 2023, for example, Colombia’s GDP growth was lower than the growth reported by Venezuela (5 percent), Panama (4.6 percent), the Dominican Republic (4.6 percent), Guatemala (3.2 percent), Honduras (3 percent), Costa Rica (2.7 percent), and Nicaragua (2.3 percent). Yet other economic fundamentals, such as the exchange rate, seem to be stabilizing, and interest rates are expected to follow the same trend or move downward. Forecasts for Colombia’s 2024 GDP growth range from 1.3 percent to 1.8 percent, and its annual inflation rate dropped in the first trimester of 2024 but is still among the highest in the region, at 7.4 percent.

Signals to the private sector

This coming August, Petro will hit the halfway point in his four-year term, and he is ineligible to seek reelection. If current trends continue, he will meet that milestone while overseeing lackluster economic growth; failing to advance his stymied health reform while other reform proposals languish in Congress; and facing scrutiny for the implementation of his 2022 tax reform, with aspects of it being challenged in the Constitutional Court.

Petro—who has expressed frustration with the forces impeding his agenda—backtracked from a campaign promise this year. In 2018, Petro literally carved into a marble tablet a list of promises to reassure critics who swore he would take the country down the same path of political extremism and erosion of democracy as Nicolás Maduro in neighboring Venezuela. One “commandment” was to refrain from convening a National Constituent Assembly to revise the country’s constitution. In March, however, he proposed convening a National Constituent Assembly, the first since 1991, to address six different issues that are stalled in the legislature. The proposal is unlikely to proceed given his lack of support in Congress, and any attempt to advance it through decree would be blocked by the courts. On top of this, Petro has lost the support of most Colombians: more than 60 percent of Colombians disapprove of his administration, according to an April 9 survey by Invamer.

Nonetheless, the polarizing constitutional reform proposal has generated further uncertainty about the country’s policy direction and economic expectations, both unwelcome drags on Colombia’s private-sector investment climate. Other issues contributing to concerns in the private sector include a 10 percent decline in imports of goods and services and a 16 percent drop in new business investment. Likewise, the slow disbursement of public spending in many government agencies has raised eyebrows because state spending is the main driver of employment in remote regions, particularly with infrastructure and housing development.

Three steps to shift this dynamic

The conventional wisdom in Colombian politics is that a good economy will help even an unpopular government find a way to advance its agenda with minimal resistance. But in order for this maxim to apply to the Petro administration, the president would need to make some significant changes to shift the current dynamic.

First, he would need to spur more coordination with the private sector to stoke investment and shore up the country’s reputation as a destination for companies. For instance, the government’s reindustrialization program provides an important opportunity, if implemented as planned, to foster cooperation and coordination with domestic and foreign private-sector entities interested in investing in Colombia. This program opens the door for new business ventures in areas that are critical for the country’s development. A good place to start would be for the national government and the private sector to work jointly on incentives that can help quickly spur investment in critical sectors such as infrastructure, tourism, health, digital communications.

Second, Petro would need to build consensus around the reforms he is seeking to advance in Congress. This will be essential to find a way to address Colombia’s most pressing needs—without undoing decades of stable economic and political development.

Third, the president should recognize that the outlook for Colombia’s economy matters to the United States as well. Despite ongoing debate over coca eradication efforts, Colombia remains the closest US ally in the region in the fight against drug trafficking. It is also the leading destination for US agricultural exports in South America and the third-largest in the Western Hemisphere overall, a position that has been secured by a free trade agreement that prioritizes investment in the country.

The US private sector can be an important catalyst in the development of Petro’s reindustrialization agenda. Post-pandemic changes in supply chains open up opportunities to invest in just such a friendly, nearby market. Colombia also has a rising middle class and the expanding consumption that entails, as well as the prospect of new revenue from Colombian exports to neighboring Venezuela and other countries across the region.

The rest of this year will be a crucial test for Petro’s economic stewardship. If managed successfully, he can bolster the country’s growth trajectory. To do so, he will have to both spend public funds wisely and do so in a way that works hand in hand with international investors and with the support of partners such as the United States. The necessary actions will be his to initiate—but the impact of such outreach and development would extend well beyond his term.


Enrique Millan-Mejia is a consultant and project manager at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and a former senior trade and investment diplomat of the government of Colombia to the United States.

Geoff Ramsey is a senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post Colombia’s president must focus on economic stewardship in the second half of his term appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
G7 pledges to end coal—but only inclusive action will make a real climate impact https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/energysource/g7-pledges-to-end-coal-but-only-inclusive-action-will-make-a-real-climate-impact/ Fri, 03 May 2024 20:13:34 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=762050 During the G7 energy ministerial in Turin, Italy, climate, energy, and environment ministers made a historic pledge to phase out coal power plants by 2035 among other agreements. But members ultimately need to turn pledges into action to blunt the impacts of climate change.

The post G7 pledges to end coal—but only inclusive action will make a real climate impact appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Energy ministers from the Group of Seven (G7) met in Turin, Italy, on the 29th and 30th of April for the first time since the United Nation climate summit in Dubai. Two days of discussion at the Climate, Energy, and Environment Ministerial meeting resulted in a series of shared commitments to address climate change and energy security. The 35-page long joint communiqué includes a historic pledge to phase out coal power plants by 2035.

STAY CONNECTED

Sign up for PowerPlay, the Atlantic Council’s bimonthly newsletter keeping you up to date on all facets of the energy transition.

The commitment of “phasing out coal by 2035 or on a timeline consistent with the 1.5 temperature limit” marks a further step in the direction indicated last year by the UN climate summit, known as COP28, to reduce the use of fossil fuels, of which coal is the most polluting. Mentioning the IEA’s Net-Zero Roadmap report, G7 countries say that “phase-out of unabated coal is needed by 2030s in advanced economies and by 2040 in all the other regions, and that no new unabated coal power plant should be built.” This represents the first agreement on a timeline for phasing out coal after the initiative had previously failed due to opposition by some members. However, it should be noted that, despite the positive step towards a common goal, by using the term “unabated” in the communication, members of the G7 leave open a potential path for the use of coal beyond the indicated timeline. 

In addition to the importance of ending coal reliance, it is now widely recognized that the success of the energy transition is linked to a technology-inclusive approach both for reaching climate neutrality and strengthening energy security. The communication of the G7 promotes members’ increasing use of diverse low-carbon energy technologies including renewable energy, energy efficiency, hydrogen, carbon management, storage, nuclear energy, and fusion.

Energy ministers fully committed to the “implementation of the global goal of tripling installation of renewable energy capacity by 2030 to at least 11 terawatts (TW)” and to “double the global average annual rate of energy efficiency improvements by 2030 to 4%,” signaling the intention to create a strong connection with COP28 pledges.

On energy storage, G7 members agreed to a global goal in the power sector of 1500 gigawatts (GW) in 2030, a more than six-fold increase from 2022. Introducing this target for storage is very important to support renewable implementation and ultimately reach the installation capacity target set in Dubai.

The communication highlights the importance for countries to reduce reliance on civil nuclear technologies from Russia and commits to strengthening the resilience of the nuclear supply chain. Countries opting for nuclear energy would work to deploy next generation nuclear reactors.

Fusion made it in the final text with a strong emphasis on the potential of this technology to provide a lasting solution to the global challenges of climate change and energy security in the future, marking an important addition to the G7 joint communication, since in the Hiroshima Communique, fusion was not mentioned.

In order to implement these targets and scale technologies, the G7 countries this year also reaffirmed their commitment to jointly mobilize $100 billion per year until 2025 and their intention to scale up public and private finance. “We stress the need to accelerate efforts to make finance flow consistent with a pathway towards low greenhouse gas emissions and climate-resilient development,” and “we acknowledge that such efforts involve the alignment of the domestic and international financial system.” Attention is now directed toward the upcoming G7 finance meeting, the G20 in Brazil, and the “finance COP” in Azerbaijan.

Finally, convergence and cooperation with countries outside the G7 will play a crucial role in the success of the transition. The joint communication acknowledges that developing countries represent “an important partner in the just energy transition” and recognizes “the great potential of the African continent in becoming a global powerhouse of the future.”

At this year’s energy ministerial meetings, Azerbaijan’s Deputy Minister on Energy Elnur Soltanov (representing the 2024 COP29 presidency), Brazil’s Minister of the Environment and Climate Change Marina Silva (representing the 2024 G20 presidency), and Kenya’s Principal Secretary on Energy Alex K. Wachira, participated along with the G7 partners. This approach shows recognition of the fundamental role that inclusivity plays in a successful transition and the willingness to create strong synergies with the upcoming multilateral forums.

It would be difficult to overstate just how critical pragmatism and convergence are to the energy transition. But this message, in addition to being successfully incorporated in the communication was further reinforced during the Future of Energy Summit, a half-day event hosted by the Atlantic Council Global Energy Center, Politecnico di Torino, and World Energy Council Italy as part of Planet Week on the sidelines of last weekend’s G7 ministerial meeting. Experts and speakers at the Summit emphasized the need to strengthen a technology-inclusive, not exclusive, approach and cooperation among countries.

The IEA’s Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario (NZE) envisages that by 2030, advanced economies would end all power generation by unabated coal-fired plants, making the new G7 historic commitment unfit for purpose. However, the overall success of the transition will not be determined by pledges, but more so by the will of countries to transform pledges into action. Whether G7 countries will be able to succeed in the energy transition will depend on their capacity to create resilient clean energy supply chains, implement diversified energy mixes, promote collaboration with developing countries, scale up public and private finance, and it seems like many steps are being taken in the right direction. 

Elena Benaim is a nonresident fellow with the Atlantic Council Global Energy Center.

Learn more about the Global Energy Center

The Global Energy Center develops and promotes pragmatic and nonpartisan policy solutions designed to advance global energy security, enhance economic opportunity, and accelerate pathways to net-zero emissions.

The post G7 pledges to end coal—but only inclusive action will make a real climate impact appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Climate change doesn’t have to result in greater gender inequity in the Caribbean https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/the-caribbean-climate-change-gender-inequity/ Mon, 29 Apr 2024 16:19:41 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=760512 Caribbean climate policy design and resource allocation must incorporate the voices and interests of the region’s women and girls.

The post Climate change doesn’t have to result in greater gender inequity in the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The Caribbean is one of world’s most vulnerable regions to the effects of climate change. Hurricanes and strong tropical storms, changing precipitation patterns, and sea level rise disproportionately affect Caribbean economies and citizens—and none of the latter more than its women and girls. Climate change amplifies their existing challenges, such as gender-based violence and inequities, while creating new barriers to economic opportunity and political influence. As Caribbean governments and their partners work to build a more resilient region, the challenges facing women and girls need to be taken into account and policy designs must reflect their perspectives.

The region has an urgent need to prepare for the scope of climate change. Many of the region’s countries rely on tourism to drive economic growth, with ten of the world’s twenty most tourism-dependent economies residing in the Caribbean. When hurricanes roll through the region, damaging infrastructure and halting flights, the tourism industry halts as well, diminishing economic prospects. Most Caribbean countries face the brunt of the Atlantic hurricane season, which is producing stronger and more frequent tropical storms. At the same time, most of the region’s populous cities are coastal, making sea level rise a threat to homes and the day-to-day functions of society. Further, changing precipitation patterns and higher average temperatures result in agricultural degradation and more acidic oceans, decreasing crop yields in rural areas and limiting fishery supplies.

While the entire region faces daunting consequences from climate change and related natural disasters, women and girls face disproportionate effects across four areas.

First, women and girls are “especially vulnerable to sexual violence and coercion” in the wake of a natural disaster, according to the United Nations Population Fund. This risk includes and extends beyond domestic violence, which is known to spike in crisis situations, such as during the COVID-19 pandemic in Trinidad and Tobago. Disproportionate risks mount, the World Bank notes, “in the face of uprooted housing and traditional support structures, disrupted access to services, and both structural and social obstacles to accessing food, relief, supplies, and latrines.” A lack of privacy and security in shelters is problematic, especially for young and teenage girls.

Second, women are responsible for a greater share of caregiving for families and households. After Hurricane María knocked out the power grid in Puerto Rico and made potable water scarce, it was women who bore a greater burden in doing the cooking, laundry, and cleaning to keep households going. Moreover, across multiple climate change events, when schools close, women with school-age children are often unable to return to work or attend school themselves.

Third, Caribbean women tend to work in the informal economy, including small-scale businesses and the hospitality sector, both of which are adversely affected by tropical storms. Storms can damage crops and roads, making it difficult to get produce to markets, while also leaving restaurants, shops, and hotels closed for days, affecting incomes.

Finally, women often have unequal access to finance, capital, and other assets, which can affect their resilience after a disaster. In addition, as governments finance the reconstruction of damaged infrastructure after natural disasters and fortify existing structures, there are fewer resources devoted to the education and health sectors—both of which are integral to providing care to and lifting family responsibility burdens from women.

Caribbean governments and regional partners must factor in the disproportionate challenges facing women and girls at the earliest stages of climate resilience and adaptation policymaking. Policy designs should incorporate government funding or subsidies dedicated to women-owned businesses adversely affected by climate change. Historically, Caribbean women face barriers to accessing finance and capital to start or invest in their businesses. Limited track records in operating a business relative to men and frequent climate events increase the risk profiles for women-owned firms. Here, governments can work with regional institutions like the Caribbean Development Bank to level the playing field for women-owned firms by providing grants to businesses in climate-affected sectors, like hospitality and agricultural work.

Further, resources can and should be dedicated to women-owned firms that are physically affected by climate events and to create shelters where at-risk women and girls can stay after natural disasters to limit spaces where gender-based violence can occur. This should include shelters that can care for children and allow working parents to return to their jobs to offset the disproportionate costs borne by women resulting from family responsibilities.

Involving women in policy designs also includes making them part of the decision-making process. Only women and girls can provide first-hand information to contextualize policies and streamline resources that address the unique challenges they face due to climate change. One way to do this is to incorporate perspectives from gender-focused civil society organizations.

Civil society organizations are uniquely intertwined with the realities of each country at national and subnational levels, allowing them to understand the day-to-day challenges facing women and girls across different communities. Governments can work with civil society organizations to ensure that policies are not blanket approaches but are bottom-up in nature, so that each community of women and girls receive the resources and attention they require. Regular consultation with these groups, particularly in the advent of hurricane season, during rainy seasons, and in the lead-up to drier months can provide real-time insights into the types of government resources that should be devoted to women and girls.

Given that the Caribbean is a heterogeneous region, with different climate events affecting different countries, it is essential for policy design and decision making to be country-specific as well as gender inclusive to best serve local populations. Climate change does not have to result in increasing gender inequity in the Caribbean—as long as the voices and interests of women and girls are incorporated in policy design and resource allocation in regional planning to combat climate change.


Wazim Mowla is the associate director and fellow for the Caribbean Initiative at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center. 

This article is part of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center’s partnership with the UN Women Multi-Country Office–Caribbean.

The post Climate change doesn’t have to result in greater gender inequity in the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Mexico’s next president must address violence against women in rural areas https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/mexicos-next-president-must-address-violence-against-women-in-rural-areas/ Tue, 23 Apr 2024 17:54:57 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=759413 Whoever is elected on June 2, the next Mexican president will need to address the surge of violence against women, especially in remote states.

The post Mexico’s next president must address violence against women in rural areas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Two of the leading candidates running to be the next president of Mexico are women. The vote on June 2 could see either Claudia Sheinbaum (the current frontrunner) or Xóchitl Gálvez elected to the highest office in the country, breaking the glass ceiling. Despite this testament to the progress made by Mexican women and society, a harsh reality persists: Women in rural areas face rising violence perpetrated by criminal groups.

According to recent studies, violence against women in Mexico has surged, with more than 70 percent of Mexico’s 50.5 million women and girls over the age of fifteen experiencing some form of violence. This brutal reality is heightened by the fact that many crimes in Mexico often go unreported, hindering governmental efforts to address the disproportionate impact of criminal violence on women in rural states such as Veracruz, Oaxaca, and Chiapas. It is a serious problem in Mexico, and it is also a concern for its northern neighbor. It’s in the United States’ best interest to take a closer look at the increased effect of organized crime on women in Mexico and the growing migration pressures it is generating.

It is no secret that Mexico stands as one of the most violent countries for women. For years, Mexico has struggled with inadequate resources and institutions to safeguard victims and prosecute offenders.

Even urban areas such as Mexico City, which have more access to resources and investment than rural areas, have struggled to create a holistic security agenda that can ensure women’s safety. However, between February 2020 and 2024, the incidence of femicide in the capital decreased by 20 percent, according to the Secretariat of Citizen Security in Mexico City. Although this value does not encompass the full dimension of the violence women face in Mexico, the decrease may be a result of certain components of the city’s security agenda. This agenda includes implementing gender-sensitive training for military and police personnel, bolstering female representation in law enforcement, improving access to mental-health and victim-support services, and streamlining abuse reporting mechanisms through preventative policing measures.  

The most severe violence against women predominantly occurs in remote Mexican states characterized by pervasive poverty and the presence of criminal organizations. States such as Oaxaca, Veracruz, and Chiapas, plagued by poverty and host to multiple cartels, pose significant threats to women’s safety. These states are notorious for their danger to women, even though they do not always report the highest number of femicides or other cases of gender-based violence given the fear of victims to come forward and lower law-enforcement presence. A 2021 United Nations Development Programme study in Mexico indicates that in areas controlled by drug cartels, violence against women intensifies, with relatives often refraining from reporting crimes out of fear of retribution. Such violence becomes a tool of intimidation and a display of dominance for these criminal groups, perpetuating a cycle of violence. These mostly rural states serve as hubs for organized crime due to weak state presence and proximity to key transit routes. As a result, the convergence of poverty, crime, and violence has prompted mass emigration to urban centers and the United States, particularly among vulnerable populations.

To address this dire situation, it is important for the administration that takes office later this year to pay closer attention to violence against women in these states. To start with, reliable data is needed. In Mexico, an estimated 93 percent of crimes go unreported. In 2023, 2,580 women were murdered but only 830 were categorized as femicides. Strengthening transparent and trustworthy institutions that collect accurate data in these areas is crucial to fostering an environment where victims feel safe to come forward.

Security plans that have shown some success in urban areas are often difficult to apply as a whole in more rural areas, due to the lack of infrastructure and resources. However, there are certain transferable steps that can help improve women’s safety. For instance, recruiting more and better female police officers to ensure greater representation in police forces can make women feel safer when coming forward about their experiences. Failure to address these urgent needs perpetuates inequality and undermines Mexico’s potential as an economic powerhouse.

Furthermore, the increase in gender-based violence in Veracruz, Oaxaca, and Chiapas is greatly impacting migration dynamics, particularly toward those migrating to the United States. A 2021 report from the International Organization for Migration sheds light on the reasons behind this migration trend, revealing that 11 percent of respondents left Mexico due to gender violence. Moreover, 7 percent of those women interviewed mentioned encounters between criminal groups as a main reason for migrating. This migration pattern shows the immense need for addressing the root causes of gender-based violence in rural Mexican states, as it directly influences migration flows and exacerbates the ongoing migration crisis at the US-Mexico border.

The United States can help address gender-based violence in rural Mexican areas. For example, the US State Department’s Safe from the Start ReVisioned program is dedicated to eradicating all forms and threats of gender-based violence that women and girls encounter. Given adequate resources and attention, such collaborative efforts between the US and Mexican authorities can bolster capacities to prevent and respond to violence effectively. Other potential initiatives, such as skills transfer, training in conflict resolution, and trauma-informed care programs, can empower local communities to address violence comprehensively. By implementing innovative strategies and comprehensive support services, the incoming Mexican administration, along with its US counterpart, can make important progress in addressing the root causes of gender-based violence while cracking down on organized crime and undocumented migration.

As Mexico prepares for this year’s historic election, there is a unique opportunity to prioritize the issue of gender-based violence and enact meaningful change. Now more than ever, it is imperative for political leaders to recognize the urgency of this issue and commit to implementing policies and programs that prioritize the safety and empowerment of women, particularly in rural Mexican states.


Charlene Aguilera is a program assistant in the Caribbean Initiative at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

Isabel Chiriboga is an assistant director at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post Mexico’s next president must address violence against women in rural areas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Didi Kirsten Tatlow in Newsweek https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/global-china-hub-nonresident-senior-fellow-didi-kirsten-tatlow-in-newsweek-6/ Mon, 22 Apr 2024 17:32:37 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=759104 On April 19th, Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Didi Kirsten Tatlow published an article in Newsweek regarding the expansion of Chinese state-owned companies and aligned private businesses in Antigua and Barbuda and other Caribbean countries.

The post Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Didi Kirsten Tatlow in Newsweek appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On April 19th, Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Didi Kirsten Tatlow published an article in Newsweek regarding the expansion of Chinese state-owned companies and aligned private businesses in Antigua and Barbuda and other Caribbean countries.

The post Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Didi Kirsten Tatlow in Newsweek appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Parsifal D’Sola in the United States Institute of Peace https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/global-china-hub-nonresident-senior-fellow-parsifal-dsola-alvarado-in-us-institute-of-peace/ Mon, 22 Apr 2024 17:31:51 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=759045 On April 17th, Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Parsifal D’Sola published a report on the United States Institute of Peace on Huawei’s expansion in Latin America and the Caribbean and examined its role as a major provider of information and communications technology in the region.

The post Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Parsifal D’Sola in the United States Institute of Peace appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On April 17th, Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Parsifal D’Sola published a report on the United States Institute of Peace on Huawei’s expansion in Latin America and the Caribbean and examined its role as a major provider of information and communications technology in the region.

The post Global China Hub Nonresident Senior Fellow Parsifal D’Sola in the United States Institute of Peace appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
IMF-World Bank Week events and G20 evening reception mentioned in Politico https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/imf-world-bank-week-events-and-g20-evening-reception-mentioned-in-politico/ Thu, 18 Apr 2024 18:14:36 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=758717 Read the full newsletter here.

The post IMF-World Bank Week events and G20 evening reception mentioned in Politico appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Read the full newsletter here.

The post IMF-World Bank Week events and G20 evening reception mentioned in Politico appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
What should digital public infrastructure look like? The G7 and G20 offer contrasting visions. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/what-should-digital-public-infrastructure-look-like-g7-g20/ Thu, 18 Apr 2024 16:59:38 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=757969 The two organizations hold different views of how digital public infrastructure should shape the way markets function.

The post What should digital public infrastructure look like? The G7 and G20 offer contrasting visions. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The Group of Seven’s (G7) recent entry into the digital public infrastructure (DPI) debate marks an important shift in the winds of global digital governance. It’s as if the G7, which released its latest Industry, Technology, and Digital Ministerial Declaration in March, wants to send a not-so-subtle message: “We’ve arrived at the DPI party, and we’ve got some thoughts.” And indeed, they do.

For well over a year, DPI discussions have simmered in capitals around the world, drawing in policymakers, diplomats, and development experts alike. As a quick primer on DPI, think of it as the digital equivalent of laying down highways and bridges, but for the virtual world. Just as physical infrastructure drives economic growth, investing in DPI can propel inclusive development at a societal scale. Identity, payments, and data exchange platforms are often cited as the core building blocks of DPI, mirroring the multilayered structure of India’s famous homegrown technology stack.

India has been a trailblazer in deploying DPI at home and globalizing the DPI model. With its Group of Twenty (G20) presidency in 2023, New Delhi championed DPI on the world stage, securing political buy-in for the concept at the highest levels. G20 digital ministers endorsed a framework to govern the design, development, and deployment of DPI last August. And with the unanimous endorsement of G20 leaders, the New Delhi Leaders’ Declaration from last November set the stage for accelerated DPI development in 2024.

However, as the G7’s foray into the DPI arena reveals, the conversation is far from over. There are still different views of what DPI is and ought to be, as well as how it should shape the way markets function. Contrasting the G7 and G20 ministerial texts on DPI reveal three important areas of contention.

Differing visions

First, there’s the question of scope and purpose: Should DPI focus on enhancing public service delivery by governments or seek to restructure markets and delivery of private services? The G7 ministerial text opts for a narrower focus, solely emphasizing DPI’s role in enhancing citizen access to public services delivered by governments, while the G20 imagines a more expansive canvas, where DPI serves as a conduit for “equitable access” to both public and private services. This distinction is not merely academic; it gets to the core of what makes DPI novel and contested.

What does it mean to use DPI to enable equitable access to private services at a societal scale? It’s an evolving concept, but the basic thrust is to leverage the design, deployment, and governance of DPI to “dynamically create and shape new markets” and advance policy goals. For example, with a market-shaping DPI in place, a system operator, often the state itself, can define technical standards for private service providers to ensure interoperability. It can cap market share to give force to its vision of competition policy. It can influence pricing and business strategies through system rules and design features, with the DPI operator playing the role of “market orchestrator.” This is a different paradigm for the digital economy than a traditional market-led model—and to DPI champions, that’s precisely the point.

Second, consider the motivations for deploying DPI: Should these include advancing competition policy objectives? When describing the objectives for deploying DPI, G7 ministers borrow from the G20 framework but make a notable omission: There is no reference to “competition” as a core rationale for DPI. This omission is fully consistent with the G7’s vision of DPI, narrowly focused on public service delivery by governments. For the G7, the task of building competitive markets for the private sector is left to national regulators and antitrust authorities, not DPI builders and operators.

By contrast, the G20’s framework invokes the role of DPI in promoting competition twice, and that’s no accident. All governments want competitive digital ecosystems, but some see overexposure to Western tech giants as compounding the risks posed by pure market concentration alone. In this context, deployment of DPI serves two related purposes: disrupting entrenched incumbent positions while increasing state capacity to offer core digital services that reduce reliance on Western tech firms.

Third, what about design principles? Should DPI require open-source tech and open standards? The G7 ministerial statement omits all specific references to open source or open standards; instead, it vigorously defends the role of the private sector in building interoperable elements of DPI, presumably using open or proprietary technologies. In comparison, the G20’s DPI framework pointedly and repeatedly emphasizes the need for open software, open standards, and open application programming interfaces (APIs). Ultimately, however, the G20 statement hedges on this question, stating that DPI can be built on “open source and/or proprietary solutions, as well as a combination of both.”

Nevertheless, speak to DPI theorists shaping G20 and Global South thinking on DPI, and it’s clear they see “openness” as a defining principle of well-built DPI, citing the role open architectures, open-source tech, and open APIs play in enabling transparency, scale, interoperability, and reduced risk of vendor lock-in. Still, fuzziness around the term “openness” and its application in some of the largest DPI systems deployed to date suggests there is much left to unpack.

How will the G7 engage with DPI going forward?

It’s clear that the G7’s vision for DPI differs from the G20’s in at least three important areas. The question that remains is what comes next: How will the G7 (or its member states) assert their point of view?

The G7’s ministerial text offers some early clues. It acknowledges that G7 members will have “different approaches to the development of digital solutions, including DPI” and notes that the upcoming G7 Compendium on Digital Government Services will collect “relevant examples of digital public services from G7 members.” The compendium would also summarize factors that have led to “successful deployment and use of digital government services, such as national strategies, investment, public procurement practices, governance frameworks, and partnerships.”

Developing the compendium is a good start. But looking ahead, G7 members will need to weigh in this year at fast-moving multilateral discussions during Brazil’s G20 presidency, for instance, or within the United Nations’ multiple DPI workstreams. In each case, G7 perspectives on corporate governance, privacy, market disciplines, and regulatory best practices will strengthen discussions and outcomes, just as the G20’s and the Global South’s focus on inclusion, competition, and openness help ground the conversation in public interest concerns. The push and pull of the different visions for DPI could yield a better outcome for all—that’s the optimistic case.

A pessimist may insist that the gaps between the G7 and G20 views on DPI are tough to bridge. And it’s true, there is a real difference between a DPI scoped for public service delivery and one intended to shape the structure of digital markets and digital services offered by the private sector. If the latter view of DPI holds, G7 member states may need to find new ways to constructively participate in global DPI discussions. This could involve promoting individual layers of the DPI stack, as the G7 is already doing with digital ID governance, and emphasizing the need for sustainable public-private partnerships for DPI build-out. 

Ultimately, time will tell how the G7 chooses to lean into the global DPI debate. The only certainty is that the G7’s active engagement isn’t optional anymore—it’s essential.


Anand Raghuraman is a nonresident senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s South Asia Center, where he leads research initiatives on US-India digital cooperation and publishes expert commentary on Indian data governance and digital policy initiatives. He is also director of global public policy at Mastercard.

Mastercard, through its Policy Center for the Digital Economy, is a financial supporter of an Atlantic Council project on digital public infrastructure.

The views expressed in this article are the author’s and do not necessarily reflect those of Mastercard.

The post What should digital public infrastructure look like? The G7 and G20 offer contrasting visions. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Experts react: The US just reimposed sanctions on Venezuela. What does this mean for energy markets and Venezuela’s election? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/experts-react/experts-react-venezuela-sanctions-election/ Thu, 18 Apr 2024 15:43:49 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=758116 The United States will reimpose oil sanctions on Venezuela, faulting Nicolás Maduro’s government for failing to uphold the October 2023 Barbados Agreement.

The post Experts react: The US just reimposed sanctions on Venezuela. What does this mean for energy markets and Venezuela’s election? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
From Barbados to the ballot box, things got bumpy. On Wednesday, the United States announced plans to reimpose oil sanctions on Venezuela—though with opportunities for exemptions—faulting Nicolás Maduro’s government for failing to uphold an agreement signed in Barbados in October 2023. The agreement was intended to put Venezuela on the path to holding a competitive presidential election in 2024, but Maduro’s government has cracked down on its political opponents ahead of the July 28 vote, including banning leading opposition candidate María Corina Machado. Companies now have until the end of May to apply to the US Treasury for an individual license or wind down their business with Venezuela, most notably with state-run oil company Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., or PDVSA. So where does this leave Venezuelan politics and global oil markets? Our experts share their insights below.

Click to jump to an expert analysis:

Jason Marczak: The US must ensure sanctions carve outs benefit the Venezuelan people, not just elites

Geoff Ramsey: The US balances democracy promotion with a ‘complex geopolitical reality’

David Goldwyn: The US is seeking a Goldilocks solution to sanctions on Venezuela

Ellen Wald: With US sanctions waivers withdrawn, expect China to dominate Venezuela’s oil exports

Jesse Sucher: Sanctions should change behavior. The US chose to reinforce that principle.


The US must ensure sanctions carve outs benefit the Venezuelan people, not just elites

Maduro’s ban on Machado is unjustified and unconstitutional, and left the US government with very little choice but to snap back the sanctions. But the truth is that, amid turmoil in the Middle East and the war in Ukraine, Venezuela policy is running up against a desire to avoid further upending delicate geostrategic balances. Washington is interested in allowing US and European energy companies to continue to operate in Venezuela, while also promoting competitive elections and ensuring that the money does not end up directly in Maduro’s pocket. As the United States offers a new path for consideration of specific licenses to energy companies interested in operating in Venezuela, it will be essential to work to ensure that dollars from oil and gas transactions are circulated among everyday Venezuelans, not kept in the hands of the elite. Any successful approach to Venezuela will have to find ways to address global energy concerns and undercut Russian and Chinese influence, while still advancing a democratic solution.

Jason Marczak is vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.


The US balances democracy promotion with a ‘complex geopolitical reality’

Yesterday’s announcement represents a compromise approach. By snapping back sanctions on Venezuela while still carving out space for Western energy companies to maintain operations, the Biden administration is trying to adjust its approach to promoting democracy and human rights in Venezuela to an increasingly complex geopolitical reality. This is a recognition that it is simply not in the US interest to sit back and watch as Russia and China deepen their footprints in the country with the largest oil reserves on the planet. At the same time, it will be crucial for the Biden administration to continue to find ways to incentivize lasting political agreements in ongoing negotiations between the opposition Unitary Platform coalition and the Maduro government. Fortunately, the US government continues to retain a degree of leverage. The White House can loosen or tighten the sanctions regime moving forward, and can float diplomatic recognition and other incentives as carrots ahead of Venezuela’s election on July 28.

Geoff Ramsey is a senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.


The US is seeking a Goldilocks solution to sanctions on Venezuela

The United States made a subtle and constructive diplomatic step on Venezuela sanctions on Wednesday. It has allowed General License 44 to lapse, ending the period of open access for Venezuelan crude to reach the market, including the United States, through multiple modalities. For now, Venezuela has been punished for its abrogation of the Barbados agreement.

But the US Treasury Department was clear that it welcomes, within the next forty-five days, requests for specific licenses that serve US interests. This leaves a bureaucratically cumbersome but clear path for companies to request the ability to swap Venezuelan crude for debt they are owed, for diluent or other products to relieve humanitarian distress in Venezuela, and under conditions similar to Chevron’s existing license, which minimizes the fiscal return on exports to PDVSA. 

So the path remains open to ensuring that the Maduro government is punished, but a relief valve for migration pressure inside Venezuela is available. The new policy does not discriminate against US allies by imposing harsher conditions on them than on US companies, as was the case before General License 44. In the event that there is progress on a framework for free and fair elections from Maduro in the days ahead, the potential for a further general license remains open. 

The impact on the global oil market remains to be seen. Much depends on how many private companies apply for debt or product swaps and on whether the small but significant oil projects in Venezuela apply for licenses as well. (If they do not, then we will return to the destructive “maximum pressure” policy, which had the impact of providing cheap oil for China, a product market for Iran, and humanitarian distress leading to illegal migration to the United States and elsewhere in the region.) 

Much also depends on the ability of the US Treasury to respond to those license requests swiftly. But with this one move, the United States has avoided blame for interference in the Venezuelan elections, preserved diplomatic capital for a future day, and this time managed to punish the aggressor more than the victims. Given the grim circumstances, this was the best outcome available.

David L. Goldwyn served as special envoy for international energy under President Barack Obama and assistant secretary of energy for international relations under President Bill Clinton. He is chair of the Atlantic Council’s Energy Advisory Group and a nonresident senior fellow with the Council’s Global Energy Center.


With US sanctions waivers withdrawn, expect China to dominate Venezuela’s oil exports

Biden’s decision to withdraw the sanctions waiver for Venezuelan oil comes at a time when crude oil prices are coming off the highest prices seen this year. Just last month, Venezuela’s crude oil and petroleum product exports hit a four-year high. However, the amount of oil in question is relatively minor on the global scale and should not impact oil prices. In September 2023, the month before the Biden administration issued the waiver, Venezuela exported a total of 797,000 barrels per day (bpd) of crude oil, fuel oil, and methanol (according to TankerTrackers.com). More than 50 percent of its petroleum went to China. Other notable customers included the United States, Spain, Indonesia, and Cuba. By March 2024, Venezuela’s total exports had only increased by about one hundred thousand bpd, but it had significantly diversified its customers. Chinese exports dropped to 39 percent and notable cargoes went to India, the Netherlands, Singapore, Brazil, and Bonaire, Sint Eustatius, and Saba. (Note: Data on oil exports comes via TankerTrackers.com.)

Now that the waivers have been withdrawn, we should expect China to dominate Venezuela’s oil exports. US oil supplies should not be impacted since the total amount of Venezuelan oil and oil products imported by the United States before and after the waivers were issued was nearly identical. Venezuela will probably continue to export at the 895,000 bpd level because China will probably purchase additional cargoes that other nations stop buying now that sanctions are back in place. Overall, Venezuelan revenue may drop slightly as China will likely negotiate lower prices now that the competition for Venezuelan oil is significantly reduced. 

 —Ellen Wald is a nonresident senior fellow with the Atlantic Council Global Energy Center and the co-founder of Washington Ivy Advisors.


Sanctions should change behavior. The US chose to reinforce that principle.

When the US Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) issued General License 44 in October 2023, the Biden administration warned that Maduro would need to show concrete steps toward democratic elections for the license to be extended. Evidently, there was insufficient progress, meaning the Biden administration has effectively decided that preserving sanctions’ integrity and US credibility are as important as the outcomes for Venezuela. Given the centrality of sanctions to numerous US foreign policy objectives, I’m not surprised to see a choice that reinforces the principle that the goal of sanctions is to change behavior.

International oil companies must now decide how much they enjoyed the fleeting access to Venezuelan crude. Venezuela had stood to gain an estimated $8 billion more in oil revenue in 2024 over the previous year’s earnings. One must wonder if Maduro can replicate that figure without the United States offering sanctions relief. 

Companies that do not wind down previously authorized transactions by the end of May expose themselves to US sanctions risks, and we could see a crackdown on third parties evading the reimposition of these sanctions. Some key players to watch are Indian and Chinese oil companies. OFAC is no doubt learning from its parallel enforcement efforts with respect to the Russian oil price cap.

—Jesse Sucher is a former official at the US Department of the Treasury, where he was a deputy director of the Office of Investment Security, and a section chief and investigator for the Office of Foreign Assets Control. The views and opinions expressed herein are those of the author and do not reflect or represent those of the US government or any organization with which the author is or has been affiliated.

The post Experts react: The US just reimposed sanctions on Venezuela. What does this mean for energy markets and Venezuela’s election? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Advancing health and resilience policies in Latin America and the Caribbean https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/advancing-health-and-resilience-policies-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ Tue, 16 Apr 2024 23:35:30 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=754527 During an off-the-record private roundtable, thought leaders and practitioners from across the Americas discussed how to further enhance access to and finance for health services and products in the region.

The post Advancing health and resilience policies in Latin America and the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The fourth of a six-part series following up on the IX Summit of the Americas commitments.

A report by the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center in partnership with the US Department of State. This readout was informed by multi-stakeholder dialogues focused on facilitating greater, constructive exchange among multi-sectoral thought leaders and government leaders as they work to implement Summit commitments.

Executive summary

During the Ninth Summit of the Americas, member states made a historic political pledge by committing to the Action Plan on Health and Resilience, which aims to strengthen access to and investment in health services and products in the Americas. As experts and practitioners deliberated on transforming this commitment into reality, they emphasized the crucial need for consistent multisectoral coordination on both new and existing initiatives. They also stressed the importance of addressing equity issues in the implementation efforts, with special emphasis on traditionally vulnerable groups whose healthcare access was affected most by COVID-19: children with disabilities, people with autism, and the elderly. They emphasized the need to develop accountability mechanisms ensuring that national health plans transcend political shifts and provide sustained access to financing to secure their sustainability and resilience. As human mobility across the Americas continues to grow, enhancing intraregional cooperation on technology and digital infrastructure for data and information sharing will be key to addressing climate-related illnesses and other shared health challenges.

Recommendations for advancing the implementation of durable health systems in the Americas:

  1. Enhance multisectoral coordination to streamline investment in existing initiatives and commitments.
  • Leverage the Americas RISE for Health platform and other existing platforms to enhance collaboration and coordination among stakeholders, ensuring active participation and coordination among academia, civil society, the private sector, multilateral banks, and regional organizations such as the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO).1
  • Lead the organization of biannual regional forums with member states to facilitate knowledge sharing and best practices for the implementation of the goals outlined in the Health Action Plan until 2030.2
  • Consider incorporating the Action Plan on Health and Resilience into member states’ broader commitments such as the Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity (APEP), Alliance for Development in Democracy (ADD), Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum (APEC), and other intraregional cooperation mechanisms and/or pledges that could play an important role in developing the necessary workforce and supply-chain resilience needed for sustainable health systems.3
  • Promote further collaboration between the private and public sectors to develop effective communication channels for better alignment with ongoing initiatives, ensuring a coordinated effort to identify and address specific areas where private-sector support is needed and to avoid duplication of programs and efforts.4
  • Promote regulatory-harmonization best practices across the region to facilitate access to telemedicine and other digital solutions to health problems between countries.
  1. Enhance equitable and universal access to health services and products with a special emphasis on access to innovation and technology.
  • Identify, address, and prevent barriers to health access in the Americas by finding innovative solutions that adapt to the lives of people in the region. Consider levels of informality, geographical location, workday hours, child and elderly care, public-transportation hours, security threats, and/or other factors that might be preventing access to health care.5
  • Develop a targeted strategy to improve the presence and sustainable operation of healthcare workers in remote areas, where most of the populations are marginalized.6
  • Promote targeted investment in health and digital infrastructure in remote areas of the Americas with little to no connectivity. This will facilitate affordability and access to digital health, taking one step further to promote primary-care access for all.
  • Develop a plan to mitigate the high cost of innovative health technology, such as artificial intelligence, robotics, digital tools, and other research and development tools. Ensure that middle- and low-income countries can adequately finance these tools without raising healthcare costs for the population or weakening intellectual-property (IP) protective legislation or violating IP rights.
  1. Consider the importance of sustained institutional capacity and proper country leadership to ensure consistent implementation efforts.
  • Empower civil-society organizations (CSOs) to play an active role in auditing and monitoring the implementation of national and local health initiatives through open engagement with governments. This will ensure accountability in the implementation of the Action Plan and other health-related commitments.7
  • Explore opportunities to integrate health initiatives into broader economic strategies, emphasizing the interconnectedness of health and a country’s economic performance. Collaborate with local and international stakeholders to align health policies with sustainable economic-development goals.8
  • Advocate for countries to prioritize sustained financing for health systems, recognizing this as an investment in long-term public-health resilience. Develop mechanisms to ensure that health budgets are protected and sustained despite economic fluctuations and differing political interests.9
  • Address challenges around in-country institutional capacities, including leadership development, strategic planning, and regulatory frameworks aligned with international standards that ensure access to safe and effective therapies. Prioritize investments in training and capacity building to ensure that institutions are equipped to handle evolving health challenges.10

Related content

Report

Nov 8, 2023

Future of the Cities Summit of the Americas

By Willow Fortunoff, Diego Area

The first-ever Cities Summit of the Americas created a new platform for mayors across the hemisphere to build partnerships with civil society organizations–particularly those focused on the region and/or local governance–private sector companies, and one another.

Civil Society Energy Markets & Governance

Summit of the Americas

Amid global uncertainties and new challenges, the ninth Summit of the Americas is a renewed opportunity to bring about hemispheric cooperation and consensus to reach regional prosperity and security.

Public events



Subscribe to LAC Source Newsletter
Get monthly updates on Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) to receive the latest developments of the region, upcoming public events and recaps, new reports, and more.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The post Advancing health and resilience policies in Latin America and the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Shaffer quoted in S&P Global on Iranian oil sanctions https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/shaffer-quoted-in-sp-global-on-iranian-oil-sanctions/ Mon, 15 Apr 2024 16:54:40 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=757570 The post Shaffer quoted in S&P Global on Iranian oil sanctions appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The post Shaffer quoted in S&P Global on Iranian oil sanctions appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Brazil’s approach to the G20: Leading by example https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/econographics/brazils-approach-to-the-g20-leading-by-example/ Fri, 12 Apr 2024 13:36:26 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=756345 Brazil’s non-aligned, cooperative, and practical approach holds out the promise of a constructive outcome for this year’s G20 meetings—especially if progress is measured by concrete global initiatives.

The post Brazil’s approach to the G20: Leading by example appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
More than four months have passed since Brazil took over the Presidency of the G20 from India. Judging by the outcomes of preparatory meetings leading up to the G20 Summit on November 18-19 in Rio de Janeiro, the headwind of geopolitical rivalry seems to have strengthened. The world is not only divided over the Russian war on Ukraine but also over Israel’s war in Gaza in response to the Hamas attack last October. Against the backdrop of heightened geopolitical tension, these divisions have prevented the ministerial meetings from issuing joint communiques. This has prompted some analysts to call 2024 one of the most unpredictable years of the G20, with an “outside chance it could all collapse into rancor,” according to Andrew Hammond of the London School of Economics. The G20 finance ministers and central bank governors will meet again on April 17-18 during the IMF/World Bank spring meetings in Washington DC.

Despite the headwinds, Brazil’s non-aligned, cooperative, and practical approach holds out the promise of a constructive outcome for this year’s G20 meetings—especially if progress is not being measured by joint communiques (which have become irrelevant) but by agreements on concrete global initiatives. Under the overarching theme “Building a Just World and a Sustainable Planet”, Brazil has worked with countries in the Global South as well as developed countries to build consensus in launching a variety of global initiatives by the time of the G20 Summit. These initiatives reflect the key concerns of the Global South but have built on previous international agreements and include practical proposals for implementation.

Brazil’s proposed initiatives

First is the push to reform the United Nations system and the Bretton Woods institutions like the IMF, World Bank, and World Trade Organization. Reforms to the UN Security Council—where five permanent members (P5) have veto power—have been on the international agenda for a long time. While widely acknowledged in principle, no specific proposal has gained any traction. Brazil has put forward the idea that a P5 member should not be allowed to use its veto power in cases directly relating to itself—somewhat similar to the Western judiciary practice of reclusion of judges in cases of conflicts of interest. This would have meant that Russia would not have been able to use its veto power when the Security Council discussed the war in Ukraine. Such a proposal will not get the backing of the P5, especially amid the current geopolitical rivalry. But it could gather support from many countries, and not only within the Global South—keeping pressure on P5 members to respond with counter-proposals.

Calls for reform of the IMF and World Bank have been widely shared by the Global South, reiterated most recently by China demanding a redistribution of quota and voting shares to “better reflect the weight a country carries.” The G24, representing developing countries at the IMF and World Bank, has circulated a paper proposing specific reforms. These and other ideas about quota reform are scheduled be discussed by the IMF in the year ahead.

Second, another of Brazil’s linchpins for this year is launching a Global Alliance Against Hunger and Poverty as a tool for reaching the UN Sustainable Development Goals by 2030. That initiative leverages Brazil’s position as the second biggest food-exporting country. Specifically, the alliance will not be about initiating new funds or programs but finding ways to coordinate numerous existing funds and programs to make them more useful to recipient countries and easier to solicit contributions from developed countries. It also will compile a basket of best practices in anti-hunger and anti-poverty policies to help other countries develop their own programs. In this context, Brazil will showcase its acclaimed Bolsa Familia family welfare program, which has helped significantly reduce the country’s poverty rate and has been adapted in almost twenty other nations.

Third, Brazil will launch a Task Force for the Global Mobilization Against Climate Change to spur the G20 to help create a conducive political environment for a new and robust goal on climate finance to be agreed at this year’s COP 29 in Azerbaijan as well as for countries to present their renewed and more ambitious Nationally Determined Commitments (NDCs) to reach net zero emissions at the 2025 COP30 under Brazil’s chairmanship. Brazil will also advance its proposed Global Bioeconomy Initiative to bring together science, technology, and innovation on the use of biodiversity to promote sustainable development. This initiative will also try to expand developing countries’ access to various fragmented climate funds including the Green Climate Fund, the Climate Investment Fund, the Adaptation Fund, and the Global Environment Facility.

Fourth, leveraging the momentum of the global corporate minimum tax (effective at the beginning of this year), Brazil wants to propose a global initiative to impose a minimum tax on the super-rich which France has endorsed. This will help Brazil rally support from Global South countries as well as others to advance the proposal.

Last but not least, in September 2023 Brazil and the United States signed an MOU for a Partnership for Workers’ Rights (in particular in the gig economy). They pledged to pass necessary national legislation to achieve that goal and hope to use it as an example to get other countries to join.

The themes across these initiatives are practicality, leading by example, and a willingness to bypass time-consuming, top-down international negotiations.

While Brazil’s proposals will not all be adopted at the G20 Summit, especially in their original versions, most probably will be with some modifications. This outcome, with or without a joint communique, would represent a serious contribution by a key member of the Global South to the global reform agenda. And it comes after the achievements of India in its Presidency of last year’s G20. If South Africa keeps up this track record when assuming the G20 Presidency in 2025 (when Brazil will chair the BRICS-10 and COP30), an important step forward will be made in establishing the leadership roles of the major countries in the Global South. They are showing the ability to rally their members and to reach out to developed countries to shape global reform efforts. And if those countries, working with their partners, can sustain the implementation of the initiatives they sponsored, that would begin to make meaningful changes in the current international political and economic system. The main risk, of course, is that geopolitical rivalry will derail cooperative efforts to address pressing global problems. It remains to be seen to what extent that will happen.


Hung Tran is a nonresident senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Geoeconomics Center, a former executive managing director at the Institute of International Finance and former deputy director at the International Monetary Fund.

At the intersection of economics, finance, and foreign policy, the GeoEconomics Center is a translation hub with the goal of helping shape a better global economic future.

The post Brazil’s approach to the G20: Leading by example appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
US ratification of the ocean treaty will unlock deep sea mining https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/energysource/us-ratification-of-the-ocean-treaty-will-unlock-deep-sea-mining/ Tue, 02 Apr 2024 18:13:47 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=753513 Under the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, countries including China and Russia have secured permits to explore the deep seabed’s vast supply of critical minerals. The authors argue that the United States, which has been hesitant to ratify the treaty, has much to gain by doing so now.

The post US ratification of the ocean treaty will unlock deep sea mining appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Hundreds of former political and military leaders are calling for the US Senate to ratify the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), the impetus being to open up deep sea mining to supply critical minerals needed for clean energy and military technologies. UNCLOS, adopted in 1982, is the primary international treaty governing state activities in oceans, particularly in areas beyond national jurisdiction that hold seabed minerals. Deep seabed resources include highly valued minerals such as cobalt, nickel, and rare earths. Recent technological advances and new companies are making their extraction economically feasible for the first time.

STAY CONNECTED

Sign up for PowerPlay, the Atlantic Council’s bimonthly newsletter keeping you up to date on all facets of the energy transition.

The United States has yet to ratify the UNCLOS due to historic opposition toward its international regulation of seabed resources in the High Seas. This lack of participation bars US companies from directly participating in what could be a significant new industry. It has already led to dominance of deep sea exploration permits by geopolitical competitors—China and Russia have together won nine permits, including in areas historically claimed by the United States. By ratifying the Law of the Sea treaty, the United States can bolster critical mineral supply security, enter deep sea markets, and enhance national security.

Governments and private industry have long worked to enable the extraction of minerals from the deep seabed  for a range of resources, including cobalt crusts, hydrothermal sulphides, and polymetallic nodules. Of these, polymetallic nodules are the most sought after—ocean processes create these billiard-ball-sized clumps of valuable metals. Ore grades in nodules significantly exceed those on land, making their extraction both cost and emissions efficient. The largest collection of nodules is located in an area called the Clarence Clipperton Zone (CCZ), which stretches the Eastern Pacific between Hawaii and Mexico. Recent technological developments, particularly in remotely operated vehicles and underwater vehicles, mean that deep sea resources are potentially economical today.

Reliable critical mineral supplies are increasingly important for the global economy and security. They are needed to meet clean energy needs, including electricity infrastructure, electric vehicles, and renewable energy. Many advanced technologies for defense applications, particularly electronics, require stable and growing supplies of these rare minerals. China dominates extraction and processing of most critical minerals, while the United States is a major importer for all minerals that deep sea mining might supply.

Governance of deep sea mining depends on location. Under UNCLOS, seabed resources within exclusive economic zones are governed by the relevant nation. Norway recently became the first country to authorize mining of such resources in their jurisdiction, but most resources are outside such zones. Resources in the remaining half of the ocean, called the High Seas, are governed by the International Seabed Authority (ISA). Although the United States played an active role in negotiating UNCLOS and considers most of it customary international law, it has not ratified the treaty due to Senate opposition to the role of the ISA. Among other reasons, some senators historically opposed the ISA’s international royalty mechanism, and expressed concerns about precedent for other domains like outer space. Without ratification, the United States cannot directly participate in the ISA’s governing process, and American companies cannot receive ISA mining permits.

These criticisms are not unfounded. The ISA has existed for decades and yet is struggling to establish a governance framework. The small nation of Nauru is forcing the issue legally, and the ISA is close to finalizing its mining permit system, without clear environmental protection. Global environmental groups have called for a moratorium on deep sea mining until scientists can conduct more research on environmental impacts.

Still, one of the primary objections (that an ISA-like royalty mechanism would be created for space exploration) to ratifying the law of the sea is no longer valid. In the last decade, the United States and many other countries have passed domestic legislation legalizing space mining without a space equivalent to ISA. This approach has been legitimized by the multilateral US-led Artemis Accords, which now has thirty-five signatories including all major space powers except China and Russia. The United States has secured a governance pathway forward for space resources that does not repeat the limitations of the ISA.

The letter calling for ratifying the Law of the Sea is the culmination of a growing bipartisan agreement around securing critical minerals in the face of an ongoing trade war with China. A group of bipartisan senators led by Senators Lisa Murkowski, Mazie Hirono, and Tim Kaine introduced a resolution explicitly calling for ratification. Congress, in both informal letters and directed reports, is pushing for studies on deep sea resources in US waters and the ability to establish domestic processing infrastructure. In late 2023, the US State Department initiated an extended continental shelf claim into the Arctic and Pacific oceans, exerting jurisdiction over seabed mining for certain areas beyond its exclusive economic zone, a practice explicitly outlined in UNCLOS. However, China and Russia have challenged this new assertion, arguing at ISA that the US cannot make the claim because it has not signed UNCLOS.

Ratifying UNCLOS would also bolster US diplomatic power. The Houthi campaign in the Red Sea is disrupting 20 percent of global maritime trade. Multiple submarine telecommunications cables in the Baltic Sea and Red Sea have been severed in the last year, threatening global internet connectivity. For more than a decade, China has been violating the principles of the LOS with their actions in the South China Sea and elsewhere. UNCLOS ratification would greatly strengthen US credibility in seeking international coalitions to push back against these challenges.

The future of deep sea mining remains uncertain. The burgeoning industry faces technical, economic, regulatory, environmental, and political challenges. The abyssal plains of the deep seabed hold unique biodiversity and are fragile, so mining activities must readily incorporate environmental best practices to limit impacts and gain social license to operate. Nevertheless, its potential benefits to meeting critical mineral supply are substantial, as are the geopolitical stakes of establishing a leadership position. The urgency of securing critical mineral supply means the time is right for the United States to reconsider its formal participation in UNCLOS.

Alex Gilbert is a PhD student in space resources and a fellow at the Payne Institute for Public Policy at the Colorado School of Mines.

Morgan Bazilian is the director of the Payne Institute for Public Policy at the Colorado School of Mines.

Learn more about the Global Energy Center

The Global Energy Center develops and promotes pragmatic and nonpartisan policy solutions designed to advance global energy security, enhance economic opportunity, and accelerate pathways to net-zero emissions.

The post US ratification of the ocean treaty will unlock deep sea mining appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Gender equality can drive economic development in the Caribbean https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/gender-equality-can-drive-economic-development-in-the-caribbean/ Fri, 29 Mar 2024 19:56:21 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=752948 What would development in the Caribbean look like if every bit of the population’s potential was realized?

The post Gender equality can drive economic development in the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Caribbean governments and business leaders are searching for new ways to stimulate long-term and sustainable economic growth. The Caribbean is among the world’s most vulnerable regions, affected by climate change and volatile commodity prices. Since most countries in the Caribbean have a population under a million, it takes an all-hands-on-deck effort to overcome these challenges and advance economic prosperity.

A major obstacle is that the Caribbean’s development model does not yet utilize the full extent of its human capital. Too often, women are not part of the Caribbean’s current development equation, with gender disparities limiting economic opportunities for women and thus holding back economic growth across the region. As Caribbean countries navigate the global financial landscape, governments should look at how increasing economic empowerment opportunities for women can be a new development tool for the region.

What would development in the Caribbean look like if every bit of the population’s potential was realized?

Caribbean countries face a host of economic challenges. The region houses small market and import-dependent economies that rely on tourism to drive economic growth. Strong tropical storms, global inflation, and supply chain constraints all have adverse effects on Caribbean economies. Often, as countries import goods and services at high prices, the cost is passed down to the consumer. At the same time, the region has a relatively small population compared to its neighbors in Latin America. This means that capacity is a barrier to economic growth. Simply put, there are not enough people in the region, and by extension, not enough technical expertise and businesses to carry out needed functions that stimulate growth and drive innovation.

But the Caribbean’s small populations are even smaller given that fewer women than men are in the workforce. In many Caribbean countries, female participation in the labor force is around 60 percent, and in some nations it’s closer to 40 percent, according to the World Bank. Compare this with male labor force participation, which often approaches or surpasses 80 percent. The gap is further amplified when taking into account the region’s human capital constraints. While the gap for Caribbean countries is smaller than their neighbors in Latin America, the estimated 20 percent difference has an outsized effect on the region’s economic potential. Tens of thousands of new workers in countries with populations below a million can significantly boost economic prospects. Further, since the Caribbean experiences above-average brain drain and many countries such as Guyana, Jamaica, and Barbados have trouble filling skills gaps, it begs the question: What would development in the Caribbean look like if every bit of the population’s potential was realized?

For more women to participate in the workforce, the root causes need to be addressed. First, despite high educational attainment for women—relative to men—this does not always translate into job opportunities. A new Atlantic Council report looks at educational attainment, measured as a percentage of adults who have completed at least primary education. In Belize, Guyana, Jamaica, and Saint Lucia, educational attainment ranges from just under 80 percent to about 86 percent for women, whereas for men it hovers between 74 percent and 81 percent. Yet workforce participation for women remains lower than for men. Second, when women do enter the workforce, there is a significant wage gap. In Jamaica, women earn about 83 percent of their male counterparts and 88 percent in Barbados. Finally, women are often expected to be home and child caretakers—a responsibility that is unpaid but places an inequitable burden on them relative to men. Unpaid work is a significant barrier to entry for women in the workforce, as offloading these responsibilities comes with expenses that can be covered only by women of a higher income bracket.

Fortunately, Caribbean countries have partners—such as outside nations and international institutions—that can support work on gender equality and economic empowerment. To be sure, Caribbean countries have made progress in gender equality, such as facilitating increases in political participation for women. But the structural barriers facing gender equity are partially a result of the region’s economic makeup, and they require more than just national attention to overcome.

Here, Caribbean countries and their partners should consider undertaking two policy initiatives. First, the focus should be on making it easier for women to enter the workforce while also making the workforce more equitable for them. Women aiming to start new businesses need access to finance mechanisms that are tailored to the realities they face. Many women in the Caribbean do not have a credit history, making it difficult for them to take out loans. If they can access loans, they are usually at high interest rates, meaning that businesses that take longer to return profits can put women-owned enterprises in severe debt. To address these issues, development banks should work with governments to create grant-to-loan mechanisms for women-owned start-ups. Metrics and monitoring mechanisms can be put in place where businesses that return medium-to-high profits over a certain period have their grants turned to low-interest loans. But Caribbean governments cannot afford these mechanisms if they themselves cannot access financing, meaning that a pool of resources from, for example, the World Bank and the Canadian government should help subsidize these costs. 

Second, at a regional level, Caribbean governments should work with partners to create an incubator program for women in the workforce. Success in business, particularly in the private sector, takes more than capital. Time and professional networks are important but are hard to come by for women taking most of the household and childcare burden. An incubator program can help women be part of an active peer-to-peer network that understands their realities. Such a program can help provide access to resources and institutions that ease many of the challenges women face. Many countries have existing women’s chambers or networks, but a region-wide effort would allow for members to share best practices and potentially, resources.

With Caribbean countries facing economic headwinds, governments need the active participation of all their citizens. Women and girls should be the first and immediate resource utilized. But doing so requires ensuring that their participation does not come at an adverse socioeconomic cost. Providing them the same opportunities as men and amplifying their empowerment can be the key to a new development tool in the Caribbean.


Wazim Mowla is the associate director & fellow of the Caribbean Initiative at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

This article is part of the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center’s partnership with the UN Women Multi-Country Office–Caribbean.

The post Gender equality can drive economic development in the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Strategic Litigation Quarterly Newsletter: It’s time for a Syria Victims Fund. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/content-series/strategic-litigation/strategic-litigation-quarterly-newsletter-its-time-for-a-syria-victims-fund/ Fri, 29 Mar 2024 12:19:37 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=750665 The latest updates on the Strategic Litigation Project's work advancing human rights and accountability.

The post Strategic Litigation Quarterly Newsletter: It’s time for a Syria Victims Fund. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The Strategic Litigation Project works to inject fresh thinking into how governments and practitioners can use legal tools to advance human rights and accountability. To that end, we aim to implement projects addressing accountability gaps across various contexts.

One such project is our effort to establish an intergovernmental Syria Victims Fund. Over the past year, we and our Syrian partners have conducted dozens of consultations with Syrian civil society to develop a framework for the fund, which were used to draft a white paper on the concept for decision makers in country capitals and within international organizations. In February, we were thrilled to see the framework implemented into the European Parliament’s report recommending that the European Council, European Commission, and European External Action Service work to establish such a fund.

We have also seen promising progress in the ongoing campaign to codify the crime of gender apartheid in the United Nations (UN) Sixth Committee’s draft crimes against humanity treaty. On March 8, International Women’s Day, we cohosted a high-level panel event in New York City about gender apartheid in Afghanistan and the momentum behind efforts to codify the crime under international law. The event featured a remarkable line-up of experts, including Nobel Peace Laureate Malala Yousafzai and UN Working Group on Discrimination against Women and Girls Chair Dorothy Estrada-Tanck. In the week leading up to the event, I joined a delegation of our team members in traveling to several country capitals in Latin America to gather support for the campaign. You can read more details about the trip and other campaign efforts below.

Additionally, the Fact-Finding Mission on the Islamic Republic of Iran released a report to the UN Human Rights Council which found that security forces committed crimes against humanity during the Woman, Life, Freedom protests. To support future accountability for these violations, we partnered with Mnemonic to launch the Iranian Archive, which has preserved open-source digital information identifying these violations. 

As always, we at the SLP are incredibly grateful for your continued support. If you have any ideas about what we should be working on or thoughts on our initiatives, we welcome your feedback.

Kind regards,

Syria Victims Fund

Our team, in partnership with Syrian civil society and SLP Nonresident Senior Fellow Joumana Seif, has been working to establish an intergovernmental Syria Victims Fund. Over the past year, the SLP team and its Syrian partners have conducted dozens of consultations with civil society to develop a framework for a victims fund and met with representatives of governments and international organizations to brief them on the concept.

The proposed framework for the Syria Victims Fund would rely on significant monetary judgments and fines that states are collecting linked to violations in Syria—fines, penalties, and forfeitures for sanctions violations and international crimes committed in Syria. Rather than retaining those funds and essentially profiting off violations in Syria, States should deposit Syria-linked funds into a central location and direct the funds to better support victims of international law violations in Syria.

In February, the European Parliament adopted a report recommending that the European Council, European Commission, and European External Action Service work to establish such a fund for victims of international law violations in Syria, financed by “monetary judgments, sanctions, fines and penalties, forfeiture orders . . . and other revenue.” The report further recommends that European Union (EU) member states then carefully design a fund “in full cooperation with the families of the victims.”

Learn more about the Syria Victims Fund

Just Security has launched a blog series discussing the concept of a Syria victims fund. Read our experts’ contributions:

Joumana Seif: “It’s Time to Establish a Syria Victims Fund”

Elise Baker and Nushin Sarkarati: “No State Should Profit from Violations in Syria. Instead, Direct Monetary Recovery to Victims.”

Celeste Kmiotek and Sameer Saboungi: “The US Recovered Over $600 Million in ISIS-Linked Funds–They Should Go to Syrian and Iraqi Victims”

Ambassador Stephen J. Rapp and Alyssa Yamamoto: “Applying Ukraine Precedent, DOJ Should Use Funds Forfeited from Lawbreakers in Syria to Assist Victims”

END GENDER APARTHEID CAMPAIGN

International Women’s Day panel event

On March 8, the SLP, in partnership with the International Peace Institute and the Malala Fund, hosted a high-level panel event in New York City about the urgent need for legal recognition of gender apartheid in Afghanistan. The discussion addressed the deteriorating rights of girls, women, and individuals of diverse sexual orientations and gender identities in Afghanistan and the momentum around efforts to codify the crime of gender apartheid under international law, including in the potential UN crimes against humanity treaty. This event was cosponsored by the Global Justice Center, Rawadari, Georgetown Institute of Women, Peace & Security, and the Permanent Missions of Malta and Mexico.

The panel featured Nobel Peace Laureate Malala Yousafzai, Afghan activist and expert Nayera Kohistani, New York Law School Professor and anti-apartheid jurist Penelope Andrews, and UN Working Group on Discrimination against Women and Girls Chair Dorothy Estrada-Tanck, and was moderated by CNN International Correspondent Jomana Karadsheh.

If you were unable to join us live, you can watch the event playback here

Briefings in New York City and Washington, DC

In January, the SLP hosted a series of briefings on the gender apartheid codification effort in New York City and Washington, DC, during which the SLP’s Senior Legal and Policy Advisor Alyssa Yamamoto and Strategic Legal Advisor for Gender Justice Akila Radhakrishnan were joined by a panel of experts including the SLP Senior Legal Advisor Sareta AshraphPenelope AndrewsChristina Hioureas, SLP Gender and Policy Advisor Metra Mehran, and Paloma van Groll. In Washington, the group met with representatives of several think tanks, US government bodies, and EU embassies. In New York, the delegation hosted closed regional briefings for Latin American and Caribbean countries and EU and other Western countries.

Advocacy in Latin America

Earlier this month, Gissou Nia, along with Akila Radhakrishnan and SLP Nonresident Senior Fellow Nizar El Fakih, traveled to country capitals in Latin America to discuss human rights, gender justice, and other issues impacting Iran and Afghanistan. The group met with high-level representatives of the governments of Chile, Argentina, Brazil, and Colombia to urge their support for both codifying gender apartheid in the UN Sixth Committee’s draft crimes against humanity treaty and extending the mandate of the UN Fact-Finding Mission on Iran by voting in favor of an upcoming UN Human Rights Council resolution.

Chile’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs produced a press release about the group’s meeting with Undersecretary of Foreign Affairs Gloria de la Fuente, which you can read here.

LAUNCH OF THE IRANIAN ARCHIVE

Following the release of the UN Fact-Finding Mission on the Islamic Republic of Iran’s report to the UN Human Rights Council finding crimes against humanity, including for gender persecution committed over the course of the protests following the death of Mahsa Jina Amini, the SLP and Mnemonic in partnership with a coalition of international organizations announced the launch of the Iranian Archive. The archive preserved over one million vulnerable digital artifacts recording serious human rights violations committed by the Islamic Republic of Iran against Woman, Life, Freedom movement protestors.

The Iranian Archive is intended to support future investigations and accountability proceedings. The SLP and Mnemonic are partnered with The Promise Institute for Human Rights at UCLA LawUC Berkeley’s Human Rights CenterAmnesty International‘s Digital Verification Corps, the Iran Human Rights Documentation Center, and the Azadi Archive

Press Release

Mar 18, 2024

Human rights coalition unveils digital catalog of evidence pointing towards crimes against humanity committed against Iranian protesters

The Archive preserved +1M forensic digital artifacts to support future investigations and trials.

UYGHUR ADVOCACY IN GENEVA

In January, SLP Nonresident Senior Fellow and Uyghur human rights lawyer Rayhan Asat traveled to Geneva to attend the interactive dialogue for China’s 2024 Universal Periodic Review (UPR), a process through which the UN Human Rights Council assesses the human rights records of all UN member states according to a rotating schedule of cycles.

Since the UPR takes place only every five years, its interactive dialogue presents a significant opportunity for member states to make specific and measurable recommendations to China in light of the ongoing repression of the Uyghur community and the Chinese government’s disregard for previous critiques of its human rights record. In July, Asat submitted a comprehensive report to the UPR Working Group on the human rights situation in Xinjiang, followed by a New Atlanticist piece about the contents of the report and the need for member states and US officials to hold China accountable for its abuses.

While in Geneva, Asat met with representatives of twenty-two member states to encourage their participation in the interactive dialogue. In the meetings, she presented them with a briefing paper outlining China’s violations against the Uyghurs, the findings of relevant UN human rights bodies, and suggested recommendations to be made to China during its review. Ultimately, more than twenty member states took a strong stance against China’s human rights record during the session.

EUROPEAN COURTS REPORT

In February, the SLP published its latest report, “The far reach of justice: Holding the Islamic Republic of Iran Accountable in European courts.” The report explores the options available to hold the Islamic Republic of Iran accountable through the national judicial systems of seven European states by using their universal jurisdiction frameworks.

Report

Dec 22, 2023

How to hold the Islamic Republic of Iran accountable in European courts

By Gissou Nia, Celeste Kmiotek, Lisandra Novo, Alyssa T. Yamamoto

While there are no viable domestic routes toward accountability within Iran, national judicial systems in other states present an alternative path to justice. This report examines prospects for initiating prosecutions against IRI perpetrators in European jurisdictions.

Human Rights International Norms

Throughout Europe, states have adopted universal jurisdiction provisions, which allow them to prosecute acts that constitute core international crimes—genocide, war crimes, and crimes against humanity—even if the crime was committed in a different state by and against foreign nationals. The countries covered in the report—Belgium, England and Wales, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Sweden, and Switzerland—were selected due to several factors, including the strength of their universal jurisdiction frameworks and frequency of use; their robust caselaw and policies for prosecuting atrocity crimes committed extraterritorially; the size of Iranian expatriate communities in these countries, especially those fleeing persecution and violence; and the possibility of travel by Iranian officials to these jurisdictions.

This report details what each country’s universal jurisdiction provisions entail, how proceedings are initiated, and what victims’ rights are protected. It also gives an overview of each state’s relevant jurisprudence to date, analyzing the legal, practical, and political viability of future cases involving Islamic Republic of Iran violations, including in light of the country’s diplomatic relationship with Iran. Finally, it provides regional and country-specific recommendations to facilitate more cases against Islamic Republic of Iran perpetrators and to strengthen universal jurisdiction frameworks more broadly.

WOMEN IN JUSTICE AND ACCOUNTABILITY IN MENA

On February 14, the SLP hosted a hybrid event about the crucial role women and their testimonies play in pursuit of justice and accountability in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA). The panel featured Dalal Mawad, award-winning Lebanese journalist and author of All She Lost: The Explosion in Lebanon, the Collapse of a Nation and the Women Who SurviveMai El-Sadany, executive director of the Tahrir Institute for Middle East Policy; and Haydee Dijkstal, an international human rights lawyer and SLP nonresident senior fellow.

The discussion was moderated by Patricia Karam, a nonresident senior fellow at Arab Center Washington DC, and touched on a variety of issues, including possible responses to gender-based and sexual violence, the role of independent media in accountability efforts, and legal mechanisms protecting the rights of women and girls.

NEW TEAM MEMBERS

STAY UPDATED

Subscribe to our newsletter for quarterly updates on the SLP’s work on prevention and accountability efforts for atrocity crimes, human rights violations, and terrorism and corruption offenses around the world.

The post Strategic Litigation Quarterly Newsletter: It’s time for a Syria Victims Fund. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Goldwyn quoted in S&P Global Commodity Insights on Venezuelan sanctions https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/goldwyn-quoted-in-sp-global-commodity-insights-on-venezuelan-sanctions/ Mon, 25 Mar 2024 13:56:08 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=753219 The post Goldwyn quoted in S&P Global Commodity Insights on Venezuelan sanctions appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The post Goldwyn quoted in S&P Global Commodity Insights on Venezuelan sanctions appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Gen. Laura Richardson on what an international response to Haiti might look like https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/gen-laura-richardson-on-what-an-international-response-to-haiti-might-look-like/ Wed, 20 Mar 2024 16:33:16 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=750419 While the United States isn’t currently planning to put boots on the ground in Haiti, SOUTHCOM has a wide range of contingency plans, Richardson said at an AC Front Page event.

The post Gen. Laura Richardson on what an international response to Haiti might look like appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Watch the event

The United States isn’t ruling out deploying military forces to Haiti in response to the country’s crisis—as long as such a measure is part of an “international solution” that incorporates Haiti’s perspective, said General Laura Richardson, commander of US Southern Command (SOUTHCOM).

“We wouldn’t discount that at any time,” she said at an Atlantic Council Front Page event on Tuesday hosted by the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and the Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security. “We are prepared if called upon by our State Department and by our Department of Defense.”

But while the United States isn’t currently planning to put boots on the ground, Richardson clarified, SOUTHCOM has a wide range of contingency plans that it is responsible for maintaining. For example, to prepare for potential mass migration from Haiti, Richardson said that SOUTHCOM readied its naval station in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, to process a possible influx of migrants.

“We want to be able to do exactly what’s right and humane and be able to take care of populations that are trying to escape,” she said.

Richardson said that it is important to ready these plans as the situation continues to evolve in Haiti. Meanwhile, she said that the US State Department is working with the fifteen-member Caribbean Community and Haitian leaders to get a transitional presidential council in place—which will pave the way not only for the selection of an interim prime minister but also for the deployment of a Kenya-led international force to restore security.

Below are more highlights from Richardson’s conversation with Politico National Security Reporter Alexander Ward, which touched upon challenges seen in other countries around SOUTHCOM’s area of responsibility and China’s influence in the region.

Causes for concern

  • Last month, satellite images showed the Venezuelan military bolstering its presence near the border with Guyana. Richardson reiterated the United States’ support to Guyana, saying that the United States is continuing “all of our activities, our operations, activities, and investments,” with the country and that it is important for its allies to come together and “to show strong support for Guyana in this situation.”
  • With Ecuador now in a state of emergency after an escalation of violence between the government and criminal groups, Richardson said the United States has “doubled down” on its operations and activities there and has delivered emergency security equipment—it recently donated a C-130 military transport aircraft that is on the way. “As they wrestle with those hard challenges and security and instability, we have to continue with our economic investment,” she said.

China stepping in

  • Richardson touched upon China’s rising influence in the Panama Canal, a Chinese military-run space station in Argentina, and reports last year that China is enhancing its spy capabilities in Cuba. “What’s happening in Latin America and the Caribbean is not new,” Richardson said. “It’s not new to the globe, and it’s not new to [China’s] . . . vision and strategy.”
  • She argued that China has noticed the vast resources available in Latin America and the Caribbean—and also the relative vulnerability of the countries there, which are “still digging out” from the economic impact of COVID-19 and the “insecurity and instability” created by organized crime. “There’s not one country that’s being spared from all the challenges from the transnational criminal organizations.”
  • Richardson noted that when China makes agreements with countries in Latin America and the Caribbean, such as within the Belt and Road Initiative, they’re often “tit for tat” and accompanied by demands such as not recognizing Taiwan. “There’s always a hook,” she said.

The counteroffer from “Team USA”

  • With China increasing its presence in the region, Richardson said that the United States is sharing information with partner countries about China’s aims and activities so that they, in turn, can make their own decisions about working with Beijing.
  • “We don’t do things for strings attached; we don’t have the fine print on things,” Richardson said. “We do it because we’re a like-minded democracy . . . and we would like this region to remain free, secure, and prosperous.”
  • Richardson also called upon US companies to offer competitive alternatives to China’s critical-infrastructure projects in the region. “We’re not competing as much as we should,” she said. “Strategic competition is alive and well in the hemisphere. But if you’re going to compete, you’ve got to be on the ground. You’ve got to have your jersey on. You’ve got to have your number. You’ve got to be out there competing.”
  • The general admitted that the United States “could have done a little bit better” in paying attention to the region in recent years. “Certainly, when there are crises that require our attention in other parts of the world, that’s where the focus is,” she said. But “we can’t just focus on one or two places. We have got to continue to focus on our partners in the hemisphere that we’re part of.”

Katherine Walla is an associate director on the editorial team at the Atlantic Council. 

Watch the full event

The post Gen. Laura Richardson on what an international response to Haiti might look like appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Addressing Haiti’s turmoil starts with its Caribbean neighbors—and US and Canadian support https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/addressing-haitis-turmoil-starts-with-its-caribbean-neighbors/ Mon, 18 Mar 2024 19:56:58 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=749540 A long-term approach is needed in which Caribbean leaders are in the driver’s seat, while Washington and Ottawa help to offset the costs.

The post Addressing Haiti’s turmoil starts with its Caribbean neighbors—and US and Canadian support appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Haiti’s recent turmoil proves true the saying that “each time history repeats itself, the price goes up.” That is the unfortunate history of the first independent Caribbean state, forced from its 1804 birth to pay for its survival at a high cost, and to do so again and again in the years since. Fast forward to 2024, when the instability that has made headlines in the past few weeks sparks not-so-distant memories of Haiti’s troubled past, when US troops came in to help restore order in 1994 and 2004.

One challenge has remained constant for Haiti, however: It fades from attention just as quickly as it makes headlines. That must be stopped. The historical lack of commitment to putting Haiti on a different political and economic path—combined with the country being battered by natural disasters, in addition to the man-made ones—has meant that carving out a different trajectory for Haitians has eluded both local and international leaders. What is needed is a long-term approach, in which Caribbean leaders are in the driver’s seat along with their Haitian counterparts, while the United States and Canada help to offset the costs given the grave implications of inaction.

A window of opportunity

When Haitian Prime Minister Ariel Henry announced on March 12 that he will resign after a transitional presidential council is created, it opened a window of opportunity for a country battling multiple crises at once. Since Henry assumed power in 2021, following his predecessor’s assassination, Haiti has been taken hostage by fervent gang violence and political instability, plunging the country into a humanitarian crisis. With not enough food or medicine entering the country, Haitians suffer from hunger and disease.

Haiti’s problems are also no longer confined to its own borders. Haitians are emigrating in droves, and gangs that now control the island traffic firearms and drugs in the wider region. With the likelihood of further instability, Haiti’s neighbors must prepare for the repercussions of a failed state, where lawlessness will only invite other transnational criminal organizations to take advantage of the moment.

But amid this bleak outlook, the negotiated transitional presidential council gives a glimmer of hope that Haiti might see some form of stability in the coming years. Bringing the council and other potential solutions to fruition will require a sustained and collective effort from all parties across the hemisphere, including Haitian stakeholders.

The role of Caribbean countries

Caribbean leadership will be essential for coordinating regional and international support to Haiti. Central to this coordination should be the Caribbean Community (CARICOM), a bloc of fourteen independent member states that already has offered an open, two-way channel of communication between regional countries and Haitian stakeholders.

For example, just prior to his trip to Nairobi earlier this month to discuss the Kenyan-led Multinational Security Support mission, the Haitian prime minister was in Guyana for CARICOM’s annual heads of government meeting. It was also the current chair of CARICOM, Guyanese President Irfaan Ali, who led a leaders’ delegation to Jamaica that, alongside US Secretary of State Antony Blinken, announced the plan for a transitional presidential council. These meetings have held a spotlight on Haiti’s crisis, keeping it top of mind for both the region and foreign officials who engage with the Caribbean. In addition, Jamaica, Antigua and Barbuda, The Bahamas, and several other Caribbean countries have been essential in global coordination efforts on Haiti over the past few years.

But for Caribbean countries to continue leading on Haiti in a sustained way, they need resources. Engaging in frequent diplomatic discussions and devoting security personnel are cost-intensive efforts. The region has limited local capacity within its foreign ministries, and tight budgets make frequent travel difficult. Leaders also are grappling with a variety of pressing issues, including climate change, food and energy insecurity, and rising inflation.

The role of the United States and Canada

The United States and Canada must work in tandem with the Caribbean to provide the resources needed to play an active and continued role in Haiti’s future. This includes direct aid to Haiti to help restore law and order and provide the necessary humanitarian resources the country so desperately needs. Toward that end, the United States Agency for International Development on March 15 announced twenty-five million dollars in humanitarian aid, on top of the thirty-three million dollars announced by Blinken four days earlier, further solidifying the United States’ role as Haiti’s largest humanitarian donor. On February 22, Canada announced nearly ninety-one million dollars to support Haiti.

In addition to direct support, the United States and Canada should also help to offset the cost to Caribbean countries of remaining engaged on Haiti, which is essential for the country’s future.

First, traveling to Haiti or to other international convenings is costly, particularly when unplanned. Air connectivity between Caribbean islands is limited, and most governments do not have access to private aircraft. The United States or Canada can find ways to offset these costs, making it easier for leaders to attend convenings. Short-notice meetings, such as the ministerial meeting on the margins of the Group of Twenty (G20) foreign ministers’ meeting in late February or the Jamaica meeting this past week, should be led by CARICOM governments. But the cost of participation will constrain already tight budgets.

Second, deployment of security personnel is costly, particularly over a sustained period. The United States and Canada should consider alleviating the burden of these costs, which would allow leaders to justify to their national budgets and domestic populations why they should send or increase the police and defense personnel deployed to Haiti. Countries such as Jamaica and The Bahamas have committed personnel, but both countries have their own domestic security challenges to consider, meaning sending officers abroad is unlikely to win much support at home over a longer period. 

Finally, attention on Haiti cannot distract from the numerous challenges facing the rest of the region. Over the past few years, the United States and Canada have both launched new flagship Caribbean policies, and high-level diplomatic engagements have started to move the needle on important issues, including climate change and energy security. If Caribbean nations are expected to lead, then they need assurances that their priorities will not be forgotten.

What’s clear is that there is no quick fix to Haiti’s crisis, nor is there one solution over a longer period that will stabilize the country. Haiti’s challenges are complex and deeply rooted in its postcolonial history. Any cadre of solutions will only come after frequent and consistent diplomacy and action to negotiate a way forward for Haiti. All of this requires the resources to stand up the needed attention and engagement Haiti deserves.


Jason Marczak is vice president and senior director of the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center. 

Wazim Mowla is associate director and fellow of the Caribbean Initiative at the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post Addressing Haiti’s turmoil starts with its Caribbean neighbors—and US and Canadian support appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Three activists offer a window into life behind bars for unjustly imprisoned women around the world https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/three-activists-offer-a-window-into-life-behind-bars-for-unjustly-imprisoned-women-around-the-world/ Thu, 14 Mar 2024 14:58:09 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=747344 An Atlantic Council event featured three recipients of the US State Department’s 2024 International Women of Courage Award.

The post Three activists offer a window into life behind bars for unjustly imprisoned women around the world appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Watch the event

The unjust imprisonment of women affects far more than those detained and their families, warned Linda Thomas-Greenfield, the US representative to the United Nations.

“It’s devastating for entire communities,” she explained. “It hollows out civil society. It creates a culture: a culture of fear. It squashes hopes for a democratic future.”

Thomas-Greenfield spoke at an event last week cohosted by the Atlantic Council and the US Secretary of State’s Office of Global Women’s Issues designed to amplify the voices of women who have survived unjust imprisonment or other human-rights abuses.

“We all must do more to familiarize ourselves with the stories and with the facts regarding political prisoners, including women political prisoners,” said Geeta Rao Gupta, ambassador-at-large at the Office of Global Women’s Issues. “We must help give voice to those who remain unjustly behind bars and those whose voices are stifled.”

The event, moderated by Atlantic Council Executive Vice President Jenna Ben-Yehuda, gathered three recipients of the US State Department’s 2024 International Women of Courage Award to share their experiences and highlight the need for international support. Below are their stories.

Martha Beatriz Roque Cabello: Why it is now “very difficult” for prisoners

  • Roque, a Cuban political dissident and human-rights activist, talked about her experiences working with political prisoners and their families. “I cannot even distinguish which is worse, being imprisoned or being a relative of a prisoner,” she said.
  • Speaking from Cuba—having been blocked from traveling to the United States by the Cuban government since 2018—she added that the economic crisis there, which has led to severe shortages of food and other supplies, has made the situation “very difficult” for prisoners.
  • Roque herself has spent decades protesting against the Cuban government and was imprisoned twice. She now provides support to political prisoners. “I believe that being with them, even in thought, is something that will help them,” she said.

Fariba Balouch: “Pay attention” to minority groups and hold Iran’s regime responsible

  • Balouch, a London-based Iranian human-rights activist, recounted how—when she lived in Iran’s Sistan and Baluchestan Province—she had escaped an abusive marriage. She said she was “afraid to speak up about that” at the time, but then realized that, as women, “we have to raise that awareness.”
  • Balouch said that she felt it was her “duty” and “responsibility” to speak up for women in Sistan and Baluchestan Province; she also said that she had to make a “difficult choice” between being a mother and lifting the voices of marginalized people around her. “I decided to go with the people’s voice,” she said.
  • Balouch explained that in Iran, being a woman political prisoner comes with a lot of harassment. But “if you’re representing an ethnic minority,” she said, “that even doubles your problems and challenges.” As for being an activist: “That would make it even triple.”
  • She added that even once Baloch women leave Iran, they—and their families—continue to face similar threats and other pressures. She explained that she has received threats and that her son and her brother are currently imprisoned in Iran—her son was detained after having traveled to visit Balouch in the United Kingdom.
  • Balouch called upon the international community to support women activists and their families and to “pay attention” to minority communities “so the Islamic Republic of Iran knows that it has a responsibility” to ensure that no Baloch is killed in prison.

Volha Harbunova: This is a “global crisis”

  • Volha Harbunova, a Belarusian human rights defender, recounted how she fled Belarus after being released from prison and was later appointed the representative for social issues in the Belarusian United Transitional Cabinet, the government-in-exile led by Sviatlana Tsikhanouskaya. She called upon Belarusians who have fled and live outside of the country to keep up communication with people inside the country who face repression. The Lukashenka regime “doesn’t want [us] to have that communication,” she said. “They want to isolate us. They want to stop that solidarity.”
  • Harbunova argued that violence against women is a “global crisis,” which she said has recently been made clear by the rape and killing of a Belarusian refugee in Poland.
  • Harbunova recalled having faced psychological torture and violence after being imprisoned by the Lukashenka regime. She also noted that political prisoners are restricted from accessing medical care, food, and hygienic products—and that they are not allowed to communicate with family or their attorneys. LGBTQI+ people in prison, she added, often face more severe sexual violence. “The issue of political prisoners is a humanitarian issue; it’s a matter of life and death,” Harbunova said. “We really need help in securing the release of those prisoners.”

Katherine Walla is an associate director on the editorial team at the Atlantic Council. 

Watch the full event

The post Three activists offer a window into life behind bars for unjustly imprisoned women around the world appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Venezuela’s opposition is challenging Maduro in the next election. The only question is how. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/venezuelas-opposition-upcoming-election/ Wed, 13 Mar 2024 13:38:39 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=747099 With leading candidate María Corina Machado barred from Venezuela’s July 28 presidential election, who will the opposition to Nicolás Maduro support?

The post Venezuela’s opposition is challenging Maduro in the next election. The only question is how. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Ahead of a July 28 presidential election in which their top candidate is banned from participating, Venezuela’s opposition has three difficult choices: It can boycott the election. It can risk a deep fracture in its coalition. Or it can name a replacement candidate. So far, it is likely to run a “plan B” candidate in the unfair process, but the challenge will be moving forward with this plan while maintaining a united front.

On March 5, after weeks of speculation over when the presidential election might be scheduled, Venezuela’s National Electoral Council (CNE) announced that the vote will be held on July 28. Both the timing of the announcement and the election date were no coincidence. March 5 was the anniversary of the death of Hugo Chávez, strongman Nicolás Maduro’s predecessor and founder of the ruling United Socialist Party, and July 28 is his birthday. Venezuela’s Unitary Platform opposition coalition now faces the difficult task of coming up with a united strategy ahead of the election in which the deeply unpopular Maduro will have an unfair systematic advantage–and the symbolism of the announcement shows Maduro has no shame in letting that be known.

The clock is ticking. According to the electoral timetable announced by the CNE, the opposition has until March 25 to register a candidate in the election. While it can name a placeholder to buy time and reserve a slot on the ballot, the name of the candidate that will appear on voting day must be finalized by April 20.

María Corina Machado, the winner of the opposition primary held five months ago, remains banned from participating in the presidential election. While the Barbados Agreement that the government signed in October 2023 with the opposition announced the creation of a “procedure” to review bans on interested candidates, the Maduro-friendly Supreme Court has doubled down on Machado’s ban. The CNE’s own website makes clear that she is banned from participating in any elections until 2036.

With the deck stacked against it, the opposition needs every vote.

In the face of this reality, there are competing views on the way forward for Venezuela’s opposition. Machado has publicly rejected the government’s ban and insisted at campaign events around the country that she will run anyway. However, reports began surfacing since late in 2023 that she is more flexible in private and would be open to naming a successor if she ultimately could not run. Her public position remains firm, however, and at an Atlantic Council event on February 26, she acknowledged that she is holding her cards close to her vest. Although she said that she remains committed to “the electoral route,” she refused outright to reject the possibility of calling for abstention. Yet polls suggest an electoral boycott, such as the ones the mainstream opposition organized in the 2018 presidential election, would be deeply unpopular. According to a recent survey by the independent Caracas-based pollster Datincorp, 70 percent of Venezuelans say that if her ban remains in place, then Machado should name an alternate candidate to run instead.

In addition to being unpopular, calling for an electoral boycott would likely exacerbate divisions within the Unitary Platform that have long simmered under the surface. While some elements of the opposition coalition have rejected any talk of a substitute candidate, others have hinted that they will move to a “plan B” with or without Machado. The opposition governor of Barinas state, who himself won a deeply unfair election after the previous opposition winner had been banned from taking office, said in January: “Our position has always been clear, we are not going to stop for her [Machado], we will choose among all of us a new candidate, to be the president of all Venezuelans.” There have been reports that some members of the coalition are calling for Zulia state governor Manuel Rosales to be named as the alternate candidate.

The apparent willingness of some coalition members to field a candidate essentially guarantees that someone from the Unitary Platform will run for president in the July 28 election. The only question is whether it will be a united front. However reticent Machado may be to accept the idea of a substitute, it is almost certain that she would not endorse one who attempts to go around her back. And given her overwhelming popularity—Datincorp suggests she would beat Maduro by 40 points in a head-to-head match—Machado’s backing is essential for any replacement to stand a chance on July 28. With the deck stacked against it, the opposition needs every vote.

That leaves only one viable choice: Find a consensus candidate that has the full backing of the entire opposition spectrum, starting with Machado herself. This is easier said than done, but there is a way to ensure that a “plan B” scenario respects the outcome of the opposition primary and harnesses Machado’s popularity at the same time. In Venezuela, like in the United States, the vice president is next in the line of succession. Unlike the United States, however, candidates for vice president do not appear on the ballot. The position is appointed directly by the chief executive. Machado could, in theory, support a placeholder candidate—or a series of placeholder candidates, in the case that they face bans as well—with the understanding that this trusted individual would name her as vice president upon winning, and then resign from office. This would trigger new elections, or it would allow the vice president to assume the role of head of state if the resignation occurred in the last two years of the term.

This strategy would allow Machado to cement her image as not just a candidate, but as the leader of a broad and diverse majority of Venezuelans working to restore the country’s democratic institutions. Working alongside a renewed Unitary Platform coalition, she could energize and mobilize Venezuelans across the country, creating the best opportunity that the opposition has had in years to overcome an electoral system designed to work against them. The Datincorp poll shows that just 15 percent of Venezuelans would vote for Maduro, in line with other surveys which find that an extraordinary 85 percent of the country believes a change in government is necessary.

Even then, victory is far from guaranteed. At least four representatives of Machado’s campaign have been detained across the country in recent weeks, and rights groups say there are more than 250 political prisoners in Venezuela. This includes Rocío San Miguel, a well-known civil society activist whose arbitrary detention has sparked international condemnation. The government closed twelve radio stations across seven states last year, and the independent press faces an environment of constant censorship and repression. While the CNE has said it will invite credible electoral observers such as the European Union and the Carter Center to oversee the vote, the terms of these observation missions would have to be carefully negotiated. At this stage, it is entirely clear that Venezuela’s authoritarian reality will present the opposition with an uphill battle.

The path forward is narrow, and the opportunity is slim. But if the opposition can get behind a single candidate who can run in the election, the Venezuelan peoples’ overwhelming consensus against Maduro could be enough to—finally—bring democratic change.


Geoff Ramsey is a senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post Venezuela’s opposition is challenging Maduro in the next election. The only question is how. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Not without her: A roadmap for gender equality and Caribbean prosperity https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/not-without-her-a-roadmap-for-gender-equality-and-caribbean-prosperity/ Thu, 07 Mar 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=743662 Caribbean development is intrinsically linked with women's equality. After a multi-month consultation process with Caribbean stakeholders, we offer a roadmap on how to achieve inclusive development in the region.

The post Not without her: A roadmap for gender equality and Caribbean prosperity appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Summary

The Caribbean is one of the most vulnerable regions globally. It harbors economies that are open-faced and import-dependent, making it susceptible to the ravages of climate change, fluctuating commodity prices, and inflationary pressures. While governments and financial institutions grapple with these perpetual stresses, it is the Caribbean citizens, particularly women and girls, who bear the heaviest burden.

Nestled in this uniquely vulnerable region, women and girls face a multitude of challenges, demanding comprehensive support from both governments and financial institutions to enhance their resilience and opportunities throughout society. Their integration across various sectors, including government, business, and local organizations, emphasizes that addressing gender challenges cannot occur in isolation.

The global issues looming over the Caribbean magnify the specific hurdles confronting women and girls. From gender-based violence (GBV) and economic barriers to limited political influence and the disproportionate impacts of climate change, the challenges intertwine, creating a crisis of gender inequality and inequity across the Caribbean.

This publication compiles findings from a yearlong consultative effort, revealing that the challenges faced by women and girls are rooted in societal perceptions of their roles and restricted access to tools and resources. To overcome these barriers, a fundamental reshaping of social norms, alongside political and financial institutions, is imperative. Moreover, integrating women and girls into the development model aligns with the region’s broader ambitions of achieving UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), unlocking untapped human capital and fostering long-term prosperity.

In collaboration with the UN Women Caribbean Multi-Country Office, the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and its Caribbean Initiative embarked on a year-long partnership. This initiative aimed to address GBV, economic empowerment challenges, limited political influence, and the disproportionate effects of climate change facing women and girls in the Caribbean. The extensive consultative process involved roundtable discussions, capacity-building sessions, and one-on-one consultations, shedding light on the preconceptions held by both men and women toward women and girls in Jamaica and Guyana during 2023. The partnership has honed in on social norms as a focal point, recognizing their impact on perceptions and discussions about the challenges faced by women and girls.

About the authors

Wazim Mowla is the associate director and fellow of the Caribbean Initiative at the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center. He leads the development and execution of the initiative’s programming, including the Financial Inclusion Task Force, the US-Caribbean Consultative Group, the PACC 2030 Working Group, and the Caribbean Energy Working Group. Since joining the Council, Mowla has co-authored major publications on the strategic importance of sending US COVID-19 vaccines to the Caribbean, strategies to address financial de-risking, and how the United States can advance new policies to support climate and energy resilience. As part of his work on the Caribbean, Mowla was called to provide Congressional testimony to the US House Financial Services Committee on financial de-risking.

Valentina Sader is a deputy director at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, where she leads the Center’s work on Brazil, gender equality and diversity, and manages the Center’s Advisory Council. During her time at the Council, Valentina has managed the launch of the Center’s Advisory Council, a high-level group of former policy makers, business leaders, and influencers from the United States and the region. She has co-authored publications on the US-Brazil strategic partnership and coordinated events with high-level policymakers, business leaders, and civil society members in both Brazil and the US. She also provides English- and Portuguese-language commentary on political and economic issues in Brazil to major media outlets, such as Al Jazeera and BBC Brasil.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The post Not without her: A roadmap for gender equality and Caribbean prosperity appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Bayoumi and Mowla in The Globe and Mail and Canadian Forces College on the Canadian-Caribbean partnership https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/bayoumi-and-mowla-in-the-globe-and-mail-and-canadian-forces-college-on-the-canadian-caribbean-partnership/ Wed, 06 Mar 2024 20:30:42 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=744629 On October 24, Imran Bayoumi, associate director at the Scowcroft Strategy Initiative in the Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security, and Wazim Mowla, associate director and fellow of the Caribbean Initiative at the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, were published in The Globe and Mail and featured on the Canadian Forces College’s Spotlight on Military […]

The post Bayoumi and Mowla in The Globe and Mail and Canadian Forces College on the Canadian-Caribbean partnership appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

On October 24, Imran Bayoumi, associate director at the Scowcroft Strategy Initiative in the Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security, and Wazim Mowla, associate director and fellow of the Caribbean Initiative at the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center, were published in The Globe and Mail and featured on the Canadian Forces College’s Spotlight on Military News and International Affairs. They discuss the Canada-CARICOM Strategic Partnership (CCSP) announced in October 2023 and argue that, while the partnership is an excellent first step, it requires actionable steps toward implementation on the core priorities of “strengthening regional security, addressing climate challenges, and increasing access to finance.”

[T]o make CCSP a reality, Ottawa will need to work with the private sector and banks to create new financial instruments to unlock investment into the region, and – with the seriousness that it brought to its Indo-Pacific strategy – provide continuity and tangible benefits for all parties in the long run.

Imran Bayoumi and Wazim Mowla

The post Bayoumi and Mowla in The Globe and Mail and Canadian Forces College on the Canadian-Caribbean partnership appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The future of democracy in the Americas https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/the-future-of-democracy-in-the-americas/ Tue, 05 Mar 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=742838 The Democracy and Governance commitment at the Ninth Summit of the Americas marked an imperative platform for strengthening the region’s democratic values and institutions.

The post The future of democracy in the Americas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
The third of a six-part series following up on the IX Summit of the Americas commitments.

A report by the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center in partnership with the US Department of State. This readout was informed by multi-stakeholder dialogues focused on facilitating greater, constructive exchange among multi-sectoral thought leaders and government leaders as they work to implement Summit commitments.

Executive summary

The Democracy and Governance commitment at the Ninth Summit of the Americas marked an imperative platform for strengthening the region’s democratic values and institutions. As the experts deliberated how to incorporate those values into practice, they stressed the importance of good governance for the advancement of human rights,
anticorruption practices, sustainable development, and citizen inclusion. Partnering with regional stakeholders will be imperative for crucial issues like civic engagement, transparency, adherence to international order, and the rule of law, encouraging Latin American and Caribbean countries to continue to prioritize their work in democratic renewal.

Recommendations for advancing and institutionalizing democratic practices in the Americas:

  1. Strengthen institutional mechanisms for democratic oversight and accountability
  • Establish a mechanism to monitor the state of democracy in the region. A systematic reporting system would provide a regular assessment of the health of democracy in the Americas and identify areas where progress is needed.
  • Create a voluntary peer review process. This would allow countries to voluntarily subject themselves to review by peer countries, providing a mechanism for feedback and accountability in a pluralistic matter.
  • Appoint an independent special reporter of democracy. This would create a dedicated position within the Organization of American States (OAS) to monitor and report on the state of democracy in the Americas.
  • Reinvigorate the Inter-American system’s programming on education, an example being the current Inter-American Education Agenda. This would provide support for education programs that promote democratic values and civic engagement.
  1. Empower civil society and foster inclusive participation
  • Engage academics, civil society groups, and the private sector in efforts to advance democracy. These groups can play a valuable role in providing expertise, advocating for change, and holding governments accountable.
  • Develop a shared definition of what constitutes a breach of the democratic order. This would provide a clearer framework for responding to anti-democratic actions.
  • Invest in training for youth and marginalized people to become effective civil society actors. This would empower these groups to advocate for their rights and participate in the democratic process.
  • Create a mechanism for informal dialogue among legislators from across the Americas. This would provide a platform for legislators to share ideas and build relationships, which could help to advance democracy in the region.
  1. Enhance preventive measures for backsliding and expand support for democratic initiatives
  • Make the Democratic Charter more preventive in nature. This would allow the OAS to take proactive steps to address threats to democracy before they escalate.
  • Increase funding for the OAS and related initiatives to support democracy in the Americas. This would provide the resources needed to carry out these recommendations to promote democracy.
  • Promote regional collaboration on democratic initiatives to share best practices, provide mutual support, and strengthen collective responses to challenges. This could include establishing regional working groups, fostering knowledge exchange, and coordinating joint initiatives.

Related content

Report

Nov 8, 2023

Future of the Cities Summit of the Americas

By Willow Fortunoff, Diego Area

The first-ever Cities Summit of the Americas created a new platform for mayors across the hemisphere to build partnerships with civil society organizations–particularly those focused on the region and/or local governance–private sector companies, and one another.

Civil Society Energy Markets & Governance

Summit of the Americas

Amid global uncertainties and new challenges, the ninth Summit of the Americas is a renewed opportunity to bring about hemispheric cooperation and consensus to reach regional prosperity and security.

Public events



Subscribe to LAC Source Newsletter
Get monthly updates on Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) to receive the latest developments of the region, upcoming public events and recaps, new reports, and more.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The post The future of democracy in the Americas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Global China Newsletter: Two Sessions, zero reasons for economic optimism? https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/global-china/global-china-newsletter-two-sessions-zero-reasons-for-economic-optimism/ Mon, 04 Mar 2024 16:05:46 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=743654 The second 2024 edition of the Global China Newsletter.

The post Global China Newsletter: Two Sessions, zero reasons for economic optimism? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Subscribe to the Global China Hub

All eyes are on China’s “Two Sessions” this week, the annual gatherings of China’s rubber-stamp legislature and top political advisory body, where the hope is Premier Li Qiang’s first government work report will produce something – anything – to spur confidence in China’s economic trajectory.

While Li is likely to announce tactical measures to boost short-term confidence in the economy, there is little sign more robust stimulus measures are coming.

More fundamentally, as noted in this month’s edition of Global China, Xi Jinping has not indicated he will relax government control over the economy or initiate long-deferred structural reforms required to prevent economic stagnation.

Meanwhile, Li’s work report may underscore China’s strategy to push back on US global leadership through greater engagement with the Global South, as laid out in Xi’s speech to the Party’s Foreign Affairs Work Conference in December.

But will China’s bid to “lead” the Global South be hobbled by long-term economic stagnation?

That was a central question at the Global China Hub’s conference last month, “China in the Global South: Development and influence in a shifting global order”. Experts debated the impact of a sharp contraction of Belt and Road Initiative-related loans in the wake of China’s slowdown and Beijing’s shifting risk appetite in developing countries – and whether this opens up opportunities for other lenders.

Bottom line: Given the strategic importance Beijing has assigned the Global South, Beijing will devise new ways to bolster its influence in the developing world – particularly in the technology domain – even as it pivots from bankrolling new infrastructure projects.

Our editor-in-chief Tiff Roberts has much more on all this and everyone’s favorite hot topic, TikTok, below… Take it away, Tiff!

-David O. Shullman, Senior Director, Atlantic Council Global China Hub

China Spotlight

China and the Global South: the push into Latin America

China benefits from the “stability and the opportunity that the international order provides but … [undermines] those principles,” the Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs, Daniel Kritenbrink, said at the Atlantic Council’s China-Global South Conference, citing the PRC’s use of economic coercion and attempts to subvert universal human rights. As it becomes “more repressive at home and more aggressive abroad,” China pushes “an alternative vision for global governance.”

A key arena in the Global South where China is intent on displacing US influence is in Latin America, partly driven by its interest in tapping the region’s rich energy resources. “China’s increasing role in the economies of LAC countries in recent years is well documented,” writes our senior director, David Shullman, citing the $138 billion in loans provided by China’s policy banks between 2005 and 2020 and soaring regional trade with China up from $12 billion in 2000 to $445 billion in 2021.

Shullman describes China’s efforts to differentiate its approach from the US, “emphasizing a mutually beneficial (“win-win”) arrangement with countries irrespective of their politics or internal affairs.” To counter Beijing’s narrative, Washington should use “strategic messaging with greater attention to LAC countries’ needs,” he writes.

TikTok: a national security risk for the US?

Worries that China could use the wildly popular app TikTok to undermine national security are widespread across the US and not just in Washington. That includes Montana, where I write from and run a China program at the University of Montana’s Mansfield Center. Montana became the first state in the country to pass legislation mandating a full ban of the app, only to see it temporarily halted by a federal judge, who called it potentially unconstitutional.

How real are the fears? Rose Jackson, Seth Stodder, and Kenton Thibaut of the Council’s Digital Forensics Research Lab dig into that question in, “TikTok: Hate the Game, Not the Player,” concluding that Chinese ownership of TikTok poses a “unique risk” to the US Under China’s National Intelligence Law, its intelligence agencies could “commandeer TikTok” and require it hand over data on US users, as well as “assist in influence operations and disinformation campaigns against the United States.”

But a focus on TikTok ignores bigger picture “systemic risks” from the “ungoverned social media ecosystem,” while a ban would not make Americans safer, they argue. China and other foreign adversaries can legally purchase data on Americans from multiple other sources, and as Russia has repeatedly shown, the US’s own social media platforms including Facebook and X, are “easy to exploit” to “shape US public opinion and divide Americans amongst themselves.”

Behind the Headlines: Why China’s foreign minister cares about de-risking

The global economy is hurt by protectionism, and attempts “to shut China out in the name of de-risking” is an “historical mistake,” warned Wang Yi on February 18. Why did China’s foreign minister sound the alarm about the perils of economic decoupling at the Munich Security Conference, where discussions usually focus instead on matters of war and peace? That’s because Chinese officials recognize that if countries and companies continue to pull investment from China – and FDI last year grew at the slowest pace in thirty years – it will hurt its struggling economy, further deepen a crisis of confidence amongst consumers and companies, and even undermine social stability and national security.

How bad is it? A long-running collapse in the value of Chinese stocks driven in part by US-China tensions has erased trillions of investment dollars, delivering “another blow to an economy beset by property crisis, slow growth, and deflation, and… may be the last straw for foreign institutional investors, writes the GeoEconomics Center’s Jeremy Mark.

“Capital outflows are expected to continue,” predicts an issue brief from the GeoEconomics Center and Rhodium Group which notes increasing skepticism about China’s optimistic official data which put growth last year at 5.2 percent (the real figure was at best 1.5 percent its authors say.) “Beijing must soon acknowledge that slower growth… is here to stay” which will “bring spillovers to trading partners,” the brief concludes.

Ultimately, China’s economic problems are self-inflicted, argues the GeoEconomics Center’s Dan Rosen: “more secular stagnation will come – until Beijing gets back to long-deferred structural reform work that President Xi Jinping started in 2013 only to pause in the face of challenges.”

Unfortunately, that’s unlikely to happen at the ongoing Two Sessions or anytime soon afterwards. As I told VOA, Xi “doesn’t believe in releasing control over the economy,” which is what China needs to meet the challenges. (Fun fact: I covered almost two dozen annual legislative meetings as a reporter in China. Here’s one from 1998, when China also faced economic strife.)

ICYMI

  • The Hub’s Didi Kirsten Tatlow writes in Newsweek how China is building a vast, AI-based intelligence platform, known as “Supermind,” to track millions of scientists and researchers worldwide. This platform would reportedly assist Beijing’s efforts to capture breakthrough technologies for industry and the military, and recruit potential talent.
  • The Europe Center’s Francis Shin published an article in The Diplomat on EU-Taiwan relations following the Taiwanese general election last month. The article discusses how the EU can deepen its trade and investment relations with Taiwan and the political support it can provide through interparliamentary channels.
  • Two years after the initial invasion, Russia’s imports have stabilized, as the GeoEconomics Center’s Niels Graham writes about how Chinese exports have replaced the EU as the lifeline of Russia’s economy. New industrial and consumer exports from China have replaced trade from the US, EU, and G7.
  • It’s Italy’s time to cement itself as the indispensable Mediterranean nation, according to the Hub’s Kaush Arha and Europe Center’s Paolo Messa, particularly after refusing to renew its memorandum of understanding with China’s Belt and Road Initiative and as this year’s host of the G7.

Global China Hub

The Global China Hub researches and devises allied solutions to the global challenges posed by China’s rise, leveraging and amplifying the Atlantic Council’s work on China across its 15 other programs and centers.

The post Global China Newsletter: Two Sessions, zero reasons for economic optimism? appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
In Latin America, Russia’s ambassadors and state media tailor anti-Ukraine content to the local context https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/issue-brief/in-latin-america-russias-ambassadors-and-state-media-tailor-anti-ukraine-content-to-the-local-context/ Thu, 29 Feb 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=742480 In the second year of Russia's war on Ukraine, Moscow tried to sell a wider global audience on its version of events. In Latin America, Kremlin media outlets RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo were key players in this effort.

The post In Latin America, Russia’s ambassadors and state media tailor anti-Ukraine content to the local context appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
This is one chapter of the DFRLab’s report, Undermining Ukraine: How Russia widened its global information war in 2023. Read the rest here.

Russia deploys various strategies to communicate its narratives and advance its interests in Latin America. State media outlets RT and Sputnik continue to be the centerpieces of Russian communications in the region. Further, Russia is using more targeted communications tailored to topics that raise more interest in each country. In this strategy, ambassadors play a role by becoming legitimized spokespersons in national media and placing their op-eds in these spaces, which enables them to articulate the Kremlin’s narratives to Latin American audiences. Likewise, the Kremlin benefits from journalists and influencers who, although not officially affiliated with Russian media, serve as disseminators of pro-Russia propaganda. The DFRLab team analyzed how these strategies played in the Latin American information space during 2022 and 2023, supporting Russian narratives concerning its war against Ukraine, as well as other topics critical for Russia’s geopolitical goals.

Russian public diplomacy efforts

In 2023, the DFRLab examined public communications of Russian embassies in Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Colombia, Venezuela, Chile, Ecuador, Bolivia, Cuba, and Nicaragua from January 1 to October 31 of that year. Russian ambassadors frequently gave media interviews to national media outlets, which sometimes published op-eds by the ambassadors. The topics addressed by the Russian ambassadors would often vary, focusing on what is most relevant to each country and combining variations of its narratives.

The war in Ukraine was the dominant topic in Brazil, where the Russian ambassador referred to the denazification of Ukraine in 176 statements, while referring to other issues in fewer than seventy statements. During the period of our analysis, Russian diplomats in the nine Spanish-speaking countries often referred to the Ukraine war, but it was the most commonly addressed topic only in Chile and Argentina. Nineteen out of thirty-eight statements by Russian diplomats in Chile referred to the war, often portraying Ukraine as the aggressor and responsible for war crimes. And in Argentina, seventeen out of sixty-six statements referred to Ukraine as a Nazi state and to the war as a denazification operation. In the rest of the region, Russian diplomats focused more frequently on other topics that resonate with local issues, such as US imperialism, sanctions, the rise of the multipolar world, and economic matters.

Summary of the most common narratives and topics present in the communications from Russian ambassadors in nine selected Spanish-speaking Latin America countries. The numbers in parentheses represent the number of mentions during the period of analysis, January 1 to October 31, 2023.  (Source: Iria Puyosa/DFRLab)

In Argentina, the dominant Russian narrative was that the “special military operation” aimed to “denazify” and demilitarize Ukraine, which was framed as a Russophobic and corrupt country. Ambassador to Argentina Dmitry Feoktistov has been interviewed by Argentinian newswire Telam, a government-owned entity under the control of the Ministry of Public Communication, whose content is reproduced by numerous Argentine public and private media outlets. Feoktistov highlighted the importance of the multipolar world, Russia’s support for Argentina’s accession to BRICS (the intergovernmental bloc involving Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa), and the common fight against colonialism, pointing specifically to “the Malvinas War,” commonly known as the Falklands War in English-speaking countries, itself a heritage of colonialism and thus an Argentine cultural touch point. The embassy constantly emphasized Russia’s solidarity with Argentina, referring in particular to its efforts supplying the country with the Sputnik V vaccine against COVID-19.

Brazilian news websites and blogs published 176 articles quoting the Russian ambassador, Alexey Labetskiy, between January 1, 2023, and October 23, 2023, according to a query conducted using Meltwater Explore, a news and social media monitoring tool. During his media engagements, Labetskiy maintained the Kremlin narrative that the invasion of Ukraine was a special operation to denazify the country. In a September 2023 interview published by the online version of the newspaper O Globo, Labetskiy accused Ukraine of neo-Nazism; five other digital outlets in Brazil also republished the interview. In the interview, the ambassador also emphasized Russia’s role as a strategic partner for Brazil to achieve its goal of obtaining a leadership role on the international stage and becoming a permanent member of the United Nations Security Council.

List of Brazilian online news outlets that quoted the Russian ambassador between January 1 and October 23, 2023. (Source: Beatriz Farrugia/DFRLab via Meltwater Explore)

In Chile, the predominant Russian narratives were that Ukraine was the original aggressor and that Russia was defending itself and fighting the resurgence of Nazism. Op-eds by Russian Ambassador to Chile Sergei Koshkin are regularly published by the left-wing digital outlet Crónica Digital. In his op-eds and interviews, Koshkin maintains that international media is plagued with “fake news” about the war, alleging that Russia is blamed for crimes perpetrated by Ukraine in Mariupol and Bucha. Other topics frequently addressed by the Russian ambassador are economic opportunities in Russia-Chile relations, the rise of the multipolar world, and the struggle against colonialism.

Meanwhile, the Russian Ambassador to Mexico Nikolay Sofinskiy maintained that the conflict in Ukraine originated from NATO aggression and that the Kremlin’s “special military operation” is intended to protect the Russian-speaking population from extermination while demilitarizing and denazifying Ukraine. According to his version, Russia reacted to the imposition of a colony controlled by Washington. In an op-ed published by influential left-wing daily La Jornada, Ambassador Sofinskiy alleged that the United States and its allies use Ukraine for the profiteering of the US military-industrial complex.

In his statements to Colombian media, Russian Ambassador to Colombia Nikolay Tavdumadze has expressed satisfaction with the “balanced” position of Colombian President Gustavo Petro and his decision to not send military equipment to Ukraine. In contrast, Tavdumadze has repeatedly complained that Colombian media coverage reflects the biased version of Western newswires and ignores reports from RT, Sputnik, and his embassy. Despite the complaints, Tavdumadze has been interviewed several times by prominent Colombian media outlets and had an op-ed appear in El Tiempo, the most influential newspaper in the country. In that op-ed, he contended that sanctions against Russia restrict food production in his country and affect global food security, while the maritime corridor initiative for exporting Ukrainian grain only benefited Western Europe without considering the needs of the poorest countries in Africa.

Finally, Russian Ambassador to Ecuador Vladimir Sprinchan frequently referred to the war in Ukraine indirectly, focusing instead on Ecuador’s economic interests. Sprinchan, however, highlighted how sanctions on Russia affect international trade and food security, and how former Ecuadorian President Guillermo Lasso’s position condemning the invasion negatively affected Ecuador’s agribusiness interests. Sprinchan’s communications during 2023 also included an op-ed in which he denied accusations of Ukrainian children being abducted to Russia, a war crime, and instead presented the version that the children had been evacuated from the war zone for their own protection.

The role of RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo

As the Kremlin deploys its global media apparatus to shape regional narratives around the war, understanding how its Spanish-language outlets target Latin American audiences becomes crucial. With millions of readers and followers on social media across the region, RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo have played an important role in disseminating pro-Kremlin narratives about the war in Spanish-speaking countries.

This analysis examines how the two state media outlets have covered the conflict, focusing on content published by the two outlets from January 2022 through August 2023. To conduct this analysis, the DFRLab gathered and analyzed news articles from RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo containing the keyword “Ucrania” (“Ukraine” in Spanish) to examine recurrent topics and narratives. According to data collection using the news monitoring platform Event Registry, these outlets published more than 6,100 articles on Ukraine during the first eight months of 2022, with the largest spikes occurring in tandem with the overall news cycle. During this period, RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo’s news articles on Ukraine centered on the ongoing conflict, frequently referring to the invasion as a “special military operation.” An analysis of the articles that received the most Facebook interactions revealed dominant narratives justifying Russia’s military actions, including alleged Ukrainian aggression, NATO expansionism, and the goal of “denazifying” Ukraine. Additionally, many articles emphasized other topics such as sanctions, energy infrastructure, weapons flows, and political issues, including actions taken by social media platforms to ban Russian state-backed media.

Line graph showing the number of news articles on Ukraine published by RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo between January 1 and August 31, 2022. Highlighted topics near peaks indicate the subjects of articles from these outlets that garnered the most Facebook interactions. (Source: @estebanpdl)

Between January 1, 2023 and August 31, 2023, RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo published over 6,300 articles related to the war in Ukraine, a 200-article increase over the previous time period in 2022. The two outlets maintained their overwhelmingly pro-Russian coverage of the war, with the most frequent narratives emphasizing alleged Ukrainian aggression, criticism of military aid to Ukraine, and the impacts of Western sanctions on Russia. Unlike 2022, when significant spikes in coverage emerged around key news events, the 2023 distribution revealed a more consistent stream of articles, typically with a daily range of between twenty to fifty published articles.

Line graph showing the number of news articles on Ukraine published by RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo between January 1 and August 31, 2023. The graph features less dramatic spikes in coverage, indicating a more consistent approach to reporting on the conflict (and thus a more consistent approach in trying to shape the narratives in Latin America about the war). (Source: @estebanpdl)

Using named entity recognition, a natural-language processing methodology used to identify and classify names of people, organizations, and locations, the DFRLab identified the most frequently mentioned names in relation to the articles that received the most engagement.

According to this analysis, the outlets placed greater emphasis on narratives criticizing Western military assistance to Ukraine in 2023, while also highlighting geopolitical themes around the “new world order,” NATO strategy, and alleged biological weapons. These narratives persisted throughout the eight-month period.

Screenshot of a network graph, created using Gephi software, showing the relationships between entities and topics discussed in news articles published by RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo between January 1 and August 31, 2023. Each circle (“node”) represents a topic discussed in the articles, while the lines (“edges”) represent connections between topics, such as both connected topics being mentioned in the same article. Spanish language versions of proper nouns are shown. (Source: @estebanpdl via Gephi)

Building on these network patterns, a detailed review of 2023 articles showed the proliferation of disinformation narratives, like reinforcing the “proxy war” portrayal of the conflict as NATO waging war against Russia through Ukraine. The topic of supplying arms to Ukraine remained a steady media focus. Allegations also abounded regarding supposed US-backed biolabs in Ukraine and around the alleged presence of uranium and biological weapons. Additionally, the outlets persistently promoted anti-NATO rhetoric, criticizing the treaty organization’s military support for Ukraine.

Graph showing the main topics related to Ukraine as covered by RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo between January 1 and August 31, 2023. Each topic is represented by horizontal lines with data points indicating the dates of publication. The graph highlights various discussed topics. In orange are narratives about support for Ukraine; in red, narratives concerning weapons, including biolabs; and, in blue, narratives related to NATO. (Source: @estebanpdl)

An examination of Facebook engagement data on RT en Español and Sputnik Mundo’s Ukraine articles showed a significant decrease in 2023. On high-volume publication days in 2022, stories on Ukraine garnered nearly 560,000 likes, reactions, and shares. In contrast, Facebook engagement dropped substantially in 2023, with articles receiving only around 18,136 interactions on peak publication days. While more research is needed, this substantial decline may reflect shifting audience interests and interaction patterns on Facebook rather than a loss of readership.

Sputnik Brazil and its impact on Brazilian websites and social media accounts

Sputnik Brazil was the main Russian media outlet operative in Brazil in 2023, as RT did not have a Portuguese version available at the time of the report. However, Sputnik Brazil’s operations changed over the year.

On March 18, 2023, Brazilian journalist Juliana Dal Piva reported on news website UOL that Sputnik Brazil had closed its office in the country, dismissing around twenty media professionals. The reason for the closure, according to Dal Piva, was the challenge Sputnik faced in processing bank transactions and paying local employees following Russia’s postinvasion ban from the SWIFT banking system. That same month, Brazilian journalist Carlos Madeiro reported that the Sputnik Brazil website had been the target of cyberattacks.

Four months later, the Sputnik Brazil website, which used to be hosted as a subdomain at https://br.sputniknews.com, changed to a new address, https://sputniknewsbr.com.br. Using a WHOIS search to review domain name registration information, the DFRLab found that the new address was created on July 8, 2023.

Screenshot of a WHOIS query showing details of the newer Sputniknewsbr.com.br domain. (Source: Beatriz Farrugia/DFRLab via WHOIS)

The DFRLab conducted a content analysis on articles mentioning the keyword “Ucrânia” (“Ukraine” in Portuguese) published by the website sputniknewsbr.com.br between August 1, 2023, and October 24, 2023, to identify the most frequent narratives spread by the outlet. The research resulted in 484 articles, according to data from Meltwater Explore.

Narratives promoting Russian military capacity were the most frequent topic covered by Sputnik Brazil within the entire period analyzed. In total, 127 pieces boasted about the skill and acumen of Russian forces and their military equipment, while an additional thirty-one articles labeled the Ukrainian forces as inefficient and unprepared for combat. Examples of this narrative also included criticism of the quality of military equipment provided by Western countries, the Ukrainian forces’ lack of skills in operating it, and Russia’s superiority in terms of strategy and military arsenal.

Another narrative frequently spread by Sputnik Brazil during the period analyzed was the possibility of Ukraine losing financial and military support, especially from the United States and EU. In total, there were seventy-eight pieces mentioning this topic. One of these articles received more engagement than any other articles about Ukraine, potentially reaching 691,000 people.

The piece, published on September 26, 2023, stated that the West was unsure about its support for Ukraine. It also highlighted how alleged Ukrainian government corruption had affected the chances of the country being successful in its counteroffensive against Russia, and how military equipment received from third parties had not improved the Ukrainian response to the invasion.

Screenshot of the Sputnik Brazil article that generated the most engagement between August 1, 2023 and October 24, 2023, with approximately 700,000 views, according to a Meltwater Explore query. (Source: Sputnik Brasil/archive)

Sputnik’s reach, however, went beyond its own website, as local media outlets in Brazil amplified the Russian outlets’ narratives throughout 2023. The DFRLab found 5,610 reposted articles both on Brazilian news websites and social media platforms between January 1, 2023, and October 30, 2023.

The website Brasil247 reposted the most content from Sputnik and quoted the Kremlin most frequently, with 645 mentions over the period. Created in 2011 by Brazilian journalist Leonardo Attuch, Brasil247 is aligned with left-wing parties, especially the Workers’ Party (Partido dos Trabalhadores), of which President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva is a member. A search using website analysis tool SimilarWeb estimated the average monthly audience of Brasil247 to be around 9.7 million, though that number does not account for multiple visits by the same person.

Screenshot of a Meltwater Explore query showing the number of mentions of “Ukraine” and “Sputnik” together by Brazilian media outlets in 2023, with Brasil247 being the most prolific at just under 650 mentions. Investing.com Brazil was second highest, but its total was under one hundred. (Source: Beatriz Farrugia/DFRLab via Meltwater Explore)

Former RT journalists and other actors amplifying disinformation narratives

Politicians, media outlets, journalists, and organizations based in Spain and Latin America have hosted former journalists from Sputnik or RT in Spanish, allowing them to amplify narratives about Russia’s invasion of Ukraine that align with the interests of the Russian regime. While not all of these individuals and entities may be directly linked to the Kremlin, they, as information vectors, serve to amplify narratives in line with the Kremlin.

Prior to the invasion of Ukraine, Inna Afinogenova, former deputy director of RT en Español’s website and a former host of RT’s program ¡Ahí les Va!, was one of RT’s most recognizable faces for Spanish-speaking audiences. Afinogenova remained inactive during the early stages of the invasion; on May 3, 2022, she announced the termination of her ties with RT allegedly due to her opposition to the war. Afinogenova has nevertheless continued to use her personal social media accounts to disseminate content similar to the narratives propagated by Kremlin-affiliated media, often placing blame on Ukraine, the United States, and the EU for the war, as well as for economic and social challenges impacting Spanish-speaking countries. Afinogenova’s posts closely monitor the political situation of governments aligned with Putin while criticizing media outlets or journalists that report on Afinogenova or left-leaning governments.

Afinogenova has expanded her presence to other accounts associated with media outlets that either originated on YouTube or have a significant portion of their audience on that platform, and are affiliated with politicians or media groups aligned with the left-wing or progressive movements in Spain and Latin America. Since June 30, 2022, Afinogenova has been one of three presenters for the program Macondo. According to another of its presenters, Uruguayan journalist Leandro Grille, the program takes an “alternative, more progressive, left-leaning perspective” in reporting Latin American news. The third presenter is Marco Teruggi, a former Latin American correspondent for Sputnik News, who also has affiliations with left-wing Latin American politicians and organizations. This includes his work on the electoral campaign of Colombia’s vice president, Francia Márquez. Teruggi is among the former collaborators of pro-Kremlin media who, during the initial stages of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, expressed their discontent with platforms still labeling them as linked to their former Kremlin employers.

In Spain, where she is based, Afinogenova also is a presenter on programs on the streaming channel Canal Red and the website Diario Red. These media outlets are part of a media conglomerate started in 2022 by Pablo Iglesias, the former vice president of the Spanish central government and former leader of the left-wing party Podemos. Iglesias has promoted these media outlets through crowdfunding campaigns as alternatives to what he refers to as the power of the right-wing Spanish media. These media outlets remain connected to companies associated with Jaume Roures, a television mogul who has publicly supported the left wing in Spain as well as Cuba’s Communist regime.

An analysis of Canal Red’s YouTube channel, which boasts the outlet’s largest social media audience, showed that among the most-viewed videos were those hosted by Afinogenova, including some reaching almost two million views. In these videos, she argues that the United States is responsible for the ongoing Russian invasion of Ukraine, attributing its continuation to a lack of interest in negotiating the end of the conflict and an apparent reluctance to engage in direct conflict with Russia, “the country with the largest nuclear arsenal in the world.”

The Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab (DFRLab) has operationalized the study of disinformation by exposing falsehoods and fake news, documenting human rights abuses, and building digital resilience worldwide.

The post In Latin America, Russia’s ambassadors and state media tailor anti-Ukraine content to the local context appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Irregular migration starts well before the US southern border. Focus on the driving causes of the problem. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/irregular-migration-starts-well-before-the-us-southern-border-focus-on-the-driving-causes-of-the-problem/ Thu, 29 Feb 2024 00:09:57 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=742393 The United States must work with other countries in the Western Hemisphere to address the economic and security factors that drive migration.

The post Irregular migration starts well before the US southern border. Focus on the driving causes of the problem. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
With US President Joe Biden and former US president (and current candidate) Donald Trump both scheduled to visit the southern border on Thursday, the spotlight is once again on the United States’ immigration policies. But it is an issue that extends well beyond the US-Mexico border. In 2023, a record 520,000 people crossed the treacherous jungle between Colombia and Panama known as the Darién Gap, more than double the number reported the year before, according to figures from the government of Panama. This figure highlights the critical need for comprehensive policies in the United States and in the region that not only ensure citizen and border security but also address migration as part of a broader, interconnected security challenge in the Western Hemisphere, spotlighting the pivotal role of the countries that migrants traverse.

Most immigrant traffic to the United States goes through and comes from Latin America. A lack of economic opportunities, climate vulnerabilities, political instability, and the pervasive influence of organized crime are often cited as push factors for these migrants. However, recent migration patterns also reveal a diversification of nationalities at the US southern border, underscoring the global nature of the challenge. In addition to regional events such as the collapse of Venezuela, political instability in Haiti, violence in Ecuador, and the ongoing and unrelenting crackdown in Nicaragua, conflicts such as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the war in the Middle East are also fueling the migration crisis. Most migrants at the US southern border in recent years originated in Mexico, El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras. However, despite the persistent conception of most migrants coming from Central America, in December, more than half of migrant encounters at the US-Mexico border involved citizens of other countries, such as Russia, India, Brazil, Afghanistan, Romania, Turkey, and others.

As such, Latin American countries and the United States should work together to develop and implement policies and strategies that address the driving causes of migration that are specific to the region and mitigate the region-wide risks of such a large migrant flow—much of which now comes from outside the region.

Specifically, the United States should work with the countries originating high numbers of migrants to improve conditions and thus prevent the need for people to leave their countries—whether from Latin America and the Caribbean or other parts of the world. That starts with a holistic security strategy to address the challenges of human, drug, and arms trafficking. Supporting local economic growth and human capital development, employing climate change mitigation and adaptation programs, and fostering coordinated, multifaceted responses to the drug supply chain would create a more secure hemisphere and decrease the number of people fleeing violence.

Additionally, the United States needs to recognize that its current policies aimed at deterring migration are ineffective and often harmful. The hardline policies that were put in place by the Trump administration and have largely been continued by the Biden administration have done little to nothing to curb migration flows. At the US-Mexico border, migration crossings have hit a record high, with more than three hundred thousand Border Patrol encounters with migrants in December. This context demands a reevaluation of current strategies aimed at deterring migration.

Instead of continuing its failed effort at deterrence, Congress should focus on developing humane, legal pathways to migration, recognizing pull factors in the United States, which will decrease the frequency of irregular migration. A straightforward recommendation is for clear, realistic timelines for US judges to expeditiously deliver decisions on asylum cases.

The United States should not take on all of the burden. There are opportunities to work in the region and support regional partners on integrating displaced migrants in third countries, from the region or from other parts of the world, to help alleviate the migration flow to the US border. A new report by the Atlantic Council also puts forward the idea of the United States supporting a regional task force “with the goal of jointly addressing the factors behind irregular migration and insecurity.” The idea builds on the existing work of countries such as Costa Rica and Panama, which are working hand in hand to establish more streamlined, efficient, and unified border crossings. Last week, these two countries, with the assistance of the Inter-American Development Bank, inaugurated a one-of-a-kind border facility. Building on the Atlantic Council’s recommendation for a regional task force to address these challenges, the United States, Mexico, and Guatemala are already moving in this direction. The three nations have just “committed to establish an operationally focused trilateral working group aimed at enhancing security, law enforcement processes, and infrastructure along their international borders”—a concrete manifestation of a collaborative approach to solving regional challenges.”

Migration and security are inherently interlinked issues, and the urgency for a collaborative, multifaceted approach to both cannot be overstated. The United States must work with and support other countries in the hemisphere to holistically mitigate the root causes of migration and create safer conditions for citizens across the region.


María Eugenia Brizuela de Avila is a nonresident senior fellow with the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and a former minister of foreign affairs of El Salvador.

The post Irregular migration starts well before the US southern border. Focus on the driving causes of the problem. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Warrick quoted in Brackety-Ack on efforts to impeach DHS Secretary https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/warrick-quoted-in-brackety-ack-on-efforts-to-impeach-dhs-secretary/ Wed, 28 Feb 2024 16:34:08 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=740150 The post Warrick quoted in Brackety-Ack on efforts to impeach DHS Secretary appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The post Warrick quoted in Brackety-Ack on efforts to impeach DHS Secretary appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Redefining US strategy with Latin America and the Caribbean for a new era https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/redefining-us-strategy-with-latin-america-and-the-caribbean-for-a-new-era/ Mon, 26 Feb 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=741202 The strategic interest of the United States and the countries of Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) lies in strengthening their western hemisphere partnership. Shared borders, economic interests, and security alliances bind these nations, along with a common goal for prosperity. However, the perception of waning US interest and the rise of external influences necessitate the […]

The post Redefining US strategy with Latin America and the Caribbean for a new era appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The strategic interest of the United States and the countries of Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) lies in strengthening their western hemisphere partnership. Shared borders, economic interests, and security alliances bind these nations, along with a common goal for prosperity.

However, the perception of waning US interest and the rise of external influences necessitate the rejuvenation of and renewed focus on this partnership. In May 2023, the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center and the Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security established the US-LAC Future Strategy Working Group to redefine the US-LAC partnership.

This strategy promotes mutual and inclusive economic growth, renewed cooperation through enhanced commercial and investment ties, a renewed paradigm on bolstering security and reducing migration flows across the region, and a focus on preparedness in the face of natural disasters and the energy transition. Acting on this strategy could significantly benefit US economic and security interests. The United States should capitalize on immediate opportunities, like promoting nearshoring as a means to growth and prosperity across the Americas, while maintaining a medium-term strategy tailored to each country’s specific needs.

This strategy paper highlights the importance of adaptability and practicality, particularly as the global economic landscape evolves and power shifts foresee new leading economies by mid-century. In addition, the strategy advocates for the significance of the US-LAC relationship amid the recalibration of US worldwide interests.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security works to develop sustainable, nonpartisan strategies to address the most important security challenges facing the United States and the world.

The post Redefining US strategy with Latin America and the Caribbean for a new era appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Economic challenges are a barrier to Argentina’s prosperity https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/books/economic-challenges-are-a-barrier-to-argentinas-prosperity/ Mon, 26 Feb 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=736489 In Argentina's recent election, libertarian economist Javier Milei won by 11 percent, tapping into economic discontent. His platform stressed freedom and spending cuts, but facing challenges like hyperinflation and fiscal deficits, he may need to moderate his approach for success.

The post Economic challenges are a barrier to Argentina’s prosperity appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Table of contents


Evolution of freedom

The aggregate Freedom Index for Argentina correlates very well with the political events that have taken place in Argentina since the 1990s. Following the hyperinflation of 1989, Carlos Menem, from the right wing of the Peronist Party became president. He introduced significant market-friendly reforms embracing the Washington consensus and, in 1991, a currency board (known as the “convertibility regime”). This policy mix managed to lower inflation and generate almost a decade of growth. However, insufficient fiscal adjustment, the rigidities in the economy, and the overvaluation of the real exchange rate under the currency board pushed unemployment upward. The situation worsened following the Asian crisis in 1997 and the Brazilian Real devaluation in 1998. The convertibility regime, with its fixed exchange rate, made it difficult for Argentine exports to remain competitive. The economy fell into a recession and unemployment continued climbing. In 1999 the opposition, led by Fernando de la Rúa, won the elections but was unable to solve the economic puzzle created by the exchange rate overvaluation under the convertibility regime and an economy in stagnation. The recession turned into a deep crisis by 2001. The 2001–02 crisis was the equivalent of the Great Depression for Argentina, with output falling by around 20 percent. The crisis included a sovereign debt default, bank runs that forced the government to introduce a corralito (restrictions on the withdrawal of funds), and deep social unrest. These events led to the resignation of President Fernando de la Rúa in December 2001, and, after a few weeks of political upheaval, a more centrist Peronist government led by Eduardo Duhalde replaced him. The convertibility regime was abandoned and a backlash against the market-friendly reforms of the 1990s ensued.

The left wing of the Peronist party won the 2003 presidential elections under Néstor Kirchner. He governed from 2003 to 2007, and was succeeded as president by his wife Cristina Fernández de Kirchner who took office until 2015. Néstor Kirchner managed to reestablish the credibility of the political system, which had been severely affected by the 2001/02 crisis. However, he and his wife ran typical left-wing populist administrations that benefited from a very favorable international economic environment with high commodity prices (between 2002 and 2008 the price of soy, Argentina’s main commodity export, went from US$189 per ton to US$453 per ton) and low US interest rates. They used the commodity windfall to significantly increase public spending, from 22 percent of gross domestic product (GDP) in 2003 to 41 percent of GDP in 2015. Such a policy, though unsustainable, made Néstor Kirchner and Cristina Fernández’s governments popular, and allowed them to build a new political dynasty. However, in the process, the high public spending seriously damaged the ability of the economy to grow. Between 2012 and 2015, as the commodity boom ended and the effects of the imbalances of the previous years started to show up, the economy stagnated, the fiscal situation worsened, and inflation continued to increase. The government introduced a series of restrictions and distortions, in particular in terms of the ability of citizens and firms to access foreign exchange. We can clearly observe how the deteriorating economic environment is reflected in a decline in the overall economic freedom sub­index during these years.

President Mauricio Macri, leader of the political coalition Cambiemos, took office in December 2015. He took the reins of an economy that was in default and with a large primary fiscal deficit (around 4 percent of GDP in 2015). In addition, there were a number of significant problems and distortions to address. The real exchange rate was overvalued and, in spite of the presence of import restrictions, the current-account deficit was significant. Exports had declined in the four previous years and net international reserves at the Central Bank were negative, despite the capital controls. Annual inflation was 30 percent and there was a large excess supply of pesos due to the monetary financing of the fiscal deficit in the previous years. And the prices paid for public utilities prices were severely distorted, covering only a quarter of their cost of production. However, the narrow runoff electoral victory (51 percent to 49 percent) did not provide President Macri with a mandate to overhaul the Argentine economy. Besides, the governing coalition was in the minority in Congress and had little territorial power. In spite of these political weaknesses, Macri’s government immediately implemented a number of market-friendly reforms: restrictions on capital flows were eliminated, policies that increased competition in several sectors of the economy were put in place, and the institutional framework was strengthened. At the same time, the government gradually began to balance the budget, which meant taking unpopular measures. The overall Freedom Index increases sharply over these years, capturing the impact of these reforms.

The slow pace at which the fiscal imbalance was corrected—together with the strict monetary/exchange rate regime adopted—implied that the government had to rely on international credit markets to finance the fiscal deficit. This strategy made the economy vulnerable if external financing were to dry up. This is precisely what happened in early 2018 when the US Federal Reserve increased its interest rates, causing a sudden stop in international lending to emerging economies. At the same time a severe drought hit the country. These external factors, together with the strong resistance of the opposition in Congress to the needed fiscal adjustment reforms, triggered a run on the currency in April 2018 and drove the economy into recession again.

Although Macri’s administration improved the macroeconomic fundamentals and corrected the imbalances and relative price distortions of the Argentine economy, the results were not felt by the average citizen by 2019. Inflation was still high, around 50 percent, and the economy had been in recession in three out of the four years Macri held office. In the 2019 elections Kirchnerism came back to power. This time former president Cristina Fernández de Kirchner was vice president and Alberto Fernández the president. The new government rolled back most of the economic reforms introduced to favor free and competitive markets, and attempted to curtail the independence of the judicial system. Strong opposition from Juntos por el Cambio (formerly Cambiemos) in Congress prevented this from happening. On the macroeconomic front the situation worsened significantly. Argentina’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic, like that of many other countries, included a sharp increase in the fiscal deficit and lax monetary policy. However, contrary to what happened in the rest of the world, this policy stance was reversed only very slowly once the pandemic ended. Besides, a new debt restructuring in 2020 meant that Argentina lost access to international credit markets, so the large fiscal deficit was financed with a combination of domestic debt and money creation. Capital controls and import restrictions were reintroduced, making access to Forex for firms and individuals a Kafkaesque experience. Both freedom and prosperity have suffered. After recovering from the pandemic, the economy fell back into a recession in the fourth quarter of 2022, and a new drought made things worse. The economy is expected to contract by 2 percent in 2023, the Central Bank has exhausted its international reserves, and inflation is expected to reach 210 percent in 2023. The overall Freedom Index again captures well the events of the last four years.

The sustained decrease in the political freedom subindex, starting in the early 2000s, can be explained by the fact that the Peronist governments of the Kirchners also benefited from a majority in Congress. Between 2002 and 2015, Congress imposed no real restrictions on the executive, hence the very low score on this indicator. Instead, congressional constraints became very relevant for President Macri, because with a minority in Congress, it was hard to pass the legal reforms that his government sought. The fall in civil liberties since 2014 is probably capturing the social unrest of the time, but it is somewhat erratic, so probably it is also influenced by perceptions generated by very extraordinary events, such as the murder of Alberto Nisman, an attorney who had been leading the prosecution of government officials.

Regarding legal freedom, it seems that the component of bureaucracy and corruption captured well the changes in government, and the different approaches to public service. The score worsens in the 2003–15 years, improves slightly during the President Macri years, and again falls with the current government. A similar pattern is clear in the judicial independence indicator.

Overall, the graph of the Freedom Index shows very clearly the changes in economic and institutional policies that the Macri administration tried to implement, but also shows that many of those policies have been short lived.

From freedom to prosperity

The overall trend of the Prosperity Index generally resembles the evolution of income in the country. In the first decade of the century, the country grew thanks to very favorable external conditions (low global interest rates and high commodity prices). The effect of these conditions on growth became stronger as government spending also increased and monetary policy was lax. However, this policy mix proved to be unsustainable and the economy has more or less stagnated since 2011. On the contrary, sustainable economic policies usually involve short-term costs, and require time to exert their positive effects on the economy, but their fruits last longer.

The inequality indicator improved during the first decade of this century as growth and higher public spending reduced poverty. Of course, as argued above, the problem was the unsustainability of the policy mix. As expected, the situation has worsened since 2018, with the economic crisis and then the pandemic. Since 2021, the significant increase in inflation has increased poverty markedly.

The evolution of the health and education indicators clearly reflects the overall economic performance of the country. In emerging economies, growth tends to correlate very highly with other social outcomes. Among all Latin American countries for the last thirty years, the worst economic performer has been Venezuela, but Argentina follows closely behind. This poor evolution of GDP affects other measures, such as health. Moreover, while other countries in the region used the windfall of resources of the early 2000s to build a more resilient and sustainable economy, balance the budget, and control inflation, Argentina did just the opposite. The populist government increased government spending significantly, and did not invest in projects with high long-term social or economic returns in the areas of health or education. This is why Argentina now has the same GDP per capita that it had fifteen years ago.

Aside from a small increase in 2016, the environment indicator has remained virtually flat for the past twenty years. Around 2016 the government attempted to alter the country’s energy mix in favor of renewable energies, but the effect was negligible.

Finally, although the education indicator shows that Argentina has improved more rapidly than the regional average, PISA1 scores for Argentina actually show a deterioration of the country’s educational system. This contradiction might be the result of the methodology used to build the Index. The indicator included in the Prosperity Index only measures average years of education, and this trend may have improved. But the quality of the educational system is most likely worsening, which again may hamper future economic growth.

The future ahead

At the time of writing this commentary, Argentina has just held the runoff of the 2023 presidential elections. In a surprising outcome, Javier Milei, a libertarian economist turned politician just four years ago, has been elected with a clear 11 percentage point gap over Sergio Massa, current finance minister of the incumbent Peronist government.

Milei’s election largely reflects the frustration that Argentines feel with the state of the economy. Kirchnerism dominated Argentine politics for sixteen of the last twenty years and the economic results have been disastrous for the country. The Macri administration (2015–19) corrected the fundamental macroeconomic imbalances, but could not generate positive results in terms of growth and inflation. Furthermore, the economic situation has worsened in the last four years. Monthly inflation in November 2023 was 12.8 percent, which implies an annualized rate of more than 300 percent, and in December monthly inflation was expected to be well above 20 percent. To put this in context, Argentina is experiencing each week the level of inflation that most countries would see in a year. Hand in hand with inflation, the poverty rate is now close to 42 percent of the population and the economy is in a recession.

Milei’s campaign slogans can be basically summarized in four words: freedom, caste, chainsaw, and dollarization. The reference to freedom seems a reaction to the restrictions imposed during the COVID-19 pandemic, which were particularly stringent in Argentina. The calls to remove the political “caste” are similar to those made by populist leaders in other countries, as a generalized way of blaming the country’s problems on the political elites. The metaphor of the chainsaw was used by Milei to illustrate his aim to severely cut public spending. And finally, he proposed dollarization and the closure of the Central Bank of Argentina as a solution to the unbearable levels of inflation. This strategy allowed Milei to channel people’s anger with the economic situation.

Like other political outsiders around the world, Milei has accurately identified many of the country’s real problems (inflation, high and inefficient public spending, political capture, corruption, and so on), and has suggested who should be blamed and a series of easy solutions. And the Argentinian people have voted for this project. Nonetheless, just ten days after the elections, it was obvious that the solution is not going to be that easy, and Milei had already walked back on some of his positions. Dollarization was the first to go, as there are just not enough dollars in the Argentinian Central Bank to dollarize the economy, at least in the short run. To some degree, he is also walking back on the issue of the political caste, as he lacks an effective team of his own, forcing him to rely heavily on former officials of Juntos por el Cambio (Macri’s coalition) and the moderate wing of the Peronist party to advise and form his government. Moreover, Milei’s party, La Libertad Avanza, is in a weak position in Congress so he will need to build consensus with the traditional parties in order to pass legislation. Overall, it seems that Milei will be forced by the internal and external situation to moderate his plans.

The litmus test of Milei’s administration in the coming months will be the macroeconomic situation, which is extremely delicate. Argentina is on the verge of hyperinflation. To make things even worse, some of the reforms needed to rebuild the international reserves of the Central Bank and correct the fiscal imbalances, like a devaluation of the official exchange rate and an increase in utility prices, will actually generate a rise in prices in the short run. Milei will only be successful if he can swiftly reduce the fiscal deficit, make a credible commitment that the Central Bank will stop printing money to finance the Treasury, and reset people’s inflation expectations. A stabilization plan will be needed to achieve these difficult tasks.

If Milei manages to stabilize the macroeconomic situation without going through a major crisis and introduce some market-friendly reforms in Argentina’s overregulated economy, he could be a very successful president. This is because some fundamental positive forces and opportunities still exist for Argentina, giving hope that the sustained economic growth of the past can be recovered. The country is rich in some natural resources that have become increasingly valued in world markets and that are yet to be exploited: The Vaca Muerta region contains one of the largest nonconventional reserves of oil and gas in the world. There are large amounts of lithium in the north of the country. And there are mining opportunities in the mountains, to name a few. If Milei manages to handle the macroeconomic situation, the potential for growth is significant.

Besides the economic front, it seems unlikely that Milei’s more extreme positions on social issues and civil liberties will ever be approved by Congress. Although some people have voiced concerns regarding a potential authoritarian vein among Milei and his followers, so far he has been respectful of the democratic process and institutions. It is worth noting that, unlike Jair Bolsonaro and other populist leaders who have been elected elsewhere, Milei does not have a military background. In addition, his weakness in Congress makes it extremely unlikely that he could pass any measures that may weaken the democratic order. Although he may try to govern by issuing executive orders, there is an established process to be followed and Congress can always reject the orders. The initially painful effects of the necessary economic policy changes may encourage Milei to move the political focus to social and cultural issues, and it is not clear how the Argentinian people would respond to such a shift. But, right now, the crucial challenge that he faces is fundamentally economic.


Guido Sandleris is a professor of international economics at Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies (Europe) and at Universidad Torcuato Di Tella (Argentina). Between September 2018 and December 2019, he was governor of the Central Bank of Argentina. In 2017 he became chief economic adviser and in 2018 secretary of economic policy at the Ministry of the Treasury of Argentina.

EXPLORE THE DATA

Trackers and Data Visualizations

Jun 15, 2023

Freedom and Prosperity Indexes

The indexes rank 164 countries around the world according to their levels of freedom and prosperity. Use our site to explore twenty-eight years of data, compare countries and regions, and examine the sub-indexes and indicators that comprise our indexes.

1    PISA is the OECD’s Programme for International Student Assessment. PISA measures 15-year-olds’ ability to use their reading, mathematics, and science knowledge and skills to meet real-life challenge

The post Economic challenges are a barrier to Argentina’s prosperity appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Economic reform is crucial for growth in Brazil https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/books/economic-reform-is-crucial-for-growth-in-brazil/ Mon, 26 Feb 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=736501 Brazil's economic prospects are hindered by high taxes, inefficient regulations, and security concerns, particularly in drug trafficking routes. Reform efforts, including tax and fiscal reforms, along with leveraging Brazil's strengths like clean energy, are crucial for growth and education opportunities.

The post Economic reform is crucial for growth in Brazil appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Table of contents


Evolution of freedom

The evolution of the aggregate Freedom Index in Brazil is clearly hump-shaped. During the first half of the period of analysis, from 1995 to 2013, the freedom score either increased or was relatively stable, driven mainly by improvements in just two indicators of the economic freedom subindex.

The first of these is the women’s economic freedom, which shows a clear step-change in 2002, although the reasons for this are not clear. During that year, there was a change in government, and the Worker’s Party (Partido dos Trabalhadores) took office. They were very much committed, at least in rhetoric, to increasing women’s economic freedom. In 2003, some parts of the civil code were reformed, which did lead to an improvement in women’s rights. However, it seems unlikely that this one legislative change can explain the 17-point increase in this indicator. Around the same time though, married women’s property rights improved, and punishments for sexual harassment—especially in the workplace—increased.

The second positive trend began in 1996, an important year for the stabilization of the economy. The liberalizing reforms introduced by the government of President Fernando Henrique Cardoso led to significant improvements on the trade freedom indicator. Sectors such as telecommunications and energy were opened to competition. There were also proposals for trade liberalization, even if some of these did not pass into law. Even the early years of Lula’s (Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva’s) government were very favorable to trade freedom, and the data seem to suggest that trade freedom did not decrease until after 2018, with the election of President Jair Bolsonaro. Bolsonaro did not create any barriers to trade, but very soon it became apparent that European countries did not want to continue negotiations on a trade deal with Bolsonaro.

In terms of political freedom, elections in Brazil are superb, and this is well captured by the elections indicator. They are fast, efficient, transparent, and the system is very secure. Even in locations where the electoral process is computerized, it is completely offline, decreasing the security risk. There is a slight fall on this indicator, starting in 2015, which is possibly attributable to polarization: when society is very politically polarized, you will always hear claims about the “unclean” electoral process. This is something we have seen recently in the United States and other countries.

Similarly, the political rights indicator shows a decline in recent years that is hard to identify in reality. It may be that, when the level of polarization is high, there are always segments of the population that can feel disenfranchised. And perhaps the indicator is capturing the repression of protests against President Dilma Rousseff’s government in 2015–16, or President Bolsonaro’s rhetoric regarding the Supreme Court, both of which may have caused anxiety about political freedoms. But there has been no obvious objective fall in political rights. The same applies to civil liberties. For example, when President Bolsonaro was elected, he publicly attacked journalists and other groups, but he took no concrete action against them. So, the feeling that political and civil rights have been reduced is understandable, but there have been no substantive changes that would allow us to say that people in Brazil were less free—and certainly not enough to justify a 33-point fall in the score.

Legislative constraints on the executive increased in the last few years, and here the indicator score is an accurate reflection of reality. However, while progress on this indicator is generally intended to be read as a positive shift, in Brazil’s case there are reasons to see greater legislative power as problematic. In 2016, President Rousseff was impeached. People connected to the Worker’s Party would say it was a “legislative coup,” a common accusation in many Latin American countries when similar situations arise. I am not of that opinion, but it is clear that a nontrivial share of the population is. During the President Bolsonaro years, a group of legislators, mostly interested in pork-barrel projects, gained a lot of power, to the point that the Supreme Court had to intervene to shut down their “secret budget”—effectively a slush fund for paying off supporters. The same group of legislators has continued to hold power after Lula’s election. This situation may have increased the impression that political rights were deteriorating, because presidents elected by the people seem, in reality, to be constrained by Congress.

The evolution of legal freedom, especially concerning judicial independence, is easier to agree with. The judicial system has been affected by executive interventions, justifying a deterioration of judicial independence scores. Moreover, the same indicator also measures judicial effectiveness, and here too the worsening situation has been very evident since 2014. Even before this, Brazil’s scores—of between 85 and 90—seem unjustifiably high because the country has long suffered from an ineffective judicial system. Only 10 percent of murders in Rio de Janeiro end up with a trial, and the numbers have been bad since at least the 1990s, when I was looking at crime and social interactions in the city. The fact that the accused do not receive any punishment until the appeals process has been exhausted means that some court decisions are only implemented ten years (or more) after they are handed down.

On top of this structural problem, in the last decade the judicial system in Brazil has become very influenced by politics. As a result, we see the Supreme Court making a decision, only to completely reverse it two or three years later, with essentially the same set of judges. This appears to be captured by the clarity of the law indicator. Laws in Brazil are very badly written—a lawyer’s dream. To give just one statistic, the value of all the unresolved tax claims in Brazil’s judicial system equates to 75 percent of Brazil’s gross domestic product (GDP). The macroeconomic impact of the low level of clarity in the law is serious, but there are always those interested in the obscurity of the law.

From freedom to prosperity

The evolution of the Prosperity Index, and in particular the fall in Brazil’s score in the last decade, seems to be driven by the minority rights indicator, which is proxied by religious freedom. Brazil has been experiencing fast growth in the percentage of its population identifying as evangelicals and, in particular, neo-Pentecostals. This has created at least two sources of friction. Neo-Pentecostals complain about persecution from the Catholic establishment, liberal legislators, mainstream media, and tax authorities. For example, even though there is no income tax on the profits of religious organizations in Brazil, nonprofit organizations are not exempt from paying social security or taxes imposed on purchases. Neo-Pentecostals feel they should enjoy full exemption from tax and regulations such as city codes. Second, Catholicism and Afro-Brazilian religions are often thought to be connected to “progressive” politics in Brazil, while evangelicals are usually more right wing, so the increase in political polarization may also partly explain the evolution of this indicator. As evidence of this tension, there have been attacks on followers of African-rooted religions by some neo-Pentecostal groups, occasionally allied to local drug gangs.

There is no question that income in Brazil stagnated in the last decade. But Brazil’s economic performance has been mediocre for the last fifty years. In the early 1980s, labor productivity was around 55 percent of the US rate. Now it is less than 25 percent. An exception is the agricultural sector, which has experienced remarkable productivity growth. Development means catching up with the technology frontier, and that is something Brazil has been unable to do. Japan, South Korea, Spain, and many others were able to do so. India and China are doing it now. But not Brazil; we can say the country is, in fact, un-developing.

President Cardoso’s government (1994–98) implemented programs to help the poorest in the country. The effort was amplified during President Lula’s administration (2002–06), which explains the overall positive trend in equality. The problem is that Brazil started from a very high initial level of inequality. Short-run fluctuations are likely to be explained by the fact that inequality is counter-
cyclical: when the economy goes down, inequality goes up. Since the COVID-19 crisis, there has been some temporary expansion of social programs, which has helped decrease inequality, but the long-run fiscal sustainability of these programs is by no means clear.

There has been an improvement in health in Brazil since 1995, mainly due to programs aimed at ensuring that the very poorest have access to regular check-ups and vaccinations. These efforts bore obvious fruit during the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, because the whole system was already in place, so the vaccine program was relatively effective and fast. Health often requires a small marginal investment to generate large benefits, as was the case here.

Finally, it is undeniable that there have been some improvement in terms of years of education and enrollment in Brazil, and these are the metrics captured by the education indicator in the Prosperity Index. However, with the exception of very few states, there has been very little improvement in educational achievement—something that is not captured in the indicator. Progress is even lower in terms of preparing youth for the labor market. This explains why labor productivity is falling despite years of schooling increasing, which may otherwise seem a puzzle. It is worth highlighting one state in particular, Ceará, which clearly outperforms all the others in terms of educational spending effectiveness, despite its relative poverty. My advice to everyone involved in education in Brazil would be to simply copy whatever Ceará is doing, because the results are encouraging. The current minister of education was the governor of Ceará, so we may see some improvements across the country. However, there is reason to remain skeptical because education leaders usually prefer to reinvent the wheel instead of just replicating whatever is working in other places. This seems to be a universal law of decentralized public systems of education.

The future ahead

Labor productivity in Brazil is a clear signal of the economic prospects for the country—though I think it is a symptom of those prospects rather than a cause. Businesses in Brazil face a huge number of hurdles: We have very high and inefficient taxes. Firms are more worried about paying less tax than producing in a more efficient way. Regulations in Brazil are also especially inefficient, and there are important difficulties regarding long-term financing, related to the legal risks and fiscal deficits in the country. The labor market is very rigid, and even if President Temer and President Bolsonaro tried to remove some of these frictions, President Lula has announced plans to impose more labor regulations. These regulations would hurt firms and the overall economic prospects for Brazil.

A second important challenge for Brazil is security. A special concern is the relatively new route for drug trafficking from producers in Colombia, Peru, or Bolivia to Europe, which goes through Brazil. It is similar to a negative technological shock. Gangs fight with each other for control of the new routes, and this increases crime. Some paramilitary groups are also gaining strength, and these are more organized than the gangs and often affect legal businesses. For example, Rio de Janeiro’s largest electricity company, Light SA, may go bankrupt due to the amount of electric supply that is stolen and then resold to consumers and firms. These groups also control the transportation and construction sectors in some urban areas. All these things have large economic effects. And many states in Brazil lack an efficient police force. The police in the states of Rio de Janeiro and Bahia are particularly violent and inefficient. Unless the security situation improves, it is hard to foresee improvements in other dimensions.

What is going to happen with Brazil? Well, some things will help, like the proposed tax reform, which hopefully will simplify the tax code and curb exceptions, loopholes, and litigation. The finance minister is also committed to tackling the fiscal deficit. It is not clear how he will do it, but an improvement of the fiscal situation inherited from President Bolsonaro would greatly help the country.

Top firms in Brazil are excellent and, if the cost of doing business in the country was smaller, they could truly contribute to growth. Brazil has the cleanest energy mix of any country, and should be able to deal effectively with the illegal deforestation in the Amazon. Reforestation of the Amazon forest could be a source of cheap carbon capture at scale. This could make Brazil a big exporter of goods that have an excellent climate footprint—an exceptional opportunity for the country. Brazil missed an opportunity in the 1980s, when they could have educated their growing labor force, and now it is presented with a similar opportunity again. But the country needs to deal with all of the challenges discussed here.


José A. Scheinkman is Charles and Lynn Zhang Professor of Economics at Columbia, professor of economics (emeritus) at Princeton, and research associate at NBER. Scheinkman is a member of the National Academy of Sciences, recipient of a Guggenheim Fellowship, docteur honoris causa from Université Paris-Dauphine, and board member of Cosan S.A. Scheinkman’s current research focuses on the economics of forest preservation in the Amazon.

EXPLORE THE DATA

Trackers and Data Visualizations

Jun 15, 2023

Freedom and Prosperity Indexes

The indexes rank 164 countries around the world according to their levels of freedom and prosperity. Use our site to explore twenty-eight years of data, compare countries and regions, and examine the sub-indexes and indicators that comprise our indexes.

The post Economic reform is crucial for growth in Brazil appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Chile struggles with economic stagnation https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/books/chile-struggles-with-economic-stagnation/ Mon, 26 Feb 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=736515 Chile grapples with economic slowdown and political polarization. Growth has stalled, and trust in democratic institutions has waned as parties have multiplied. Despite failed attempts to rewrite the constitution, polarization persists, complicating Chile's political future.

The post Chile struggles with economic stagnation appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Table of contents


Evolution of freedom

The economic freedom subindex suggests that Chile is a country with open markets and a very open economy, but at the margin it has become less so over the last ten years. This decline has mostly been driven by policy decisions that increased government regulation of markets. Greater regulation was mostly welcome, but there may have been areas—like the length of time required to obtain approval for investment projects—where the trend has gone too far.

Most of the decline on the economic freedom subindex is attributable to changes in the trade freedom and investment freedom indicators. But the obvious measures of trade freedom, such as tariffs and nontariff barriers, have all been relatively flat or even improved over the last decade, and the last remaining capital controls were abolished fifteen years ago. Perhaps the explanation for this puzzle can be found in the property rights indicator, which has decreased in a mild but sustained fashion since 2010. Judicial procedures in Chile have become longer and more unpredictable, while processes related to obtaining permits have become maddeningly lengthy. As a result of these and other changes, the investment environment has deteriorated. Perhaps these measures partly explain the change in the trade and investment freedom indicators.

Regarding political freedom, the data presented seem like an inaccurate reflection of reality and are very hard to rationalize. Yes, Chile has become more politically fragmented and volatile, but civil liberties have not worsened. Perhaps a mild change in this subindex since 2019 could follow from the heavy-handed reaction to street unrest late that year, followed by the relatively stringent restrictions introduced in 2020 to fight the COVID-19 pandemic. But the data suggest a decline starting in 2015, which makes very little sense.

On legal freedom, the deterioration in the corruption indicator during the last fifteen years is attributable to a series of corruption scandals reported in the country. Here, as ever, it is hard to discern whether corrupt practices are now more prevalent or whether legal changes mean that more cases are being reported. Both could be true: It is possible that certain corrupt practices have indeed become more prevalent. But also keep in mind that the last decade-and-a-half has seen a number of changes in competition law and campaign finance regulations, which do make it easier to detect such practices.

In terms of security, it is clear that Chile has experienced a sustained deterioration regarding crime and safety on the streets. There is an active debate in Chile about the drivers of this trend. Some blame it on immigration, although there is limited evidence to support such a claim. Or, rather, immigration may have changed the nature of certain crimes (an increase in the use of firearms, for instance) but not the overall incidence of crime. Other factors, like a growing drug trade and the presence of foreign drug gangs, may also have had an impact. Whatever the cause, it is likely that security in large cities has worsened, even though Chile remains one of the best performers in the region when it comes to crime and citizen security.

From freedom to prosperity

Chile is a more prosperous nation than most others in the region. Its economy grew faster than most of its neighbors between the end of the last century and a decade ago. But recently growth has slowed. It is surprising that the data seem to show a larger decline in prosperity for Chile than for the rest of the region during the 2008–10 financial crisis, when Chile was undoubtedly the country with the smallest recession and experienced the most limited impact on economic activity in the whole of Latin America. This is, once again, a case in which the data presented make very little sense.

There is little doubt that Chile is an unequal country. But again, the data presented in this report tell a story that can scarcely be believed. The data suggest a sharp deterioration in income distribution, while the Gini coefficient computed by the government of Chile (and by the World Bank), shows a steady improvement since 1990, followed by a predictable deterioration during the pandemic and a slight recovery in the last two or three years. The inequality indicator of the Prosperity Index shows a completely different pattern. It may be due to the fact that the indicator measures the share of income of the top 10 percent of the distribution, which is a very partial view of income distribution.

The minority rights indicator has not shown much movement in recent years, though Chile’s score is reasonably high. However it is important to stress that this is largely because the indicator uses religious liberty as a proxy, whereas the real conflict in Chile is not religious but ethnic. If one had some measure of the situation of indigenous minorities, especially that of Mapuches in the south of Chile, the picture might look different.

Regarding the environment, Chile has a serious air pollution problem, both in big cities and smaller ones, but for different reasons. In the former, the number of cars per capita has increased substantially, and the move away from coal in the generation of electricity has been slow. In the smaller cities in the south of the country, by contrast, wood-burning stoves are the principal method of domestic heating. This is very polluting, especially if the wood is not fully dry.

There have been several educational reforms in Chile in the last twenty-five years, some more successful than others, but it seems unlikely that any of these could explain the complete stagnation in years of schooling in the 2007–11 period. There was a reform at the time that generated a movement of pupils among different types of schools, but not a decrease in enrollment. Moreover, spending per student increased significantly around this time, and the share of each cohort going to university reached the 50 percent mark in this period.

The future ahead

Chile faces two big challenges in the coming years, one economic and one political. The big economic challenge is to restore growth, which has slowed substantially in the last decade. Productivity growth, which was very fast late in the twentieth century and in the beginning of this century, has also petered out. Investment rates have not dropped, but nor have they increased. Chile was once a country experiencing rapid diversification of exports, and that process has also come to a halt.

So, when it comes to prosperity, the big question is: Why was the fast growth period in Chile so short-lived? Standard economic theory predicts that, as a country becomes richer, its growth slows due to convergence with high-income economies. So one might have expected fast growth in Chile until the country’s standards of living had reached the level of South Korea. Instead, fast growth seems to have stopped with the country still short of the income level of Greece or Portugal.

The big political challenge relates to the quality of politics and of democratic decisionmaking. Since 2010 politics has become more polarized and a great deal more fragmented. Chile went from having seven parties represented in Congress at that time to twenty-two today. Indices of satisfaction with the performance of democracy—and also indices of trust in government, political parties, the judiciary, the police, the media, business lobbies, unions, and so on—have all deteriorated. It seems that Chileans do not trust anyone anymore. That is a worldwide trend, but in Chile it might be a little more pronounced than elsewhere.

Chile’s answer has been to try to rewrite the Constitution. We have already tried twice, and failed, and the third attempt is also looking like a failure. Former president Michelle Bachelet drafted a new constitution in her second term (2014–18), but ran out of time to get it approved. A constitutional convention, dominated by the far left, was chosen in 2021, and wrote a questionable text that was rejected by 62 percent of voters in a referendum in 2022. A new convention was then elected, this time controlled by the far right, which produced a similarly partisan text that is similarly failing to attract widespread support. Polls suggest that the text will be again rejected by voters when it is put to a referendum in December 2023.


Andrés Velasco is a former finance minister of Chile, and a current professor of Public Policy and dean of the School of Public Policy at the London School of Economics and Political Science.

EXPLORE THE DATA

Trackers and Data Visualizations

Jun 15, 2023

Freedom and Prosperity Indexes

The indexes rank 164 countries around the world according to their levels of freedom and prosperity. Use our site to explore twenty-eight years of data, compare countries and regions, and examine the sub-indexes and indicators that comprise our indexes.

The post Chile struggles with economic stagnation appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Mexico’s vital institutions face decline https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/books/mexicos-vital-institutions-face-decline/ Mon, 26 Feb 2024 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=736531 Mexico's institutions are vital for freedoms, but face decline. To advance, it needs strong governance, growth, and redistribution. Despite potential growth from favorable conditions, risks persist. Strengthening governance and productivity is crucial for prosperity.

The post Mexico’s vital institutions face decline appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

Table of contents


Evolution of freedom

The Freedom and Prosperity Indexes have served as a useful tool for observers and policymakers alike to identify trends and historical evolution of countries. In the case of Mexico, the Indexes rank the country as “mostly free” and “mostly prosperous”. However, recent declines in several indicators are early warning signs of an erosion occurring, at least on some fronts. Complementing the findings of the Indexes with qualitative insights can provide a nuanced understanding of the drivers, trends, and challenges that Mexico is facing.

Between 2018 and 2022, Mexico’s overall freedom score dropped from 66 to 61, placing it 90th out of 164 countries. This decline in ranking is unique among Latin American nations, which maintained an average aggregate score of 65. During this period, the most significant declines came in Mexico’s legal freedom score, which fell from 53 to 47 (now ranked 117) and its political freedom score, which fell from 74 to 65 (now ranked 102). In contrast, the economic freedom score remained relatively stable at around 70 (ranked 52). While various political and economic factors likely contributed to these trends, it is worth noting that significant changes have occurred since President Andrés Manuel López Obrador (AMLO, by his acronym), assumed office in December 2018, which have had a notable downward impact on these freedoms.

When it comes to legal freedom, the subindex records significant declines with respect to judicial independence, clarity of the law, and bureaucracy and corruption that are attributable to previous governments, but which have been exacerbated since 2018. While legal institutions such as the Supreme Court of Justice and regulators remain relatively autonomous overall, a large driver of the declining trends stems from the current government’s direct and tacit attempts to undermine their functioning and independence.

For instance, the decline in judicial independence scores, from 60 to 47 between 2018 and 2022, is largely due to ongoing attempts to influence the Supreme Court and control their key decisions. Since taking office, AMLO has appointed four of the nine Supreme Court Justices. Notably, two of them have aligned with the president’s political agenda, and the other two, in the words of the president himself “turn out to be conservatives,” meaning that they are independent—as they should be—and do not abide by his mandates. Most recently, the president directly appointed a new Justice to a vacant seat on the Supreme Court—a political loyalist and former Morena party activist. The interference in key decisions is overt at times: for example, AMLO said it would be an “act of treason to the country” if the court ruled against the Electric Industry law, despite serious concerns over the law’s constitutionality. Two key rulings regarding this law were expected in September 2023, but have been delayed as the energy ministry introduced a legal complaint regarding potential conflicts of interest of two Justices of the court. The law prioritizes the state-owned utility CFE, undermining private sector participation (among other issues) but it is a key plank in the president’s nationalistic energy agenda.

The government is also attempting to undermine the Supreme Court in other ways, for instance by engaging in confrontational and polarized criticism of the court’s president, including endorsing public protests against her, underscoring and increasing the political pressure on Justices. The government also seeks to exert financial pressures over the court. On October 25, 2023, Congress approved cuts of US$815 million to the Supreme Court’s budget—granting the court 18 percent less than had been requested for the 2024 budget (and representing a 2.7 percent reduction compared to the 2018 budget, according to México Evalúa). Moreover, the party in government presented a bill (September 2023), supported by the president, to eliminate the Judicial Power’s trust funds, which was eventually suspended by the Supreme Court itself, proving that the measure would undermine the labor rights of workers, who were the final owners of the resources: the cuts aimed to eliminate fourteen trusts specifically earmarked for employees’ pensions and healthcare, as well as implement recent judicial reforms that have expanded the responsibilities of the High Court.

The decline in the clarity of the law score, from 48 in 2018 to 34 in 2022, is a result of several policy shocks which take a toll on business confidence. The current administration has created persistent uncertainty, especially regarding the enforcement of crucial regulations governing contracts, tariffs, and prices, that are necessary for maintaining a competitive market. This ranges from the cancellation of the Mexico City airport project, despite it being 70 percent complete, to hindering competition in the electricity and renewables market. As a result of this, on July 19, 2022, the United States and Canada initiated a consultation under the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA) to discuss Mexico’s energy policies, in particular claiming a violation of competition and clean energy commitments. The consultations are ongoing, though dispute settlement mechanisms have not been triggered as the parties are expecting the Supreme Court to rule on the constitutionality of the Electric Industry law.

The administration recently delivered yet another significant blow to business confidence. On October 5, 2023, the Federal Civil Aviation Agency unilaterally altered the tariff base regulation for the concessions of nongovernment airport operators—without any previous consultation. Ultimately, this uncertainty makes it difficult to assess the regulatory risks, and results in added costs for companies and cancellation of investments in the country.

Since 2018, there have been budget and staff cuts to key ministries and autonomous institutions, jeopardizing Mexico’s bureaucratic structure and redirecting resources to the president’s favored projects. In addition to the budget reductions to the Supreme Court, the 2024 budget proposes cuts for the health, economy, and tourism ministries (21 percent, 56 percent, and 77 percent respectively, compared to the 2019 budget, the first of AMLO’s presidency). Instead, resources are being redirected to ministries overseeing the president’s social programs and fiscally unviable pet projects, resulting in significant increases in funding for the energy, well-being, and defense ministries (609 percent, 266 percent, and 176 percent respectively). These shifts in spending reflect a broader trend towards centralized decisionmaking and an enormous role for the military—a tendency that has adversely affected the “bureaucratic effectiveness” indicator of the Index. The centralization of government procurement contracts is one example, which, together with a lack of delivery capacity, led to a severe shortage of medicines in 2021, according to an independent audit by Auditoría Superior de la Federación (ASF).

And while these changes have been justified on the grounds that they would reduce corruption, Mexico has not made much progress on this front, ranking 126 of 180 countries in Transparency International’s Corruption Perceptions Index in 2022, with a score of 31 out of 100, a decline from 35 in 2014. Particularly worrisome has been the involvement of the military in many economic activities, including managing ports and customs, executing the president’s infrastructure projects, and even owning a commercial airline. Citing national security concerns as a justification, these changes have led to opacity in the disclosure of government contracts and an increased practice of direct assignments instead of public and transparent bids—worsening rather than abating corruption concerns.

Most recently, before the year end of 2023, the president has raised the stakes: he has indicated that the autonomous institutions will be disbanded altogether, as (in his own words), “they don’t serve the people and are at the service of minorities.”

Another notable aspect contributing to the decline of legal freedom in Mexico since 2018 is the shifting security landscape, characterized by an increasing reliance on the military for day-to-day law enforcement activities, and the “hugs not bullets” policy, which essentially advocates for a nonconfrontational stance towards organized crime. The traditional presence of civil police has been superseded by the emergence of military police, or in some instances, direct military intervention in street-level security operations throughout the country, creating human rights concerns. And the lack of actions against organized crime has allowed it to become more powerful in certain parts of Mexico, resulting in a rise in violence and insecurity across the country. According to the Executive Secretariat of the National System of Public Security, homicides during the five years of AMLO’s government have reached 156,479 (as of November 2023), more than the whole six years of the previous administration.

On political freedom, the executive has sought to undermine the National Electoral Institute (INE), not only by attempting several constitutional and legal reforms, but also by significantly slashing its budget. The INE was established in the 1990s and serves as a crucial pillar of Mexican democracy, organizing elections and ensuring fair electoral processes. Although attempts to reduce the institute’s independence and power have so far faced congressional and wider public rejection, the president plans to present a new bill during his last year in government (2024), arguing—without proof—that the institute shows a “lack of independence and impartiality.”

On yet another metric, the decline in the legislative constraints on the executive score, from 54 in 2018 to 36 in 2022, also contributed to the overall decline in political freedom. AMLO’s landslide victory in 2018 gave his ruling Morena coalition a significant majority in Congress and, although it shrank in the 2021 midterm elections, the coalition still holds 55 percent of the seats in the House and 59 percent in the Senate. The pressure on ruling coalition legislators to vote as a bloc has, in most instances, allowed the president to capture Congress and enabled major reforms in education, labor, and energy. These reforms have been approved with little or no input from the ruling party, coalition partners, or opposition legislators, undermining the process of checks and balances. The Senate has remained an important counterweight, particularly with regard to constitutional reforms; and Congress too has recovered some of its balance, since the ruling party lost its absolute majority during the 2021 midterm elections.

The active undermining of the legislative processes and political pressure on opposition legislators to vote in line with the president’s priorities have also become more common. For instance, the reform of the electoral system was ruled unconstitutional (June 2023) by the Supreme Court due to violations of the legislative process. These included not giving legislators adequate time to debate and consider the bill, as significant last-minute amendments were submitted less than three hours before the vote, and further changes were unlawfully incorporated after its approval. This and similar incidents highlight the overt sidestepping of procedure that has become more common in this legislature. Overall, this undermines the proper functioning of the legislative body and weakens the separation of powers enshrined in the Constitution.

On economic freedom, the transformation of the relationship between the state and the private sector has been a defining characteristic of Mexico’s economic landscape since 2018. Central to this shift is the government’s altered perception, wherein the public sector is not solely viewed as a regulatory entity but as an active participant in economic activities, thereby fostering a growing inclination towards statization. Though property rights are granted in the Constitution as an individual freedom, this ideological shift has put such individual rights on a weaker footing.

In this evolving climate, several endeavors to assert state influence over private enterprises have been initiated, although not all have materialized into full-fledged nationalizations. Notably, instances have arisen where the government intervened in the decisionmaking of private companies, effectively nudging them to relocate their operations according to the state’s regional development agenda. An example is the relocation of a beer factory from the north to the underdeveloped south of the country. This is a concerning trend, wherein the state’s vision for regional development takes priority over the autonomy of private enterprises. This heavy-handed approach not only undermines the principles of competitiveness and private decisionmaking but also poses a direct threat to the fundamental tenets of property rights. Such coercive tactics, veiled under the guise of state-driven development, demonstrate a fundamental disregard for the traditional mechanisms of incentivization and market forces, creating an environment of uncertainty for private property holders.

Companies in the transportation sector, in particular railway concession holders, have recently been the target of government aims to influence private decision making. In May 2023 an attempt was made to expropriate rail infrastructure owned by Grupo Mexico’s Ferromex, to be repurposed for the Trans-Isthmic Corridor project; and in October 2023, the president issued a decree to pressurize concession-holders to invest in passenger trains and being obliged to change their business models to offer passenger services. These events are a window into the government’s approach to the private sector, offering some explanation for the deteriorating business climate and challenges to property rights reflected in the Index.

Preceding the recent developments, the challenges to property rights have long been exacerbated by the pervasive influence of organized crime, particularly through extortion and illegal impositions. This unfortunate reality has only been intensified by the implementation of the “hugs, not bullets” policy, inadvertently providing illicit entities with greater leeway to perpetrate their exploitative activities.

The erosion in freedoms is neither linear nor universal, but the examples above clearly point to some worrisome trends that have contributed to an overall decline in freedoms in Mexico, and which present clear warning signs for the way forward.

From freedom to prosperity

Mexico’s prosperity score has been stagnant since the start of the Index, oscillating between 61 and 63 since 1996 (ranking 90 out of 164 countries in 2022). Its aggregate score is now 4.1 points below the Latin America & the Caribbean regional average. The income indicator is virtually flat at 66.3, while the inequality score is remarkably low (at 15.7, falling from a high of 37.4 in 2002)—23.4 points below the regional average. This is a result of structural low growth, but also of the fact that Mexico had the worst post-pandemic recovery in North America and among the main economies in Latin America.

Mexico’s growth trajectory has not been volatile but rather the challenge has been stubbornly low growth relative to its potential. Data from the International Monetary Fund show an average 2.08 percent year-over-year (YoY) growth since 1990; this compares to 4.3 percent for Chile, 4.2 percent in Peru, 3.4 percent in Colombia, 2.6 percent in Argentina, and 2.3 percent in Brazil—some of whom have experienced very volatile growth trajectories. Unleashing further growth has come as a challenge, despite a sophisticated export sector, sound macroeconomic policy and a resilient private sector. This can be partly explained by the fact that investment as a percentage of gross domestic product (GDP) has for many years lagged behind its regional peers, remaining below 25 percent for most years since the 1990s, even dipping below 20 percent in 2019, according to the National Institute of Statistics and Geography (INEGI). However, some positive signs have emerged, with investment reaching 24.9 percent of GDP in the second quarter of 2023, and a more favorable external environment and positive trends such as nearshoring leading to an increase in private sector investment of 18.1 percent YoY in the first half of 2023, the largest increase since 1993.

Productivity is also an issue. Economy-wide labor productivity and overall productivity lag behind other emerging market G20 economies such as South Korea, Turkey, and Thailand.

The economic liberalization of the country in the 1980s and 1990s—which led to North American economic integration, a sound financial sector, and a much more complex economy—has greatly benefited Mexico, but its impact has not been felt by all regions, sectors, and groups. To put this in perspective, the average growth of the northern and central parts of the country reached 3.1 percent YoY between 2010 and 2019 according to Banxico data, and only 0.06 percent in the south, where most of the country’s marginalized population lives. At the same time, the large proportion of informally employed workers—55 percent of the labor force according to the 2023 labor force survey, only a slight decrease from the 2005 figure of 59 percent—is also a key driver of the inequality gap. Regional gaps in growth and informality contribute to drastically different levels of vulnerability and access to services. For example, states in the north like Baja California Sur, Baja California, and Nuevo León had the lowest percentage of multidimensional poverty as a share of their population in 2022 according to the National Council for the Evaluation of Social Development Policy (CONEVAL) (13.3 percent, 13.4 percent, and 16 percent respectively), while multidimensional poverty rates are significantly higher in the southeast with Chiapas, Guerrero, and Oaxaca (67.4 percent, 60.4 percent, and 58.4 percent respectively) topping the list.

That said, Mexico has made advances with respect to specific social indicators. For instance, the Index highlights significant improvements in education since 2000 (from 27.7 points to 48.1), although health has experienced an enormous decline of more than 5 points since then, dropping back to 78.1 points. Moreover, as the CONEVAL chart in Table 1 shows, the reduction of access to health between 2020 and 2022 happened at the worst possible time: the COVID-19 pandemic.

If we understand prosperity as the absence of social “lacks” (i.e., people’s needs are met), according to the country’s multidimensional measurement of poverty, Mexico has seen relevant improvements for several years, in spite of its low average growth. One of the reasons this has been possible is that there is now an anchor with which to assess the evolution of access to a “sufficient” income, to food and nutrition, health, education, social security, housing and services. Being capable of rigorous measurement helps align institutional aims and policies, which are in turn a prerequisite to effectively address lacks or shortfalls, and promote inclusion and prosperity. The other two vertices of the “prosperity triangle” are strong and sustained economic growth, and sound policies, which have not always been present.

While economic growth over the last five years has averaged just 0.63 percent per year, Mexico has managed to reduce poverty significantly. It has done so by almost quadrupling social program spending from US$8 billion in 2018 to US$30 billion in 2024, and increasing the minimum wage across the country (2018–24) by 182 percent—and by 324 percent in the “free border zone.”

Table 1. Change in deprivations in Mexico (2000-2022)

Source: National Council for the Evaluation of Social Development Policy (CONEVAL)

The future ahead

Mexico continues to preserve key technical and autonomous institutions, which have so far made it resilient to various affronts to political, legal, and economic freedoms, and which have helped the country sustain a basic level of prosperity, as reflected by the Index. However, the negative developments in some indicators should serve as early warning signs, while also pointing to the path forward, if the country wants to advance towards the next stage in democratic consolidation and progress in well-being standards.

The insights above suggest there is a clear path toward Mexico’s advancement on both the freedom and prosperity fronts. These can be summarized in three clear pillars: strong institutions, strong and sustained growth, and well-articulated and effective redistribution policies.

Mexico has a unique opportunity to capitalize on the current favorable external environment and attract investment that can serve as a pull factor for growth. Its sustainability will largely depend on productivity improvements, including to education, reskilling, infrastructure, and energy. The country remains a bastion of free trade in Latin America and holds a strong strategic position, being the United States’ largest trading partner. Amid US-China decoupling, gains from nearshoring could be significant. For the time being, this trend lays more in the expectation than the materialization front. According to Alfaro and Chor, Mexico is sixth in the list of countries to have derived the most market gains from the decoupling of the United States from China between 2017 and 2022. It should be in the top two.

Enormous expectations cannot cohere into more significant material investment commitments if the institutional framework continues to weaken, and this is one of the key risks that could lead to a further deterioration in Mexico’s Index rankings. In many ways, Mexico has de jure maintained the institutions and legal framework to support political, economic, and legal freedoms, including an independent central bank, an autonomous Supreme Court, and an independent National Electoral Institute. But a de facto deterioration is clearly occurring—in the form of political loyalists being appointed to key autonomous institutions, budget and staff cuts, a concentration of power, and a militarization of strategic economic activities. This cycle of deterioration is a risk to freedoms and prosperity in the near term.

In this sense, pendular politics also remains a significant risk, both to institutions and to sound evidence-based policymaking. The country will head to the polls in June 2024 and the signs of polarization are increasing. While disagreement and debate are essential components of a healthy democracy, the current discourse in the country is anything but constructive; and uncertain and ad hoc shifts in policy risk squandering the opportunities to attain strong and sustained growth, as well as improvements in prosperity more broadly.

Undermining institutions, pendular policies, militarization, the absence of solid foundations for strong and durable economic growth, and growing fiscal pressures, are a recipe for failure. On the contrary, policies aimed at strengthening and perfecting our institutional scaffolding, delivering good and sustained policies, ensuring the rule of law, improving competitiveness, enhancing productivity, and maintaining a sound fiscal stance, could make Mexico a success story, grounded on improved freedom and increased prosperity.


Vanessa Rubio-Márquez is professor in practice and associate dean for extended education, at the School of Public Policy, London School of Economics; associate fellow at Chatham House; consultant and independent board member. She is a member of the Freedom and Prosperity Advisory Council at the Atlantic Council. Vanessa had a twenty-five-year career in Mexico’s public sector, including serving as three-times deputy minister (Finance, Social Development, and Foreign Affairs) and senator.

EXPLORE THE DATA

Trackers and Data Visualizations

Jun 15, 2023

Freedom and Prosperity Indexes

The indexes rank 164 countries around the world according to their levels of freedom and prosperity. Use our site to explore twenty-eight years of data, compare countries and regions, and examine the sub-indexes and indicators that comprise our indexes.

The post Mexico’s vital institutions face decline appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Goldwyn quoted in Bloomberg on Venezuelan oil https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/goldwyn-quoted-in-bloomberg-on-venezuelan-oil/ Fri, 23 Feb 2024 18:29:04 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=741220 The post Goldwyn quoted in Bloomberg on Venezuelan oil appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The post Goldwyn quoted in Bloomberg on Venezuelan oil appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Katz in EconPol Forum: The Geopolitical (In)Significance of BRICS Enlargement https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/katz-in-econpol-forum-the-geopolitical-insignificance-of-brics-enlargement/ Thu, 22 Feb 2024 21:26:02 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=732857 The post Katz in EconPol Forum: The Geopolitical (In)Significance of BRICS Enlargement appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The post Katz in EconPol Forum: The Geopolitical (In)Significance of BRICS Enlargement appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Warrick mentioned in NBC on why House Republicans want to impeach secretary Mayorkas https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/insight-impact/in-the-news/warrick-mentioned-in-nbc-on-why-house-republicans-want-to-impeach-secretary-mayorkas/ Thu, 22 Feb 2024 21:20:44 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=735462 The post Warrick mentioned in NBC on why House Republicans want to impeach secretary Mayorkas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The post Warrick mentioned in NBC on why House Republicans want to impeach secretary Mayorkas appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
“Connector economies” and the fractured state of foreign direct investment https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/econographics/connector-economies-and-fractured-foreign-direct-investment/ Thu, 22 Feb 2024 14:52:03 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=739397 Most attention has been focused on the fragmentation of world trade. But fragmentation can be observed in the flow of foreign direct investment (FDI) as well. And, like trade, the picture is nuanced: Global FDI flow has fallen as a share of GDP, but a handful of countries have seen an influx.

The post “Connector economies” and the fractured state of foreign direct investment appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Heightened geopolitical rivalry has led to geoeconomic fragmentation—a development that has been documented by international organizations such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Trade Organization (WTO), and United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD). Most attention has been focused on the fragmentation of world trade. But fragmentation can be observed in the flow of foreign direct investment (FDI) as well. And, like trade, the picture is nuanced: Global FDI flow has fallen as a share of GDP, but a handful of countries have seen an influx.

Geopolitics is rearranging FDI

Geopolitical tension and geoeconomic fragmentation have elevated uncertainty which, together with slow growth, have significantly cut back global FDI flows as a share of economic activity—from 3.3 percent of global GDP in the 2000s to only 1.3 percent in the past five years. In absolute terms, FDI has increased modestly: In 2023, global FDI flows reached an estimated $1.3 trillion or 3 percent more than in 2022.

The slowdown in FDI has disproportionately affected emerging-market and developing countries (EMDCs). FDI flows to developed countries increased by 29 percent, to $524 billion. But flows to developing countries decreased by 9 percent to $841 billion.

These shifts are not driven merely by economic factors: Detailed analysis of almost 300,000 instances of greenfield investment projects from 2003 to 2022 by the Center for Economic Policy Research (CEPR) shows an economically significant role of geopolitical alignment in driving the country allocation of bilateral investments. The friendshoring and nearshoring approaches used to derisk from economic dependencies have significantly affected the pattern of FDI flows of the two main protagonists—the United States and China.

The United States and China

Between 2019 and 2023, FDI flows from the United States to China fell from a 5.2 percent share of total FDI to 1.8 percent—or a drop of 3.4 percentage points of total US FDI outflow. By contrast, shares of US FDI to more geopolitically aligned countries increased—for example, plus four percentage points to India (from 7.6 percent to 11.6 percent); plus 3.4 percentage points to the UAE; plus 2.2 percentage points to Mexico; and roughly plus one percentage point to several Southeast Asian countries such as Malaysia, the Philippines, and Vietnam.

Due largely to the sharp drop of FDI from the United States, total FDI flow to China has declined significantly—from an annual average of $235 billion in the ten years 2011-2020 to $344 billion in 2021, $180 billion in 2022, and only an estimated $15 billion in 2023—mainly due to heightened geopolitical tension and slow growth in China.

Outbound FDI from China has also diminished from a peak of $196 billion or 1.9 percent of GDP in 2016 to $146 billion or 0.8 percent of GDP in 2022. Traditionally, China’s FDI outflow has favored developed countries in North America and Europe (accounting for more than 60 percent of the total) followed by Asia. In recent years Asia’s share has risen. For example, the share of China in ASEAN FDI inflow was 3 percent (8 percent including Hong Kong) in 2016 rising to 8 percent (13 percent including Hong Kong) in 2021. (That is still lower than the 23 percent share of the United States, the biggest investor in the region.) It is important to keep in mind that developing countries have received the lion’s share of China’s international construction projects financed by debt, now totaling $815 billion, mainly through participating in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).

The “connector” economies

FDI, especially from competing countries like the United States, Europe and China, have tended to flow to not only geopolitically close countries satisfying friendshoring and nearshoring criteria, but also—especially in the case of Western companies—to those having a minimum necessary political stability, legal, and regulatory environment and manufacturing capabilities including suitable labor supply. As a result, only a dozen or so countries have experienced increased FDI flows from both the United States and China.

In particular, five countries (Vietnam, Indonesia, Mexico, Poland, and Morocco) have been dubbed “economic connectors” by Bloomberg Economics. These countries have combined appropriately calibrated foreign policies and sufficiently developed economic capabilities to navigate geopolitical rivalry and benefit from geoeconomic fragmentation—which has driven the reconfiguration of global supply chains. Basically, they have been able to leverage the friendshoring and nearshoring approaches of the United States and China to attract more greenfield investment from both. They have also increased their exports to the United States (or to the EU in the case of Poland) and their imports (mostly of intermediate goods) from China.

The experiences of the five economic connectors show that there is a pathway for developing countries to navigate geopolitical tension while developing their economies. However, it requires those countries to be able to compete with fellow developing countries to attract trade and investment from either or both China and the United States (and other developed countries). Many may lack the capacity to do so, especially low-income countries and those without natural resources or basic manufacturing capabilities.

In short, the geopolitically driven fragmentation of the global economy has several dimensions: division between developed and developing countries; according to geopolitical alignment; and among developing countries themselves based on their abilities to compete for trade and investment in the reconfiguration of global supply chains. This has increased the complexity of the fragmentation process, probably making it more difficult to measure as well as more costly to the global economy than so far expected. Unfortunately, low-income countries will likely experience the worst outcomes.


Hung Tran is a nonresident senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s GeoEconomics Center, a former executive managing director at the Institute of International Finance and former deputy director at the International Monetary Fund

At the intersection of economics, finance, and foreign policy, the GeoEconomics Center is a translation hub with the goal of helping shape a better global economic future.

The post “Connector economies” and the fractured state of foreign direct investment appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
What’s on Brazil’s G20 agenda? Start by looking at where India left off. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/new-atlanticist/whats-on-brazils-g20-agenda-start-by-looking-at-where-india-left-off/ Wed, 21 Feb 2024 16:34:06 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=738479 As G20 foreign ministers kick off their meeting in Rio de Janeiro, expect to see the shared views of New Delhi and Brasília reflected in continuity between their G20 agendas.

The post What’s on Brazil’s G20 agenda? Start by looking at where India left off. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
In 2009, the telenovela Caminho das Índias won Brazil’s first International Emmy award. The hit show depicted Indian and Brazilian characters coming to terms with social and economic upheaval in the rapidly modernizing countries in the 1990s and 2000s. The same year, leaders of Brazil and India met their counterparts from Russia and China in the first summit of the BRIC grouping in Yekaterinburg, Russia. At its inception, the founders of the BRIC grouping, who added South Africa the following year to become the BRICS, wanted to articulate a shared vision of economic priorities for emerging markets. 

Fast forward fifteen years and Brazil and India continue to share views on key global issues. For the first time since its inception in 1999, the Group of Twenty (G20) will have four consecutive emerging economy presidencies (Indonesia in 2022, India in 2023, Brazil this year, and South Africa in 2025). As G20 foreign ministers kick off their meeting in Rio de Janeiro on Wednesday, expect to see the shared views of India and Brazil reflected in a high degree of continuity between their G20 agendas.

The members of the G20 collectively account for more than 80 percent of global gross domestic product, three-quarters of world trade, and two-thirds of the world’s population. Moreover, the forum remains the world’s premium platform for coordinating international policy. Over the next year, the Atlantic Council’s G20 programming and research will track how Brazil leads this group in addressing four key areas (presented below) and will work to promote continuity with South Africa’s presidency in 2025 and the United States’ in 2026.

Food security and hunger elimination

Both New Delhi and Brasília have sought to highlight the needs of emerging markets and developing economies through their agenda-setting role at the G20. Perhaps no need stands out as urgently and pervasively as food insecurity. According to the World Food Programme, 783 million people worldwide faced chronic hunger in 2023, and most are in emerging markets and developing economies.

Under the Indian G20 presidency, the New Delhi Declaration was adopted by all members at the leaders’ summit. Among other provisions, it committed members to cooperate on agriculture research, access to fertilizers, capacity-building, and market transparency to foster food security among vulnerable populations. In particular, India emphasized the export and provision of millets, aligning with the “International Year of Millets” initiated by the United Nations General Assembly. Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi was even nominated for a Grammy award for his appearance in a song titled “Abundance in Millets.”

Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva has doubled down on the social dimension of development, with a focus on combating poverty, inequality, and hunger. Food security is front and center in his domestic and foreign policy. As president of the G20, he has announced Brasília’s intention to launch a Global Alliance Against Hunger and Poverty at the leaders’ summit in November. Brazil is the world’s second-largest exporter of agriculture and is central to global supply chains—and in particular supply chains for emerging markets and developing economies. Expect to see Brazil leverage its weight in global markets to build consensus on the path forward in addressing food insecurity this year.

Climate and development finance

On climate and sustainable finance, Brazil’s G20 presidency appears poised to build on the legacy of India’s, while offering notable innovations and customizations. The four priorities of 2024’s Sustainable Finance Working Group are illustrative of Brazil’s particular interests and this G20’s overall mandate of “Building a Just World and a Sustainable Planet.” For example, financial instruments for nature-based solutions are rightfully receiving greater attention than ever in Brazil, which should not be a surprise in a country that contains two-thirds of the Amazon rainforest and 15-20 percent of the world’s biodiversity.

Leveraging Brazil’s active participation in various international financial institutions, the Brazilian finance sherpas are also placing a sharp technical focus on streamlined coordination among multilateral development banks and vertical funds. The troika of India-Brazil-South Africa G20 presidencies will press on with key Global South development financing priorities, such as just transition plans and blended finance for adaptation (see Atlantic Council’s related work on this here). In addition, Brazil has a unique opportunity to bridge this year’s G20 with the UN climate change conference known as COP30, which it will host in Belem in 2025. Brazil can coordinate its presidencies of both platforms to spur continued progress in Belem on landmark accomplishments from recent COPs, including the Loss and Damage Fund announced during last year’s COP28, held in Dubai.

Digital public infrastructure

Another area of continuity and compatibility between the G20 presidencies of India and Brazil is the provision of digital public infrastructure through payments, identity, and other digital networks created by the state to digitize and upgrade the provision of public services. Through Brazil’s Pix and India’s Unified Payments Interface (UPI), for example, both countries have seen tremendous success in building digital payments ecosystems and increasing digital and financial connectivity. 

Through the payments working group, G20 member states set targets for payments modernization for central banks and multilateral institutions. These targets address the cost, transparency, and speed of global payments. In 2023, the cost of retail payments to businesses and individuals across countries exceeded the previously set 3 percent target in a quarter of jurisdictions around the world. Similarly, the average cost of remittances is more than twice the goal of 3 percent. These metrics benchmark the G20’s progress and lay out the actions that member states still need to undertake to achieve these targets by 2027 (for cross-border retail payments) and 2030 (for remittances). 

Both India and Brazil position themselves as leaders among emerging markets in the provision of digital public infrastructure, and the G20 provides a platform to showcase their digital payment and identity models to the rest of the world. While both countries view the adoption of these platforms as a mechanism to increase financial inclusion and digital democratization, the wider adoption of digital public infrastructure will also present challenges. The G20 will have to come together to provide robust frameworks on data privacy, consumer protection, cybersecurity, competition, and public-private collaboration. These are going to be ongoing discussions, to be reflected in targets to come in the future. 

International financial institutions

During its G20 presidency, India initiated a set of processes and frameworks through the New Delhi Declaration that committed to “pursue reforms for better, bigger, and more effective Multilateral Development Banks.” The Declaration also included provisions to improve the multilateral development banks’ capital adequacy frameworks, which could yield an additional two hundred billion dollars in lending headroom over the next decade. India’s efforts focused on the quality and quantity of financing provided by international financing institutions and were supported by the United States, the largest shareholder at the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank.

Brazil is adding to India’s priorities with a focus on governance and on augmenting the influence of emerging markets over decision-making at international financing institutions. However, divergent interests between the United States and China, the world’s two largest economies, and heightened geopolitical tensions between Russia and Western economies will make meaningful progress on economic global governance difficult.

India learned as much late last year in negotiations regarding an increase in IMF quotas—or the capital a country contributes to the institution, which correlates with that country’s voting power. The United States had proposed an increase in the quotas that would leave voting shares unchanged—a proposal that drew criticism from China and other emerging market economies who feel underrepresented at the IMF. Ultimately, the countries agreed to the US-backed “equiproportional” increase in quota resources that, in effect, pushed the issue of expanding voting power in the IMF for emerging markets to a future date.

Just like the Indian G20 presidency, Brazil’s achievements in this area will likely be incremental yet important. For example, Brazil might advance innovative ideas for increasing private finance partnerships and for making measurable improvements in international financial institutions’s operations and development impact assessments. These increments will accumulate, particularly as the G20 presidency moves in 2026 to the United States, by far the largest shareholder of various international financial institutions. Reform is a current priority for the United States, as stated by US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen at the Atlantic Council in April 2022 and elsewhere, and the subject will be high on the agenda when G20 finance ministers meet next during the April IMF-World Bank Spring Meetings in Washington, DC.


Mrugank Bhusari is assistant director at the Atlantic Council’s GeoEconomics Center.

Ananya Kumar is the associate director for digital currencies at the GeoEconomics Center.

Pepe Zhang is a senior fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

Valentina Sader is a deputy director at the Atlantic Council’s Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center.

The post What’s on Brazil’s G20 agenda? Start by looking at where India left off. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
This year’s bipartisan immigration bill offers a border blueprint for 2025 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/content-series/future-of-dhs/this-years-bipartisan-immigration-bill-offers-a-border-blueprint-for-2025/ Wed, 21 Feb 2024 14:28:20 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=736036 The consequences of another year of inaction on border security and immigration policy may convince a supermajority in the Congress to take up again in 2025 many of the ideas in this year’s bipartisan Senate compromise—no matter which party captures the White House in November.

The post This year’s bipartisan immigration bill offers a border blueprint for 2025 appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
On February 7, the US Senate blocked consideration of a bipartisan compromise proposal for border security and immigration, just three days after its public release. The compromise bill was the result of painstaking, months-long negotiations, and may have a longer shelf life than the past few weeks’ political frenzy suggests. While the bill has some flaws, it was the best achievable, bipartisan approach the United States could get in 2024 to break a decades-long gridlock on border security and immigration policy. This landmark bill is worth understanding because it may be the starting point for major reforms in 2025 no matter who wins the White House and the two houses of Congress in the November 5, 2024 election.

How we got into this mess

To simplify this divisive debate, many Republicans want fewer migrants allowed into the United States. Republicans have particularly focused on what they call “catch and release,” a term Democrats consider pejorative (because it likens desperate people fleeing persecution or economic hardship to fish being caught for sport).

When migrants without visas enter the United States, often fleeing violence and extreme poverty in their home countries, many claim political asylum. Current law says that anyone who is physically present on US territory, no matter where they enter, with or without authorization, can ask for asylum. Border Patrol or other Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officials can deport individuals entering without authorization using an administrative process called “expedited removal” without going to immigration court, but not if the individual asks for asylum. Those asking for asylum are interviewed under a low initial bar that allow them to pursue their asylum claim in the United States through immigration court if they have a “credible fear” of persecution in their home country. However, because there are too few immigration judges and courts, it takes up to five to seven years to adjudicate most asylum claims. The federal courts will not allow most migrants without visas to be kept in detention for such a long period, because they have not been found guilty of a crime and there are not enough detention beds for millions of asylum applicants. This is especially true of family groups with minor children, for which judicial decisions against long-term detention are even more strict. Hence, judicial decisions require asylum applicants to be released until their cases are heard by an immigration judge.

However, current law says applicants cannot legally work in the United States until six months after they file their asylum claim in immigration court or with the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS’) US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)—a restriction in the law that is not subject to adjustment either way by the executive branch. Until migrants get a work authorization document from USCIS or a decision on their asylum claim, most depend on public aid, funds from relatives, friends, or charities, or work without legal authorization. Currently, more than half of all asylum applications are denied, but many migrants get to live and work in the United States for years until they receive that final decision and, even then, many will not be sent home. This is what entices more than a million migrants a year to pay rapacious human-smuggling cartels so they can make a dangerous, costly trek north through Central America and Mexico to arrive at the southwestern US border.

Democrats and migration advocates, for their part, see the United States as a safe haven for those fleeing persecution and desperate poverty, and say the United States can and should allow asylum claims at the US border. Most Democrats also want to see those who came to the United States without authorization as children receive legal status and a pathway to citizenship. A significant number would extend this offer to law-abiding, hard-working adults who are already here. Most Republicans oppose any kind of what they call “amnesty” for those who came to the United States without authorization. Some businesses, however, see a benefit to having more workers in the United States, especially for low-wage service jobs.

US public opinion, in broad terms, wants to see an immigration system that is both just and fair—allowing deserving applicants to get asylum, while denying entry to those without a valid legal claim.

President Joe Biden was elected in 2020 after campaigning on reversing the restrictive immigration policies of the Donald Trump administration—but the Biden administration did not request additional resources to process large numbers of additional migrants. Starting almost as soon as Biden signed new immigration executive orders on January 20, 2021, congressional Republicans demanded the administration stop the increasing numbers of migrants who began arriving without visas at the US southwest border. In April 2022, the Biden administration released a detailed plan to address the rising numbers, but did not request additional funding for it. As the COVID-19 pandemic eased in 2022, the Biden administration prepared to rescind the authority under federal public-health law used by the Trump administration to turn many migrants away without giving them a hearing on their asylum claims. (Legal challenges to those Trump policies were before the Supreme Court in January 2021, but were dropped after the Biden administration reversed some of the policies.) The Biden administration announced a number of post-pandemic new steps in January 2023, which took effect in May. As has happened in the immediate aftermath of every major immigration policy change in the Obama and Trump administrations, the numbers of migrants initially went down, but then began to increase.

Significantly—and unfortunately—the June 2023 budget deal between Biden and then-Speaker of the House Kevin McCarthy (the “Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2023”) put fiscal restraints on the budgets of the departments of Homeland Security, Justice, Health and Human Services (HHS), and State—the departments that collectively fund the border and immigration system. For 2024 and 2025, the only way these departments can get additional funds to address growing needs is through emergency supplemental appropriations.

Understanding the Biden’s administration’s groundbreaking October border supplemental

On October 20, the Biden administration submitted a $105 billion supplemental spending request for Ukraine, Israel, and the Indo-Pacific, including $13.6 billion for border security and immigration. This package responded to Republican demands to condition more money for Ukraine’s defense on the Biden administration doing more about the southwestern border. Unlike regular budget submissions, in which each cabinet department lays out its separate request—making it difficult to see how cross-department programs support each other—this time the administration buried at the end of a detailed fact sheet an excellent laydown that showed with clarity how all the parts of the administration’s border supplemental request worked coherently. The administration wanted to do six things together:

  • Address the delays in processing asylum and other cases by increasing the number of immigration judge teams by 375, around a 60-percent jump.
  • Give CBP an additional $4.5 billion for expanded operations, including money for Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) grants to local governments and nongovernmental organizations to provide shelter and services to migrants who were released after being given a notice to appear for their asylum hearing. This would help take the burden off states and cities that otherwise would need to provide aid for these migrants, because most applicants could not legally work. CBP would also get $849 million for inspection technology to detect smugglers trying to get migrants, drugs, and contraband into the United States.
  • Provide additional government attorneys to process the increased number of asylum cases, and for additional investigators and other personnel, via $2.5 billion for the DHS Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).
  • Add asylum officers and technology to more quickly handle the increased workload of processing claims, with $755 million for DHS’ USCIS.
  • Increase funds for law-enforcement agencies—including the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Drug Enforcement Agency—for support functions, including testing DNA to ensure that adult migrants were not making false claims about being related to the children traveling with them.
  • Increase migration and refugee-assistance programs at the Department of State by $1.3 billion.

The administration’s logic was to increase the capacity of the entire system that processes asylum and other immigration claims, thus shortening the time that applicants waited for a hearing and reducing the societal burden on supporting migrants until they got decisions in their individual cases. The additional funding for enforcement—and for people, technology, and programs to address smuggling of people and illegal drugs like fentanyl—was intended to respond to both Republican and Democratic concerns.

Administration officials testified before the House and Senate appropriations committees, conducted private briefings on Capitol Hill, and spoke to professional organizations, but did not embark on a major, nationwide public-outreach program to explain the logic of the border and immigration appropriations package to the US public.

Figure 1: Cases pending before immigration courts, fiscal years 1998-2022

If anything, the administration’s border and immigration supplemental could be criticized for not being large enough to erase the growing backlog in asylum cases that began to accelerate during the Trump administration. (See Figure 1.) The best available public study of immigration-court capacity said that to erase the backlog of cases that existed at the end of Fiscal Year 2022 would require increasing the number of immigration judge teams by two hundred each year for five years—implying that the administration’s request for 375 immigration judge teams needed to be thought of as a down payment, not an end state. The total number of pending asylum cases is now even greater, more than three million, likely requiring even more immigration judge teams to resolve the backlog over a five-year period.

Understanding the landmark bipartisan Senate compromise bill

After more than ten weeks of intense negotiations, the bipartisan Senate compromise bill that emerged was the first serious effort in more than a decade to do what Congress has almost never done on border security and immigration: combine major policy changes with the resources required to make those changes succeed. Congress traditionally separates authorizations and appropriations into separate committees that jealously guard their turf. As an Atlantic Council study in December 2020 explained, congressional responsibility for the homeland security enterprise is divided among eleven major committees in the House and nine in the Senate. The executive branch is little better, with four major cabinet departments having important roles (DHS, Justice, HHS, and State) and major policy decisions led by the National Security Council and the Domestic Policy Council, but funding decisions controlled by the Office of Management and Budget. As a previous Atlantic Council report highlighted, aligning policy and resources is a chronic problem in the homeland security enterprise. The bipartisan Senate supplemental, negotiated by key senators with Homeland Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas and the White House, represented a landmark in uniting policy changes with increases in resources that are needed to make the policy changes work.

First, on the resource side, the bipartisan Senate compromise proposed to appropriate more money for border and immigration security ($20.3 billion) than the administration requested ($13.6 billion). The bipartisan bill also made major shifts in how that money was allocated.

Some of these shifts were fundamental, and reflected Republican skepticism about how migration cases should be processed faster and more efficiently if the compromise version had passed.

  • The Department of Justice’s request was cut substantially, but preserved a significant increase of approximately a hundred immigration judge teams. This reduction in judicial capacity from the administration’s October request was offset by an increase in the number of USCIS asylum officers, who would have begun to process cases under the negotiated policy changes for newly arriving migrants who otherwise would have had to wait years for an available immigration judge to hear their legal claims.
  • ICE would get more than three times the requested amount, with the additional funding going to increase the number of personnel, increase detention space to 46,500 beds, and increase the number of removal flights to return migrants whose claims are denied. To fully unlock the full appropriation, ICE would need to report to Congress that it has increased detention space and the number of removal flights.
  • USCIS would get substantially more than initially requested to increase the number of asylum officers who, under the new rules made possible by the compromise, could make decisions in most asylum cases.
  • The compromise version substantially cut funding for supporting migrants awaiting hearings, but still proposed to give FEMA $1.4 billion from CBP for the shelter and services program for migrants awaiting a decision—which, under the new policy changes, should take six months rather than five to seven years.
  • The Department of State did not get as much as it requested for migration and refugees, and much of the funding it would have received was to increase the capacity of Latin American countries to receive returning migrants whose claims were denied.

The policy changes in the bipartisan Senate version were compromises intended to bring on both Republican and Democratic support:

  • No longer would there have been a low bar that allows most asylum applicants to stay in the United States for years while waiting for an immigration judge to hear their case.
  • Instead, thousands of USCIS asylum officers would have made faster decisions on most asylum cases, ideally within six months, without waiting years for the case to be reviewed by an immigration judge. All asylum applicants would have undergone thorough security vetting. Each applicant would need to prove to the asylum officer by “clear and convincing evidence” that they qualify for asylum. The expectation, based on experience, was that most applicants would not qualify for asylum, but those who are found eligible would get immediate work authorization so they can support themselves.
  • Asylum applicants would get the right to counsel, but at their own expense. (Children and those deemed incompetent would be eligible for government-provided counsel.)
  • There was a limited appeal option for applicants whose requests were denied, but most cases would not have to be heard by courts. Those found not eligible for asylum would have been removed from the United States. ICE would have had significantly greater resources to carry out removals of those who did not qualify for asylum protection under the Convention Against Torture or other US laws.
  • If the number of inadmissible migrants exceeded 8,500 in a single day, or five thousand a day over a seven-day period, the bill would have required the Secretary of Homeland Security to “close” the border to asylum claims. Migrants could still claim protection under other US laws, such as the Convention Against Torture, but the standard of proof for such claims is higher and very few migrants qualify for it. Based on current levels of migrants arriving at the southwest border, the border would have been “closed” to asylum claims for most of the past four months, according to those involved in the negotiations.
  • Afghan allies resettled in the United States after the August 2021 US withdrawal from Afghanistan would have been allowed to stay and become permanent residents after they passed security vetting.
  • The bill would have required additional training for Border Patrol officers, improvements in ICE’s “alternatives to detention” program, and upgrades to technology at CBP and USCIS.
  • USCIS and ICE would get streamlined hiring authorities to hire the thousands of new officers and agents required to implement the bill.

The bipartisan Senate bill went a long way toward addressing long-time Republican concerns. If the bill had been passed and implemented (and funded) in subsequent years, it would have significantly reduced the use of “catch and release” because those migrants who qualified for asylum would get a much faster determination and be eligible for work more quickly. Those not eligible would have been removed from the United States much more quickly than at present.

For Democrats, the compromise bill did not address important issues like adults who came to the United States as children without authorization—called Dreamers, from the proposed Development, Relief, and Education for Alien Minors (DREAM) Act. Many Democrats also objected to the new asylum restrictions. However, for Democrats and migration advocates, the bipartisan Senate compromise promised faster determination of asylees’ eligibility and additional resources, including faster work authorization, to integrate those eligible into US society. This represented a significant improvement over the present situation, in which cities are being overwhelmed by needing to support those awaiting their court dates.

The bipartisan Senate compromise, while a definite improvement over the alternative of current funding levels and nothing else for a year, did have its flaws and limitations.

  • The most serious concern was that the additional resources would not be sufficient to process all asylum applicants within six months of arrival. But even if more personnel and resources would ultimately have been required, the compromise bill was an important first step.
  • The system set up by the bill would have taken at least two years to become fully operational—hiring and training the additional officers, agents, judges, and other personnel, buying the additional screening technology, and expanding needed facilities. In the meantime, the backlog of three million cases would not be reduced, and might increase further.
  • The bill did not clarify the status of migrants already here, leaving millions of people in limbo for years, waiting for their claims to be heard. There is no bipartisan consensus on what to do about this.
  • The bill tried to prioritize dealing with the current influx of new arriving migrants and did not have a clear plan or the resources to address the backlog of more than three million pending immigration cases. Even so, the compromise was a rational approach to the increasing numbers of migrants arriving every week. In an ideal world of bipartisanship, additional work would need to take place to develop an approach for eliminating the current backlog of cases.
  • One of the most fundamental problems with the bipartisan Senate bill was that it did not end the incentives for people to pay smugglers to get them to the US southwest border. To be fair, a small group of senators trying to negotiate a complex legislative package has limits on what it could try to achieve in ten weeks. But the bipartisan Senate bill can be fairly described as treating the symptoms of the problem, not the underlying condition. Even so, as doctors say, the first priority is often to stabilize the patient before treating the underlying conditions. There are three approaches that could help with the underlying conditions.
    • Since July 2021, the Biden administration has had a “root causes” strategy, directed by Executive Order 14010, focused on reducing the “push” factors that drive migrants to leave home and make the dangerous and (to them) expensive journey north. Republicans, in particular, are leery of Democratic efforts to address the root causes of what is a global migration crisis. It is true that violence, extreme poverty, and the effects of climate change on agriculture are driving millions of people worldwide to believe they have no choice but to leave their homes in Latin America, Africa, the Middle East, or South Asia and come to the United States, Europe, or richer countries in Asia. Solving the root causes driving global migration will take a decade or more, at a global price tag that starts in the hundreds of billions of dollars, and there is no bipartisan consensus in Congress ready to take on even a significant part of this challenge.
    • Deciding who is eligible for asylum before migrants arrive at the southwest border would be a more practical, but still ambitious, approach. The Biden administration proposed this as a policy initiative and set up small “Safe Mobility Offices” in Guatemala, Costa Rica, Ecuador, and Columbia that are under-resourced but starting to show promise. However, the administration has not put forward publicly a comprehensive plan (that is, policy plus personnel plus resources plus legislative language) comparable to the October border supplemental or the bipartisan Senate bill. Under this approach, people in Latin America could appear before a US official in their home country, or at least in a nearby safer country, and get a binding determination of their eligibility for asylum before they travel thousands of miles in the hands of dangerous smuggling cartels. Setting up asylum “overseas processing centers” in countries like Colombia, Panama, or Mexico would probably be more efficient and less costly overall than dealing with more than one million people per year coming into the United States who are hoping they can win their cases—when the reality is that very few will succeed. (The United States currently does almost all refugee interviews and processing overseas, so there is precedent for this model.) Overseas processing centers for asylum applicants would take several years to develop, and each center would effectively become a small “American” city of several thousand US or international citizens (including US asylum officers, support staff, and security) in the middle of Mexico or several Central American countries. This would require negotiations comparable in complexity to setting up a US military base in a foreign country—which the United States has done many times. Even if a civilian overseas processing center is less expensive than a military base, three or four would likely cost tens or hundreds of millions of dollars each once salaries, housing, and facilities are included.
    • Tackling the criminal cartels responsible for most of the smuggling is another line of effort the Senate compromise did not emphasize. This would require increased efforts by US and Latin American law enforcement, military, intelligence, judges, and prisons. The limited success the United States has had against narcotics cartels shows that this will not be easy.

The shifting politics

The idea of joining a year’s worth of military assistance to Ukraine and Israel to more money for border security and migration arose in late 2023 after it became clear Ukraine would need more help against Russia’s invasion, Israel would need help after Hamas’s October 7 attack, and increasing numbers of migrants were continuing to arrive at the US southwest border after the end of the pandemic. Under the Biden-McCarthy budget deal, the only way to get additional funds was through an emergency supplemental appropriation.

In late November, Republicans said they would require immigration policy changes as a condition for passing additional military assistance to Ukraine. Over the next ten weeks, a group of Senate Republicans and Democrats, with participation from Mayorkas and White House officials, worked on what became the bipartisan compromise announced February 4. The secrecy of the talks had many stakeholders worried their core interests and values were at risk. In hindsight, it appears that the secrecy was what made compromises on several key points possible.

However, in mid-January, with the release of the bipartisan Senate compromise imminent and following a White House meeting with congressional leadership on the overall package, the table was overturned when former president and likely Republican presidential nominee Donald Trump said social media “I do not think we should do a Border Deal, at all, unless we get EVERYTHING needed to shut down the INVASION of Millions & Millions of people, many from parts unknown, into our once great, but soon to be great again, Country!”

This provoked a reaction from the former president’s supporters, leading Speaker of the House Mike Johnson to call the deal “dead on arrival” even before details had been released. Senate Republican leader Mitch McConnell, after initially supporting the bill when its text was rolled out on February 4, said on February 5 that Republicans should vote against a procedural vote scheduled for February 7. Biden addressed the nation on February 6, calling for public support for the bipartisan Senate compromise. A key procedural vote in the Senate to move the bill forward, which needed 60 votes, failed 49-50. On February 11, the Senate voted 67-27 to move forward with the Ukraine, Israel, Indo-Pacific, and humanitarian packages—everything except border security and immigration.

The debate on the Senate compromise was significantly affected by misinformation (and disinformation) about the bill’s provisions. Most notably, the bill’s number of five thousand inadmissible migrants who would trigger the border being “closed” to asylum seekers was twisted into the idea that five thousand inadmissible migrants would be allowed into the United States. (See above for the details of how this would really have worked.) The reality was that those five thousand migrants would be subjected to the full panoply of security checks and legal requirements for asylum, so that only the small number actually eligible for asylum would actually be allowed to stay in the United States. This provision started, ironically, from a Republican demand that the Biden administration “close the border” whenever there were large numbers of migrants trying to cross without authorization, and the five-thousand figure was a compromise that Democrats could accept in order to write the authority into law. (Democrats were no doubt aware that a future Republican administration would almost certainly use this authority.) Biden said on January 24 he would use this authority. Republicans claimed he did not need additional authority, but the Republican interpretation would be open to judicial challenges, whereas Section 244B(f) of the bipartisan compromise would have significantly narrowed the courts’ ability to overturn such a determination. This kind of attention to detail was largely lost in the claims by the compromise’s opponents.

Make no mistake: A year of not having additional resources to deal with the current numbers of arriving migrants will further severely strain the nation’s immigration system. Officials in cities like New York and Denver are saying they are at a breaking point. ICE is talking about having to release detainees to cover a $700 million shortfall. CBP will have to pull money away from increasing processing capacity for cargo and arriving lawful travelers—increasing delays and holding back the US economy. Taking away funds needed by FEMA for disaster relief will directly hurt the millions of US citizens who suffer from natural disasters and have nowhere else to turn. Strains on CBP and ICE personnel will likely increase turnover as many leave for other, less stressful law-enforcement positions. While Trump said he will run on his vision for border security, Biden said on February 6 that Democrats will ask voters to hold Trump and Republicans responsible for blocking the Senate compromise.

The prospects for either side getting a better deal after the November 2024 election are limited. If Biden is reelected, expectations are that he will still face a closely divided Congress, and the problems with the border and immigration system will likely have grown worse with congressional inaction during 2024.

If Trump is elected, his December 2023 vow to be a “dictator” on “day one” and close the US border should be taken seriously. Doing this through executive authority alone would lead to immediate court challenges, because the right to claim asylum is written into federal statutes. Even if Trump then demanded that DHS and Justice Department officials defy federal court orders and promised those officials pardons if they carried out his instructions, my assessment is that few federal officials outside of Trump’s immediate orbit would do it. They likely would not want to jeopardize their post-Trump careers by defying federal court injunctions to enforce existing laws that allow asylum applicants to remain in the United States until their claims are heard by an immigration judge. Courts and Democrats are likely to slow down some of Trump’s most ambitious plans. Democrats will point to the 2024 bipartisan Senate compromise as the best offer a Trump administration may get if it needs Democratic votes to pass a budget or statutory changes.

It is always possible that whoever wins in November 2024 will overreach in 2025 on immigration policy and a one-party approach in 2025 will go nowhere. It is also possible that the outcome of the failure of the bipartisan Senate proposal in 2024, plus a year of inaction, may convince a supermajority in the Congress that a bipartisan approach is essential, desirable, and unavoidable.

Thus, the details of the bipartisan Senate compromise could well become the starting point for talks in 2025.

Recommendations

  1. Two core ideas of the bipartisan compromise should be maintained:
    1. Resource decisions and policy decisions on border security and immigration need to be linked—advancing one without the other will not work.
    2. In the absence of truly comprehensive immigration reform, increased funding for the back-office functions to process asylum and other immigration cases within weeks, not years, is essential. This will provide both Republicans and Democrats with important parts of what they want: an end to “catch and release” and an immigration system that is just, fair, and reflects US values.
  2. The Biden administration should adjust its budget numbers for Fiscal Years (FY) 2025 and 2026 to include ramping up the hiring of additional officers, agents, judges, and support personnel needed to implement something like the bipartisan Senate compromise with the goal that something like the 2024 bipartisan compromise can be enacted sometime in late FY 2025. These additional personnel are needed to address the current backlog and numbers of arriving migrants, even if the policy changes could not be made. Hiring and training more people will take time to implement—and should be ramped up as soon as possible.
  3. For future federal budget negotiations, the Biden administration should make funding for the Department of Homeland Security part of the “revised security category” that currently includes only military spending (budget account 050). This may sound technical, but it would have fundamental, far-reaching consequences to strengthen US security. Future negotiations between a Democratic White House and a Republican-led house of Congress (whether the House or Senate) are likely to involve tradeoffs between security spending and domestic spending. This was the essence of the negotiations during the past decade, including the Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2023. However, the 2023 budget deal ended up pitting more funding for homeland security against other domestic spending priorities. Instead, both Democrats and Republicans would benefit politically from thinking of border security and immigration as integral to the security of the United States, so no one thinks of DHS as a “non-security” program during federal budget negotiations.
  4. The Department of Homeland Security and the homeland security enterprise need to think of their mission as: “We lead the defense of the nation against non-military threats.” To the greatest extent possible, both DHS and the homeland security enterprise need to become more nonpartisan and “above politics.” This was a core recommendation of the Atlantic Council’s Future of DHS report in September 2020. It remains valid today.
  5. As a long-term goal, DHS and the homeland security enterprise will be better off separating from the most partisan, toxic aspects of immigration policy. At one time, monetary policy was one of the most divisive issues in US politics. Most college students who take US history courses hear of William Jennings Bryan’s famous 1896 “cross of gold” speech, with few understanding the parallels between the divisiveness of monetary policy then and immigration policy today. It took the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 to take the bulk of monetary policy out of the hands of Congress and the White House. Congress set broad goals—currency stability and full employment—and then let the Federal Reserve Board decide how to balance both goals. Over the past century, admittedly with some dramatic ups and downs, the US economy has led the United States to a level of prosperity and security without precedent in human history. Something comparable for US immigration policy could help drive both security and prosperity for the next century.

About the author

Forward Defense, housed within the Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security, generates ideas and connects stakeholders in the defense ecosystem to promote an enduring military advantage for the United States, its allies, and partners. Our work identifies the defense strategies, capabilities, and resources the United States needs to deter and, if necessary, prevail in future conflict.

The post This year’s bipartisan immigration bill offers a border blueprint for 2025 appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Brazil aims to advance its bid for leadership of the Global South through food security https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/econographics/brazil-aims-to-advance-its-bid-for-leadership-of-the-global-south-through-food-security/ Wed, 14 Feb 2024 18:11:26 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=735917 If Brazil delivers tangible benefits on food security through its Presidency of the G20 and COP30, it will cement its position as a key leader of the Global South.

The post Brazil aims to advance its bid for leadership of the Global South through food security appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva has put food security front and center of the international agenda as his country convenes leaders for the G20 in 2024 and COP30 in 2025. Brasília is positioning itself alongside Beijing and New Delhi as a leader of the Global South. But while China and India have both focused on emerging technologies and digital infrastructure, Brazil is adding to those priorities with a focus on agriculture.

Brazil’s breadbasket to the Global South

Beginning in the 1970s, both the Brazilian government and private entities invested heavily in agricultural innovations, leading to the development of more resilient crop varieties. Along with the expansion of farmland and widespread adoption of double cropping, the investments significantly enhanced agricultural productivity and gave Brazil an edge over other farming nations.

Fast forward to 2022 and Brazil has become the world’s second-largest exporter of agricultural products. It leads the world in soy, meat, coffee and sugar exports and is the second-largest exporter of oilcake and corn. Several large economies, emerging markets in particular, now heavily rely on Brazil to secure their food needs.

The benefits granted by MERCOSUR, a regional trade bloc within South America, make Brazil a prime source of agriculture for Argentina. Many Asian and African countries in the G20 are large consumers of soybeans, corn, and meat—all commodities where Brazil has a large market share. The United States, Mexico, and Canada in turn barely source any agriculture from Brazil as they source the majority of their food imports from one another as a result of the benefits granted by USMCA. Most European countries similarly import the majority of their agriculture from other European countries in the single market. 

Across the G20 economies, China is the most reliant on Brazil for agriculture, buying up a quarter of all Brazilian exports including most of its soy and beef. Brazil’s rise as an agripower since the 1970s aligned neatly with the population boom in China and the growing concern of the Chinese Communist Party over how to secure food for its population. But the real push came in the last decade as Beijing looked for agriculture suppliers other than the United States following intensification of trade tensions. 

To help Brazil increase its capacity and to reduce logistical costs, the state-owned China Oil and Foodstuffs Corporation (COFCO) invested over $2.3 billion, amounting to about 40 percent of its worldwide investments, in Brazil’s agricultural infrastructure since 2014. A key investment is at the Port of Santos, where a terminal expansion will take the company’s own capacity from 3 million to 14 million tonnes. Further cooperation in Brazilian railways, waterways, and farmland restoration is on the agenda.

Lula’s leverage is his history 

By itself, influence in the agriculture sector vis-a-vis emerging markets doesn’t provide a pathway to leadership of the Global South. Agriculture is not like semiconductors; food is an absolutely necessary resource for physical survival. Russia’s sudden blockage of the Black Sea in 2022, for instance, led to massive global grain shortages that created significant price spikes for food around the world. Moreover, the United States remains the world’s largest exporter of agriculture and for several countries in the G20, it remains the largest supplier. Lastly, although Brazil supplies about a fifth of global corn exports, it has relatively little weight in the global market for grains like wheat and rice, two critical food items for developing economies.

But Lula and Brazil nevertheless bring unique credibility with developing and advanced economies on the subject of food security.  

When he first came to office in 2003, Lula launched the ‘Fome Zero’ (Zero Hunger) programme, a series of coordinated large-scale government interventions that resulted in Brazil’s removal from the United Nations’ Hunger Map in 2014. Throughout the 2000s, Lula’s Brazil also mobilized budgetary, legislative, organizational, and narrative channels to orient its foreign policy toward hunger-reduction abroad. 

Since his return to power in 2023, Lula has once again made hunger a domestic priority. He has consistently raised the issue internationally. Now, his moment has come. As President of the G20, he has announced Brasília’s intention to launch a Global Alliance Against Hunger and Poverty at the Leaders Summit in November.

Both Brazil and the global economy have evolved since Lula was last in power. But the country possesses decades of trade and technical assistance relationships with developing economies, the know-how in the sector, and a track-record in hunger-reduction. Chronic hunger and famine remain real prospects for a tenth of the global population and developing countries will likely see Lula’s Brazil to act as a reliable representative in trying to bring together a global consensus on the path forward.

In recent years, China and India have both positioned themselves as leaders of the Global South. Now, the leader of the former is focused on his troubled domestic economy and the leader of the latter has an election on his hands. Meanwhile Lula is about to host the world twice—once for the G20 this year and then again for COP30 in 2025. If Brazil delivers tangible, material, and clearly observable benefits on food security, it will cement its position as a key leader of the Global South.


Josh Lipsky is the senior director of the Atlantic Council GeoEconomics Center and a former adviser to the International Monetary Fund.

Mrugank Bhusari is assistant director at the Atlantic Council GeoEconomics Center focusing on multilateral institutions and the international role of the dollar.

This post is adapted from the GeoEconomics Center’s weekly Guide to the Global Economy newsletter. If you are interested in getting the newsletter, email SBusch@atlanticcouncil.org

At the intersection of economics, finance, and foreign policy, the GeoEconomics Center is a translation hub with the goal of helping shape a better global economic future.

The post Brazil aims to advance its bid for leadership of the Global South through food security appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
How the United States can counter malign Chinese and Russian influence in the Western Hemisphere  https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/content-series/atlantic-council-strategy-paper-series/how-the-united-states-can-counter-malign-chinese-and-russian-influence-in-the-western-hemisphere/ Mon, 12 Feb 2024 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=734296 The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security and Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center present a new series on US and allied strategy in the Western Hemisphere.

The post How the United States can counter malign Chinese and Russian influence in the Western Hemisphere  appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>

The United States and its allies are engaged in a global strategic competition with China and Russia. The primary theaters for this contest are Europe and the Indo-Pacific, but China and Russia also are increasing their malign influence in the Global South, including Latin America and the Caribbean. Their malign actions threaten the United States in its own hemisphere and must be a high priority for US foreign and defense policy.

The United States must actively compete with Russia and, especially, China; otherwise, nations in the region may continue to be persuaded to prioritize engagement with these autocratic rivals over the United States in all or most sectors. Unfortunately, the US approach to the region has been marked by strategic errors, including a problematic lack of attention and inadequate efforts to use all tools of national power to compete with China and Russia.

The consequences of inaction are too high. What might start, for example, as a set of seemingly harmless infrastructure projects could end up with Chinese control of vital chokepoints for sea lines of communication, such as the Panama Canal. More broadly, a failure to act appropriately now will leave the region under the influence of America’s chief authoritarian rivals.

China and Russia have different goals and capabilities in the region. China seeks to leverage its economic power to increase its influence in the other areas of competition, with significant success to date, whereas Russia continues to support anti-American authoritarian regimes militarily and spread disinformation throughout the region to undermine US interests. China’s economic engagement often aims to cement access to resources or shift the policies of countries in the region: guaranteeing access to critical minerals in Peru for example, or pushing countries to loosen ties with Taiwan. China also operates spy stations in Cuba and has a hand in the US fentanyl epidemic that continues to cost tens of thousands of lives, with chemical precursors reaching Mexico via China. Russia, for its part, has pursued military partnerships with Cuba, Venezuela, and Nicaragua, including sending Russian forces to the region.

In addition to Chinese and Russian malign influence, however, the region also presents many opportunities for the United States to cultivate fruitful partnerships in the western hemisphere built on shared values. Outside of Europe and North America, the western hemisphere has boasted the highest proportion of democratically elected governments for the past three decades. Most of the population of the region lives in a democracy, and support for democracy remains high. There is a window of opportunity for a renewal of regional commitments to democracy and reform that the United States can—and should—capitalize on to reorient its relationship with the region.

Moreover, Latin America is home to major multinational firms that play a growing role in the global economy, and Panama Canal serves as a vital transit point for US and global trade. The region’s diverse and dynamic commercial landscape presents a compelling opportunity for mutually beneficial economic partnerships. On top of that, the region is rich in biodiversity, and regional partners could play a vital role in transitioning to clean energy and a green economy.

To address these challenges and opportunities, the Atlantic Council launched an eighteen-month project spearheaded by the Atlantic Council’s Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security in collaboration with the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center. The project included a working group of experts, strategists, and former US and Latin American officials that met for three workshops. In addition, we commissioned five background papers that have been published alongside this final report. The project benefited greatly from the insight, experience, and expertise of the working group, and the authors are grateful for their input. 

Atlantic Council Strategy Paper Series

Feb 12, 2024

A strategy to counter malign Chinese and Russian influence in Latin America and the Caribbean

By Matthew Kroenig, Jason Marczak, Jeffrey Cimmino

As strategic competition with China and Russia continues to intensify, the United States and its allies need a strategy for countering the malign influence of authoritarian rivals in the Western Hemisphere. This Atlantic Council Strategy Paper proposes a path forward for the United States and its allies to do that.

China Economy & Business

Atlantic Council Strategy Paper Series

Feb 12, 2024

China and Russia engage Latin America and the Caribbean differently. Both threaten US interests.

By Ryan C. Berg

China and Russia are both seeking to deepen their influence in the Western Hemisphere at the expense of the United States, though the means by, and ends for, which they pursue that differ in some cases. China’s engagement is more thorough and multifaceted, while Russia’s is more circumscribed.

China Economy & Business

Atlantic Council Strategy Paper Series

Feb 12, 2024

China pairs actions with messaging in Latin America. The United States should do the same.

By David O. Shullman

China has coordinated trade, financing, and investment with diplomatic engagement, public diplomacy, and information operations to deepen its influence in Latin America and the Caribbean. Washington should, in turn, pair diplomatic engagement and messaging with greater attention to regional countries’ needs.

China Economy & Business

Atlantic Council Strategy Paper Series

Feb 12, 2024

Beijing’s influence on Latin America’s energy mix is growing—especially in renewables

By Joseph Webster, William Tobin

Russia and, especially, China are intertwined in Latin America’s energy market, with Chinese ties expanding markedly over the past two decades. The United States and its allies and partners must take quick action to counter this rising influence.

China Energy & Environment

Atlantic Council Strategy Paper Series

Feb 12, 2024

Don’t let geopolitics undermine Latin America’s hard-won free markets

By Stephen B. Kaplan

The United States is concerned about China’s close economic ties to Latin America and the Caribbean; however, the US response should be careful not to undermine longstanding market norms and popular trade liberalization policies

Caribbean China

Atlantic Council Strategy Paper Series

Feb 12, 2024

The competition for influence in the Americas is now online

By Celina Realuyo

China is expanding its footprint in Latin America and the Caribbeans’s emerging technology and critical infrastructure arenas, while Russia is engaging in foreign influence operations via the cyber domain. These challenges require a proactive stance by the United States.

China Cybersecurity

The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security works to develop sustainable, nonpartisan strategies to address the most important security challenges facing the United States and the world.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

The post How the United States can counter malign Chinese and Russian influence in the Western Hemisphere  appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
A strategy to counter malign Chinese and Russian influence in Latin America and the Caribbean https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/content-series/atlantic-council-strategy-paper-series/a-strategy-to-counter-malign-chinese-and-russian-influence-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ Mon, 12 Feb 2024 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=726550 As strategic competition with China and Russia continues to intensify, the United States and its allies need a strategy for countering the malign influence of authoritarian rivals in the Western Hemisphere. This Atlantic Council Strategy Paper proposes a path forward for the United States and its allies to do that.

The post A strategy to counter malign Chinese and Russian influence in Latin America and the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Executive summary

The United States and its allies are engaged in a global strategic competition with China and Russia. The primary theaters for this contest are Europe and the Indo-Pacific, but China and Russia also are increasing their malign influence in the Global South, including Latin America and the Caribbean. Their malign actions threaten the United States in its own hemisphere and must be a high priority for US foreign and defense policy.

The United States must actively compete with Russia and, especially, China; otherwise, nations in the region may continue to be persuaded to prioritize engagement with these autocratic rivals over the United States in all or most sectors. Unfortunately, the US approach to the region has been marked by strategic errors, including a problematic lack of attention and inadequate efforts to use all tools of national power to compete with China and Russia.

The consequences of inaction are too high. What might start, for example, as a set of seemingly harmless infrastructure projects could end up with Chinese control of vital chokepoints for sea lines of communication, such as the Panama Canal. More broadly, a failure to act appropriately now will leave the region under the influence of America’s chief authoritarian rivals.

China and Russia have different goals and capabilities in the region. China seeks to leverage its economic power to increase its influence in the other areas of competition, with significant success to date, whereas Russia continues to support anti-American authoritarian regimes militarily and spread disinformation throughout the region to undermine US interests. China’s economic engagement often aims to cement access to resources or shift the policies of countries in the region: guaranteeing access to critical minerals in Peru,1 for example, or pushing countries to loosen ties with Taiwan.2 China also operates spy stations in Cuba and has a hand in the US fentanyl epidemic that continues to cost tens of thousands of lives, with chemical precursors reaching Mexico via China. Russia, for its part, has pursued military partnerships with Cuba, Venezuela, and Nicaragua, including sending Russian forces to the region.3

A note on terminology: This paper is focused on malign forms of Chinese and Russian influence. Not all engagement between Latin American and Caribbean countries and China and/or Russia is inherently harmful from the perspective of US interests. This paper is concerned with countering those forms of influence that undermine the security, prosperity, and freedom of the United States and the region.

In addition to Chinese and Russian malign influence, however, the region also presents many opportunities for the United States to cultivate, fruitful partnerships in the western hemisphere built on shared values. Outside of Europe and North America, the western hemisphere has boasted the highest proportion of democratically elected governments for the past three decades.4 Most of the population of the region lives in a democracy, and support for democracy remains high.5 There is a window of opportunity for a renewal of regional commitments to democracy and reform that the United States can—and should—capitalize on to reorient its relationship with the region.

Moreover, Latin America is home to major multinational firms that play a growing role in the global economy, and Panama Canal serves as a vital transit point for US and global trade. The region’s diverse and dynamic commercial landscape presents a compelling opportunity for mutually beneficial economic partnerships. On top of that, the region is rich in biodiversity, and regional partners could play a vital role in transitioning to clean energy and a green economy.

To address these challenges and opportunities, the Atlantic Council launched an eighteen-month project spearheaded by the Atlantic Council’s Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security in collaboration with the Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center. The project included a working group of experts, strategists, and former US and Latin American officials that met for three workshops. In addition, we commissioned five background papers that have been published alongside this final report. The project benefited greatly from the insight, experience, and expertise of the working group, and the authors are grateful for their input.

This strategy paper both reports on the depth and varied dimensions of the threats posed by China and Russia in the region and proposes a strategy to counter these threats while advancing US and regional interests.

Importantly, global and regional allies and partners will be critical to the success of this strategy. US allies in Europe and the Indo-Pacific have an interest in countering Chinese and Russian malign influence in the Global South, and Washington should harness its free world alliances and partnerships in this strategy. In addition, advancing US national interests in the hemisphere will depend on cultivating closer ties in the region by leaning into overlapping priorities and interests. Governments and populations in the region share an interest in countering malign forms of authoritarian influence. There is, of course, substantial heterogeneity across countries and operationalizing this strategy requires actions tailored to specific contexts.

This report identifies several goals to advance the security, prosperity, and freedom of the United States and Latin America and counter the malign influence of China and Russia.

First, the United States and regional partners should advance security in Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC). This will require reducing or eliminating Chinese and Russian military and intelligence activities in the region. It will also require preventing Chinese and Russian investments in sensitive national security areas. As this strategy will make plain in the following section, the United States and its allies and partners in Europe and the Indo-Pacific need to provide alternative avenues for security and intelligence cooperation and for infrastructure and technology investments.

Second, the United States should work alongside global and regional partners to enhance US and regional prosperity, predicated on free and fair trade, transparency, anti-corruption, the rule of law, and high labor and environmental standards. While the United States has already taken steps to limit ties to China in key sectors, both the United States and LAC countries will need to build on efforts to systematically “derisk” economic relationships with China and Russia including: a hard decoupling in areas of sensitive national security concern, countervailing measures such as tariffs to offset their unfair practices, while allowing or even promoting free and fair trade in nonsensitive areas such as agriculture. To reduce their vulnerability to economic coercion, countries of the region should diversify their economic partnerships, even in nonsensitive areas, to avoid becoming too dependent on potentially hostile autocratic actors. To make up for potentially reduced Chinese and Russian trade and investment, the United States and its free world allies must offer attractive and affordable alternatives for regional economic development.

Finally, the United States and its global and regional partners should work to promote freedom, democracy, and human rights in the region. This will partly be the natural result of efforts to advance security and prosperity as Chinese and Russian malign influence is reduced and the influence of the United States and free world allies is enhanced. Advancing freedom in the region will also require countering Chinese and Russian disinformation and pressuring autocratic states in the region, while promoting democratic opposition movements.

To achieve these goals, the United States should implement a strategy made up of the following four pillars:

  • Prioritize: The United States must prioritize strategic competition with China and Russia in the western hemisphere, and in other regions around the world beyond the border regions of the Indo-Pacific and Eastern Europe. For too long, the United States has devoted insufficient attention to Latin America and the Caribbean. If the United States is to advance its interests, it must effectively counter malign influence from two adversaries in its home hemisphere.
  • Invest: The United States must invest in American and regional innovation, private enterprise, and economic competitiveness. Much of this effort should focus on investment alternatives to companies and programs backed by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). The United States will need to ensure it implements the appropriate domestic and foreign policies to encourage American innovation, investment in the hemisphere, and growth alongside regional partners.
  • Message: The United States must compete more effectively in the information domain, spotlighting positive US engagement in the region, while highlighting negative forms of Chinese and Russian influence. This effort will require strategic messaging and a more robust public diplomacy apparatus.
  • Align: While challenging today, the United States must work toward building multilateral frameworks of like-minded nations in the region (and globally) that advance mutual prosperity while being based on shared principles of respect for the rule of law, transparency, sovereignty, and the free market. There is, and for the foreseeable future will be, resistance in the region to joining coalitions with an explicitly anti-China orientation, as countries favor a diversity of partnerships. That, however, does not preclude the United States from constructing new frameworks in which to engage countries in the region, while also cultivating people-to-people connections and including other allies and partners to deepen ties in the region.

Strategic context

The strategy proposed in this paper seeks to counter Chinese and Russian malign influence across several domains: economic, technology, governance and diplomacy, and security. The strategy recognizes that the forms of influence undertaken in the region by China and Russia differ in nature. As the 2022 National Security Strategy states, China presents a more strategic, longer-term threat, while Russia is a more acute threat to the United States. Both powers seek to undermine US interests throughout Latin America and the Caribbean even though their regional efforts are not usually coordinated.

The most concerning elements of China and Russia’s growing presence in the region are summarized herein.

Chinese regional influence

The goal of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) is to supplant the United States as the world’s dominant power.6 In pursuit of this goal, the CCP leverages different instruments to seek greater influence in all regions of the world, including Latin America and the Caribbean. In February 2023, the CCP fleshed out a vision for its Global Security Initiative, an effort to “to present a more comprehensive vision of a new world order and formulate the ideological backbone for a global governance system that elevates Chinese influence at the expense of American power.”7 Increasingly, China has used its formidable economic capabilities, bolstered by Chinese activities in the energy and technology spheres, to dominate other major areas of competition, such as governance and security, which have significant and acute effects on regional stability. China’s activities have made the CCP a powerful actor in the region and, depending on the issue and the country, the preferred partner over the United States.

China’s engagement in the region is primarily economic, including substantial investments over time, which strengthens commercial ties between the region and China. Chinese economic engagement occurs through programs such as the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) and more direct forms of bilateral trade and investment. Economic engagement often aims to cement access to resources or shift the policies of countries in the region; for example, guaranteeing access to critical minerals in Peru,8 or pushing countries to loosen ties with Taiwan.9 Recently, China’s support for LAC nations has included both military aid and support for nations emerging from the COVID-19 pandemic, including through the provision of vaccines.10 From the perspective of many in the region, China has posed as a productive and beneficial partner.

The threat posed to the US homeland by China has become clearer over the past year: a Chinese surveillance balloon traversing the United States prompted a dramatic Air Force downing off the East Coast as national news stations streamed coverage; China operates spy stations in Cuba and in the US homeland; China has a hand in the US fentanyl epidemic that continues to cost tens of thousands of lives, with chemical precursors reaching Mexico via China; and China has increased cooperation with transnational criminal organizations in the western hemisphere.

Unless the United States actively competes with China, regional nations may continue to prioritize engagement with the CCP over the United States in all or most sectors.

Economic domain

China’s economic influence in the region is likely the most expansive and destabilizing for US interests.11 These economic ties provide opportunities for malign influence in other areas, including governance, intelligence collection, and security. In the first two decades of the twenty-first century, China’s trade with the region rose a dramatic twenty-six fold from $12 billion to $315 billion, with projections estimating that these ties will more than double by 2035, reaching more than $700 billion.12 Several Latin American nations are part of the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, and twenty-one are now participating in the BRI.13 Beijing has numerous free trade agreements with nations in the region; and PRC companies are involved in dozens of port construction projects throughout Latin America.14

As Laura Richardson, commander of the US Southern Command, noted in March 8, 2023, testimony before the House Armed Services Committee, China’s investments in South America in “critical infrastructure, including deep-water ports, cyber, and space facilities,” have the potential for dual use.15 The CCP could, for example, use regional ports to restrict US naval activity.16 Particularly concerning in this regard are Chinese companies working on, or attempting to bid on, projects related to the Panama Canal.17 If China were to gain control over parts of the Panama Canal through seemingly benign infrastructure projects, then Beijing would control a vital waterway with the potential to constrain both US trade and military operations. Chinese economic activity in the region often occurs through state-owned enterprises, companies subsidized by the Chinese government, giving them a significant advantage in competing with local and international entities for various projects.18

China’s economic threat to the region extends to other areas as well, including illegal and unregulated fishing, a consequence of the depletion of resources along China’s own shores.19

Technology domain

China’s growing investments in twenty-first century technology and infrastructure create a number of challenges for the United States, including for intelligence and securing supply chains. The Chinese technology company Huawei is responsible for sixty percent of the region’s telecommunications infrastructure.20 Major regional players, such as Argentina and Brazil, are dependent on Huawei technology for their cellular networks.21 Huawei is bound by PRC laws that obligate companies to provide information relevant to China’s security to national security bodies within the PRC.22 Other Chinese technologies that may pose a threat include the increasing prevalence of Chinese rideshare companies and scanner technology that collects personal data, and the emergence of “smart cities” throughout the region where Chinese companies have a significant presence.23

China also is making major investments in the region in the critical minerals necessary to many emerging technologies. Lithium is a strategically important material, essential to battery production and other technologies.24 Half of the world’s lithium reserves are contained in the “Lithium Triangle” nations of Argentina, Bolivia, and Chile, making the region a particularly attractive market.25 Between 2000 and 2018, China poured $73 billion into Latin America’s raw materials sector with significant recent investments in lithium production.26 If China gained a monopoly on critical minerals in Latin America, it could further restrict US access to vital materials needed for both the green energy transition and to develop and power emerging technologies.

Moreover, Latin America’s green transition is largely funded by Beijing, with approximately 90 percent of all wind and solar technologies installed in the region having been produced by Chinese companies.27 While Latin America’s green transition is beneficial for the global environment, its dependence on China increases risks of coercion.

Governance and diplomacy domain

Chinese economic investments allow China to exert malign influence in other ways, including on regional governance. Specifically, China has used its economic influence to push countries to end diplomatic recognition of Taiwan.28 In the spring of 2023, Honduras announced that it would sever diplomatic relations with Taiwan, becoming the fifth Central American nation to switch recognition to Beijing in the past few years, a trend indicative of Beijing’s growing power.29

China is targeting international and regional institutions, such as the Organization of American States, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Caribbean Development Bank, and the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation, in an effort to exert greater power and control throughout the hemisphere. It does so by both diminishing US influence in these bodies and promoting its own alternative institutions such as the China Development Bank.30

China’s prioritization of in-person diplomatic engagements and exchanges in the region further amplifies its malign influence. Since coming to power in 2013, President Xi Jinping has repeatedly traveled to the region, visiting at least a dozen countries.31 Then-President Barack Obama made several trips to the region during his eight-year term, but presidential travel to the region has waned in recent years. President Biden has traveled to the region once since taking office in 2021, and from 2017 to 2020, President Trump made only one visit to the region, to Argentina for the Group of Twenty (G20).

China arranges other exchanges across Latin America and the Caribbean with political, business, and military leaders.32 Concerningly, China also hosts meetings through CCP institutions, including the CCP International Liaison Department, to meet with political parties across the region.33 Around 300 such meetings were held between 2002 and 2017, with little publicly available information on what was discussed.34 Between 2020 and 2022, the United States had an opportunity to dramatically outpace China in regional engagement, given that COVID-19 restrictions significantly hampered the ability of senior Chinese officials to travel overseas. While US travel was also restricted, the constraints were less severe and did not last as long as in China. Now, however, that window has closed, and China may strive to make up for lost time in the region.

China also has branched into the educational sphere, establishing Confucius Institutes across Latin America and the Caribbean to promote a positive view of China among the next generation of regional leaders.35 In 2020, the United States designated the Confucius Institute US Center as a foreign mission of China due to the “opacity” and “state-directed nature” of the organization.36 Chinese propaganda—through Xinhua News Agency, The People’s Daily, China Radio International, and other news and media agencies—bolsters these initiatives, amplifies CCP propaganda and misinformation, and expands China’s regional influence.37

Furthermore, competition for Chinese investment has exacerbated already pervasive networks of corruption and elite capture in the region, especially in countries with authoritarian or authoritarian-leaning regimes.38 In Ecuador, for example, faulty and dangerous infrastructure projects have been negotiated in exchange for oil contracts.39 Corrupt leaders, such as Nicolás Maduro in Venezuela, are buoyed by Chinese loans and investment, at the expense of oppressed citizens.40

Security domain

In the security domain, increased Chinese military presence in the region is particularly alarming for US national interests given its proximity to the United States. China has targeted authoritarian and populist regimes in particular, having provided significant arms to Bolivia, Ecuador, and Venezuela.41 China also supports militaries and police forces more broadly throughout Latin America and the Caribbean with training and equipment, in addition to participating in regional peacekeeping missions, exchanges, and humanitarian support through a People’s Liberation Army (PLA) hospital ship.42

In June 2023, news broke of an agreement between China and Cuba to establish a spy station to monitor signals intelligence and eavesdrop on US electronic communications.43 It was later revealed that the base had been running for at least four years.44 Beijing maintains ground satellite stations in Bolivia, Brazil, Ecuador, and Venezuela, and the largest space facility outside of China is in Argentina.45 The space stations could be used to collect intelligence and intercept information from the United States.46 The station in Argentina is particularly worrisome given the lack of access and oversight for Argentine officials.47 A subentity of the PLA’s Strategic Support Force (overseeing space, cyber, and electronic warfare) had been allowed access to two antennae out of the Santiago Satellite Station in Chile, which is owned and operated by the Swedish Space Corporation (SSC). In 2020, the SSC announced that it would not renew contracts allowing Beijing use of its Australian facilities due to concerns about intelligence gathering and surveillance, but there was no indication this would affect contracts with China in other parts of the world.48

Russian regional influence

Russia’s activities in the region center on primarily two objectives: first, orienting nations away from the United States, especially with military equipment and security cooperation and often in the service of buttressing authoritarian governments; and second, using propaganda and information warfare to curry favor with local governments and fuel anti-American sentiment. Russia does not have the economic and military might of China, and its activities in the region therefore are not as pervasive. Although Russian activity poses a less serious threat to US strategic interests in the region, countering Russian malign influence will advance American national security objectives and complement efforts to mitigate the threats posed by the increasing CCP presence throughout Latin America and the Caribbean.

In contrast to China’s approach, Russia’s engagement in the region is more opportunistic and sporadic in its effort to orient countries away from the United States. Russia has pursued military partnerships with Cuba, Venezuela, and Nicaragua. This has included dispatching Russian troops, planes, and ships to the region.49 In the aftermath of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, Russia has sought to convey that it does not want countries to have to choose sides between Russia and the United States when, in fact, it has used its war to drive a wedge in Western relationships with countries in the region.50 Russia has encouraged the idea that US support for Ukraine and attempts by the United States to persuade Latin American countries to condemn Russia and support Ukraine is a form of modern-day imperialism.51 This view has been amplified through Russia’s use of disinformation and misinformation, which is primarily spread through media organizations, such as Sputnik Mundo and RT en Español. In the energy sector, Russia has its most significant investments in Venezuela, where Russian oil companies are well represented. In the wake of a full European Union embargo on Russian oil products, Russia has significantly boosted its exports to Brazil, Panama, Uruguay, Cuba, and other countries in the region.52

Economic domain

Russia’s economic inroads in Latin America and the Caribbean, though less extensive than China’s, cannot be ignored. Through the BRICS group (i.e., Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, with six additional nations to join in 2024), Russia has sought to undermine the US dollar through the establishment of a rival BRICS currency. The feasibility of this initiative is questionable, but its support among BRICS nations—and other countries harboring dollar-denominated debt—should be cause for concern to the United States.53 While many factors militate against a complete transition away from US dollar dominance, the Atlantic Council’s Carla Norrlöf has warned, “For the first time since the collapse of the Bretton Woods gold standard, we are seeing a systemic limit on the dollar centered economic order and US foreign policy.”54

Cultivating economic ties with economies in Latin America has helped Russia bolster its resilience against Western sanctions and restrictions. Following the invasion of Ukraine, Russian exports to Brazil, one of the largest economies in Latin America, surged by 106 percent.55 In April 2023 alone, Brazil’s imports of Russian oil rose by 53 percent, compared to a less than 1 percent surge the prior year.56 US-led global efforts to economically isolate the Kremlin have not resonated in Latin America as they did in Europe.

Governance and diplomacy domain

Russia’s most prominent activity in the region arguably concerns the spread of disinformation and propaganda, which pumps out anti-American sentiment. Russia’s messaging apparatus is among the region’s most formidable,57 leveraging social media platforms including Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, and WhatsApp, bot technologies, and state disinformation outlets such as RT and Sputnik to spread narratives favorable to Moscow, undermine democratic institutions, and foment discord.58 Russian information warfare has had notable success in Latin America, leveraging Spanish-language news media. RT en Espanol, for example, has sixteen million Facebook followers, which is triple the number of its English-language alternative.59 Russia’s efforts have borne fruit. In Mexico, 34 percent of people in one survey said they had a somewhat or very favorable view of Russia.60

Russia has focused particular attention on a concentrated set of anti-American, authoritarian states. Under Putin, Russia has continued close cooperation with Venezuela, Cuba, and Nicaragua, supporting these regimes through the use of military, economic, and political aid. Nevertheless, since launching its full-scale invasion of Ukraine, Russia has made overtures to states across the region, trying to diminish support for Washington and Kyiv. This has included deepening ties with Argentina, Mexico, and Brazil, all three of which abstained from a resolution approved at the Organization of American States to expel Russia as an observer nation.61

Security domain

A legacy of Russia’s Cold War foray into the western hemisphere is the continued use of Soviet-era military equipment by countries across the region, including US partners. Since the end of the Cold War, Russia has continued military sales to its allies in the region. Russia’s military support to the region has primarily centered on assistance to Cuba, Venezuela, and Nicaragua. Russia has provided substantial security support to all three regimes in the form of advanced equipment, arms, training, and troops.62 American partners in the region including Colombia and Peru continue to use Russian equipment, and Brazil has explored modernizing its military through Russian equipment in the past.63 Overall, the share of Russian arms sales to Latin American was approximately 20 percent between 2000 and 2017—about the same percentage as US sales to the region.64

Although Russian military activities are limited in scope in Latin America and the Caribbean, particularly as compared to China, they still provide a potential “port of entry” for Moscow.65 For example, Russia maintains a permanent military presence of between 200 and 300 troops in Nicaragua.66 Nicaragua is also home to a base for the GLONASS satellite system, Moscow’s homegrown equivalent to the US-developed Global Positioning System (GPS).67

Through opaque organizations created under the guise of fostering economic and trade partnerships, the Kremlin has expanded its already extensive intelligence and cyber capabilities to the western hemisphere. A prime example is Russia’s National Committee for the Promotion of Economic Trade with Countries of Latin America (NC SESLA), chaired and led by former high-level officials involved with Soviet and later Russian intelligence security services.68 NC SESLA is a grouping of companies that provide intelligence and surveillance, including one that built a multibillion-dollar secure communications network for the Russian military.69

Regionally, Russia has expanded the use of its surveillance tool, the System for Operative Investigative Activities (SORM), which has the ability to intercept phone conversations, written communications, and track other internet-based communications. SORM has been exported to countries including Nicaragua and Venezuela.70 In Russia, SORM is regularly weaponized against political opponents, dissidents, and activists to monitor and clamp down on their activities.71

Opportunities for positive US and allied engagement in Latin America and the Caribbean

In addition to the challenges posed by increasing Chinese and Russian influence, there are many positive reasons for the United States and its global allies and partners to engage the region. Latin America and the Caribbean are home to just under 660 million people, many of whom share a commitment to democracy, human rights, and sovereignty, as laid out at the Inter-American Democratic Charter, adopted in 2001 by all members of the Organization of American States.72 In 2018, 25 percent of immigrants to the United States were from Mexico and another 25 percent were from elsewhere in Latin America. Across the region, 84 percent of the population still lives in a democracy, and while the percentage is declining, a large share of Latin Americans still see democracy as the ideal form of government.73

Latin America is home to major multinational firms that play a growing role in the global economy. In 2019, Brazil ranked third worldwide among countries that had companies attain “unicorn status,” with valuations of $1 billion or more.74 The region also contains the Panama Canal, which is critical for US and global trade. Forty percent of US container traffic makes its way through the Panama Canal, which transports $270 billion in goods every year. The canal is especially important for US agricultural and energy exports, reducing the cost and time needed to transport goods to Asia.75 The region’s diverse and dynamic commercial landscape presents a compelling opportunity for mutually beneficial economic partnerships.

Latin America and the Caribbean contain 40 percent of the world’s biodiversity and 57 percent of its primary forests. The region’s forests and mangroves act as a carbon sink, holding ten times the amount of carbon that China creates each year.76 Moreover, collaboration is urgently needed to address the effects of climate change on shipping through the Panama Canal, where low waters and changing weather patterns are negatively affecting trade.77 When President Biden made his first calls to leaders in Argentina, Chile, and Costa Rica, he discussed climate change with his counterparts.78 The LAC region has a vital role to play in the transition to clean energy and a green economy.

Strategic errors by the United States

The United States has made four strategic errors that have enabled China and Russia to develop increasing influence throughout Latin America and the Caribbean. These errors can and should be corrected.

The United States has paid a problematic lack of attention to the region, which has resulted in the United States ceding unnecessary ground to China and Russia. This has been driven by a lack of adequate prioritization of Latin America and the Caribbean in strategic competition. This lack of attention has resulted in diminished resources and focus that could have been devoted to building strong, results-oriented partnerships that counter Chinese and Russian malign influence. Correcting this problem is a necessary step to success in the region and the United States must reprioritize the region amid new realities of strategic competition with China and Russia.

In addition, the United States has inadequately utilized all tools of national power to compete with China and Russia in Latin America and the Caribbean, especially with regard to fully utilizing economic tools and strategic messaging to counter Chinese and Russian malign influence.

Furthermore, there has been a failure to develop serious alternatives to the proposals and partnerships offered by China and Russia in the region. The United States must develop alternatives to Chinese regional projects, particularly in the economic sphere, and be clear that partnering with the United States offers a better path for independence, growth, and sovereignty.
Finally, the historic policies of the United States toward the region have bred distrust. During the height of the Cold War, and in the early part of the twentieth century, the United States regularly interfered in the domestic affairs of Latin American nations. Trust between many countries in Latin America and the United States is still low. Both China and to a lesser extent Russia lack the previous history of intervention in the region.

Failure to correct these errors and turn to a better strategy will have grave consequences for the United States. Should Chinese and Russian malign influence continue to grow unabated in the region, the geostrategic picture will be bleak for the United States. Technology and digital infrastructure in Latin America and the Caribbean will be closely tied to Chinese enterprise. This could increase vulnerability to Chinese intelligence gathering, while also enabling China to embed autocratic norms in the region’s technological infrastructure. The net effect will be to corrode democracy and bolster authoritarian actors. The region will increasingly depend on China for trade and investment, including in sectors critical to national security. Democracy will retreat as China and Russia buttress authoritarian regimes and sow disinformation that undermines support for democracy. The consequences of inaction are too dire to keep making the same mistakes.

Goals

To correct past mistakes, seize opportunities in the region, and counter Chinese and Russian malign influence, the United States and its global and regional allies and partners should pursue a new strategy for the western hemisphere. A good strategy starts with clear goals.

This report identifies several goals to advance the security, prosperity, and freedom of the United States and LAC and counter the malign influence of China and Russia.

  • Security: The United States and regional partners should advance security in LAC. This will require reducing or eliminating Chinese and Russian military and intelligence activities in the region. It also will require preventing Chinese and Russian investments in sensitive national security areas. As this strategy will make plain in the following section, the United States and its allies and partners in Europe and the Indo-Pacific need to provide alternative avenues for security and intelligence cooperation and for infrastructure and technology investments.
  • Prosperity: The United States should work alongside global and regional partners to enhance US and LAC prosperity, predicated on free and fair trade, transparency, anti-corruption, the rule of law, and high labor and environmental standards. The United States should build on its existing efforts and work with the region to derisk economic relationships with China and Russia. To make up for potentially reduced Chinese and Russian trade and investment, the United States and its free world allies must offer attractive and affordable alternatives for regional economic development.
  • Freedom: The United States and its global and regional partners should work to promote freedom, democracy, and human rights in the region. This will partly be the natural result of efforts to advance security and prosperity as Chinese and Russian malign influence is reduced and the influence of the United States and free world allies is enhanced. Advancing freedom in the region will also require countering Chinese and Russian disinformation and pressuring autocratic states in the region, while promoting democratic opposition movements.

In pursuing this strategy, the United States should consider the following four benchmarks of success over the coming decade and beyond:

  • Chinese and Russian malign influence across critical domains identified in this paper (e.g., economy, governance, etc.) does not significantly advance and, in fact, is reduced. The United States must take steps in the immediate term to prevent irreversible advancement by China and Russia across the domains under study. These efforts will be particularly important in sectors of acute relevance to US national security, such as the military and technological domains. Evidence of this objective being achieved would include a slowdown in new BRI or other Chinese investments and infrastructure projects, reduced or nonexistent efforts at further space and satellite cooperation, etc. At the same time, the United States would have begun working in earnest with regional partners to strengthen cooperation in these and other areas.
  • Critical national security sectors are secure. The United States has secured key sectors from malign Chinese and Russian influence, ensuring that foreign competitors and adversaries do not have undue access to critical components of regional infrastructure, technology, and security. The United States is therefore insulated from potential vulnerability in areas that could have direct and significant effects on US national security. Through partnerships with regional nations, the United States and the region enjoy secure supply chains, communication lines, critical infrastructure, and resource access.
  • America is the partner of choice for the region, economically and in other areas. Much of China’s malign influence in the region is linked to its economic relationships. Russia, albeit at a smaller scale, has also indicated a willingness to invest in multiple sectors across Latin America and the Caribbean. If successful, the United States will achieve measurable improvement in its level of trade, investment, and commercial partnerships in the region built on the basis of fairness, reciprocity, free market principles, transparency, and mutual benefit. It will have stepped up significantly on bilateral trade, investment, and other economic engagements throughout the region. The United States and US companies are also the favored partners in technology and security agreements. Respect for free markets, private-sector development, and innovation is increasingly the norm across the region in concert with expanded US-regional economic partnership.
  • Democratic principles and human rights are strengthened. Democratic backsliding initially recedes, reversing recent trends towards autocracy. Indexes show authoritarian inroads diminishing, and even signs of democratic improvement on benchmarks assessing rule of law, open markets, and governance. Ultimately, governance in the region trends toward increased accountability, transparency, and respect for the rule of law, and away from authoritarianism, with increases in civil liberties and individual freedoms across the region.

Elements of the strategy

To achieve the goals outlined above, this strategy consists of four elements: prioritize, invest, message, and align. These pillars of action will make the United States and its free-world allies more competitive as a partner for Latin American and Caribbean countries, not only because of the values the United States espouses—importantly including respect for the rule of law, sovereignty, and independence—but also because the United States and its allies can offer compelling alternatives that will benefit these nations in multiple ways, including boosting economic prosperity, safeguarding democracy and freedom, and improving security. Some actions may need to precede others, though they should not necessarily be interpreted as sequential pillars.

Within these pillars, the United States and its allies should employ all tools of national power, including: economic, diplomatic, and military. Competing economically helps counter China in all domains. Improved diplomacy, including public diplomacy, counters the malign influence of China and Russia in the disinformation sphere and helps to ensure that the nations of the region understand the United States seeks to meaningfully engage the region as a trustworthy, reliable partner. Military engagement also has an important role to play, though the United States should eschew an overly militaristic approach, which risks fostering distrust given the history of US interventions in the region.

One key idea that cuts across the pillars outlined below is the need to derisk relations with China and Russia. Derisking is predicated on four components: First, the United States and Latin American countries should decouple from China in areas sensitive to national security. This includes leveraging tools such as investment screening and export restrictions. Second, in areas where unfair trade practices are employed, the United States and regional countries should counter with tariffs or other countervailing measures. Third, consistent with the principle outlined at the start of the paper that not all forms of Chinese and Russian influence are malign, free and fair trade can continue in areas of minimal national security risk. Finally, as a rule, the United States and Latin American allies and partners should diversify economic relationships, even in nonsensitive areas, to reduce vulnerability to coercion.

Prioritize

The United States and its allies must begin to prioritize the strategic importance of the western hemisphere in their broader national security strategy. US leadership in the region is critical to advancing US national security and prevailing in strategic competition around the world. The United States and its allies must place a high priority on dialogue and partnerships with nations in this region even as they continue to advance their interests in other important regions, such as Europe, the Indo-Pacific, and the Middle East.

For too long, the United States has taken the Latin American and Caribbean region for granted and failed to adequately recognize that the countries in the region are important partners. Success in strategic competition will demand a change in mindset that highlights the urgency of countering Chinese and Russian power in the home hemisphere of the United States. Nevertheless, the United States should not frame its engagement in the region only as a means to counter China and Russia; rather, the United States must also recognize the broader strategic importance of strong relationships with its Latin American and Caribbean neighbors.

Applying the aforementioned tools, the United States can prioritize Latin America and the Caribbean in several ways. Economically, the United States needs to devote substantial attention to the strategic sectors of energy, technology, space, and critical minerals, among others, where Chinese dominance and malign influence could more significantly undermine US interests. Already, the United States has taken some steps toward this end in recent years. For example, both the Trump and Biden administrations called for reviews of the US critical minerals supply chain and directed federal resources to strengthen the US mining sector. The launch of the Minerals Security Partnership in June 2022 was a good step,79 but the failure to include any South American nations is a key oversight, and the United States should work to engage regional partners in the effort.80

Relatedly, the United States can reform its bureaucracy to better enable it to compete in the region. The Treasury and Commerce Departments, along with various economic entities in the US government, should be empowered and encouraged to lead efforts to more effectively engage in the region. While the State Department and Defense Department are vital for US foreign policy, economic institutions will be particularly important given China’s leveraging of its economic heft in the western hemisphere. For many countries in the region, economic aid and fruitful commercial partnerships are a priority over other forms of engagement.

Still, the State Department, in particular, has an important role to play. Congress and the executive branch need to come to terms on ambassadorial appointments, ensuring the United States does not leave its embassies underserved in the region. Currently, seven ambassadorial appointments in the region are vacant.81 In general, the United States must place a higher priority on direct engagement with the region by increasing the number of bilateral and multilateral engagements between regional actors and leading US national security, foreign policy, and economic officials. This LAC outreach includes, but is not limited to, increasing the number of state visits with nations, presidential and cabinet-level travel, and interagency cooperation as applicable. The United States must also prioritize attendance of high-ranking officials at regional and international fora. Since taking office, President Biden has visited Mexico but not South America. Secretary of State Antony Blinken has traveled more broadly, visiting nine countries in the region. A presidential trip to South America should be top of mind for President Biden and would be a clear way to show a commitment to the region.

The United States should also develop positions or offices within bureaus dedicated to addressing the challenge of strategic competition in Latin America. US officials should encourage allies and partners to develop similar, counterpart entities in order to facilitate coordination on policy toward the region.

This could also bolster US efforts to promote democracy in countries such as Venezuela, Cuba, and Nicaragua. As our colleagues Hardy Merriman, Patrick Quirk, and Ash Jain suggest in the context of advancing democracy broadly, “Departments and agencies within the US government should set up working groups to review options and establish improved processes for supporting [pro-democracy civil resistance] movements.” The executive branch should position itself to be able to jump into action to support civil resistance movements, including through training.82

In the context of security cooperation, the United States can streamline provisions that make it harder to compete with Russia, which has been a willing supplier of military equipment and training across the region. One such way to do so would be by reforming the “Leahy law,” the US government provision that prevents funds from going to train or equip armed forces accused of human rights violations. The process by which the State Department evaluates partner countries’ suitability for military assistance is lengthy and opaque, potentially causing yearslong delays to the establishment of security partnerships. Finding ways to make the process transparent and shorter—while maintaining its efficacy and integrity—would facilitate greater US military cooperation in the region. One way to do so would be to amend the condition that aid be suspended to an entire unit if one member of the unit is implicated in violating human rights. The current law states that aid cannot resume until the recipient country deals with the alleged offender, a process that is lengthy and may not ever occur. Streamlining access to arms sales, training, and intelligence cooperation would position the United States as a compelling alternative to China or Russia and demonstrate a commitment to regional security.

Moreover, and also in the security domain, the US Southern Command is underfunded relative to other commands, despite the fact that its responsibilities focus on areas in proximity to the United States.83 Congress should increase funding for SOUTHCOM so that it can advance its mission and facilitate security partnerships in the region. SOUTHCOM also has a role to play in securing freedom of navigation in the western hemisphere and countering illegal or unregulated fishing that threatens maritime ecosystems and resource access for Latin American countries. This could take the form of more frequent deployment of US Navy or Coast Guard vessels to the region. Allies and partners with sufficient naval or coast guard capacity could also contribute, demonstrating broader, free world resolve to uphold free seas and protect resources from predatory actors.

The United States also needs to prioritize border security to control migration and the flow of fentanyl and other drugs. While tougher security measures will help, this strategy will also incentivize migrants to stay in Latin America, as fruitful partnerships foster freedom and prosperity in the region.

Furthermore, the United States and its free world allies can increase development aid to the region. Between 1946 and 2019, the United States provided over $93 billion of assistance to Latin America and the Caribbean.84 While US assistance to the region peaked following President John F. Kennedy’s 1961 introduction of the Alliance for Progress (an anti-poverty initiative aimed at countering Soviet and Cuban influence), assistance steeply declined following the dissolution of the Soviet Union. Following its substantial fiscal year 2022 request, the Biden administration “requested more than $2.4 billion of State Department- and USAID-managed foreign assistance for Latin America and the Caribbean in FY 2023, which (in current dollars) is more funding than has been allocated to the region in any single year in more than a decade,” according to the Congressional Research Service.85 While this is a positive trend, just over $2 billion is not much money for a region comprising more than thirty countries.

Finally, the United States should reinvigorate its capacity to engage in robust public diplomacy and strategic messaging. This was an essential component of the US victory in the Cold War, and the US government should leverage strategic messaging to sound the alarm frequently and loudly on China’s predatory economic practices. The State Department’s Global Engagement Center and Voice of America (VOA), which enjoys wide reach in the region, should be adequately resourced and employed to promote US interests in the region. The Global Engagement Center, for example, is a critical player in US efforts to combat disinformation and propaganda. Beyond naming-and-shaming instances and perpetrators of disinformation, additional resources for Latin America-focused initiatives could buttress the center’s efforts to develop programs that build societal resilience to authoritarian narratives.

Invest

Countering malign influence in the region will require the United States and its allies to diminish China’s troubling economic partnerships and investments in the region while boosting US and allied investment. To compete effectively, however, the United States must offer compelling alternatives. Competing will be more difficult in certain instances given the advantages the CCP has in exerting government control over business and society in China.86 However, to date, the United States has not truly prioritized such competition.

Whereas the first pillar focuses on prioritizing engagement through, for example, high-level visits, adequately resourcing tools such as foreign aid and public diplomacy, and reforming regulations, this pillar explores ways the United States can invest in the region to offer compelling alternatives to China and Russia.

Toward this end, the United States and its allies should pursue trade, investment, and market integration with nations in the region based on principles of fairness, reciprocity, mutual benefit, and transparency. These will provide frameworks that will help to facilitate greater private-sector interaction between countries. Whereas China is more apt to leverage the power and wealth of the state, the United States’ prime economic asset is its strong private sector. Thus, any action that unleashes the US private sector to engage directly in the region is a boon to US efforts to encourage investment.

To achieve this, the United States must invigorate the various agencies that support US enterprises seeking to do business with foreign partners. The Export-Import Bank of the United States’ China and Transformational Export Program (CTEP), for example, aims to aid exporters facing unfair competition from the PRC in foreign markets.87 These entities elevate the competitiveness of the US private sector in international markets and actively compete with the global expansion of PRC investments and funding. Increased investment, support, and promotion of CTEP and other similar funding mechanisms will make the United States more competitive in the region.

The US International Development Finance Corporation (DFC) is another entity the United States can leverage to invest in the region and spur economic development. It can play an important role, for example, in supporting a healthy economy of small- and medium-sized enterprises. Just last year, for example, the DFC provided financing for small- and medium-sized enterprises in Paraguay.88

There also are opportunities to work through multilateral entities to advance commercial ties and encourage fruitful engagement between the public and private sectors. The Biden administration has begun taking steps to do this by, for example, committing in 2022 to provide a capital increase for IDB Invest, the private-sector arm of the Inter-American Development Bank.89

Relatedly, US government officials should work with regional counterparts and private-sector leaders to promote cooperation and joint ventures, particularly in sectors with critical national security implications. These actions would strengthen supply chains by advancing ally- and partner-shoring in the region. For example, the United States should deepen its relationships with countries in the Lithium Triangle, especially Chile and Argentina. Argentina’s acceptance into the BRICS group of nations should serve as a wake-up call for the United States. In response, the United States should double down on economic aid and investment in the country, offering alternatives to China through investing in infrastructure and helping to modernize the Argentine military.

The United States and its allies should take an active role in promoting and building up local tech companies across the region, offering incentives for small start-ups to partner with American and allied tech giants. Currently, Huawei, the Chinese telecom giant, has cemented itself as a major player in the region due to its cost efficiency. Chinese subsidies make the cost of infrastructure and network service significantly lower than that of unsubsidized competitors, and the company operates on a massive scale relative to global competitors in its space. To technologically compete, the United States and its allies must present a viable, more cost-efficient alternate. Given its size, dislodging Huawei will be difficult in the near term; therefore, the United States should first work with allies and partners to promote cost-effective digital-infrastructure partnerships with companies such as Nokia, Ericsson, and Samsung, both seeking ways to scale up Huawei competitors and make alternatives to Huawei more financially viable.

In addition, the United States and its allies should promote investment in and partnerships with the local technology ecosystems of countries across the region. This approach will have multiple benefits: it leverages engagement with allies and partners, including regional partners, to create a more diverse digital ecosystem that China is less capable of dominating.

One criticism of derisking is that countries cannot afford to derisk (e.g., Huawei is a more affordable partner than Samsung). As this section outlines, however, the way to address this is by investing in a diverse ecosystem of alternatives. For the sake of preserving democratic norms, derisking is an imperative, not a choice.

Most of the world’s identified lithium reserves are found in this region, and lithium is critical for myriad technologies today, including electric vehicle batteries. Prospects for closer ties with Chile and Argentina may be more realistic in the near term than with Bolivia, the third country in the triangle, given tensions over human rights and drug trafficking.

Congress has a critical role to play in supporting capacity-building efforts and deepening security partnerships. Pending legislation such as the 2023 Western Hemisphere Partnership Act and the Caribbean Basin Security Initiative Authorization Act aim to strengthen the institutional and technical capacities of regional partners’ military and law-enforcement institutions and advance democratic governance. There are provisions for arms sales, military aid, training, and more and both the Senate and the House must work to pass this legislation.

Similarly, the United States should strive to position itself as a more attractive partner in emerging domains such as outer space. China has pursued a bilateral model of engagement with Latin American countries when it comes to space, signing agreements with Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Ecuador, and Venezuela.90 Cooperation on space topics is realized through China’s Space Information Corridor, part of the BRI.91 Russia, for its part, has focused on space cooperation through the BRICS group.92 Whether through government-to-government engagement (e.g., via NASA) or through private-sector partnerships (e.g., via SpaceX), the United States should pursue closer ties to the region on space. NASA Administrator Bill Nelson had a fruitful trip to the region earlier this year, for example, during which Argentina signed onto the Artemis Accords, a US-led multilateral effort to expand space exploration. The US government should build on this progress, promote deeper regional engagement via the Artemis Accords, and expand multilateral astronaut training programs.93

Message

The United States needs to compete more effectively in the information space, denying China and Russia opportunities to shape narratives in the region that are favorable to them without pushback. This requires robust diplomatic engagement, and a strengthened public diplomacy apparatus. The United States should make its presence in the region felt, proffering democratic norms, spotlighting its positive engagement, and warning of the dangers of negative forms of Chinese and Russian influence.

Toward this end, there are a number of steps the United States should take. Active, regular engagement in regional multilateral fora will be important for the United States to shape the direction of these entities. The United States should also confirm a regular timeline for the Summit of the Americas to convene.

It is unrealistic and impractical to expect Latin American and Caribbean countries to cease accepting investments from China or Russia, especially as LAC countries do receive some tangible benefits from engagement. On the other hand, in addition to making itself an attractive partner, the United States can provide input on best practices to build a robust regional infrastructure for reviewing foreign investments in areas critical to national and regional security. Currently, countries in the region, with the exceptions of Mexico and Brazil, have some of the lowest restrictions.94

As noted earlier in the paper, the United States should reinvigorate institutions dedicated to strategic messaging and public diplomacy. VOA maintains significant capabilities to circumvent restrictions in areas where access to information is restricted.95 A key part of this strategy will require that VOA prioritize the LAC region as a domain for strategic messaging. This messaging should stress that there is a clear difference between partnering with the United States versus with China or Russia, as the former can offer partnerships built on shared democratic principles and a heightened emphasis on transparency and respect of sovereignty, while the latter will seek a predatory advantage even if there is some near-term economic gain for both parties.

This messaging can use as its foundation the clear success of the rules-based international system over the past seven decades. Indeed, since the end of World War II, there has been unprecedented peace, prosperity, and freedom throughout the world when looking at metrics such as wartime casualties, gross domestic product per capita, and the increasing number of democracies globally.96 Adherence to the norms and institutions of the rules-based international system has, and will be, a boon to human rights, anti-corruption efforts, and the rule of law in Latin America.

The US government should also leverage strategic messaging to counter Chinese and Russian disinformation in Latin America and the Caribbean. These messaging efforts should aim to prevent China and Russia from undermining democratic norms and institutions.

Empowering and engaging with local civil-society organizations is one means toward this end. For example, nongovernmental organizations and grassroots-led groups across Latin America have raised concerns about the environmentally harmful impacts of Chinese investments in the region.97 Through entities such as the National Endowment for Democracy, the United States can strengthen these voices and also support other programs, including digital literacy efforts to build resilience to disinformation.

Finally, the United States should make clear what it is doing to support the region. For example, the United States substantially leads China in providing humanitarian assistance and disaster relief to the region. The United States must learn to highlight the real benefits it provides to nations across the region.98 Furthermore, the United States remains the largest trade partner in Latin America as a whole, despite China’s inroads.99

Public diplomacy efforts should also be complemented by behind-the-scenes, senior engagement between US officials and their counterparts, in which negative potential consequences of partnering with China (and the benefits of partnering with the United States) are repeated frequently. As noted earlier in this paper, the United States does not do a good enough job convincing countries of the risks posed by malign influence. Even reports from earlier this year of a Chinese spy base in Cuba were met with little publicly expressed concern by countries in the hemisphere, apart from the United States.100 As one study noted, projects associated with Chinese infrastructure investment regularly posed several challenges to recipient nations, including severe financial burdens, a lack of transparency, and harm to local economies and environments. These risks need to be stated clearly and repeatedly, while positive alternative options for partnership are put forward.101

Align

The final pillar of this strategy is for the United States to work toward building multilateral frameworks, cultivating people-to-people connections, and deepening ties in the region with the help of other allies and partners. Any multilateral framework must offer tangible results to all partners and should be based on shared principles of respect for the rule of law, transparency, sovereignty, and the free market.

Toward this end, beyond just cultivating one-off trade agreements, the United States should seek to bring countries together, in either broad regional partnerships or minilateral groupings around matters such as equitable labor and environmental standards. China has faced protests in the region due to its support of projects with weaker environmental safeguards, for example, and partnerships around common principles could reduce Beijing’s ability to compete in the region. Indeed, by forming coalitions around high standards for economic partnerships, the United States and regional partners can ensure a level playing field for their citizens to challenge lower quality CCP projects.

At the 2022 Summit of the Americas, the United States unveiled the Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity.102 However, the partnership has several shortcomings: it does not include the lowering of tariffs or offer other market incentives.103 The Biden administration should prioritize making the Americas Partnership into a robust, lasting entity with continuity across future presidents, and a goal of the next summit should be to work toward concrete steps to open markets.

The United States should rally its allies in the free world to address the threats posed by Chinese and Russian malign influence in LAC. US officials should put concrete steps for countering these adversaries in the region on its agenda during bilateral and multilateral engagements with allies and partners.

The United States also should nurture people-to-people connections with the broader regional populace. One way to do this would be increasing the number of Fulbright scholarships that the United States offers and broadening the number of countries across the region in which Fulbright scholars can study and teach. Currently, Fulbright grants are not available to a number of countries in the region; expanding access to these grants can allow for the creation of greater and more lasting cultural connections. The United States should also devote additional resources to exchange programs, allowing more students from the region to study in the United States.

If the United States is able to offer compelling alternatives to China and Russia, particularly as an economic and security partner, then it should be in a stronger position to build formal or semiformal multilateral partnerships in the region. Absent mutual benefits and transparency, the United States has little hope of bringing together regional partners. Key to this is building resilience among like-minded states so that they are able to resist the incentives offered by China and Russia.

In addition, apart from forming formal or ad hoc coalitions, the United States should play a leading role in regional organizations to ensure they are resourced sufficiently to execute their missions and that malign regional actors do not undermine these institutions’ respect for principles such as rule of law and open markets.

Finally, the United States should engage its European and Indo-Pacific allies and support their existing endeavors aimed at fortifying their respective relationships with Latin America and the Caribbean. For the past decade, foreign direct investment from the European Union has outstripped that of the United States.104 As part of its Global Gateway scheme, the European Union has sought to establish a rival BRI, with a €45 billion investment.105 By combining their efforts and enacting joint region-specific strategies, the United States and Europe could collectively engage Latin America and the Caribbean and reduce authoritarian influence.

The Biden administration’s announcement in September 2023 of a new Partnership for Atlantic Cooperation is a welcome step in the direction of greater transatlantic integration, including African partners. For now, the Partnership will focus on science and technology, a sustainable ocean economy, and climate change, with initial work “including scientific cooperation and shared research, information and maritime awareness, and development of a cadre of young Atlantic scientists.”106 This could serve as a stepping stone to deeper, formalized North and South Atlantic integration around a broader array of issues.

America’s Asian partners, such as Japan and South Korea, should also play a role going forward. Both countries have recognized the value of engaging with LAC nations. Japan’s then foreign minister, Yoshimasa Hayashi,107 visited five countries in the region in spring 2023.108 South Korea has an impressive trade relationship with the region, reaching a value of $57 billion in trade in 2021.109 The United States could promote engagement between its Asian partners and LAC nations through the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership. Chile, Mexico, and Peru are all members, while Ecuador, Costa Rica, and Uruguay have applied to join. South Korea is seen as a potential applicant and its joining would further bind a key Asian ally with US partners in the western hemisphere.110

As a step toward integrating democratic allies and partners into a common alliance or partnership focused on technological innovation and norms, the United States and European Union should include regional representatives from Latin America in meetings of the US-EU Trade and Technology Council.

The United States also should work closely with allies and partners in the political realm, coordinating responses to violent repression by governments in the region and responding with multilateral punitive actions, including sanctions.111

In the long term, the United States should work toward integrating Latin American partners into a broader Democratic Trade and Economic Partnership, as proposed by one of the authors, Matthew Kroenig, and our colleague Ash Jain.112 Toward this end, as the United States and its allies derisk their supply chains to minimize the involvement of China and Russia, they should encourage production on friendly shores in Latin America. A formal partnership or framework for cooperation would strive to better integrate democratic economies across the world in order to reduce strategic dependence on China and secure supply chains, while reducing trade and investment barriers.113

In sum, these four elements of the proposed strategy rely heavily on three particular tools of statecraft: economic influence, strategic messaging, and diplomacy. These recommendations are not intended to be at the expense of other important avenues of activity or potentially useful tools of implementation. However, this report does recommend the prioritization of these tools for maximum impact in targeting the key areas of Chinese and Russian malign influence in the region. US activity will enable Washington to achieve the objectives defined in the goals section of this report.

Guidelines for implementation

  • Coordination and elevation of the Latin American and Caribbean bureaus within the US government. Successful execution of the strategy outlined in this paper requires robust staffing and resourcing of western hemisphere bureaus in the US government. The National Security Council, the Departments of Defense, State, Treasury, and Commerce, and the intelligence agencies, at a minimum, should increasingly look to invest in policies and personnel that emphasize expertise and focus on Chinese and Russian malign influence. It is essential that these agencies work in partnership, via coordination through the National Security Council, to ensure that goals are pursued in concert. It will be particularly vital that the economically focused staff at the Treasury and Commerce Departments, USAID, and the Development Finance Corporation, as well as within the White House and NSC, are closely integrated with bureaus and directorates focused on the security and technological implications of malign Chinese and Russian influence in the region.
  • Engagement with private-sector enterprises. This strategy also depends on significant engagement with the private sector to ensure that the United States and its allies can offer competitive development, investment, and technological alternatives to those offered primarily by China. The US government must also work with companies to encourage “friend-shoring” supply lines to the western hemisphere and away from China through tax incentives or other means that boost their competitiveness when competing for contracts abroad. The US government should adopt domestic policies that favor innovation, business growth, and investment within the hemisphere.
  • Focus on substantive outcomes over mere rhetorical inroads. Strategic messaging is a key component of the strategy outlined herein, but such messaging must be utilized to attain substantive outcomes. As such, it must be complemented by the economic and diplomatic tools of American power (outlined above). The United States must make real progress on developing sustainable partnerships. The Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity, in its current form, is an example of a rhetorical inroad that has so far failed to advance key substantive outcomes. Announcements of future US engagement must include concrete policy developments that clearly boost investment and engagement in the region while having the buy-in of local partners.

Risks, criticisms, and alternatives

  • Risks of economically based strategy relying on nongovernment efforts. Relying on cooperation between the US government and the private sector must contend with the difficulty of executing this effort in a democratic system. In contrast, the Chinese Communist Party, a totalitarian regime, exerts full control over every facet of Chinese society. The CCP’s ability to promote its companies through state-owned enterprises and subsidies puts US companies at a strategic disadvantage in certain instances. At the same time, the CCP can exert leverage over its companies and private industry in a way that the United States simply cannot do by virtue of its free and democratic system of government. Nonetheless, the US task does not have to be so complex. In fact, Washington needs to have national security priorities brought into its economic policy decision-making. The government should step up on this. Moreover, over the long term, the advantages of the US system of government should result in more innovation and prosperity: the key will be developing the right incentives and domestic policies to spur American innovation, research, and business. It is therefore essential that the national security apparatus of the US government work in concert with the economic agencies and Congress to ensure that American business thrives.
  • Opportunistic fence-sitting by countries in the region. Countries in Latin America and the Caribbean may seek close ties with both the United States and its competitors. Indeed, countries may voice support for US policies while still pursuing investments from or partnerships with China or Russia. This is a reality that the United States currently faces in Asia, where many of its key trade and security partners continue to maintain ties to Russia and China. To overcome this, the United States needs to pursue the strategy outlined here in a sustained, deliberate manner, with particular concentration on serving as an attractive partner that can offer greater benefits than others.

Conclusion

Countering Chinese and Russian malign influence in the western hemisphere is an urgent and important challenge for the United States. Addressing it requires a clear set of goals, which this paper has sought to outline, as well as a defined set of pillars for achieving those goals. The United States needs to respect regional agency and diversity as it pursues this strategy, acknowledging that countries will likely still choose to engage with China and Russia to a certain extent.

Nevertheless, by following the strategy outlined here, the United States and its allies will be able to strengthen partnerships in the region, while diminishing Chinese and Russian malign influence across the economic, technology, governance and diplomacy, and security domains. In short, the United States and its free world allies will emerge as a favored partner and advance peace, prosperity, and freedom in the region for decades to come.


Strategy Paper Editorial board

Executive editors

Frederick Kempe
Alexander V. Mirtchev

Editor-in-chief

Matthew Kroenig

Editorial board members

James L. Jones
Odeh Aburdene
Paula Dobriansky
Stephen J. Hadley
Jane Holl Lute
Ginny Mulberger
Stephanie Murphy
Dan Poneman
Arnold Punaro

About the authors

The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security works to develop sustainable, nonpartisan strategies to address the most important security challenges facing the United States and the world.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

1    “China Regional Snapshot: South America,” House Foreign Affairs Committee, Office of Chairman Michael McCaul (website), last updated October 25, 2022, https://foreignaffairs.house.gov/china-regional-snapshot-south-america/.
2    Diana Roy, “China’s Growing Influence in Latin America,” Council on Foreign Relations, last updated June 15, 2023, https://www.cfr.org/backgrounder/china-influence-latin-america-argentina-brazil-venezuela-security-energy-bri.
3    Hearings on Russia in the Western Hemisphere: Assessing Putin’s Malign Influence in Latin America and the Caribbean Before the Senate Foreign Relations Subcomm. on Western Hemisphere, Transnational Crime, Civilian Security, Democracy, Human Rights, and Global Women’s Issues, 117th Cong. (2022) (statement of Dr. R. Evan Ellis, Senior Associate [Nonresident], Americas Program, Center for Strategic and International Studies, or CSIS), https://www.csis.org/analysis/russia-western-hemisphere-assessing-putins-malign-influence-latin-america-and-caribbean.
4    P. Michael McKinley, The Case for a Positive U.S. Agenda with Latin America, CSIS, April 22, 2021, https://www.csis.org/analysis/case-positive-us-agenda-latin-america.
5    Holly K. Sonneland, “Chart: Evaluating Latin American Democracies in 2022,” Americas Society/Council of the Americas, January 11, 2022, https://www.as-coa.org/articles/chart-evaluating-latin-american-democracies-2022; McKinley, The Case for a Positive U.S. Agenda.
6    Rush Doshi, “The Long Game: China’s Grand Strategy to Displace American Order,” Brookings Institution, August 2, 2021, https://www.brookings.edu/articles/the-long-game-chinas-grand-strategy-to-displace-american-order/.
7    Michael Schuman, Jonathan Fulton, and Tuvia Gering, “How Beijing’s New Global Initiatives Seek to Remake the Global Order,” Atlantic Council, June 21, 2023, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/issue-brief/how-beijings-newest-global-initiatives-seek-to-remake-the-world-order/.
8    “China Regional Snapshot: South America,” House Foreign Affairs Committee, Office of Chairman Michael McCaul (website), last updated October 25, 2022, https://foreignaffairs.house.gov/china-regional-snapshot-south-america/.
9    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
10    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
11    R. Evan Ellis, A Strategy to Respond to Extra-Hemispheric Actors in Latin America and the Caribbean, IndraStra Whitepapers, 2023, 13–14, https://revanellis.com/A%20Strategy%20to%20Respond%20to%20Extra-hemispheric%20Actors%20in%20Latin%20America%20and%20the%20Caribbean%20-%20R%20Evan%20Ellis.pdf.
12    Tatiana Prazeres, David Bohl, and Pepe Zhang, China-LAC Trade: Four Scenarios in 2035, Atlantic Council, May 12, 2021, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/china-lac-trade-four-scenarios-in-2035/.
13    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
14    Milton Ezrati, “China’s Latin America Move,” Forbes, accessed March 5, 2023, https://www.forbes.com/sites/miltonezrati/2022/11/07/chinas-latin-america-move/; and Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean Before the Senate Foreign Relations Subcomm. on Western Hemisphere, Transnational Crime, Civilian Security, Democracy, Human Rights, and Global Women’s Issues, 117th Cong., 4 (2022) (statement of Dr. R. Evan Ellis, Senior Associate [Nonresident], Americas Program, CSIS), https://www.foreign.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/033122_Ellis_Testimony1.pdf.
15    Hearing Before the House Armed Services Comm.: US Military Posture and National Security Challenges in North and South America, 118th Cong., 4 (2023) (statement of General Laura J. Richardson, Commander, United States Southern Command), https://www.southcom.mil/Portals/7/Documents/Posture%20Statements/2023%20SOUTHCOM%20Posture%20Statement%20FINAL.pdf?ver=rxp7ePMgfX1aZVKA6dl3ww%3d%3d.
16    Hearing Before the House Armed Services Comm., 4 (statement of Richardson).
17    Hearing Before the House Armed Services Comm., 4 (statement of Richardson).
18    Hearing Before the House Armed Services Comm., 4 (statement of Richardson).
19    Steven Lee Myers et al., “How China Targets the Global Fish Supply,” New York Times, September 26, 2022, https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2022/09/26/world/asia/china-fishing-south-america.html.
20    Celina Realuyo, “Countering China and Russia’s Influence in Emerging Technologies and Cyberspace in the Americas,” Paper, Atlantic Council, 2 [forthcoming]; and Hearing Before the House Armed Services Comm., 5 (statement of Richardson).
21    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
22    Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 6 (statement of Ellis).
23    Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 6–7, (statement of Ellis).
24    Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 3 (statement of Ellis).
25    Ezrati, “China’s Latin America Move”; and Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
26    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
27    Zdenka Myslikova, Nathaniel Dolton-Thornton, and the Conversation, “‘Global China’ Is a Big Part of Latin America’s Renewable Energy Boom, but Homegrown Industries and ‘Frugal Innovation’ Are Key,” Fortune, July 8, 2023, https://fortune.com/2023/07/08/china-secretly-fueling-latin-america-renewable-energy-boom-chile/.
28    Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 12 (statement of Ellis).
29    James Bosworth, “Taiwan Needs a New Approach in Latin America,” World Politics Review, March 20, 2023, https://www.worldpoliticsreview.com/honduras-taiwan-recognition-china-latin-america-investment/.
30    “China’s Engagement with Latin America and the Caribbean,” CRS Report No. IF10982, Congressional Research Service, February 24, 2022, https://sgp.fas.org/crs/row/IF10982.pdf.
31    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
32    Evan Ellis, “Chinese Security Engagement in Latin America,” CSIS, November 19, 2020, https://www.csis.org/analysis/chinese-security-engagement-latin-america; Hearing on China’s Diplomatic and Political Approach in Latin America and the Caribbean Before the US-China Economic and Security Review Commission, 117th Cong., 8 (2021) (statement of Dr. R. Evan Ellis, Latin America Research Professor, Strategic Studies Institute, US Army War College), https://www.uscc.gov/sites/default/files/2021-05/Evan_Ellis_Testimony.pdf; and R. Evan Ellis, China’s Advance in the Caribbean, Wilson Center, October 2020, 5, https://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/media/uploads/documents/China%E2%80%99s%20Advance%20in%20the%20Caribbean.pdf.
33    Ryan Berg, “Chinese and Russian Influence on Governance, Institutions, and the Rule of Law in Latin America,” Atlantic Council, 3 [forthcoming].
34    Berg, “Chinese and Russian Influence,” 3.
35    Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 10–11 (statement of Ellis); and Ellis, China’s Advance in the Caribbean, 5.
36    “‘Confucius Institute U.S. Center’ Designation as a Foreign Mission,” US Department of State, August 13, 2020, https://2017-2021.state.gov/confucius-institute-u-s-center-designation-as-a-foreign-mission/.
37    Hearing on China in Latin America and the Caribbean Before the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, 117th Cong., 7 (2021) (statement of Dr. Ryan C. Berg, Senior Fellow, Americas Program, CSIS), https://www.uscc.gov/sites/default/files/2021-05/Ryan_Berg_Testimony.pdf.
38    Evan Ellis, Populism, China, and Covid-19: Latin America’s New Perfect Storm, CSIS, April 20, 2021, https://www.csis.org/analysis/populism-china-and-covid-19-latin-americas-new-perfect-storm.
39    Nicholas Casey and Clifford Krauss, “It Doesn’t Matter if Ecuador Can Afford This Dam. China Still Gets Paid,” New York Times, December 24, 2018, https://www.nytimes.com/2018/12/24/world/americas/ecuador-china-dam.html.
40    “China Regional Snapshot,” House Foreign Affairs Committee, Office of Chairman McCaul.
41    Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 8 (statement of Ellis).
42    Hearings on China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 8–10 (statement of Ellis).
43    Warren P. Strobel and Gordon Lubold, “Cuba to Host Secret Chinese Spy Base Focusing on U.S.,” Wall Street Journal, last updated June 8, 2023, https://www.wsj.com/articles/cuba-to-host-secret-chinese-spy-base-focusing-on-u-s-b2fed0e0; and John Feng, “China’s Growing Clout on U.S. Doorstep,” Newsweek, June 16, 2023, https://www.newsweek.com/china-us-cuba-spying-influence-latin-america-caribbean-1806510.
44    Karoun Demirjian and Edward Wong, “China Has Had a Spy Base in Cuba for Years, U.S. Official Says,” New York Times, June 10, 2023, https://www.nytimes.com/2023/06/10/us/politics/china-spy-base-cuba.html.
45    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
46    Matthew P. Funaiole et al., “Eyes on the Skies: China’s Growing Space Footprint in South America,” CSIS, October 4, 2022, https://features.csis.org/hiddenreach/china-ground-stations-space.
47    China’s Role in Latin America and the Caribbean, 6 (statement of Ellis).
48    Funaiole et al., “Eyes on the Skies.”
49    Hearings on Russia in the Western Hemisphere, (statement of Ellis).
50    Kirk Randolph, “Lavrov in Latin America: Russia’s Bid for a Multipolar World,” United States Institute of Peace, April 27, 2023, https://www.usip.org/publications/2023/04/lavrov-latin-america-russias-bid-multipolar-world.
51    Randolph, “Lavrov in Latin America.”
52    “Russia Boosts Diesel Exports to Latin America Since EU Embargo,” Reuters, April 10, 2023, https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/russia-boosts-diesel-exports-latin-america-since-eu-embargo-2023-04-10/; and Hearings on Russia in the Western Hemisphere, (statement of Ellis).
53    Joseph W. Sullivan, “A BRICS Currency Could Shake the Dollar’s Dominance,” Foreign Policy, April 24, 2023, https://foreignpolicy.com/2023/04/24/brics-currency-end-dollar-dominance-united-states-russia-china/.
54    Carla Norlöf, Dollar Dominance: Preserving the US Dollar’s Status as the Global Reserve Currency,” Atlantic Council, June 8, 2023, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/commentary/testimony/dollar-dominance-preserving-the-us-dollars-status-as-the-global-reserve-currency/.
55    Lazaro Gamio and Ana Swanson, “How Russia Pays for War,” New York Times, October 30, 2022, https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2022/10/30/business/economy/russia-trade-ukraine-war.html.
56    “Brazil Imports of Russian Diesel Seen Surging to 53% in April: Report,” Reuters, April 11, 2023, https://www.reuters.com/markets/commodities/brazil-imports-russian-diesel-seen-surging-53-april-report-2023-04-11/.
57    Ilan Berman, “Russia’s Propaganda Is More Persuasive Than We Think,” Newsweek, January 5, 2023, https://www.newsweek.com/russias-propaganda-more-persuasive-we-think-opinion-1771678.
58    Hearings on Russia in the Western Hemisphere, 4 (statement of Ellis).
59    David Klepper and Amanda Seitz, “Russia Aims Ukraine Disinformation at Spanish Speakers,” Associated Press, April 2, 2022, https://apnews.com/article/russia-ukraine-ap-top-news-facebook-europe-media-fb3758a9a11182558976a3a4f3b121dd.
60    Moira Fagan, Jacob Poushter, and Sneha Gubbala, “Overall Opinion of Russia,” Pew Research Center, July 10, 2023, https://www.pewresearch.org/global/2023/07/10/overall-opinion-of-russia/; and Richard Wike et al., “International Views of Biden and U.S. Largely Positive,” Pew Research Center, June 27, 2023, https://www.pewresearch.org/global/2023/06/27/international-views-of-biden-and-u-s-largely-positive/.
61    David J. Kramer, “Russia and Latin America After February 24,” George W. Bush Presidential Center, October 31, 2022, https://www.bushcenter.org/publications/russia-and-latin-america-after-february-24.
62    Hearings on Russia in the Western Hemisphere, 1(statement of Ellis); Berg, “Chinese and Russian Influence,” 2; and John E. Herbst and Jason Marczak, “Russia’s Intervention in Venezuela: What’s at Stake?,” Policy Brief, Atlantic Council, September 2019, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Russia-Venezuela-Policy-Brief.pdf.
63    Hearings on Russia in the Western Hemisphere, 10–13(statement of Ellis).
64    Julia Gurganus, Russia: Playing a Geopolitical Game in Latin America, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, May 3, 2018, https://carnegieendowment.org/2018/05/03/russia-playing-geopolitical-game-in-latin-america-pub-76228.
65    Hearings on Russia in the Western Hemisphere,6(statement of Ellis).
66    Douglas Farah and Marianne Richardson, Dangerous Alliances: Russia’s Strategic Inroads in Latin America, Institute for National Strategic Studies, 2022, 18–19, https://ndupress.ndu.edu/Portals/68/Documents/stratperspective/inss/strategic-perspectives-41.pdf.
67    Stephen Blank, “Russia’s Ongoing Impact in Latin America,” Jamestown Foundation, April 11, 2023, https://jamestown.org/program/russias-ongoing-impact-in-latin-america/.
68    Farah and Richardson, Dangerous Alliances.
69    Farah and Richardson, Dangerous Alliances.
70    Robert Muggah, “With Russian Support, Nicaragua Smothers Dissent, Foreign Policy, March 9, 2023, https://foreignpolicy.com/2023/03/09/nicaragua-ortega-crackdown-surveillance-authoritarianism-russia-opposition-dissent/.
71    James Andrew Lewis, “Reference Note on Russian Communications Surveillance,” CSIS, April 18, 2014, https://www.csis.org/analysis/reference-note-russian-communications-surveillance.
72    “Population, Total-Latin America & Caribbean,” World Bank, accessed September 13, 2023, https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.POP.TOTL?locations=ZJ; and Antony J. Blinken, “20th Anniversary of the Inter-American Democratic Charter,” Press Statement, US Department of State, September 16, 2021, https://www.state.gov/20th-anniversary-of-the-inter-american-democratic-charter/.
73    Sonneland, “Chart.”
74    McKinley, The Case for a Positive U.S. Agenda.
75    Lori Ann LaRocco, “U.S. Trade Dominates Panama Canal Traffic. New Restrictions Due to ‘Severe’ Drought Are Threatening the Future of the Shipping Route,” CNBC, June 24, 2023, https://www.cnbc.com/2023/06/24/us-trade-dominates-panama-canal-traffic-a-drought-is-threatening-it.html.
76    Gregory Watson, Xavier Debade, and Alejandra Paris Gallego, “Nature for Latin America and the Caribbean’s Prosperity,” Inter-American Development Bank, March 13, 2023, https://blogs.iadb.org/sostenibilidad/en/nature-for-latin-america-and-the-caribbeans-prosperity/.
77    Somini Sengupta, “Climate Risks Loom Over Panama Canal, a Vital Global Trade Link, New York Times, August 25, 2023, https://www.nytimes.com/2023/08/25/climate/panama-canal-drought-global-trade.html.
78    Lisa Viscidi, “Let’s Work with Latin America to Fight Climate Change,” New York Times, January 11, 2021, https://www.nytimes.com/2021/01/11/opinion/biden-climate-change-latin-america.html.
79    See “Minerals Security Partnership,” US State Department (website), accessed January 15, 2024, https://www.state.gov/minerals-security-partnership/#:~:text=Initial%20Announcement%20of%20the%20MSP,2022%2C%20Under%20Secretary%20Jose%20W.
80    Zongyuan Zoe Liu, “How to Secure Critical Minerals for Clean Energy without Alienating China,” Council on Foreign Relations, May 25, 2023, https://www.cfr.org/blog/how-secure-critical-minerals-clean-energy-without-alienating-china.
81    “Tracker: Current US Ambassadors,” American Foreign Service Association, accessed January 17, 2024, https://afsa.org/list-ambassadorial-appointments. Ambassadorial nominations are pending for The Bahamas, Colombia, Haiti, and Peru.
82    Hardy Merriman, Patrick Quirk, and Ash Jain, Fostering a Fourth Democratic Wave: A Playbook for Countering the Authoritarian Threat, Atlantic Council, 2023, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Fostering-a-Fourth-Democratic-Wave-A-Playbook-for-Countering-the-Authoritarian-Threat.pdf.
83    Svetlana Shkolnikova, “Senators Call for Increased Funding for Poorly Resourced US Southern Command,” Stars and Stripes, March 24, 2022, https://www.stripes.com/theaters/americas/2022-03-24/southcom-funding-senators-china-russia-defense-budget-5465561.html.
84    Peter J. Meyer, “U.S. Foreign Assistance to Latin America and the Caribbean: FY2023 Appropriations,” CRS Report No. R47331, Congressional Research Service, January 6, 2023, https://sgp.fas.org/crs/row/R47331.pdf.
85    Meyer, “U.S. Foreign Assistance to Latin America and the Caribbean.”
86    Ellis, “A Strategy to Respond to Extra-Hemispheric Actors,” 19–20.
87    “China and Transformational Exports Program,” US Export-Import Bank, accessed September 13, 2023, https://www.exim.gov/about/special-initiatives/ctep.
88    “DFC Provides More Than $100 Million in Financing to Bolster Health, Agriculture, and Financial Inclusion in Latin America,” US International Development Finance Corporation, June 10, 2022, https://www.dfc.gov/media/press-releases/dfc-provides-more-100-million-financing-bolster-health-agriculture-and.
89    “Statement on Capital Increase for IDB Invest,” Inter-American Development Bank, June 10, 2022, https://www.iadb.org/en/news/statement-capital-increase-idb-invest.
90    Aleksandra Gadzala Tirziu, “China, Latin America and the New Space Race,” Geopolitical Intelligence Services, July 4, 2023, https://www.gisreportsonline.com/r/china-space-latin/.
91    Tirziu, “China, Latin America and the New Space Race.”
92    “Russia Offers BRICS Partners a Module on Its Planned Space Station,” Reuters, July 24, 2023, https://www.reuters.com/world/europe/russia-offers-brics-partners-module-its-planned-space-station-2023-07-24/.
93    C. Todd Lopez, “Space Plays Larger Role in US Southern Command’s Mission,” US Southern Command, August 4, 2023, https://www.southcom.mil/MEDIA/NEWS-ARTICLES/Article/3484881/space-plays-larger-role-in-us-southern-commands-mission/.
94    “OECD Foreign Direct Investment Regulatory Restrictiveness Index,” Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, accessed September 13, 2023, https://goingdigital.oecd.org/indicator/74.
95    “Audience and Impact: Overview for 2022,” US Agency for Global Media, https://www.usagm.gov/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/USAGM_Audience_and_Impact_Report_2022.pdf.
96    Ash Jain and Matthew Kroenig, Present at the Re-Creation: A Global Strategy for Revitalizing, Adapting, and Defending a Rules-Based International System, Atlantic Council, 2019, 14–15.
97    Fermín Koop, “Latam NGOs Raise Concerns on Chinese Investments to UN body,” Diálogo Chino, March 17, 2023, https://dialogochino.net/en/infrastructure/364274-latin-american-ngo-concerns-chinese-investments-un/.
98    Craig Faller and Patrick Paterson, Weathering the Storms Together: Improving US Humanitarian Efforts, Atlantic Council, March 2023, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/humanitarian-aid-defining-new-areas-of-us-lac-collaboration/.
99    Roy, “China’s Growing Influence.”
100    Igor Patrick, “Why Reports of Chinese Spy Base in Cuba Are Met with Shrugs in Latin America, Where US Influence Is Waning,” South China Morning Post, July 1, 2023, https://www.scmp.com/news/china/article/3226144/why-reports-chinese-spy-base-cuba-are-met-shrugs-latin-america-where-us-influence-waning.
101    Daniel Kliman et al., Grading China’s Belt and Road, Center for a New American Security, April 8, 2019, https://www.cnas.org/publications/reports/beltandroad.
102    Steven Overly, “Biden’s ‘Ambitious’ Economic Plan for Latin America Offers a ‘Social Contract,’ Not Trade Agreements,” Politico, June 7, 2022, https://www.politico.com/news/2022/06/07/biden-economic-partnership-americas-summit-00037621.
103    Overly, “Biden’s ‘Ambitious’ Economic Plan for Latin America.”
104    Foreign Direct Investment in Latin America and the Caribbean 2020, United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean, December 2020, https://www.cepal.org/en/publications/46541-foreign-direct-investment-latin-america-and-caribbean-2020.
105    Philip Blenkinsop and Andrew Gray, “EU Aims to Be ‘Partner of Choice’ for Latam, Caribbean in Pivot from China, Russia,” Reuters, July 18, 2023, https://www.reuters.com/world/eu-seeks-revive-latam-caribbean-ties-it-turns-away-china-russia-2023-07-17/.
106    “Fact Sheet: 32 Countries Launch the Partnership for Atlantic Cooperation,” White House Briefing Room, September 18, 2023, https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/statements-releases/2023/09/18/fact-sheet-32-countries-launch-the-partnership-for-atlantic-cooperation/.
107    He now serves as chief cabinet secretary.
108    “Foreign Minister Hayashi’s Visit to Latin America and the Caribbean,” Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Japan, May 7, 2023, https://www.mofa.go.jp/la_c/m_ca_c/page6e_000347.html.
109    Mauricio Mesquita Moreira and Marcelo Dolabella, “Korea and Latin America and the Caribbean: Partners for Sustainable Trade and Investment,” Inter-American Development Bank, September 29, 2022, https://blogs.iadb.org/integration-trade/en/korea-and-latin-america-and-the-caribbean-partners-for-sustainable-trade-and-investment%ef%bf%bc/.
110    Nick Perry, “Britain Officially Joins Asia-Pacific Trade Group That Includes Japan, 10 Others,” ABC News, July 16, 2023, https://abcnews.go.com/Business/wireStory/britain-officially-joins-asia-pacific-trade-group-includes-101320505.
111    Merriman, Quirk, and Jain, Fostering a Fourth Democratic Wave, 17.
112    Ash Jain and Matthew Kroenig, A Democratic Trade Partnership: Ally Shoring to Counter Coercion and Secure Supply Chains, Atlantic Council, June 1, 2022, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/strategic-decoupling-building-a-democratic-trade-and-economic-partnership-d-tep/.
113    Jain and Kroenig, A Democratic Trade Partnership.

The post A strategy to counter malign Chinese and Russian influence in Latin America and the Caribbean appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
China pairs actions with messaging in Latin America. The United States should do the same. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/issue-brief/china-pairs-actions-with-messaging-in-latin-america-the-united-states-should-do-the-same/ Mon, 12 Feb 2024 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=726565 China has coordinated trade, financing, and investment with diplomatic engagement, public diplomacy, and information operations to deepen its influence in Latin America and the Caribbean. Washington should, in turn, pair diplomatic engagement and messaging with greater attention to regional countries’ needs.

The post China pairs actions with messaging in Latin America. The United States should do the same. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
China’s rapidly deepening economic engagement with Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) during the past decade is well documented. Less studied is Beijing’s coordination of mounting trade, financing, and investment with concerted focus on diplomatic engagement, public diplomacy, and information operations to cultivate greater influence across the region. This short paper addresses China’s multifaceted approach to LAC countries and increased engagement with the region in recent years, contrasting China’s approach with that of the United States. The paper then turns to the shifting dynamics in China-LAC relations, potential implications for the region and the United States, and how Washington should pair diplomatic engagement and strategic messaging with greater attention to LAC countries’ needs to better compete with China in the future.

China’s multifaceted engagement in Latin America

China’s increasing role in the economies of LAC countries in recent years is well documented. China’s state-directed “policy banks,” including China Development Bank and Export-Import Bank, provided more than $138 billion in loans to Latin America between 2005 and 2020. Regional trade with China grew from $12 billion in 2000 to a staggering $445 billion in 2021.1 The resulting economic boon to developing regional economies—and the potential political benefits to local leaders keen to claim credit for addressing very real development needs—has been significant. Not surprisingly, China is now perceived as an indispensable partner in many LAC countries.

But China’s growing sway in Latin America is neither simply a result of these economic ties, nor is Beijing’s interest in the region’s considerable resources the sole driver of its expanded engagement in the region. China has effectively paired investment and trade with strategic diplomacy and public messaging, amplifying its regional influence in the process just as it has for decades in Africa and other developing regions. China’s active participation in Latin America’s public tenders, through which Chinese construction firms have won numerous high-profile bids, are all the more valuable because such visible and strategic projects are paired with highly effective messaging and diplomacy underscoring China’s economic leadership.2

China’s public messaging in the region underscores consistent themes emphasizing a mutually beneficial (“win-win”) arrangement with countries irrespective of their politics or internal affairs. China’s message to the Global South that it doesn’t lecture countries is an indirect reference to US admonitions on democracy and governance. Chinese leaders view the expected protracted competition with the United States in decades to come as their top strategic priority—and see inroads in the LAC region in the context of that competition—but Beijing assiduously paints its involvement in the region as unrelated to these concerns or in any way aimed at Washington.3 This approach has remained consistent since the release of the People’s Republic of China’s second policy paper on LAC in 2016, which noted that China’s stepped up cooperation with the region “does not target or exclude any third party.”4

China’s messaging approach is remarkably monolithic, with identical narratives simultaneously issued by news outlets in different countries and by diplomats and company representative throughout the region. This suggests a highly centralized, coordinated decision-making process involving elements of the Chinese Communist Party’s Central Propaganda Department—as well as limited capacity to tailor China’s messages to particular contexts in the region.5 The PRC propaganda and information operations approach in LAC countries has become more systematic and diverse over the past decade, including opinion pieces, media content-sharing agreements, coproductions, press trips for Latin American journalists, and diplomatic accounts on social media platforms.6 Paid insertions and supplements in local outlets celebrating CCP achievements and legitimizing the Chinese government and leadership are also becoming more frequent and reflect a determination to present counternarratives to those of China’s critics. These interventions highlight the Chinese understanding or redefinition of such concepts as “freedom,” “democracy,” “harmony,” and “human rights.”7

China has also paid a remarkable level of high-level diplomatic attention to LAC. Since 2012, Chinese leader Xi Jinping has visited Latin America eleven times. In comparison, during his two terms, US President Barack Obama visited twelve times, whereas President Donald Trump went once. President Joe Biden, limited by the pandemic, made his first visit to the region just this January when he visited Mexico. China is an observer at the Organization of American States and a member of both the Inter-American Development Bank and the Caribbean Development Bank.. China has signed comprehensive strategic partnerships with Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Ecuador, Mexico, Peru, and Venezuela. Since 2015, Xi has participated in three summits with leaders and foreign ministers of the Community of Latin American and Caribbean States (CELAC), which does not include the United States and Canada. Twenty-one Latin American countries have so far signed on China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), Xi’s signature global infrastructure program tied to China’s geostrategic aims.8

China is also engaging at the local level, investing in local projects while meeting officials and sending coordinated messages. China’s pitch is that it is interested purely in doing business—and offers deals others won’t.9 In many countries, China has deepened subnational-level relations through parliamentary exchanges and is building relationships directly with governors and mayors.10

Taken together, China’s economic, diplomatic, and strategic propaganda and messaging efforts combine to pose a significant challenge to US influence in the region. As noted in a recent Atlantic Council report, the pandemic accelerated the trend of China using its growing economic and diplomatic muscle to provide an alternative to US activities and interests. In particular, China’s pairing of vaccine shipments with official diplomatic engagement with local leaders and ministers, public diplomacy, and comprehensive media engagement to ensure positive headlines exemplifies China’s approach to aid and assistance throughout the Global South. China also engaged more effectively with LAC leaders during the pandemic, with Xi calling LAC leaders directly when they were infected with COVID-19 to promise vaccine donations and raise other items including new loan agreements.11

The case of Panama

China’s strategic propaganda and messaging approach in Panama since the country’s newly established diplomatic relationship with China in 2017 provides an instructive example of the ways the CCP pairs economic engagement with diplomatic initiatives and information operations to achieve maximum influence. According to Freedom House, Chinese state media and diplomats promote narratives that Panama’s newly established diplomatic relationship with China will translate into economic opportunities. A variety of Chinese state-linked entities—the local embassy, Xinhua news agency, and the Radio and Television Administration of China—have content-sharing or paid-insert agreements with mainstream Spanish-language media, including the oldest newspaper in the country and the public broadcaster. As is the case in many countries, groups of Panamanian journalists have routinely traveled to China for “media trainings” at the expense of the Chinese government or Huawei since 2018.12 China also is increasingly active on Panamanian social media platforms: China’s ambassador to Panama adeptly uses his fluency in Spanish to engage on Twitter with opinion leaders, journalists, and ordinary users.13 The CCP’s footprint is heaviest in Chinese-language media that serves Panama’s Chinese diaspora community, Central America’s largest. With no independent Chinese-language media available in Panama, local Chinese-language outlets regularly publish pro-Beijing content that is heavily reliant on Chinese state media. Huawei also influences media reporting through its information and technology academies, and its position as a major advertiser in media—underscoring the role of nominally private Chinese companies in Beijing’s coordinated approach. Lastly, the role of strategic corruption as a complement to China’s overt messaging and diplomatic approach to Panama and other LAC countries cannot be overstated.14

US steps in the right direction

The US response to China’s fast-growing influence in LAC thus far can charitably be described as delayed, uncoordinated, and largely ineffective. Washington has been slow to step up its own material and diplomatic engagement with the region, responding at least initially with messaging and tactics seemingly designed to alienate key constituencies and confirm fears that the United States only cares about the region in the context of the emerging global competition with China.15 Washington has had some limited success in discrete areas, such as pressing countries to exclude Chinese firms from their 5G networks. Most LAC countries, however, are understandably unwilling to give up the cheap infrastructure and low-cost products that Chinese companies offer and US companies are unlikely to be able to supply, ranging from 5G networks to subways.16

The Biden administration has made a conscious effort not to paint US reengagement in LAC as driven by competition with China. The Biden administration’s National Security Strategy describes China as a strategic competitor but maintains that the administration will not view the world solely through the prism of strategic competition, focusing on partnerships in LAC to advance economic resilience, democratic stability, and citizen security.17 US officials are increasingly promoting alternatives to the BRI rather than simply criticizing it, with infrastructure financing offers with competitive terms and which promote sound environmental policy, good labor standards, and transparency.18 The “Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity,” announced by President Biden at the Summit of the Americas in June, is designed to demonstrate US commitment to Latin American economies, and proposes to revitalize the Inter-American Development Bank and create clean energy jobs. “The best antidote to China’s inroads in the region,” a senior administration official reportedly told Reuters, “is to ensure that we are forwarding our own affirmative vision for the region economically.”19

Implementation of such proposals will be critical, but there are promising signs that Washington is taking a more effective approach to regional competition with China focused on the needs of LAC countries themselves. Key questions going forward are not only whether Washington can deliver on its promises, but also whether it can better coordinate messaging and diplomatic engagement with investment and assistance in a way that counters China’s drive for influence. The US approach to pandemic assistance was not encouraging; many US donations did not generate the same impact in public perception as did Chinese donations, pointing up the importance of pairing positive messaging and engagement with concrete deliverables to achieve maximum effect.20

China’s changing regional engagement

As Washington readjusts its response to China’s influence in the LAC region, it should account for shifting dynamics in China’s regional engagement that may naturally alter perceptions of China in ways that align with US goals. Most notably, China’s slowing growth and pullback from financing in the region will gradually reshape the nature of LAC countries’ ties with—and views of—China. While trade with Latin America will remain significant, China’s economic engagement with the region may weaken as its growth slows, especially in greenfield investment and sovereign lending.21 Since 2020, China’s policy banks have approved no new loans to the region.22 Recent signals in China highlight the severity of the ongoing economic slowdown. China’s largest property development company is fighting to survive while the latest economic data reveals a 14.5% decline in Chinese exports compared to the previous 12 months.23 This slowdown is likely to have a cascading effect on the relationships between Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) countries and China. For instance, Chinese investments into Brazil have recently plummeted to their lowest point in 13 years.24

More fundamentally, structural issues in China, such as a domestic property slump, fallout from the trade war with the United State, and a turn toward statist economic policies under Xi may signal that China will not play the same role in Latin American economies as it has since it blasted onto the scene during the past two decades. Perceptions of China also may be shaped by growing concerns about stalled investments—more high-value BRI transactions were suspended or canceled in Latin America than almost anywhere else—and by the labor and environmental impact of Chinese projects.25 China’s attempted use of economic leverage over countries in Europe and Asia to coerce outcomes in line with the CCP’s interests and geopolitical aims, while not much of a factor or concern currently in LAC, may eventually contribute to dampened views of China as it has elsewhere.26

China will clearly remain a key economic player in LAC, particularly in the trade and foreign direct investment (FDI) domains, and Chinese diplomatic engagement is likely to remain expansive.27 China’s security and arms relationships across the region will likely grow and remain of understandable concern to US military planners.28 But China’s slowdown and the country’s increasingly apparent internal challenges under Xi may contribute to a “coming down to earth” of expectations for China’s promise as a boon to the development of regional countries. It may also weaken receptivity to China’s message that its success is proof that the road to prosperity no longer runs through liberal democracy.29

One more factor in shifting dynamics in China’s relations with LAC is the possibility that familiarity is starting to breed contempt—or at least less widespread appreciation—for China’s engagement and business practices. Coming back to the Panama example, public sentiment toward the Chinese government soured significantly after diplomatic ties were established. In 2018 and 2021, approximately 68 percent of respondents found the Chinese government to be “untrustworthy” or “not very trustworthy.” This is a large increase from 2016—a year before diplomatic relations were established—when only 48 percent of respondents found the Chinese government untrustworthy.30

Lessons from Africa, where Chinese engagement goes back decades and is comparatively more established than in Latin America, may be instructive here. A growing body of research indicates that, after an initial period of excitement regarding the promise of Chinese private investment, African populations’ perceptions of China as well as of their own domestic economy plummet once projects begin operating, particularly in the localities hosting those projects. Africans’ views of their leaders who welcomed these investments follow a similar pattern. The expected widespread benefits of Chinese FDI do not materialize as firms focus on maximizing and extracting profits, local jobs are not created, and negative environmental effects arise.31

Taken together, these factors support a case for the United States to focus on pairing concrete engagement with LAC countries to address specific needs with positive messaging and outreach, while allowing the current moment in China-Latin America relations to play out. Unmet expectations from China’s rapid investments across the region, mounting skepticism about China’s model, and rising if nascent concerns about vulnerability to PRC coercion are likely to prove more challenging to China’s regional ambitions than anything the United States could manufacture through countermessaging campaigns.

Going forward

The United States should match stepped up diplomatic engagement and progress on regional and bilateral economic partnership initiatives in LAC countries with positive messaging about reinvigorated US focus on the region as an economic and strategic priority. In addition:

  • US officials should signal acceptance of China’s enduring presence as a key regional player in private engagements with local leaders and business, including welcoming discussion of how US and Chinese investment can be complementary and benefit local economies, provided governments in their dealings with Chinese entities prioritize transparency in negotiations and tendering processes, labor and environmental guidelines, and risk mitigation in the (likely) event host counties are unwilling to outright reject entreaties from Chinese tech companies.
  • US messaging should emphasize a shared vision for the role of institutions critical to sustaining vibrant, prosperous, independent democracies: civil society, independent media, competitive and transparent bidding processes for infrastructure deals, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering measures, and laws and regulations regarding the role of state-linked foreign actors, foreign money, and foreign purveyors of information in host countries. The United States should significantly increase its support for these institutions and practices across LAC—prioritizing countries most at risk of CCP influence and of greatest strategic value to Washington—and ramp up messaging and engagement around this support without ever mentioning China by name.
  • Washington must also continue to monitor and privately flag concerning PRC activities bilaterally with local leaders, but should be highly selective in its warnings, focusing, for example, on the risks of investment in strategic sectors like the electricity grid or ports with potential military applications. Such warnings would be most effective if paired with offers of alternatives to Chinese-built critical infrastructure.

In January, Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador admonished President Biden about the need for the United States to do away with its “disdain” and “forgetfulness” of LAC.32 One can debate the accuracy and fairness of that comment, as Biden did at the time. But the comment underscores the simple first principle of any US strategy to counter China’s growing influence in the region: presence and attention to the needs of LAC countries. China will remain a key player in the region, but not necessarily one that poses an insurmountable threat to vital US interests as its economy slows and the inherent weaknesses of its authoritarian model and the risks of partnering with the PRC become more apparent. Washington is well positioned to compete with Beijing in LAC if it follows through on pledges to address the needs of Latin American countries, bolsters the capacity of local governments and democratic actors, and pairs such concrete actions with greater diplomatic attention and well-timed messaging.


About the author

The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security works to develop sustainable, nonpartisan strategies to address the most important security challenges facing the United States and the world.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

1    By 2021, China accounted for 18 percent of Latin American trade, up from 5 percent in 2005. Excluding Mexico, the share rises to 24 percent. See “What Does China’s Reopening Mean for Latin America?,” Economist, January 18, 2023, https://www.economist.com/the-americas/2023/01/18/what-does-chinas-reopening-mean-for-latin-america.
2    Felipe Larraín and Pepe Zhang, “China’s Evolving Presence in Latin America,” Americas Quarterly, January 23, 2023, https://www.americasquarterly.org/article/china-is-here-to-stay-in-latin-america/.
3    Another of Beijing’s unspoken goals in the region is to isolate Taiwan by attempting to lure away LAC countries that maintain diplomatic relations with the island. Panama, the Dominican Republic, and El Salvador switched recognition to the PRC in 2017-2018, and Nicaragua switched in December 2021. Currently, eight countries in LAC (out of fourteen countries worldwide, including the Vatican) recognize Taiwan; the remaining twenty-five in LAC recognize the PRC. Honduran President Xiomara Castro, inaugurated in January 2022, stated her government would maintain relations with Taiwan for now despite a campaign vow to establish relations with the PRC.
4    The groundbreaking white paper also stated that China seeks to strengthen cooperation on the basis of “equality and mutual benefit” in key areas, including exchanges and dialogues, trade and investment, agriculture, energy, infrastructure, manufacturing, and technological innovation.
5    Luiza Duarte, Robert Albro, and Eric Hershberg, “Communicating Influence: China’s Messaging in Latin America and the Caribbean,” Center for Latin American & Latino Studies (CLALS) Working Paper Series No. 35, February 1, 2022, http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4061082.
6    The China-Latin America Media Exchange Center, announced by Xi Jinping in 2016, invites journalists to China to work and study, and cited a goal of training hundreds or journalists each year.
7    Duarte, Albro, and Hershberg, “Communicating Influence.”
8    See Congressional Research Service, “China’s Engagement with Latin America and the Caribbean,” In Focus (series) IF10982, updated December 28, 2022, https://sgp.fas.org/crs/row/IF10982.pdf. To date, twenty-one countries in LAC participate in the BRI; most recently, Argentina joined in February 2022.
9    Jonathan Gilbert, Andrew Rosati, and Ethan Bronner, “How China Beat Out the U.S. to Dominate South America,” Bloomberg, February 17, 2022, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-02-17/china-is-south-america-s-top-trading-partner-why-can-t-the-us-keep-up.
10    Lucy Stevenson-Yang and Henry Tugendhat, “China’s Engagement in Latin America: Views from the Region,” Analysis and Commentary, United States Institute of Peace, August 8, 2022,  https://www.usip.org/publications/2022/08/chinas-engagement-latin-america-views-region.
11    María Eugenia Brizuela de Ávila et al., US-China Vaccine Diplomacy: Lessons from Latin America and the Caribbean, Atlantic Council, February 23, 2022, https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/report/us-china-vaccine-diplomacy-lessons-from-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/.
12    These trips typically carry an expectation that participating journalists publish positive news stories about China or the company upon their return. See “Beijing’s Global Media Influence 2022: Panama Country Report,” Freedom House, https://freedomhouse.org/country/panama/beijings-global-media-influence/2022.
13    The ambassador is reportedly the most active Twitter user of all Chinese officials based in Latin America, with over 18,000 followers as of March 2022. During the pandemic, Chinese diplomats on Panamanian social media posted videos set to soaring music that depicted the ambassador signing donation certificates or donating supplies. See “Beijing’s Global Media Influence 2022: Panama Country Report,” and International Republican Institute (IRI), A World Safe for the Party: China’s Authoritarian Influence and the Democratic Response,v 2021.
14    To facilitate a favorable environment for Chinese enterprises and encourage pro-China foreign policy decisions, the Chinese government lavishes foreign leaders and their coterie with personal “donations” and market access for their privately owned companies. Panama’s decision to switch diplomatic recognition to the PRC from Taiwan appears to have been shaped by CCP influence with the then-ruling Juan Carlos Varela government, including a $143 million donation to the country, Chinese market access for Varela’s alcohol company, and leveraging the Chinese diaspora in Panama. See IRI, A World Safe for the Party.
15    Joel Gehrke, “Pompeo to Latin America: ‘We Love You,’ China Doesn’t,” Washington Examiner, April 12, 2019, https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/policy/defense-national-security/pompeo-to-latin-america-we-love-you-china-doesnt.
16    Ilaria Mazzocco, “Evolving South American-China Relations: Challenges and Opportunities for Washington,” Blog, Center for Strategic and International Studies, August 24, 2022, https://www.csis.org/blogs/trustee-china-hand/evolving-south-american-china-relations-challenges-and-opportunities. For example, in 2021 the Trump administration extended a $3.5 billion loan to Ecuador to help it pay off debt to China on the condition that it exclude Chinese telecom firms from its 5G network.
17    See White House, National Security Strategy, October 2022, 12, 40-41, https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Biden-Harris-Administrations-National-Security-Strategy-10.2022.pdf.
18    Gilbert, Rosati, and Bronner, “How China Beat Out the U.S. to Dominate South America.”
19    Trevor Hunnicutt, Daina Beth Solomon, and Matt Spetalnick, “Biden Unveils New Latin America Economic Plan at Reboot Summit Dogged By Dissent,” Reuters, updated June 9, 2022
20    Brizuela de Ávila et al., US-China Vaccine Diplomacy.
21    Margaret Myers, “A Belt & Rough Road?: China-Latin America Relations,” Weekly Asado (blog), Latin American Program, Wilson Center, October 28, 2023, https://www.wilsoncenter.org/blog-post/belt-rough-road-china-latin-america-relations; and Congressional Research Service, “China’s Engagement with Latin America and the Caribbean.” Chinese investment in LAC is likely to be more narrowly focused on sectors considered critical to China’s economic growth, included in industries known in China as “new infrastructure”—such as 5G, electricity transmission, high-speed rail, electric vehicles, data centers, and artificial intelligence.
22    “What Does China’s Reopening Mean for Latin America?,” Economist. The World Economic Forum estimates that by 2035 Chinese trade participation in Latin America may account for 25 percent of the entire region’s trade, and more than 40 percent of exports from Chile, Brazil, and Peru alone; see “China’s Trade with Latin America Is Bound to Keep Growing. Here’s Why That Matters,” World Economic Forum, June 17, 2021, https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2021/06/china-trade-latin-america-caribbean/.
23    Rebecca Feng and Cao Li, “China’s Country Garden Makes Overdue Dollar-Bond Payments, Avoiding Default,” Wall Street Journal, September 5, 2021, https://www.wsj.com/finance/investing/chinas-country-garden-makes-overdue-dollar-bond-payments-narrowly-avoiding-default-626f515d; J. Edward Moreno, “China’s Exports Fall Again, Imperiling Its Economic Recovery,” New York Times, August 8, 2023, https://www.nytimes.com/2023/08/08/business/china-economy-exports.html.
24    Bernardo Caram, “Chinese Investment in Brazil Plunges 78% in 2022, Hits Lowest Since 2009,” Reuters, August 29, 2023, https://www.reuters.com/world/china/chinese-investment-brazil-plunges-78-2022-hits-lowest-since-2009-2023-08-29/.
25    Maxwell Radwin, “Chinese Investment in Latin America Plagues People and Nature: Report,” Mongabay, March 24, 2022, https://news.mongabay.com/2022/03/chinese-investment-in-latin-america-plagues-people-and-nature-report/.
26    Laura Silver, Christine Huang, and Laura Clancy, How Global Public Opinion of China Has Shifted in the Xi Era, Pew Research Center, September 28, 2022, https://www.pewresearch.org/global/2022/09/28/how-global-public-opinion-of-china-has-shifted-in-the-xi-era/.
27    Myers, “A Belt & Rough Road?” Former Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi engineered increased “people-to-people” diplomacy in Latin America. Having now joined the Politburo, Wang may build on that strategy through government, the private sector and the CCP as a way of facilitating continued commercial engagement and building support for China’s position on Taiwan and other foreign policy priorities.
28    According to the US Southern Command 2022 posture statement, worrying PRC activities include “investments in strategic infrastructure, systematic technology and intellectual property theft, disinformation and propaganda campaigns, and malicious cyber activity—all with the goal of expanding long-term access and influence in this hemisphere.” See Congressional Research Service, “China’s Engagement with Latin America and the Caribbean.”
29    As Xi put it at the Nineteenth CCP Congress in 2017, China’s model offers “a new option for other countries and nations who want to speed up their development while preserving their independence.” Chinese officials now commonly speak of the “right” of nations to choose their political systems, be they democratic or authoritarian—and the arrogance of countries such as the United States that assume that democracy is the preferable option. Moreover, this messaging has had power in many developing countries that see China’s rapid development as a model to replicate, raising concerns in Washington and elsewhere that China is successfully exporting its autocratic model of governance and development. See, for instance, R. Evan Ellis, “How U.S. Can Compete With China in Latin America,” National Defense (website), December 28, 2022, https://www.nationaldefensemagazine.org/articles/2022/12/28/how-us-can-compete-with-china-in-latin-america. This concern may be of particular relevance now in Latin America, where the latest turn toward leftist governments may yield greater appreciation for statist economic policies and the role of government versus private enterprise in achieving desired social and economic objectives.
30    Navigate to the question “Foreign Relations: Trustworthiness of the Chinese government” under “Panama” in Americas Barometer, survey years 2016, 2018, 2021, accessed April 14, 2022, https://www.vanderbilt.edu/lapop/panama.php.
31    John McCauley, Margaret Pearson, and Xiaonan Wang, “Africa’s Leaders Often Welcome Chinese Private Investment. How Do African Citizens Feel?,” Monkey Cage (series), Analysis, Washington Post,December 9, 2021, https://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/2021/12/09/africas-leaders-often-welcome-chinese-private-investment-how-do-african-citizens-feel/; and John F. McCauley, Margaret M. Pearson, Xiaonan Wang, “Does Chinese FDI in Africa Inspire Support for a China Model of Development?,” World Development 150 (2022), 105738, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2021.105738.
32    Rebecca Falconer, “Mexican President Calls on Biden to End U.S. “Disdain” for Latin America,” Axios, January 10, 2023, https://www.axios.com/2023/01/10/mexican-president-biden-end-us-disdain-latin-america.

The post China pairs actions with messaging in Latin America. The United States should do the same. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Don’t let geopolitics undermine Latin America’s hard-won free markets https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/issue-brief/dont-let-geopolitics-undermine-latin-americas-hard-won-free-markets/ Mon, 12 Feb 2024 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=726567 The United States is concerned about China’s close economic ties to Latin America and the Caribbean; however, the US response should be careful not to undermine longstanding market norms and popular trade liberalization policies

The post Don’t let geopolitics undermine Latin America’s hard-won free markets appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>


The expansion of freedom is both the primary end … and the principal means of development.”

Nobel Prize-winning economist Amartya Sen,
Development as Freedom

In the wake of Latin America’s “Lost Decade,” many Latin American countries adopted market-oriented investment laws in hopes of attracting global capital. Perceiving that the lack of public-sector constraint was a catalyst for the 1980s debt crisis, these institutions aimed to “tie the hands” of subsequent governments with procurement provisions. For example, Brazil’s 1993 Procurement Law was adopted in the wake of its Brady Bond restructuring in which Western bankers converted the country’s defaulted bank loans into global bonds. In essence, Brazil gained capital-market access in exchange for establishing market-friendly institutions, including laws that promoted public-sector efficiency through public procurement. Supported by the United States and international financial institutions, such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank, this pattern was repeated throughout the region with most Latin American states constitutionally adopting such procurement laws.

If we fast forward through time and space to the early twenty-first century, this institutional architecture has successfully infused investment into Latin American markets. For example, over the last three decades, Brazil’s 1993 Procurement Law has helped catalyze a whopping 900 procurement projects totaling more than $338 billion:1 a boon to the Brazilian business community. Surprisingly, however, in the prelude to the largest public tender in Brazil’s history—a $9 billion auction of its fifth-generation wireless network in 2021—the market-friendly Bolsonaro administration was considering legally barring China’s technology giant Huawei from participating, raising several questions. Politically, why would the Brazilian government interfere with the country’s constitutionally mandated procurement system,2 a bedrock of its free-market legacy? Economically, why would the Bolsonaro government threaten to block Huawei, a major technology provider in Brazil for over two decades, from building 5G networks?

The answer reflects geopolitics—mainly US concerns about Chinese technology posing a threat to data protection, intellectual property rights, and national security. For example, the 2022 US National Security Strategy aims to “counter the exploitation of American’s sensitive data and illegitimate use of technology, including commercial spyware and surveillance technology.”3 However, outright technology bans risk unintentionally casting a cloud over the historic US commitment to market institutions and economic freedom, which are important hallmarks of its historic soft power. Trade liberalization has been historically popular in much of Latin America,4 notwithstanding recent deteriorating public satisfaction with democracy, which has fallen by about 10 percent since 2004.5 The United States should thus concentrate on creating economic opportunities regionally, rather than risk geopolitics undermining longstanding market norms.

Exporting patient capital: Externalizing China’s state-led development model

In the mid-1990s, China struggled to raise global market financing for the construction of the Three Gorges Dam, a massive hydroelectric power plant and the largest water-supply development in human history. Due to its size and international concerns about environmental sustainability, multinational and bilateral lenders including the World Bank and the US Export-Import Bank balked at providing project financing to the state-owned contractor, China Three Gorges Corporation. Against this backdrop, the China Development Bank (CDB) opted to finance the dam, pioneering its new brand of “development finance,”6 in which the bank would increasingly occupy the market space between a policy bank and a commercial bank. Over the long run, however, once the dam produced electricity, not only was the project profitable, but China Three Gorges Corporation became a global market player, acquiring financial stakes in other global energy firms.7

Similarly, the CDB has catalyzed financial expansions internationally as part of China’s “go global” strategy. Brandishing a balance sheet that was on par with the United States’ Big Four banks, JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo,8 the CDB extended credit lines to national governments through joint development funds and other cofinancing initiatives. Whereas
Western commercial banks and even multilateral banks had to ensure individual projects were profitable over the short-to-medium term to appease their shareholders, the CDB had the ability to emphasize the longer term, as a form of “patient capital.”9 Its mandate was to meet government objectives with market-oriented instruments, affording the bank more time to both reach profitability and comply with state guidelines. Although Chinese policy bankers also demand a return on their capital, they incorporate a longer payback period in their lending structure to encourage “market maximization.” In other words, they aim to grow China’s total corporate earnings within important markets, rather than boosting the profitability of a single project or firm.10 Policy banks, such as the CDB and Export-Import Bank of China, are thus aiming to develop long-term markets rather than to maximize short-term profits.

During my field research in China over the past half decade, officials from both policy banks routinely referred to the importance of using “weighted outlooks for respective returns or revenues” from these projects.11 According to one veteran policy bank manager: “It’s not one port or one project; it is bringing the whole picture together. There may be risk or uncertainty in any one element, but in the long run, the whole picture comes together.”12

For example, beginning in 2001, the CDB provided about $45 billion in lines of credit to telecommunication equipment makers13 such as Huawei and ZTE, helping them become key players in the global technological marketplace in the early twenty-first century. They reached this status in part by taking advantage of “vendor financing,” a key element of China’s patient capital. In Brazil, for instance, Huawei used CDB lines of credit to lend money to local Brazilian companies who then purchased Huawei’s telecommunications equipment.14 The CDB, and ultimately the Chinese government, did not judge the success of this banking activity on the profitability of one loan, but rather the extent to which they had created new telecommunications markets for Chinese firms overseas. Over the last two decades, China has expanded its web of commercial ties in the Brazilian telecommunications sector, where today the country’s three largest cellphone operators, Vivo, Claro, and Oi, are using Huawei technology in about two-thirds of their 3G and 4G networks.15

The challenges of competing with China

Cheap financing gives China’s state-backed firms a competitive advantage when breaking into new markets overseas and thus a competitive edge globally. The United States, meanwhile, has aimed to compete with China using diplomatic levers and alliance channels. For example, it convinced such countries as Australia16 and Canada17 to ban Huawei and ZTE from building their 5G networks. However, this has proven to be a less effective strategy in the developing world, where alternative providers (e.g., Ericsson and Nokia) have a smaller historic commercial presence, and where many countries must significantly upgrade their digital infrastructures. For example, Huawei has a longstanding commercial relationship in Argentina and Brazil, after constructing 70 percent18 and 85 percent19 of their mobile networks, respectively. Aiming to close its technological gap, Colombia—whose mobile connectivity has ranked behind a half dozen regional peers20 — has also had pilot tests of the 5G Huawei network.21

Why would Latin American countries risk such important development opportunities to help protect US national security, when the United States no longer has a near-technological monopoly?22 In this regard, the strategic doctrine of Active Non-Alignment,23 or avoiding aligning with either the United States or China, might appeal to many Latin American governments feeling caught in the middle of US-China competition. Beyond Brazil, the Trump administration reportedly also tied new Ecuadorean bilateral loans intended to help repay its Chinese debts to the US “Clean Network” program, effectively excluding Chinese telecommunications companies from building Ecuador’s 5G network.24 Such initiatives risk obscuring the US commitment to public procurement laws, market openness, economic competition, and transparency in the hemisphere. Why not instead develop investment alternatives, as the United States has done with AT&T Mexico, collaborating with Nokia to support developing 5G innovation and infrastructure throughout the country?

China’s growing investment diversification: A US opportunity

After reaching a peak of $67 billion outstanding, or one-tenth of Latin America’s external debt in 2017, China has been steadily unwinding its Latin American state-to-state financial ties.25 This financial deleveraging has been driven mostly by Ecuador and Venezuela, two countries where Chinese policy banks mispriced investment risk and became financially overextended. As a rising “developing country creditor,” China had hoped to offer a new brand of development financing by offering overseas lending without policy conditionality. Emphasizing South-to-South financial cooperation, China aimed to use its development finance to cultivate a Chinese commercial presence in key strategic sectors in developing economies. Avoiding the stringent macroeconomic conditions that are typically required by Western multilateral institutions, Chinese lending instead emphasized microeconomic incentives. Policy banks employed commercial conditions to hedge China’s bilateral credit risk through loan-for-oil deals, betting that oil proceeds would both help guarantee debt repayment and also expand China’s commercial footprint in the Latin American energy sector.26

China has experienced a creditor learning curve, discovering that sovereign credit risk cannot simply be mitigated by collateralizing policy bank loans with natural resources. Even when loan repayment is tied to national commodity income, loan profitability is dependent on prudent local governance that sustains state-owned enterprises’ resource production. When there is substandard national resource governance, Chinese policy banks have little recourse beyond extending new funds in hopes of recovering natural resource collateral. As one former CDB official explained in a December 2019 interview for my book, Globalizing Patient Capital, “It’s not like lending to one province of China; you cannot order another country to do what you think is right.”27

Chinese policy banks have thus adopted a defensive lending posture with many of their major Latin American borrowers by renegotiating state-to-state loan terms. Ironically, China’s patient investment has also yielded a patient restructuring approach, where China’s main state-backed overseas creditors have extended debt relief to highly indebted countries in hopes of recuperating their bad investments during better times. For example, the China Development Bank and Export-Import Bank of China, tend to avoid recognizing short- or medium-term losses in their banking portfolios, granting payment deferrals rather than outright debt forgiveness. After first approving Venezuelan debt relief in 2016, China extended its debt moratorium through the pandemic, allowing the country to defer its principal payments, reduce its underlying oil collateral, and extend repayment deadlines. In Ecuador, Chinese policy banks extended principal payment deferrals valued at $891 million between 2020 and 2022. More recently, President Guillermo Lasso successfully negotiated with China’s policy banks to extend bilateral debt relief on oil-backed debt servicing though 2025.

China’s mispricing of credit risk and debt difficulties have contributed to a deterioration in its political influence, creating a regional opportunity for the United States. For example, in Ecuador, public perceptions of China have deteriorated in recent years against the backdrop of growing concerns that the former Rafael Correa government had mortgaged as much as four years of Ecuador’s future oil production through its China loan-for-oil deals.28 By 2021, nearly three-fifths of Ecuador’s population deemed China “untrustworthy,” compared to less-than-half of the population mistrusting China in 2014. The region has witnessed a similar pattern, with trustworthiness of the Chinese government falling by about 20 percent over the last decade.29 Scholars have also found that public sentiment regarding China varies by economic sector, with Brazilian politicians representing regions hurt by Chinese import shocks more likely to hold negative views about China.30

In response to such negative optics and mispriced investment, China’s creditors have deleveraged their financial positions, and diversified away from their bilateral debt holdings in the region. Debt spirals and governance crises have threatened to erode China’s regional soft power, after it steadily developed deep trade and investment ties over the past two decades. To mitigate its sovereign risk, China is experimenting with market-based and multilateral solutions. With an eye to diversifying its sovereign risk beyond debt financing, China has created more than $40 billion in state-backed Latin American equity funds. Not only are these state-owned asset managers an important part of China’s 2013 Third Plenum market reforms, they also enable Chinese policy banks to increasingly engage with the private sector internationally by directly investing in Latin American corporate enterprises. Notwithstanding the lofty headline numbers, China’s state-backed equity investors have deployed only $2 billion in Latin America, or about 5 percent of the total funds committed by their shareholders.31 China’s gradual shift in investment tools is also timed to take advantage of a changing Latin American context in which governments, including in Argentina and Brazil, have increasingly employed private procurement. In recent years, both countries passed public-private partnership laws to relieve national budgetary pressure by delivering public services outside the public balance sheet.

In the world of finance, shifting from debt-to-equity financing is a common way to mitigate credit exposure. The key question is whether China is moving forward quickly enough with these private-sector initiatives to avoid its mounting state-to-state problems. The growth of foreign direct investment (FDI) flows in recent years, which has surpassed state-to-state lending as the primary channel for new Chinese financial flows to the region,32 suggests China is adjusting fairly swiftly.

Leveraging US competitive advantages

With China employing more market-oriented investments regionally, the country is developing a greater presence in Latin America’s private sector, which is an area of historic competitive advantage for the United States. China initially made its foray into Latin American financing by offering its patient form of capital, characterized by its large financial scale and subsidies. These characteristics amplified policy banks’ risk tolerance, allowing them to more fluidly absorb short-term losses, sustain long-term investments, and avoid using policy conditionality to ensure debt repayment. These features of China’s development finance also helped cultivate a Chinese commercial presence in key strategic sectors within higher-risk economies.33 To hedge sovereign credit risk from their state-to-state loans, however, policy banks employed commercial conditionality,34 using natural resources as collateral for loans, as a means of repayment or in the event of a default.

However, Chinese policy banks have also shown that they are susceptible to mispricing credit risk when their sovereign borrowers mismanage the economy or natural resource production. They have also used commercial conditionality, linked to these financial contracts, to promote trade by requiring local purchases of Chinese machinery, materials, and technology and by guaranteeing contracts with Chinese firms. Employing these commercial conditions, however, have intensified such historical regional problems as commodity dependency and industrial stagnation.35 The United States can thus exploit Latin America’s frustrations with commercial conditionality, or the fine print of these financing deals, to better compete with China in several ways regionally.

International institutions: Compelling China to be a multilateral stakeholder

In light of China’s development emphasis in its foreign policy, the Chinese government has been careful to participate in multilateral debt relief initiatives, such as the Debt Service Suspension Initiative (DSSI) and the Group of Twenty (G20) Common Framework agreement, since the onset of the pandemic. However, China has simultaneously favored bilateral debt negotiation in countries where the CDB is the lead creditor, arguing that the CDB is a commercial bank, falling out of the scope of official, coordinated debt relief. Given the considerable scale of both Chinese investments and the CDB’s exposure to Latin American debt,36 such bilateral discretion could challenge the global governance standards advocated for by the IMF and the Paris Club, posing a risk to global financial stability.

China creditors often opt for bilateral discretion because they prefer “evergreening” strategies or waiting for an economic recovery to generate new life into their bilateral loans. In other words, they have restructured loan terms, and propped up sovereign borrowers (e.g., Ecuador and Venezuela) without recognizing bad debts or requiring significant economic reform. Why? China is willing to engage in regulatory forbearance to avoid recognizing short-term losses. The United States pursued a similar set of policies during the 1980’s Latin American debt crisis to safeguard its bank balance sheets from regional defaults. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation relaxed regulatory conditions, while US banks extended new credit to heavily indebted countries in hopes of facilitating debt repayment that was vital to bank profitability.37 Financial losses and developing country debts escalated by the end of the decade, leaving the region caught in chronic crises. Mired in a period of shrinking growth, runaway inflation, and development stagnation popularly known as the Lost Decade, Latin America’s struggles weighed on the global economy. Western banks were eventually forced to write off their bad loans as part of multilateral-sponsored reform programs that helped stabilize the region, and check inflation.

China’s bankers have similarly balked at debt forgiveness, but over time, they are going to require more policy tools beyond rescheduling bilateral debt terms and waiting for economic growth and financial recovery. Without an alternative framework for debt sustainability, China needs the Common Framework as much as the United States. The IMF provides a pathway to financial stability that is often grounded in tough policy conversations with its borrowers about economic reforms that bilateral creditors—particularly those like China who favor nonintervention—hope to avoid. Beyond the current discord about how to distribute financial burdens under the Common Framework, China is a multilateral stakeholder that ultimately needs financial stability for its national creditors as much as the West. For example, China authorized Argentina to use its central bank currency swap this summer to help enhance its near-term financial means to repay the IMF, a vital step to facilitating new fund disbursements under Argentina’s ongoing IMF program. In light of such aligned financial incentives, the United States should use its influence in international institutions, including the IMF, to more actively encourage greater Chinese participation in multilateral debt relief, an outcome that not only delivers greater financial stability for US creditors, but also Chinese creditors.

Fortify US dollar as Latin America’s reserve currency

The dollar continues to reign supreme as a reserve currency in international finance, accounting for $6.9 trillion, or about two-thirds of the world’s total foreign exchange reserves, while the Chinese renminbi’s accounts for a mere 2 percent of total exchange reserves.38 Renminbi internationalization is one of the key motivations for China’s integration internationally; however, foreign investors have been circumspect about using the currency as a low-risk safe investment given ongoing concerns about the predictability of its political and legal frameworks.39 China is trying to counter this narrative by using global trade and investment as a conduit to promote renminbi-based transactions. Even though the renminbi has less historic visibility in Latin America, the Chinese authorities have raised the currency’s profile through currency swap agreements, completing central bank swap agreements with eight Latin American countries totaling $19 billion.40 These agreements not only give central banks direct access to the Chinese currency but they also provide Latin American countries with a potential financing alternative when they face liquidity constraints in US dollar markets – as observed in Argentina this summer.

To reinforce dollar supremacy and improve the financial inclusion, efficiency, and safety of the US dollar payment system, US authorities should research the merits of a central bank digital currency (CDBC) in Latin America. By using trade to promote renminbi internationalization, China is betting that technological development will enhance the direct convertibility of bilateral currencies and reduce the world’s need for the dollar as a reserve currency. Today, the dollar is involved in almost nine-tenths of all currency transactions globally,41 affording the United States two key important economic and geopolitical advantages. Economically, long-standing demand for US dollars places a premium on its US Treasury assets, which translates to low interest rates for its government and firms that are vital for economic growth. Geopolitically, US dollar dominance allows the US government to use its global financial network to monitor international transactions and apply economic sanctions. To maintain these relative national advantages, the United States should secure the dollar’s place as a global intermediary by leveraging its technological expertise and regulatory infrastructure to build an unrivaled digital dollar hub for the international financial system.

Increase the scale and operations of the US Development Finance Corporation

The US Development Finance Corporation (DFC) has about $4.4 billion outstanding in active projects in the Western Hemisphere, or more than one-third of its total global projects.42 This development financing represents about 2 percent of regional FDI flows today. The DFC employs its financial resources—including loans, loan guarantees, equity investments, political risk insurance, and technical assistance—to help spur private investment in developing country markets. Importantly, the DFC’s mandate, which was created under the BUILD Act in 2018,43 has sought to primarily expand development opportunities in low- and middle-income countries.44 However, the DFC is also a commercial tool that has helped create market opportunities internationally in sectors where the United States has a competitive advantage, including clean technology, education, finance, healthcare, and information technology.

Given China’s large presence in South America’s high middle-income economies, the DFC should expand its scope and scale in the region’s largest markets, where commercial opportunities often intersect with strong development needs. To date, the DFC has extended 93 percent of its Latin American portfolio to higher middle-income countries, including Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico, and Peru. Beyond the Andes and North America, however, the rest of South America only accounts for one-quarter of the DFC’s Latin American exposure.45 There are many remaining fertile opportunities in markets with sizable private sectors, including Argentina, Brazil, and Chile. China’s state-to-state financing has been effective at breaking into these markets, but the United States is brimming with sophisticated market players who would benefit competitively from enhancing the institutional foundations of the region’s marketplace.

To maintain its effectiveness, the DFC should thus focus on its institutional advantage of market development, and avoid any potential political interference. When the United States aims to leverage DFC financing to extract political concessions, or influence national investment governance, it risks undermining its own messaging about market governance and capital development. Much of the region still views China’s telecommunications firms as offering a development opportunity in digital infrastructure.46 The US concerns regarding data privacy and national security have merit, but are best channeled into foreign policy by instead presenting the region with competing development opportunities through the DFC. Such developmental efforts are more likely to grow regional support for US goals for twenty-first century globalization and help restore US economic and political leadership.

The DFC also can leverage the longstanding US strengths in financial intermediation, transparency, and accountability. Building robust legal frameworks for public finance and procurement has helped enhance private-sector activity, competition, and efficiency in Latin America over the course of the last few decades. Why interfere with such foundational regional market institutions by introducing politics into the public tender process? Alternatively, the United States can use its voice in multilateral and regional institutions including the World Bank and Inter-American Development Bank to further develop local administrative, legal, and financial expertise in procurement governance and public-private partnerships. Through such institutional efforts, the United States can help incentivize more Chinese financing flows through the local private sector, where it’s more likely to behave similarly to traditional market financing. In addition, the DFC can help simultaneously foster synergies between the US private sector’s technical expertise and local firms’ economic knowledge, creating mutual market gains.

China has begun to answer the region’s call for value-added manufacturing investment and technological spillover in such sectors as renewable energy, electric battery production, and clean transportation. However, China is still overcoming some negative optics throughout the region due to the high commercial content of its Latin America financial foray. Against this backdrop, the United States should leverage its private sector to deliver local development opportunities, but without the commercial conditionality of China’s development finance.


About the author

Stephen B. Kaplan is an Associate Professor of Political Science and International Affairs at George Washington University; and a faculty affiliate of the Institute for International Economic Policy.

The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security works to develop sustainable, nonpartisan strategies to address the most important security challenges facing the United States and the world.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

1    Stephen B. Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital: The Political Economy of Chinese Finance in the Americas (Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press, 2021).
2    Section XXI of Article 37 of the 1998 Brazilian constitution requires that public services are contracted through public tender.
4    Andy Baker, The Market and the Masses in Latin America: Policy Reform and Consumption in Liberalizing Economies (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2009).
5    Latin American Public Opinion Project, America’s Barometer, Vanderbilt University, 2021.
6    Chinese government and financial officials have also referred to this type of banking as “vendor financing,” “low-profit money,” and “for-profit development”
7    Henry Sanderson and Michael Forsythe, China’s Superbank: Debt, Oil and Influence–How China Development Bank Is Rewriting the Rules of Finance (New York: Bloomberg Press, 2013).
8    “Large Commercial Banks, Ranked by Consolidated Assets,” Federal Reserve Statistical Release, March 2019; and David Sanders, “Top 25 Safest Banks in China in 2018,” Global Finance, November 1, 2018, https://www.gfmag.com/magazine/november-2018/safest-banks-china-2018.
9    Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital.
10    Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital.
11    Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital.
12    Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital.
13    Sanderson and Forsythe, China’s Superbank.
14    Sanderson and Forsythe, China’s Superbank; and “Huawei’s $30 Billion China Credit Opens Doors in Brazil, Mexico,” Bloomberg News, April 25, 2011.
15    Giovana Fleck, “Why Huawei Was Almost Excluded from the 5G Race in Brazil,” Civic Media Observatory, May 28, 2021.
16    “Huawei and ZTE Handed 5G Network Ban in Australia,” BBC News, August 23, 2018.
17    Annabelle Liang, “Canada to Ban China’s Huawei and ZTE from Its 5G Networks,” BBC News, May 20, 2022.
18    Jieyu Zhang, “5G Xianxing, Dazao Zhongguo-Agenting Keji Hezuo Xin Liangdian,” China Institute of International Studies, November 9, 2020. The 70 percent construction reference for Argentina refers to 2G, 3G, and 4G networks.
19    Margaret Myers and Guillermo García Montenegro, “Latin America and 5G: Five Things to Know,” The Inter-American Dialogue, December 14, 2019.
20    Colombia ranked below Argentina, Chile, Mexico, Panama, Peru, and Uruguay on the 2019 GSM Association Mobile Connectivity Index. See Connected Society: The State of Internet Connectivity, GSM Association, 2019, https://www.gsma.com/mobilefordevelopment/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/GSMA-State-of-Mobile-Internet-Connectivity-Report-2019.pdf.
21    Ranine Awwad, “Serious Steps to Deploy 5G Networks in Colombia,” Inside Telecom, July 9, 2020.
22    Chad Bown, “The Return of Export Controls,” Foreign Affairs, January 24, 2023.
23    Carlos Fortin, Jorge Heine, and Carlos Ominami, eds., El No Alineamiento Active Y America Latina: Una Doctrina Para El Nuevo Siglo (Santiago, Chile: Editorial Catalonia Ltda., 2021)
24    Demitri Sevastopulo and Gideon Long, “US Development Bank Strikes Deal to Help Ecuador Pay China Loans,” Financial Times, January 14, 2021
25    Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital.
26    Stephen B. Kaplan and Michael Penfold, “The Story of the Creditor Trap: How China Reduced its Venezuelan Risk,” Foreign Affairs Latinoamérica, April/June 2019; and Stephen B. Kaplan and Michael Penfold, “China-Venezuela Economic Relations: Hedging Venezuelan Bets with Chinese Characteristics,” in Authoritarian Allies: Venezuela’s International Relations and Regime Survival, ed.Cynthia J. Arnson, Woodrow Wilson Center Reports on the Americas no. 43, 2021.
27    Author’s interview for Globalizing Patient Capital, December 16, 2019.
28    Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital.
29    Latin American Public Opinion Project, America’s Barometer, Vanderbilt University, 2021.
30    Daniella Campello and Francisco Urdinez, “Voter and Legislator Responses to Localized Trade Shocks from China in Brazil,” Comparative Political Studies 54, no. 7 (2021), 1131-1162.
31    Author’s interview with state-backed equity fund manager for Globalizing Patient Capital, January 14, 2020.
32    Felipe Larraín and Pepe Zhang, “China’s Evolving Presence in Latin America,” America’s Quarterly, January 3, 2023.
33    Stephen B. Kaplan and Aparna Ravi, “Banking on the State: The Competitive Advantage of State-led Financing.” Institute for International Economic Policy Working Paper, 2003.
34    Kaplan, Globalizing Patient Capital.
35    Barbara Stallings, Dependency in the Twenty-First Century?: The Political Economy of China-Latin America Relations (Cambridge University Press, 2020); and Kevin Gallagher, Latin America’s China Boom and the Fate of the Washington Consensus (Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2016).
36    The CDB holds 90 percent of  Latin America’s outstanding Chinese debt exposure.
37    Stephen B. Kaplan, Globalization and Austerity Politics in Latin America (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2013).
38    “Currency Composition of Official Foreign Exchange Reserves,” International Monetary Fund.
39    Eswar S. Prasad, Gaining Currency: The Rise of the Renminbi (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2017).
40    Douglas Arner and André Soares, A Globalized Renminbi: Will It Reshape Latin America?, Atlantic Council, 2016.
41    Carol Bertaut, Bastian von Beschwitz, and Stephanie Curcuru, “The International Role of the U.S. Dollar,” Post-COVID Edition,” FEDS Notes, Board of the Governors of the Federal Reserve System, June 23, 2023.
42    “DFC Transaction Data”, Development Finance Corporation, September 30, 2022. These calculations do not include legacy transactions from OPIC, DCA, and USAID. https://www.dfc.gov/our-impact/transaction-data
43    The BUILD Act stands for “The Better Utilization of Investments Leading to Development Act of 2018.”
44    “Top Management Challenges Facing the DFC in FY 2023,” Office of Inspector General, Development Finance Corporation, November 2022.
45    “DFC Transaction Data”, Development Finance Corporation, September 30, 2022. https://www.dfc.gov/our-impact/transaction-data.
46    Jorge Malena, “The Extension of the Digital Silk Road to Latin America: Advantages and Potential Risks,” Asia Unbound (blog), Council on Foreign Relations and Brazilian Center for International Relations, 2021.

The post Don’t let geopolitics undermine Latin America’s hard-won free markets appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
China and Russia engage Latin America and the Caribbean differently. Both threaten US interests. https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/issue-brief/china-and-russia-engage-latin-america-and-the-caribbean-differently-both-threaten-us-interests/ Mon, 12 Feb 2024 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=726569 China and Russia are both seeking to deepen their influence in the Western Hemisphere at the expense of the United States, though the means by, and ends for, which they pursue that differ in some cases. China’s engagement is more thorough and multifaceted, while Russia’s is more circumscribed.

The post China and Russia engage Latin America and the Caribbean differently. Both threaten US interests. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Influence, relating to foreign powers, comes in many forms and is accrued in many ways. It can encompass premeditated operations directed at a nation or region to spread disinformation, undermine democratic practices, and instigate dissension and strife. It can also mean the ability to constrain, channel, or divert what would otherwise be domestic-level decisions into a more favorable direction for foreign powers such as China and Russia.

China and Russia operate and influence in a myriad of ways, but the core of their influence is through covert and overt strategies to undermine the US position in the region and to shape the foreign policy preferences in Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC). For both China and Russia, this includes increasing support for what they call a “multipolar world,” with the United States cast as a declining power, China an increasingly ascendant power, and Russia a great power seeking to assert that status on the global stage. In China’s case, influence in LAC is channeled to reduce regional support for democratic Taiwan, in a region where eight of Taipei’s fourteen global allies are situated. For Russia, influence is channeled to lock in a preference for Russian arms and either outright support for its war in Ukraine or silence in multilateral bodies, and a reluctance to join the Western sanctions campaign.

While their interests may often converge in LAC, China and Russia have distinct ways of engaging and operating in the region. In short, Chinese engagement is more thorough and multifaceted than Russian engagement. It encompasses regional organizations and institutions, international financial institutions, and deep economic ties on the bilateral level. By contrast, Russia’s engagement is more circumscribed. Russia has been unable to connect itself economically to LAC in the same way that China has, limiting its engagement to the bilateral sphere as well as to security cooperation and military-to-military relations. Russia’s limited “value add” to LAC means that its deepest relations are often with the region’s most autocratic and isolated governments.

Varying aims

China relies on investment through its state-owned enterprises capable of swaying decision-making and expanding its economic footprint through the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). The leading edge of China’s engagement in the region is economic in nature. The power of China’s market, which acts as a large magnet for many countries in the region, allows it to alter the incentives and considerations for domestic political and economic decision-making—sometimes down to the very local level.1 China’s control of important supply chains and dominance over certain markets also allows it to weaponize economic interdependence with regions such as LAC.

As a major component of its economic engagement, China also strives to isolate and reduce regional diplomatic recognition of Taiwan, as well as grow support for its rhetoric of an emerging multipolar global order, with China as a major player within that system, and the United States reduced to a miniscule interest even in its own hemisphere.2 China has been a forceful advocate of organizations that explicitly exclude the United States (and Canada) from regional discussions, such as the Community of Latin American and Caribbean States (CELAC). Further, twenty-one countries have now joined the BRI, with Argentina joining most recently, in February 2022. More countries are expected to join the BRI in the future, with large countries such as Brazil remaining as major prizes.

China also seeks to protect its own model of autocratic governance from criticism, though not necessarily by actively seeking more autocratic governments in the western hemisphere. Of course, those that do exist will receive China’s assistance: China has collaborated extensively with Venezuela, and has supported autocratic governments in Ecuador (2007-2017) and Bolivia (from 2006-2019 and again from 2021 to the present). Yet, China is content if it also manages to keep the region’s democracies relatively quiet and restrained. Its main concerns are criticisms of its internal security and human rights practices, especially in multilateral fora like the United Nations Human Rights Council, the Organization of American States (OAS), and the Inter-American Human Rights System. Thus, one of the ways China no doubt measures its influence is by the amount of support it receives, especially from nominal US partners and allies, for its rhetoric on an emerging multipolar world, as well as the extent to which it is able to ward off criticism of its most concerning domestic and international practices.

To this end, China understands that LAC is still a region of sizeable US influence. The country’s leadership understands that it is unlikely to fully cleave US partners from the United States. To this end, the extent to which Beijing can grow support for the idea of “active nonalignment”—that is, the foreign policy vision that holds that Latin America and the Caribbean should not choose a side in a geopolitical competition between the United States and China, and that the region should be highly skeptical of geopolitical fault lines or blocs surrounding the idea of “democracy” vs. “autocracy”—it can decrease the frequency of the region’s alignment with Washington, thus suiting its long-term geopolitical aims. If China cannot overcome decades of US influence and convert LAC into a strategic asset for itself, leaders in Beijing are content to at least take LAC off the geopolitical chessboard, effectively neutralizing it as a potential strategic asset for the United States in long-term competition.

By contrast, Russia influence is more circumscribed and visible in two major developments and realities. The first is the entrenched nature of the region’s existing autocratic regimes, which have interests that dovetail with Moscow and maintain strong security and ideological relationships with Russia. Russia seeks to sustain state-to-state security relationships with Cuba, Nicaragua, and Venezuela, and to a lesser extent with Bolivia and Peru—all leading purchasers of Russian military equipment. (In the case of Bolivia and Peru, this is largely because the Russians service legacy military equipment.) Supporting Russia’s military-industrial complex is a top domestic concern for President Vladimir Putin, especially as US and European Union sanctions threaten to devastate the future of Russia’s defense industrial base. In Nicaragua, for instance, Russia has supplied ninety percent of the country’s arms imports. Venezuela has purchased nearly $10 billion in Russian weapons, including sophisticated S-300 anti-aircraft missiles.

Second, Russia aims to leverage the region to push back against US action in Europe, where it considers itself entitled to a privileged “sphere of influence.”3 Indeed, not only is Russian strategic thinking steeped in the concept of privileged “spheres of influence,” but it tends to link LAC and Europe, seeing LAC as a traditional region of US influence where it can meddle and push back, much as it believes the United States does in Europe. Moscow’s view of LAC as a counterpoint to US policy in the European theater has only deepened as the United States intensifies its support for Ukraine. Through a combination of selective threats and incentives, Russia strives to increase its military and commercial activities, enhance its information warfare operations, and generate an anti-US coalition, destabilizing regimes in the LAC region, mostly to buy itself strategic space in Europe (but also as affirmation of its role as a global power).4 Moscow appears to believe that the United States will either agree to some kind of understanding on its spheres of influence, or be forced to expend more diplomatic bandwidth on regions such as LAC, thus buying itself space in Europe.

Forms of engagement

China’s engagement in LAC takes several forms. It utilizes its role as an observer nation at the OAS and as a member of the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB). These institutions allow Beijing new means of asserting itself and strengthening its influence in the region. China also leverages its own state actors, such as state institutions and state-owned enterprises and cyber actors: These stakeholders participate in dialogues and exchanges with LAC. High-level officials, including Xi Jinping himself, engage with a variety of these dialogues. In 2021, the Chinese leader led the opening ceremony of the China-CELAC forum. Meanwhile, senior Chinese Communist Party (CCP) members regularly make state visits and receive LAC leaders in Beijing.

China collaborates with nonstate actors in the private sector, civil society, and through its various cultural centers. Through these relationships and collaborations, China strives to perpetuate its soft power. China also leverages the CCP’s institutions, such as the International Liaison Department (ILD), to guide its relationships in the region. The CCP meets with regional parties of all stripes—left and right. For instance, between 2002 and 2017, the ILD held nearly 300 meetings with seventy-four different political parties in twenty-six countries in LAC.5 The ILD has been holding meetings with regional political parties for years—sometimes well before countries recognized the PRC diplomatically. Although we lack detailed understandings of these meetings beyond vague CCP readouts, nontransparent political party meetings conducted through the ILD can be incredibly problematic. LAC’s institutions are not always stable or robust enough to absorb the level of Chinese engagement they sometimes receive, leaving countries vulnerable to CCP influence.

Although China’s main source of influence does not derive principally from defense cooperation or arms deals, the People’s Liberation Army’s role in LAC is growing. Beijing has expanded its realm of military-to-military collaboration.6 High-level officials from the PLA have sought to strengthen their relationship with the region through military education and joint training, immersive jungle training for PLA members at various regional academies, joint maritime operations, and several port calls by the PLA Navy. In its engagement with CELAC, China has laid out an ambitious set of initiatives for strategic cooperation, as embodied through a joint plan of action for 2022 to 2024.7 Such efforts increase the likelihood that China gleans knowledge of the region’s military doctrines, wartime strategies, capabilities, and preparedness, and even achieves a slight increase in the interoperability of LAC’s armed forces with the PLA.

China understands that the best way to accrue soft power is through educational and cultural exchanges, and technological cooperation and expansion. Tech giants Huawei and ZTE have grown in the region’s telecommunications markets at remarkable rates.8 While the rapid digitization of the region supports the closing of the digital divide and potentially increases transparency, LAC risks long-term commercial dependencies on China’s 5G technology.9 As Latin America becomes increasingly digitally connected, the risks of Chinese influence grow with seemingly benign sounding programs, such as “smart city initiatives,” which marry traditional surveillance techniques with artificial intelligence. Overall, they are part of Beijing’s effort to rewire much of the region in its favor. Countries such as Ecuador, under former President Rafael Correa, leveraged “smart city” technology to spy on opposition parties, demonstrating how China can help LAC countries to consolidate autocratic control.10

Like China, Russian government officials have been adamant supporters of autocratic regimes in the region, possibly seeking to spread autocratic values by engaging more deeply with backsliding democracies (e.g., with Bolivia and El Salvador). Similarly, Russia engages through its well-known state-owned companies and other entities, including Rosoboronexport, Rostec, Rosatom, GLONASS, Rosneft, and Rusal. Rosoboronexport is a state-owned intermediary agency for defense imports and exports of military technologies and services. Rostec is a state-owned corporation assisting the development, production, and export of advanced industrial products. These two state-owned companies provide the backbone for Russia’s military-to-military collaboration in LAC.

Joint military operations are a favored form of engagement for the Kremlin. Moscow is a critical backstop for authoritarian regimes like Nicaragua, Cuba, and Venezuela and is now searching for stronger connections throughout LAC. In terms of weaponry, a myriad of arms sales has taken place to promote Russian defense systems and the country’s erstwhile robust military-industrial complex. In this respect, countries of note include Argentina, Bolivia, and Peru. Equipment sold and loaned by Russia ranges from fighter bombers and aircrafts to warships and tanks.11

Rosatom, Russia’s nuclear energy corporation, is currently active in Bolivia and Argentina through research reactors and nuclear reactors.12 GLONASS is the Russian space-based satellite navigation system with active ground stations in Brazil and Nicaragua.13 Russia’s powerful state-owned oil company Rosneft is active in many countries, including in Venezuela, but also in Bolivia, Ecuador, and Colombia. Rusal is the second largest aluminum company in the world, with a burgeoning presence in the Caribbean region.

Overall, Russia’s influence in LAC is far less thorough and multifaceted than China’s. For instance, it does not count robust diplomatic engagement with regional institutions, such as the OAS or IDB, in the same way that China does. In fact, one of Russia’s few regular institutional engagements is attending BRICS Summits (involving Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa), where China overshadows its presence (and India casts a shadow as well). It engages mostly bilaterally with like-minded autocratic governments and engages commercially mostly through its state-owned giants. Thus, the areas of potential concern with respect to Russian engagement in LAC are fewer than in the case of China. The Kremlin’s engagement has been made more difficult by its prosecution of an illegal war in Ukraine.

Lastly, a note about opportunities for China and Russia to gain greater influence in the LAC region. Recent elections have seen the region’s political pendulum swing to the left. Since 2021, there have been around fifteen national elections, and the incumbent has lost in all of them. Further, the pendulum swing to the left has been accompanied by the election of anti-establishment candidates once considered to be on the “fringe” of political discourse. This dynamic, which has some analysts speaking of a “new pink tide,” heralds fertile potential soil for China and Russia to accrete influence in LAC. In general, these governments have hastened to declare an era of “multipolarity,” insist on “multilateralism” as a matter of resolving all regional and global challenges, prefer CELAC and other regional organizations that explicitly exclude the United States, and resist the language of the “free world,” “democracy vs. autocracy,” or any frameworks that would seek to divide the Global South into potential blocs in a long-term strategic rivalry with China and Russia.

A path forward

The following ideas represent the start of a more robust US strategy against China and Russia in LAC.

  • Engage on both economic and security issues of greatest concern to LAC. Throughout LAC, a perception of the United States as disengaged and uninterested pervades. Further, the United States must engage on the issues of greatest interest to LAC to counter the narrative that it is only interested in pushing an agenda in LAC, rather than working with LAC.
  • Security engagement is insufficient to counter China and Russia in LAC. Without genuine economic engagement, the United States stands little chance of pushing back. The US Southern Command is the preferred partner for many countries in LAC. This should remain the case; however, the United States should cease chimerical thoughts that this is sufficient to curtail Chinese and Russian influence in the region. Washington has not signed a new trade deal in the region in over a decade (The United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement was simply a renewal and update to existing architecture), and the region has noticed. Both Ecuador and Uruguay have negotiated free trade agreements with China and Russia, as the United States has proven itself unable to answer the call. Both countries sought US deals first.
  • Work to insulate LAC’s democracies from the corrosive impact of Chinese and Russian influence. Achieving this ambitious goal entails helping LAC’s institutions reduce the power asymmetries that exist in its relationships with China and Russia and ensuring that it maintains a realm of policy autonomy in important areas such as technology, media, dual-use infrastructure, and security. Much of LAC’s vulnerabilities and China’s and Russia’s greatest influence could be mitigated with a greater push for transparency and anti-corruption efforts. In some cases, this may involve assisting LAC in standing up more mechanisms for investment scrutiny.

About the author

Ryan C. Berg is director of the Americas Program and head of the Future of Venezuela Initiative at the Center for Strategic and International Studies.

The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security works to develop sustainable, nonpartisan strategies to address the most important security challenges facing the United States and the world.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

1    Michael J. Mazarr et al., Understanding Influence in the Strategic Competition with China (Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation, 2021), 54, https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RRA290-1.html.
2    Thomas Lum and Mark P. Sullivan, “China’s Engagement with Latin America and the Caribbean,” In Focus series, IF10982, Congressional Research Service, updated November 12, 2022, 1.
3    Ryan C. Berg, “What Does Russia’s War in Ukraine Mean for Latin America and the Caribbean,” Commentary, Center for Strategic & International Studies, March 1, 2022, https://www.csis.org/analysis/what-does-russias-war-ukraine-mean-latin-america-and-caribbean.
4    Evan Ellis, “Russia’s Latest Return to Latin America,” Global Americans (website), January 19, 2022, https://theglobalamericans.org/2022/01/russia-return-latin-america/.
5    Linda Zhang and Ryan C. Berg, “An Overlooked Source of Chinese Influence in Latin America,” The Jamestown Foundation’s China Brief 21, no. 3 (2021), https://jamestown.org/program/an-overlooked-source-of-chinese-influence-in-latin-america/.
6    Lum and Sullivan, “China’s Engagement,” 1.
7    Leland Lazarus and Ryan C. Berg, “Washington Must Respond to China’s Growing Military Presence in Latin America,” Foreign Policy, March 14, 2022, https://foreignpolicy.com/2022/03/14/china-latin-america-military-pla-infrastructure-ports-colombia/.
8    Jorge Malena, “The Extension of the Digital Silk Road to Latin America: Advantages and Potential Risks,” Council on Foreign Relations and Brazilian Center for International Relations, January 19, 2021, https://cdn.cfr.org/sites/default/files/pdf/jorgemalenadsr.pdf.
9    Malena, “The Extension of the Digital Silk Road to Latin America.”
10    Paul Mozur, Jonah M. Kessel, and Melissa Chan, “Made in China, Exported to the World: The Surveillance State,” New York Times, April 24, 2019, https://www.nytimes.com/2019/04/24/technology/ecuador-surveillance-cameras-police-government.html.
11    Ellis, “Russia’s Latest Return.”
12    Ellis, “Russia’s Latest Return.”
13    Ellis, “Russia’s Latest Return.”

The post China and Russia engage Latin America and the Caribbean differently. Both threaten US interests. appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Beijing’s influence on Latin America’s energy mix is growing—especially in renewables https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/in-depth-research-reports/issue-brief/beijings-influence-on-latin-americas-energy-mix-is-growing-especially-in-renewables/ Mon, 12 Feb 2024 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/?p=726571 Russia and, especially, China are intertwined in Latin America’s energy market, with Chinese ties expanding markedly over the past two decades. The United States and its allies and partners must take quick action to counter this rising influence.

The post Beijing’s influence on Latin America’s energy mix is growing—especially in renewables appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>
Chinese influence in Latin American energy is large and impactful, ambiguous, and potentially risky in certain contexts. Russian influence, on the other hand, is limited, sharply receding, and seems to have few purposes beyond opposing US interests. Western policymakers should seek to prevent Beijing from cementing a long-term monopoly in regional energy supply chains; offer credible investment and partnership alternatives, especially in strategic sectors, including critical minerals; and excise Moscow’s malign influence to the greatest degree possible. Finally, US policymakers should also look to reach some oil market détente with Venezuela, despite the Maduro regime’s brutality, as Venezuelan crude exports pressure Russian energy earnings. Moreover, given Moscow’s and Beijing’s different and potentially incompatible interests in Venezuelan oil, Washington and Brussels could leverage this issue to drive a slight wedge between them.

Chinese influence in Latin American energy

Oil: Brazil and Venezuela

China’s involvement in Latin American oil markets has expanded dramatically since 2005 but may be plateauing. From 2005 to 2017, the region received about $30 billion in foreign direct investment in the oil and gas sector, routed primarily to Brazil, Argentina, Venezuela, and Peru.1 China also lent about $98 billion to the Latin American oil and gas sector from 2007 to 2016.2 Chinese volumes of crude imports from Latin America grew 556 percent from 2007 to 2019, as shipments from the region accounted for nearly 13 percent of all Chinese crude oil import volumes.3 Latin American crude oil exports after 2019 are more difficult to calculate due to the opacity of Venezuelan data.

Source: UN Comtrade Database, International Trade Statistics, United Nations.

China’s growing involvement in Latin American energy came at an opportune time for the region’s oil and gas producers. The great financial crisis and resulting demand shock damaged the region’s balance sheets, while the US tight oil boom dented Latin America’s crude export prospects. China’s outward investment and massive, energy-intensive stimulus package in 2009 established itself as an alternative market for Latin American producers,4 although its regional oil market influence became more complicated in 2018 due to stricter US sanctions on state oil company Petróleos de Venezuela SA (PDVSA) and the election of Jair Bolsonaro in Brazil.

Chinese energy influence is pronounced in Brazil, the region’s largest crude oil exporter. Crude oil exports to China accounted for nearly 47 percent of all Brazil’s 2021 crude exports, as measured by value, and nearly 0.9 percent of Brazil’s gross domestic product in the same year.5 Brazil and China have become increasingly intertwined in oil markets. In 2009, China International United Petroleum & Chemicals (Unipec) and Brazilian national oil company Petróleo Brasileiro, aka Petrobras, reached a supply agreement guaranteeing 200,000 barrels per day from 2010-2019 and a $10 billion loan from the China Development Bank.6 In Brazil, China Petrochemical Corporation (Sinopec), the parent of Unipec, formed a partnership with Petrobras, beginning in 2010, to gain expertise in offshore drilling.7 From 2007 to 2020, China invested roughly $66 billion into Brazil, with the oil and gas sector comprising nearly 30 percent of its investment.8

All indications suggest China has become Venezuela’s most important customer, although transparent data is lacking. Following the tightening of sanctions in August 2019 by the Trump administration, China’s flagship national oil and gas company, Chinese National Petroleum Corporation (CNPC), stopped transporting crude from Venezuela to route to Chinese demand centers. Facing sanctions, Beijing’s “dark fleets” played a large role in transferring Venezuelan oil to China. Much trade from Venezuela to China is masked under third countries. For instance, from May 2020 to June 2021, the volume of “Malaysian bitumen” shipments which were routed to China rose thirteenfold; however, Vortexa Analytics estimated that about 90 percent of April 2020–April 2021 cargoes were in fact Venezuelan crude, according to a Reuters article.9 A prominent analyst of Venezuela’s oil sector, Dr. Francisco Monaldi, conveyed his estimate via email to the authors that approximately 85 percent to 90 percent of Venezuela’s oil output is routed to China, a share which has slightly decreased as more exports have been routed to the United States.

Venezuelan oil exports have been routed through clandestine tanker-owning organizations within the Chinese defense establishment.10 The Biden administration’s push to relieve sanctions on Venezuela’s oil sector, exemplified by the November 26, 2022, decision to renew Chevron’s license to produce and export oil from Venezuela through “License 41” is seen by many analysts as an attempt to bring greater transparency to the market. Through this “legitimizing” of Venezuelan oil production, more exports can theoretically be routed through trackable registered tankers.

The new license for Chevron to export oil from Venezuela has decreased China’s share of Venezuela’s exports slightly and contributed to an increase in Venezuela’s aggregate oil and oil products production to roughly 750,000 barrels per day, from about 680,000 barrels per day in October 2022, per secondary sources.11

Critical minerals: Chile, Argentina, Peru, and Bolivia

China has long sought to secure the critical industrial and technological metals value chain as part of its economic strategy. Critical minerals such as copper and lithium are vital for energy technologies like electric vehicles (EVs), solar panels, wind turbines, etc. And China consumes roughly half of the world’s annual output of industrial metals, such as copper, steel, and aluminum.12 Due to Beijing’s desire to dominate strategic industries, as well as Latin America’s abundant natural resources, China invested $16 billion in the region’s mining sector between 2018 and 2020.13

The Latin American region, particularly the countries of Chile, Peru, and others across the Andean Ridge, are endowed with monumental reserves of copper, totaling at least 313 million tons, or about 35 percent of global reserves.14 Latin America has therefore seen considerable interest from Chinese investors and traders.

Chilean state copper producer Codelco and private companies like SQM have developed robust relationships with Chinese metal traders such as Xi’an Maike Metal International Group, while international trading houses like Glencore have made strategic bets on Chinese commodity demand (or acquired firms like Xstrata, which had done so).15 These firms route copper to Chinese smelters and warehouses, feeding sectors like construction and, increasingly, the energy sector. China has also begun to invest directly in major copper mining operations abroad, like the Las Bambas mine in Peru, which is now wholly owned by a Chinese consortium and produces 2 percent of the global copper supply on its own.16 This consortium, led by the Minerals and Metals Group (MMG Limited), plans to provide $2 billion to expand the mine’s production and meet copper demands from the energy transition. Peru’s political unrest in early 2023 substantially curtailed production from this operation in 2023, however, and has cast doubts on the future of investment in the country’s mining sector.17

In addition, lithium is increasingly prominent due to the growing demand for lithium-ion batteries, and Latin America boasts considerable reserves of the strategic metal. Chile and Argentina are the world’s second- and fourth-largest producers of lithium, which has been the focus of considerable Chinese regional investment.

Chinese corporations Tianqi Lithium and Ganfeng Lithium, the world’s second- and third-largest lithium miners, respectively, are major regional players. Ganfeng Lithium is a major joint-venture partner in the development of Argentina’s flagship lithium projects, Cauchurí-Olaroz and Mariana.18 Tianqi Lithium, meanwhile, obtained a 23.77 percent share in Chile’s flagship private lithium producer SQM in 2018.19 Together with Zijin mining’s $380 million investment in the Tres Quebradas lithium project, among other projects, Chinese miners have become formidable actors in Latin America’s strategic metals.20

Electricity markets and renewables: Brazil, Chile, and Peru

China’s influence in Latin American electricity markets is significant and, in some cases, dominant. China is an influential investor across the region’s generation, transmission, and distribution segments; enjoys a virtual monopoly in solar panels in the region (as it does globally); is a major (but not dominant) player in Latin America’s onshore and offshore wind markets; and is seeking to gain a foothold in Argentina’s nuclear power plant industry.

According to a recent working paper by Pedro Henrique Batista Barbosa, Chinese companies owned about 10 percent, 12 percent, and 12 percent of Brazil’s generation, transmission, and distribution segments, respectively; placing China as the second, third and fourth most significant foreign investor in these sectors.21 Elsewhere in Latin America, China’s Yangtze Power International purchased assets of Sempra Energy, a US-based utility, while China’s State Grid acquired Sempra’s Chilean assets.22

China’s dominant role in regional and global solar supply chains could enable it to exert political influence and should elicit some response from Western policymakers. The International Energy Agency (IEA) reports that nearly 97 percent of solar wafers originate in China.23 Accounting for over 98 percent of Brazil’s imports of solar panels in 2021, China also exerts an astonishing dominance in the region’s solar markets.24 Moreover, with regional solar generation capacity set to rise exponentially due to outstanding sunlight resources, climate targets, and declining hydropower generation, China’s dominance of solar supply chains could be translated into political leverage in the future.

An IEA study finds that China’s annual output of solar photovoltaic capacity could exceed its domestic deployment needs by over 750 gigawatts (GW) in 2030.25 To put those figures in context, the world’s total cumulative solar deployment capacity stood at 1,053 GW in 2022.26 Consequently, China is on pace to flood the world market—and Latin America—with solar panels if it can continue its industrial subsidies.

China’s growing solar exports present considerable opportunities and risks for Latin America. On the one hand, cheap solar panels could reduce the region’s emissions while lowering electricity costs and improving grid resiliency, especially on hot days. Conversely, however, imports of Chinese finished products could leave Latin America with few chances to capture value along the solar supply chain. The risks are especially great if Chinese companies own a monopoly of the electricity sector, from generation to transmission to retail. Some security experts have also raised the possibility that Chinese-made solar inverters could be installed with components that enable backdoor hacking, although other experts believe the energy sector has bigger vulnerabilities.27

There are already indications that Chinese companies are seeking to capture the solar value chain in Latin America by purchasing local power suppliers. One concerning example is in Peru. China’s state-owned Southern Power Grid International is seeking to purchase the electricity assets of Enel, which currently generates and supplies electricity for over half the population of Lima, Peru’s capital city.28 Should Chinese companies capture the entirety of the solar value chain, Latin America will be shut out of the profits of a green transition. Even more worrisome, however, is the possibility that Beijing would use its monopoly of electricity markets to extract geopolitical concessions from the region. Latin America and its friends should take a balanced approach to China’s role in regional solar markets. While cheap solar panel imports could prove highly beneficial for the region’s developmental needs, regional capitals, along with Washington and Brussels, should ensure that Latin America retains key aspects of the supply chain. As is the case with other technologies, regional capitals must determine how much risk is tolerable and which critical infrastructure must be protected.

Latin America is at much less risk of falling prey to a sole supplier in onshore and offshore wind markets, which will play an increasingly important role in the region’s energy mix due to declining hydropower generation and climate objectives. Brazil is a wind manufacturing and export hub already, and installed 80 percent of all incremental wind power capacity in Latin America in 2022.29 While China has installed more onshore and offshore wind capacity than any other market, it does not dominate world or Latin American export markets.30

China’s role in regional wind markets will be worth watching, however. General Electric stopped producing turbines in Brazil in 2022, while China’s Goldwind is expected to establish a new wind turbine facility and start deliveries in 2024.31 Still, European developers may be well positioned to best Chinese competitors, as Shell and Equinor have a head start in Brazil’s offshore wind markets.32

China is on pace to embed itself in future Latin American green hydrogen supply chains, due to its dominance of solar and electrolyzer production. China could also eventually import green hydrogen from Latin America via an ammonia or methanol carrier, although maritime hydrogen transportation may not be viable for a decade or longer, if at all.

Entry into the region’s nuclear power markets have proved difficult for Chinese companies. In February, China and Argentina inked an agreement over an $8 billion nuclear power plant, with Beijing agreeing to finance 85 percent of the cost.33 That deal has been put on ice, however, due to Buenos Aires’s demands about manufacturing the reactor fuel domestically.34 Beijing may be willing to provide considerable concessions to Argentina due to industrial policy motivations: China hasn’t sold a single reactor outside of Pakistan, while Romania canceled a deal with Beijing in 2020 in favor of working with the United States.35

Russian influence in Latin American energy

Russia is a relatively minor—but not inconsequential—player in Latin America and seeks to use its regional energy influence to bolster pro-Kremlin figures and oppose US interests. Russia exercises substantial influence in Venezuelan and Cuban oil markets; while its exports of natural gas-produced fertilizers are important for the region’s agriculture, they are beyond the scope of this paper.

Roszarubezhneft, a Kremlin-owned oil company, has produced as much as 15 percent to 20 percent of Venezuela’s total oil output.36 Independent sources believe Russia has extended at least $17 billion in loans and credit lines to Venezuela since 2006, with Russian oil company Rosneft providing a $6.5 billion loan to PDVSA, Venezuela’s state oil company.37 Still, ties are complicated as Russia and Venezuela supply similar crude grades and compete for customers. PDVSA recently seized control of a minority stake in a joint venture run by former Gazprom officials.38 Pulling on this thread and seeking to increase Venezuelan crude output and exports may prove fruitful for Western policymakers, as Moscow has little to offer Caracas. Moreover, additional Venezuelan barrels would provide more supply certainty to Washington and Brussels amid tensions with Russia and Iran, two major oil suppliers.

Russia is also shipping crude oil to Cuba, which relies on fuel oil imports for its electricity needs. With the island’s communist regime facing persistent electricity blackouts, economic protests, US sanctions, and natural disasters, Havana enjoys substantial economic and political benefits from Russia’s crude oil imports. Some experts believe Russia is either extending Cuba extra credit or that Venezuela is indirectly funding Russian oil exports to Cuba via promises of future oil payments.39 Through careful, sure-footed diplomacy, Washington may be able to use the situation to its advantage and excise Russian influence from Cuba. Easing US crude oil export sanctions on Havana could displace Russian exports; secure important concessions from Havana, especially on humanitarian issues; and support US exports and jobs.

Finally, Russian energy influence was an element in Brazil’s 2022 presidential elections. Former Brazilian President Bolsonaro visited the Kremlin on February 16, little more than a week before Moscow’s invasion of Ukraine, to say Brazil was in “solidarity” with Russia.40 Over the summer, in the run-up to Brazil’s October 2022 presidential election, Bolsonaro sought Moscow’s support in obtaining diesel and fertilizer shipments, which would have benefited his candidacy in key constituencies, such as the trucking industry.41 Bolsonaro also criticized his own vice president, Hamilton Mourao, for speaking out against the invasion.42 Bolsonaro’s government engaged in significant price cutting of refined products ahead of the elections, as Brazil reportedly received two tankers of Russian diesel in the fall.43 While the degree of Putin’s intervention in Brazilian internal politics is uncertain, there is substantial evidence that Bolsonaro sought to leverage Russian energy for his own personal domestic political interests.

Recommendations

US policymakers should:

  • Help to ensure that Latin America can credibly look beyond Beijing for energy partners, working with like-minded partners, especially in renewable energy supply chains. China’s near monopoly along segments of the region’s solar supply chain, for instance, is a major risk for Latin America, given that solar power will be an important driver of the energy transition. The United States must continue to bolster its own clean energy manufacturing capacity and develop its own exports of clean energy technologies and services to provide an alternative for Latin American markets. Whenever possible, it should encourage and finance renewable industrial development across the value chain in Latin America.
  • Raise awareness of the risks of sole-supplier dependency in key markets, especially in the utilities sector, but also provide viable and credible alternatives. While imports of Chinese solar panels provide both opportunities and risks for the region, allowing Chinese companies to capture the entirety of the solar value chain will limit Latin America’s benefits while potentially exposing the region to uncompetitive markets and geopolitical risks, even geopolitically motivated electricity shutoffs. When appropriate, the West should provide support for firms seeking to make investments in energy infrastructure in Latin American nations, particularly as an alternative to Chinese firms seeking to establish monopolies.
  • Work to excise Moscow’s malign regional influence in Venezuela and Cuba. While Beijing’s regional influence presents both threats and opportunities for both Latin America and the United States, the Kremlin’s regional energy policy is largely aimed at undermining US interests. The United States should seek to return Venezuelan crude to the market and reduce Moscow’s export earnings, as Venezuela’s Merey crude grade competes with Russia’s Urals blend. Moreover, risks with Iran pose an underrated threat to energy supply security, necessitating additional barrels on the market. The national security stakes are lower in Cuba, but there may be opportunity to reduce Russian exports and secure humanitarian concessions from Havana in exchange for easing US oil export restrictions. Through skillful diplomacy and the judicious application of carrots and sticks, Washington may be able to sharply reduce Russian influence in Caracas and Havana and inject a moderate irritant into Beijing-Moscow ties, as the two governments have differing regional interests and strategies.
  • Continue to grapple with the real interests and needs of Latin America, as well as the limitations of US power. Tens of millions of individuals in Latin America suffer from insufficient access to energy and electricity, which has been exacerbated by Beijing’s mishandling of COVID-19 and Putin’s invasion of Ukraine. While the region may be willing to curtail Moscow’s influence, given Russia’s limited economic footprint, economic partnership with China is a fact of life for Latin America. US policymakers should therefore continue to develop frameworks to stimulate investment in Latin America in areas such as “nearshoring” for manufacturing, support financing alternatives that compete with Chinese energy investment, and continue to work with regional and out-of-region allies and like-minded partners. These steps will not only benefit the region but also US interests more broadly.

About the authors

The Scowcroft Center for Strategy and Security works to develop sustainable, nonpartisan strategies to address the most important security challenges facing the United States and the world.

The Adrienne Arsht Latin America Center broadens understanding of regional transformations and delivers constructive, results-oriented solutions to inform how the public and private sectors can advance hemispheric prosperity.

1    Patricia I. Vasquez, “China’s Oil and Gas Footprint in Latin America and Africa,” International Development Policy | Revue internationale de politique de développement, Institut de hautes études internationales et du développement, June 1, 2019, https://journals.openedition.org/poldev/3174.
2    Vasquez, “China’s Oil and Gas Footprint.”
3    UN COMTRADE database, “International Trade Statistics,” United Nations, https://comtrade.un.org/data.
4    David Barboza, “China Unveils $586 Billion Stimulus Plan,” New York Times, November 10, 2008, https://www.nytimes.com/2008/11/10/world/asia/10iht-10china.17673270.html.
5    “GDP (Current US$)-Brazil,” Open Data, World Bank, https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/NY.GDP.MKTP.CD?locations=BR; and UN COMTRADE.
6    “Brazil and China Ink Oil Loan Deal during Inter-state Visit,” S&P Global Market Intelligence, May 20, 2009, https://www.spglobal.com/marketintelligence/en/mi/country-industry-forecasting.html?id=106595514.
7    Vasquez, “China’s Oil and Gas Footprint.”
8    Celio Hiratuka, “Why Brazil Sought Chinese Investments to Diversify Its Manufacturing Economy,” Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, October 18, 2022, https://carnegieendowment.org/2022/10/18/why-brazil-sought-chinese-investments-to-diversify-its-manufacturing-economy-pub-88194#:~:text=Another%20paper%20reached%20a%20different,followed%20by%20oil%20and%20gas.
9    Chen Aizhu, Mei Mei Chu, and Marianna Parraga, “Analysis: Venezuelan Oil, Masked as Malaysian, Rushes into China before Fuel Tax,” Reuters, Thomson Reuters, June 4, 2021, https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/venezuelan-oil-masked-malaysian-rushes-into-china-before-fuel-tax-2021-06-04/.
10    Marianna Parraga and Chen Aizhu, “EXCLUSIVE Chinese Defence Firm Has Taken Over Lifting Venezuelan Oil for Debt Offset–Sources,” August 26, 2022.
11    “Monthly Oil Market Report–June 2023,” Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Economies, 2023, accessed June 21, 2023; and “Monthly Oil Market Report–November 2023,” Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Economies, 2023, accessed June 21, 2023.
13    Adina Renee Adler and Haley Ryan, “An Opportunity to Address China’s Growing Influence over Latin America’s Mineral Resources,” Lawfare (blog), June 9, 2022, https://www.lawfareblog.com/opportunity-address-chinas-growing-influence-over-latin-americas-mineral-resources.
14    “Copper Data Sheet: Mineral Commodity Summaries 2020,” United States Geological Survey, 2020, https://pubs.usgs.gov/periodicals/mcs2020/mcs2020-copper.pdf.
15    Alfred Cang and Jack Farchy, “Tycoon Running a Quarter of China’s Copper Trade Is on the Ropes,” Bloomberg, September 18, 2022, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-18/tycoon-running-a-quarter-of-china-s-copper-trade-is-on-the-ropes.
16    Marco Aquino and Marcelo Rochabrun, “MMG to Invest $2 Bln at Its Troubled Peruvian Las Bambas Mine,” Reuters, September 29, 2022, https://www.reuters.com/markets/commodities/mmg-invest-2-bln-its-troubled-peruvian-las-bambas-mine-2022-09-27/.
17    James Atwood, “Peru’s Violent Protests Imperil 30% of Its Copper Output,” Bloomberg, January 27, 2023, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-01-27/protest-surge-imperils-30-of-copper-supply-in-no-2-miner-peru.
18    “Cauchari-Olaroz Lithium Project, Jujuy Province, Argentina,” NS Energy, https://www.nsenergybusiness.com/projects/cauchari-olaroz-lithium-project/; and “Sonora Lithium Project, Sonora City, Mexico, North America,” NS Energy, https://www.nsenergybusiness.com/projects/sonora-lithium-project/.
20    “China’s Zijin Mining to Invest $380 Mln in Argentina Lithium Plant,” Reuters, February 4, 2022, https://www.reuters.com/article/argentina-lithium-zijin-mining/chinas-zijin-mining-to-invest-380-mln-in-argentina-lithium-plant-idUSL6N2UF06P.
21    “Lighting Up: China’s Arrival in Brazil’s Electricity Sector,” Boston University Global Development Policy Center, January 25, 2021, https://www.bu.edu/gdp/2021/01/25/lighting-up-chinas-arrival-in-brazils-electricity-sector/.
22    “Sempra Energy Completes $2.23 Billion Divestiture of Chilean Businesses,” Sempra, June 24, 2020, https://www.sempra.com/sempra-energy-completes-223-billion-divestiture-chilean-businesses.
23    IEA, “Executive Summary–Solar PV Global Supply Chains–Analysis,” October 26, 2022, https://www.iea.org/reports/solar-pv-global-supply-chains/executive-summary.
24    UN COMTRADE.
25    IEA, “The State of Clean Technology Manufacturing: An Energy Technology Perspectives Special Briefing,” May 2023, https://iea.blob.core.windows.net/assets/0a421001-6157-436d-893c-c37eeab54967/TheStateofCleanTechnologyManufacturing.pdf.
26    Energy Institute, Statistical Review of World Energy, June 2023, https://www.energyinst.org/statistical-review/resources-and-data-downloads.
27    Wan-hsin Peng and Dennis Xie, “Huawei at Legislature, Military: Report,” Taipei Times, July 21, 2020, https://www.taipeitimes.com/News/front/archives/2020/07/22/2003740345; and Andrew Coffman Smith, “Former US Homeland Chief Warns Chinese Solar Inverters Pose Cyber Threat,” S&P Global (homepage), November 6, 2018, https://www.spglobal.com/marketintelligence/en/news-insights/latest-news-headlines/former-us-homeland-chief-warns-chinese-solar-inverters-pose-cyber-threat-47589890.
28    Marco Aquino, “Chinese Peru Energy Deal Risks Monopoly, Industry Group Says,” Reuters, April 11, 2023, https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/chinese-peru-energy-deal-risks-monopoly-industry-group-says-2023-04-11/.
29    Joyce Lee and Feng Zhao, “Global Wind Report 2022,” Global Wind Energy Council, April 4, 2022, https://gwec.net/global-wind-report-2022/; and Joyce Hutchinson and Feng Zhao, “Global Wind Report 2023,” Global Wind Energy Council, March 27, 2023, https://gwec.net/globalwindreport2023/.
30    Andrew David, “The Evolution of Global Onshore Wind Turbine Blade Production,” US International Trade Commission, March 2022, https://usitc.gov/publications/332/executive_briefings/ebot-the_evolution_of_global_onshore_wind_turbine_blade_production_and_trade.pdf.
31    “China’s Goldwind to Manufacture Wind Turbines in Brazil,” Reuters, October 19, 2022, https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/chinas-goldwind-manufacture-wind-turbines-brazil-2022-10-19/.
32    Fabio Palmigiani, “Brazil Waking Up to Offshore Wind and Hydrogen Potential,” Upstream Online, DN Media Group, July 8, 2022, https://www.upstreamonline.com/energy-transition/brazil-waking-up-to-offshore-wind-and-hydrogen-potential/2-1-1252369; and “Petrobras and Equinor Expand Focus to Explore More Offshore Wind Farms,” Maritime Executive, March 7, 2023, https://maritime-executive.com/article/petrobras-and-equinor-expand-focus-to-explore-more-offshore-wind-farms.
34    Jonathan Tirone, “China Nuclear Deal Held Up over Argentina’s Reactor Fuel Demand,” Bloomberg, September 19, 2022, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-19/china-nuclear-deal-held-up-over-argentina-s-reactor-fuel-demand?sref=lDgLmqjg.
35    Dan Murtaugh and Krystal Chia, “China Climate Goals Hinge on $440 Billion Nuclear Power Plan to Rival U.S.,” Bloomberg, November 2, 2021, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/features/2021-11-02/china-climate-goals-hinge-on-440-billion-nuclear-power-plan-to-rival-u-s?sref=lDgLmqjg.
36    Alexandra Ulmer and Marianna Parraga, “EXCLUSIVE Russian Oil Firm Shuffles Venezuela Assets as Sanctions Bite,” Reuters, March 29, 2022, https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/exclusive-russian-oil-firm-shuffles-venezuela-assets-sanctions-bite-2022-03-29/.
37    Reuters Staff, “Factbox: Oil, Loans, Military–Russia’s Exposure to Venezuela,” Reuters, January 24, 2019, https://www.reuters.com/article/us-venezuela-politics-russia-factbox/factbox-oil-loans-military-russias-exposure-to-venezuela-idUSKCN1PI1T4; and Rosemary Griffin, “Rosneft to Cease Venezuela Operations, Sell Assets to Russian Government,” S&P Global Commodity Insights, March 28, 2020, https://www.spglobal.com/commodityinsights/en/market-insights/latest-news/oil/032820-rosneft-to-cease-venezuela-operations-sell-assets-to-russian-government.
38    Fabiola Zerpa, “Venezuela Seizes Stake in Oil Venture from Firm with Russia Ties,” Bloomberg, September 30, 2022, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-30/venezuela-seizes-stake-in-oil-venture-from-firm-with-russia-ties?sref=lDgLmqjg.
39    George Steer, “How Does Cuba Pay for Its Russian Oil?” Financial Times, September 27, 2022, https://www.ft.com/content/ac559709-f5c5-4f0d-b9e1-04f10d7dc562.
40    Terrence McCoy, “Brazil’s Bolsonaro Embraced the U.S. under Trump. Now He’s in ‘Solidarity’ with Russia,” Washington Post, February 16, 2022, https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/2022/02/16/bolsonaro-putin-brazil-russia-ukraine/.
41    Simone Preissler Iglesias, “Brazil Close to Buying Diesel from Russia, Bolsonaro Says,” Bloomberg, July 11, 2022, https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-07-11/brazil-close-to-buying-diesel-from-russia-bolsonaro-says?sref=lDgLmqjg.
42    Fabio Palmigiani, “Brazil’s Bolsonaro Reins in His Vice-President over Russia Comments,” Upstream Online, February 25, 2022, https://www.upstreamonline.com/politics/brazils-bolsonaro-reins-in-his-vice-president-over-russia-comments/2-1-1174942.
43    Jeff Fick, “Brazil Faces 115 Million Liter ULSD Deficit in October, but Distributors Ready: Trade Group,” S&P Global Commodity Insights, October 5, 2022, https://www.spglobal.com/commodityinsights/en/market-insights/latest-news/oil/100522-brazil-faces-115-million-liter-ulsd-deficit-in-october-but-distributors-ready-trade-group; and Pavel Tarasenko, “Will Brazil’s New President Back Russia’s Dream of Multipolarity?,” Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, November 14, 2022, https://carnegieendowment.org/politika/88331.

The post Beijing’s influence on Latin America’s energy mix is growing—especially in renewables appeared first on Atlantic Council.

]]>